suport curs – limba engleză, curs practic – – anul 1

Transcription

SUPORT CURS
– LIMBA ENGLEZĂ, CURS PRACTIC –
– ANUL 1 –
(UZ INTERN)
DEPARTAMENTUL DE JURNALISM –
UNIVERSITATEA HYPERION
LECTOR UNIV. DR. SORINA GEORGESCU
1
CONTENTS:
LESSON 1:
I. Grammar: Tenses...........................................................................................6
II. Vocabulary: General – Living Space...........................................................10
III. Vocabulary : Specific – The News – Cosumer Terrorism.........................13
LESSON 2:
I. Grammar: Present Perfect; Future................................................................16
II. Vocabulary: General – Personal Matters....................................................21
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Domestic Violence...........................24
LESSON 3:
I. Grammar: Revision – Present Tense, Past Tense, Present Perfect, Past
Perfect, Future...........................................................................................28
II. Vocabulary: General – Family and Friends................................................32
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Come……………………………35
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Hurricanes.......................................38
LESSON 4:
I. Grammar: Indirect Speech............................................................................41
II. Vocabulary: General – The Body and Clothes.............................................46
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Get ...............................................49
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Road Accidents.................................52
LESSON 5:
I. Grammar: ‘If’ Clause....................................................................................55
II. Vocabulary: General –Everyday Problems..................................................65
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Go ................................................67
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Broken Marriages............................69
LESSON 6:
I. Grammar: Wishes – “Wish” and “If only” ...................................................73
Passives........................................................................................75
II. Vocabulary: General – Interests and Free Time..........................................81
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Look..............................................83
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Forest Fires......................................86
LESSON 7:
I. Grammar: Modal Verbs (1) ........................................................................89
II. Vocabulary: General – Places....................................................................96
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Make............................................99
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Drought..........................................101
LESSON 8:
I. Grammar: Modal Verbs (2) ........................................................................105
II. Vocabulary: General – Food and Drink....................................................115
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Put...............................................117
2
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Famine............................................120
LESSON 9:
I. Grammar: Revision – Reported Speech, Conditionals, Wishes, Passives,
Modals.....................................................................................123
II. Vocabulary: General – Work and Study.....................................................129
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Take............................................131
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Floods.............................................134
LESSON 10:
I. Grammar: Purpose......................................................................................137
Reason and Result.....................................................................140
II. Vocabulary: General – The Natural Environment.....................................146
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Up...............................................149
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News - Earthquake......................................151
LESSON 11:
I. Grammar: Contrast......................................................................................154
II. Vocabulary: General – Tools and Technology...........................................158
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Out..............................................161
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Avalanches.....................................164
LESSON 12:
I. Grammar: Relatives – who, whom, which, that, what, whose....................167
II. Vocabulary: General – Everyday Objects..................................................177
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Off...............................................179
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Volcanic Eruptions.........................182
LESSON 13:
I. Grammar: Questions (1) .............................................................................186
II. Vocabulary: General – Travel and Holidays.............................................192
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - On and In.....................................194
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Gas Poisoning................................197
LESSON 14:
I. Grammar: Questions (2) .............................................................................201
II. Vocabulary: General – Work and Employment..........................................212
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Down and Over...........................216
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Surrogate Motherhood...................220
LESSON 15:
I. Grammar: “It” and “There”.........................................................................222
Place and Position.....................................................................225
II. Vocabulary: General – Sport and Leisure.................................................230
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Around and About.......................234
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Cosmetic Surgery...........................238
LESSON 16:
I. Grammar: Revision – Purpose, Reason and Result, Contrast, Relatives,
Questions, “It” and “There”, Place and Position....................241
3
II. Vocabulary: General – Clothes and Appearance.......................................246
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - For and With................................249
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Teenage Gambling.........................253
LESSON 17:
I. Grammar: Nouns (1) ..................................................................................256
II. Vocabulary: General – Towns and Buildings............................................264
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Into and Away.............................270
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – School Violence..............................273
LESSON 18:
I. Grammar: Nouns (2) ..................................................................................277
II. Vocabulary: General – Vehicles and Transport........................................287
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Time – Spending Time................291
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Soccer Hooliganism.......................293
LESSON 19:
I. Grammar: Adjectives and Adverbs (1) ......................................................296
II. Vocabulary: General – Food, Restaurants and Cooking...........................305
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Time – Passing of Time...............309
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – The Homeless.................................312
LESSON 20:
I. Grammar: Adjectives and Adverbs (2) ......................................................315
II. Vocabulary: General – Shops and Shopping.............................................322
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Location......................................327
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Experiments on Animals.................329
LESSON 21:
I. Grammar: Comparison (1) .........................................................................332
II. Vocabulary: General – Crime and The Law..............................................340
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Cause and Effect.........................346
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Curbs on Dogs...............................349
LESSON 22:
I. Grammar: Comparison (2) .........................................................................352
II. Vocabulary: General – Entertainment and The Arts..................................360
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs – Change........................................366
III. Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Race-related Issues........................368
LESSON 23:
I. Grammar: Articles – a/an and the (1) ........................................................371
II. Vocabulary: General – The Natural World................................................377
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Success and Failure……………381
III.Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Political Refugees – Economic
Migrants ....................................................................................................385
LESSON 24:
I. Grammar: Articles – a/an and the (2) ........................................................389
II. Vocabulary: General – People and Behaviour..........................................397
4
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Starting and Finishing.................403
III.Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Computer Viruses............................405
LESSON 25:
I. Grammar: Determiners (1) .........................................................................409
II. Vocabulary: General – Technology and Machines....................................422
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Action and Movement ..................426
III.Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Abusive Phone Calls.......................428
LESSON 26:
II. Vocabulary: General – Problems...............................................................443
Vocabulary: General - Phrasal Verbs - Destroying and Reacting to
Destruction..............................................................................................448
III.Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Traffic Jams....................................449
LESSON 27:
II. Vocabulary: General – Health and The Body............................................463
III.Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Celebrations....................................468
LESSON 28:
I. Grammar: General Revision.......................................................................471
II. Vocabulary: General – Money...................................................................479
III.Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Auctions..........................................483
Appendix:
A. Tenses: Short Version ........................................................................................487
B. Tenses: Long Version..........................................................................................489
C. Sequence of Tenses .............................................................................................494
D. Irregular Verbs ...................................................................................................494
Bibliography………………………………………………………………………..497
5
LESSON 1
*Grammar: Tenses * Vocabulary: General – Living Space * Vocabulary :
Specific – The News – Cosumer Terrorism
***
I. GRAMMAR1 : TENSES
1. Be and have: revision test. Put the words in the right order:
1. problem/ seems/ to/ there/ be/ a/ …………………………………………………...
2. much/ soup/ is/ there/ in/ salt/ the/ too/………………………………………………
3. snow/ is/ to/ tomorrow/ there/ likely/ be/…………………………………………….
4. any/ I/ there/ don’t/ to/ want/ be/ trouble/ ……………………………………………
5. any/ for/ letters/ me/ there/ were/? …………………………………………………..
6. with/ wrong/ something/ there/ is/ car/ the/………………………………………….
7. singing/ the/ bus/ was/ a/ woman/ there/ on/…………………………………………
8. shout/ to/ there/ no/ need/ is/ ………………………………………………………...
9. must/ somebody/ be/ there/ home/ at/………………………………………………..
10. there/ an/ exam/ next/ will/ week/ be/ ?…………………………………………….
2. Be and have: revision test. Correct (v) or not (x)?
1. There might be snow tomorrow………..
2. I would like that there is good weather for my holiday. …….
3. It’s a big dog in the garden. ……….
4. Are you having a good time? ………
5. We’ve got too much work. ………….
6. Are you having any brothers or sisters? ………..
7. How much money do you have got? ……………
8. Did you have a good journey? …………..
1
Michael Swan & Catherine Walter. Oxford English Grammar Course. Intermediate. OUP, 2011.
6
9. I’m going to have a talk with John………
3. Present simple and Present Continuous - Choose the correct form:
1. Vegetarians are people who don’t eat/are not eating meat.
2. Look out! My husband comes/is coming.
3. Some people still think the sun goes/is going round the earth.
4. I play/’m playing tennis every weekend.
5. Who sits/’s sitting in my chair?
6. What happens/is happening in golf if you lose the ball?
7. An alcoholic is a person who drinks/is drinking too much and can’t stop.
8. Look! She wears/She’s wearing the same shoes as me.
9. ‘What are you looking/do you look at?’ ‘A strange bird’.
10. I stay/’m staying with John for a few weeks until my flat’s ready.
4. Present simple and Present Continuous - Put in the correct tense:
1. I…………………………………………………………………he’s away. (think)
2. You …………………what I ……………………………………….(know; mean)
3. Your sister………………………………………………………….you. (look like).
4. I…………………..we………………………………………a mistake. (feel; make)
5. While the butter ……………………, you ………………… three eggs and
…………………………………………….
them into a bowl. (melt; take; break)
6. I…………………………………………………………about the weekend. (think)
7. Scientists…………………….the weather………………………..(believe; change)
8. I………………………………………………………what the problem is. (not see)
9. Why ……………………………………………………..at me like that? (you look)
10. Now I………………………………………………..what she wants. (understand)
5. Present simple and Present Continuous - Choose the correct form:
1. What sort of work do you do/are you doing?
2. I can’t talk now. I cook/I’m cooking dinner.
3. What shall we have? Do you like/Are you liking fish?
7
4. Can I borrow this typewriter? Or do you use/are you using it?
5. What do the people here do/are the people here doing in the evenings?
6. Follow that bus. Then you turn/are turning left.
7. A lot of people think that the Sun goes/is going around the Earth.
8. Excuse me, do you read/are you reading your newspaper? Could I borrow it?
9. Do you wait/Are you waiting for the bus to Newcastle?
10. Andy builds/is building his own house in the country.
6. Past Tense – Put in the correct forms:
E.g.: At 6.00 this morning I was having a wonderful dream, but then the alarm went
off. (have; go)
This time yesterday I was lying on the beach. (lie)
1. When I walked in they ………………………………………about babies. (all talk)
2. I……………………………………………………….in Paris for a long time. (live)
3. I saw Sid when I ………………to work. He ………………………...(come; shop)
4. She ……………………..Jim while she………………………………(meet; travel)
5. While I …………………….to Mrs. Singleton, somebody …………………… into
my office and ……………………………………...the computer. (talk; walk; steal)
6. When Jake …………………in everybody……………………talking. (come; stop)
7. I ………………………. out of the window and ……………… that we
………………… ……………………………
over the mountains. (look; see; fly)
8. I…………………………up to find that water………………through the bedroom
ceiling. (wake; pour)
9. He……………………….his leg while he …………………..football. (break; play)
7. Past Tense - Correct or not?
E.g.: When you woke me I had a wonderful dream.
This time yesterday I was playing tennis.
1. When I got to the party everybody had a great time.
8
was having
correct
………….
2. When Columbus left Europe, he thought he sailed to India.
………….
3. Everybody was knowing that she was unhappy.
………….
4. We lived in New York when I was small.
………….
5. Did you want to pay now?
………….
6. I was learning the violin at school.
………….
7. Where I grew up, nobody was having a car.
…………..
8. We were on the wrong road. It went to Birmingham, not to Manchester.…………
9. When I was seeing Joe, he was talking to Angela.
………….
10. I broke my leg while I was skiing.
…………..
8. Past Tense – Make these sentences less direct:
E.g.: We wonder if you feel like coming out with us.
We wondered if you felt like coming out with us.
I think you will like to see my holiday photos.
I thought you would like to see my holiday photos.
1. How many days do you intend to stay?
………………………………………
2. Can you give me a hand?
………………………………………
3. We can ask Peter to help us.
………………………………………
4. I think it will be a good idea to invite Simon.
……………………………
5. I wonder if you need any help.
……………………………
9. Past Tense – Complete the text with the verbs in the box (there is
one verb too many). You will need five past continuous and three
simple pasts.
ask
come dance
grin
hold
not dance
order play
throw
On the dance floor half a dozen couples (1)……………………themselves around.
Most of them (2)…………………...cheek to cheek, if dancing is the word. The men
wore white tuxedos and the girls wore bright eyes, ruby lips, and tennis or golf
muscles. One couple (3)……………………cheek to cheek. Mitchell’s mouth was
9
open, he (4)…………………, his face was red and shiny, and his eyes had that glazed
look. Betty (5)………………… her head as far as she could get away from him
without breaking her neck. It was very obvious that she had had about all of Mr. Larry
Mitchell that she could take. A Mexican waiter in a short green jacket and white pants
with a green stripe down the side (6)………………up and I (7)……………….a
double Gibson and (8)……………….if I could have a club sandwich.
10. Past Tense - Choose the correct form:
a) While Diana watched/was watching her favorite television program, there was a
power-cut.
b) Tom used to live/ would live in the house at the end of the street.
c) Who was driving/drove the car at the time of the accident?
d) I did/was doing some shopping yesterday, when I saw that Dutch friend of yours.
e) I used to like/was liking sweets much more than I do now.
f) What exactly were you doing/did you do when I came into your office yesterday?
g) Tanya would/used to be a doctor.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – LIVING SPACE2
1. Complete each sentence with a word from the box:
carpet
curtains
sofa
socket
cushion
drawer
pillow
radiator
a) Is that chair comfortable, or would you like to use a cushion?
b) Mark couldn’t use his computer as there wasn’t a ……………………..in the room.
c) This house has central heating, and there’s a ………………………..in every room.
d) I was so tired that I fell asleep as soon as my head touched the…………………….
e) Could you draw the……………………..? Someone is staring through the window.
f) My bedroom has a fitted……………………………..which covers the whole floor.
g) The knives and forks are in the second…………………………………..on the left.
2
Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. Intermediate Language Practice with Key. English Grammar and
Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003.
10
h) Come over here and sit next to me on the ………………………………………….
2. Each sentence contains an inappropriate word or phrase.
Underline this word, and then replace it with a word or phrase from
the box:
bookcase
chimney
fence
floor
gate
window
step
a) Unfortunately the ball hit the house and broke a glass.
towel
window
b) I washed my hands in the bathroom and dried them with a cloth.
………..
c) There was a small wooden door leading into the field.
………..
d) As I sat down at the kitchen table, I knocked my cup onto the ground.
………..
e) In the corner of Joe’s room was a small library for his books.
……….
f) All round the garden there was a high wooden wall.
……….
g) On the roof tops Tina could see a tall fireplace pouring out smoke.
……….
h) The floor of the kitchen is a bit lower, so mind the stair.
……….
3. Choose the correct word in each sentence:
a) Will you be at home/at house later this evening?
b) Paul’s room is at the top of the stairs/steps opposite the bathroom.
c) Can you remember to clean the wash-basin/sink in the bathroom?
d) The rooms downstairs are so low I can touch the roof/ceiling.
e) Tony is a keen cooker/cook and always uses an electric cooker/cook.
f) You’ll find plates in the cupboard/wardrobe next to the fridge.
g) Ann was sitting at/to her desk, but Chris was sitting in/on an armchair.
h) I won’t be long. I’m just going upstairs for a bath/a bathe.
i) Lisa didn’t like doing homework/housework, so she paid a cleaner.
j) Under the house there’s a cave/cellar where we keep our old things.
11
4. Complete the sentences with a compound word formed from two
words in the box. One word is used twice:
arm
ash
dust
flower
basin
bed
hole
bin
key
book
room
case
stairs
chair
tray
dish
wash
down
washer
a) It’s very cold in my bedroom, and I find it hard to sleep.
b) Sarah spent all afternoon sitting in a large ………………………in front of the TV.
c) I left my socks soaking in the ……………………………………...in the bathroom.
d) Do you think you could put all your rubbish outside in the ………………………..?
e) There’s a beautiful ………………………….full of roses right outside my window.
f) Don’t worry about the washing-up. We’ll put everything in the ……………………
g) I can’t open the front door. Something is stuck in the ………………………………
h) If you really insist on smoking, please use this ……………………………………..
i) Can you come………………………………? There’s someone at the door for you.
j) In this …………………………………….are the dictionaries and an encyclopedia.
5. Complete each sentence with a verb from the box in a suitable
form. You can use a verb more than once:
drop
finish
get
look
move
put
take
turn
a) I’ve got nowhere to stay tonight. Can you put me up?
b) We’ve bought a new house but we can’t ……………………....in until next month.
c) Adrian doesn’t ……………………on with his neighbors, because they’re so noisy.
d) Jan likes cooking, but she says it……………………………….up a lot of her time.
e) Don’t forget to……………………………..off the television before you go to bed.
f) Helen has done most of the decorating and plans to ……………….it off tomorrow.
g) I have a large room, and it ……………………………..out onto a beautiful garden.
h) Karen and Mike live next door and they often…………………………in for a chat.
12
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – THE NEWS – CONSUMER
TERRORISM3
1. A man was convicted today of a poison blackmail plot against a baby food
manufacturer and sentenced to 17 years’ imprisonment. He was found guilty on six
counts of blackmail, threatening to kill, attempting to obtain property by deception,
and on two charges of contaminating food products. Robert Thomas had blackmailed
Babyworld last year and tried to extort thousands of pounds by threatening to
contaminate the company’s products with toxic substances. In cases when a popular
brand is targeted, the ransom money is usually dwarfed by the potential loss in profits
before consumers’ confidence in the product is restored. Babyworld, faced with the
nightmare of a huge sales slump if the news was leaked out, decided to pay. To speed
up the payments, however, the man carried out his threat, proving that he meant
business. His intricate plot involved replacing jars of baby food in shops with those he
had prepared at home, using caustic soda and cut-up razor blades. No one was hurt,
but the company was forced to go public and recall all its products from shops, losing
millions in unsold goods. After six months of exhaustive investigation Thomas was
apprehended while collecting the ransom money, traditionally the weakest point of
any blackmail or kidnap plot.
Following the publicity given to the case, other food companies and
supermarkets are now preparing for a predictable wave of copycat hoaxers. The
incident has also led to the introduction of tamper-proof wrapping on jars and bottles
to prevent interference with the product.
2. Customers were alerted today not to buy Veldonia-grown oranges following a
warning of sabotage action from a terrorist group. The group, operating in one of the
largest fruit distribution centers, poisoned oranges with mercury. Contaminated fruit
is easy to spot because of injection marks and discoloration. The announcement set of
a scare across the continent, launching a massive inspection of oranges. An official
statement was issued condemning this act of barbarism. “Poisoning children just to
harm a country’s economy”, said the statement, “is without parallel in human
history”.
3
Barbara & Marcin Otto. Engleza pentru jurnalişti. Here is the News. Vol 2. Bucureşti: All
Educational, 2001.
13
1. Tick the statements: true or false:
1. Thomas’s sentence was so high because he knew that his action could have led to
someone’s death.
2. Baby food producers did not know which company Thomas had chosen as his
target.
3. Thomas asked for so much money that it did not matter to the company if the
public knew about the threat or not.
4. It is not easy to convince people to buy the targeted company’s products even after
the threat is over.
5. Babyworld preferred to keep the blackmail threat secret and do what Thomas
demanded.
6. Thomas was happy with the way Babyworld met his demands and did not touch the
company’s products.
7. The company had to tell its customers not to buy Babyworld food products because
just one in a million jars might have been injurious to their health.
8. Thomas was caught before his action was able to cause the company a substantial
loss.
9. It is still possible to do exactly what Thomas did.
10. Terrorists did not tell the public of what they had done.
11. The aim of the action was to discourage people all over the world from buying
oranges.
12. This sabotage action showed that consumer terrorism is effective in making
people do what terrorists want them to do.
2. Match the words from column A with those from column B to form
collocations as they appear in the story:
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
blackmail…………….
action
copycat………………
gain
exhaustive……………….
goods
14
political……………….
hoaxers
potential………………
investigation
sabotage………………
loss
sales…………………
plot
toxic…………………
slump
unsold……………….
Substances
3. Rearrange the words to form the headlines to the stories:
1. BABYWORLD – SENTENCE- FOR- PRISON- LONG- BLACKMAILER
………………………………………………………………………………….
2. VELDONIAN
–
MERCURY-
OF-
PANIC-
ORANGES-
OVER-
CONTAMINATION
....................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
4. Phrases to learn:
- încercări de acaparare a bunurilor: a…………. to o………. p……………
- pierderea profitului: l……….. in p…………………
- a reda încrederea: r……………. c………………….
- a grăbi plata: s……………. u………. p………………
- a duce la îndeplinire ameninţarea: c……….. o……….. a t………………
- a trata problema serios: m…………. b…………….
- a anunţa opinia publică: g……. p………………..
- a face vâlvă, a căpăta ecou: g………….. p…………..
- a preîntâmpina manipularea: p…………. i…………….
- a crea panică: s………. o………. a s……………..
- a da o declaraţie: i……….. a s……………..
- fără precedent: w…………. p…………
15
LESSON 2
*Grammar: Present Perfect; Future * Vocabulary: General – Personal Matters *
Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Domestic Violence
***
I. GRAMMAR: PRESENT PERFECT; FUTURE
1. Present perfect and simple past: news and details: “A plane has
crashed. It came down…..” – Put in present perfect and simple past
verbs4.
E.g.: The cat has eaten your supper. She took it off the table when I was out. (eat;
take)
1. Anna ………… her job at the bank. She ………………...her boss. (leave; not like)
2. I………………a beautiful dress. I……………...it at Parker’s yesterday. (buy; find)
3. Cathy and Sam……………..their house. They…………..a very good price. (sell;
get)
4. ‘Dad………………his glasses’. ‘Where …………..he………….them?’ ‘Under his
pillow’. (find; find)
5. Mrs Collins……………into hospital. She ………….to the doctor this morning,
and he ………………………………………………..her straight in. (go; go; send)
6. Bill……………..an accident. He ………………..off his bike last night. (have; fall)
7. I…………..from Jenny. She…………………us a postcard from Peru. (hear; send)
8. ‘I……………..your mother about us’. ‘What ………….she…………? ‘She was
very nice about it.’ (tell; say)
9. Two climbers…………………in the Alps. They…………….their way in bad
weather. (die; lose)
10. John and Sue…………..yet. They………………the wrong train. (not arrive; take)
4
16
2. Have you (ever)…..? and Did you (ever)?5
Look at each conversation and choose the best sentence a) or b).
E.g.: Have you heard about the woman walking across the US? – Yes, she’s reached
the Rockies.
a) The walk is continuing
b) The walk has finished
1) Have you ever played beach volleyball? – Yes, we played it on holiday.
a) The holiday is still going on
b) The holiday is over
2) Did you know old Mr. Green? – No, I never met him.
a) Mr Green is probably alive.
b) Mr. Green is probably dead.
3) Wayne Johnson is a great footballer. – Yes, he’s scored 200 goals for United.
a) Wayne Johnson still plays for United.
b) Wayne Johnson has left United.
3. Choose the correct word in each sentence6:
a) Did you see/Have you seen my bag anywhere? I can’t find it.
b) Larry is writing/has been writing/ has written his novel for the last two years.
c) From the minute he got up this morning Gary asked/ has asked/ has been asking
silly questions!
d) Have you given/ Did you give Helen my message when you have seen/saw her?
e) Sorry, could you say that again? I didn’t listen/haven’t listened/haven’t been
listening to you.
f) The police think that they found/have found your wallet, so call this number.
g) Did you two meet/ Have you two met before? Eric, this is Amanda.
h) Did you meet/Have you met anyone interesting at the reception?
5
Eastwood, John. Oxford Practice Grammar. Intermediate. Oxford: Oxford University Press,
2006/2013
6
Exercises 3 and 4: Vince, Michael & Paul Emmerson. First Certificate Language Practice. English
Grammar and Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003.
17
4. Put each verb in brackets into either the past simple, the present
perfect simple, or the present perfect continuous:
It was announced in London this morning that the British Oil Corporation (1) has
discovered (discover) oil under the sea near the Welsh coast. The company, which (2)
…………………(drill) for oil in the area since 2001, (3)……………….(find) small
amounts of oil near Swansea last month, and since then (4)……………..(discover)
larger
amounts
under
(5)………………..(lend)
the
over
seabed
nearby.
50
Last
million
year
pounds
the
to
government
BOC,
and
(6)……………….(give) permission for the company to build an oil refinery and other
facilities in South Wales. The reaction of local people to today’s news
(7)…………………(be) mixed so far. Local MPs (8) ……………………(already
welcome) the news, pointing out that the oil industry will bring badly needed jobs to
the area. But local residents are worried about the danger of pollution. ‘Nobody
(9)………………(ask) us yet what we want’, said Ann Griffiths, leader of the Keep
Out The Oil Campaign. ‘Look what (10)…………………(happen) when they
(11)…………………(find) oil in Scotland in the 1960s. The oil companies
(12)………………..(get) rich, not the local people. BOC (13)………………..(not
tell) us the truth about what this is going to mean for our people’. A BOC spokesman
later (14)……………………(refuse) to comment. Meanwhile local campaigners (15)
……………………(ask) the government to hold an inquiry.
5. Present and future: Read each pair of sentences and answer the
question about them7.
E.g.: a) I’ll see you on Thursday/ b) I saw you on Thursday.
Which sentence is about the future?
1.
a)
a) I’m going to Manchester. I’m waiting for a connecting train.
b) I’m going to get a train to Manchester, changing at Birmingham.
Which is spoken during the journey? ………
7
John Eastwood. Oxford Practice Grammar. Intermediate. OUP, 2006/2013.
18
2.
a) We’ll know the results of the tests next week.
b) We might know the results of the tests next week.
Which sentence is more certain?
3.
………..
a) I’m doing two exams this year.
b) I’m doing some work at the moment.
In which sentence has the action already started?
4.
………
a) What time do we arrive in Swansea?
b) What time will we arrive in Swansea?
Which question is more likely if you are travelling by car? ……
5.
a) I’m eating at the Thai restaurant tonight.
b) I’ll eat at the Thai restaurant tonight.
Which would you say if you’ve booked a table? ………..
6. Future in the past: “I was going to ring you yesterday”8 Complete
the sentences with expressions from the box:
was going to happen
was going to ring
was going to say
was catching
was leaving
was to change
was to regret
would be terrible
would be married
would spend
1. Carola and I hardly noticed each other the first evening. Two weeks later we
……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. He ……………………………………... that conversation for many years to come.
3. I ………………………………………………………...you yesterday, but I forgot.
4. She……………………………… in two hours, and she still hadn’t started packing.
5. So this was the school where I ………………………………….the next five years.
6. The letter that …………………….. ………….my life arrived one Friday morning.
7. I couldn’t decide what I ……………………………………………………to Mary.
8. I knew that the party ………………………………………………….. , and it was.
9. I got up early because I ……………………………………………….the 7.50 train.
10. John was the only person who realized what ………………………………………
8
19
7. Choose the most suitable future form in each sentence9:
a) Why are you going to buy/ will you buy a new mountain bike?
b) Don’t phone between 8.00 and 9.00. I’ll study/ I’ll be studying then.
c) Look out! That tree will/is going to fall!
d) Let me know as soon as Louise will get/gets there.
e) Great news! Jean and Chris will come/are coming to stay with us.
f) According to this timetable, the bus is going to arrive/arrives at 6.00.
g) Can you call me at 7.00, because I’ll leave/I’m leaving tomorrow.
8. Put each verb in brackets into a suitable form:
a) I can’t see you on Thursday afternoon. I (visit) am visiting our Birmingham
branch.
b) George (not be)……………………………….back until six. Can I take a message?
c) What (you buy)…………………………….with the money you won in the lottery?
d) I don’t think you (have)………………………………...any problems at the airport.
e) (you take)…………………………………………..your dog with you to Scotland?
f) By the time we reach home, the rain (stop) will have stopped.
g) This time next week I (lie)…………………………………on the beach in Spain.
h) In ten years’ time I (work)………………………………..for a different company.
i) If we don’t get there by 6.00, Jack (leave)…………………………………………
j) In July they (be married)…………………………………………...for twenty years.
9. Put each verb in brackets into a suitable form:
Have you ever wondered what exactly (1) you will be doing (you do) in ten years
time?
Well,
according
to
computer
expert
Tom
Vincent,
computers
(2)……………………….(soon be able) to make accurate predictions about the future.
Professor Vincent, from Cambridge, (3)…………………(hold) a press conference
9
Exercises 7,8,9: Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. First Certificate Language Practice. English
20
next week to describe the computer which he calls ‘Computafuture’. ‘This computer
can tell us what life (4)……………………(be) like, based on data describing past
events’, explains Professor Vincent. For example, Computafuture can predict how
many people (5)………………..(live) in a particular area, or whether there
(6)………………..(be) a lot of rain during a particular period. Professor Vincent also
believes that by the year 2050, computers (7)…………………..(replace) teachers, and
(8) …………….. (also do) most of the jobs now being done by the police. ‘Computers
are becoming more intelligent all the time’, says Professor Vincent. ‘Soon they
(9)………………………(direct) traffic and (10)………………(teach) our children.
And telling us about the future.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL - PERSONAL MATTERS10
a) When her bicycle was stolen, Jill became extremely angry/nervous.
b) Peter felt ashamed/embarrassed when he had to make a speech.
c) I always write thank-you letters, just to be gentle/polite.
d) You never do anything to help me! You’re so lazy/tired.
e) Penny never does anything silly. She’s very sensible/sensitive.
f) The children had to stay in the house all day and felt bored/tired.
g) Jackie doesn’t worry about anything and is always cheerful/sympathetic.
h) Mr Jackson is very annoyed/bad-tempered and often shouts at people.
i) When he heard about the accident, Alan was very damaged/upset.
j) I’ve got an important exam tomorrow and I’m a bit jealous/nervous.
10
Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. Intermediate Language Practice with Key. English Grammar and
21
2. Complete each sentence with one of the verbs from the box. Use
each verbs once only:
cheer
complain
cry
nod
shake his head
shout
smile
whistle
a) Please look at the camera and smile. Say ‘cheese’!
b) If you agree with what I say, just…………………………………………………….
c) The food in the restaurant was terrible so we decided to……………………………
d) I had to……………………………….Ann’s name three times before she heard me.
e) The little boy fell over and then started to ………………………………………….
f) At the end of the President’s speech, the crowd began to…………………………..
g) Paul hardly ever says ‘no’. He tends to……………………………………...instead.
h) When I try to………………………………..I put my lips together but I can’t do it!
3. Complete each sentence with a word formed from the word in
italics:
a) You can’t rely on Joe. He’s very unreliable.
b) Carla has very little patience. She’s very……………………………………………
c) Jack shows no interest in this subject. He’s ………………………………………...
d) Pat is lacking in honesty. She’s ……………………………………………………...
e) Bill doesn’t act like a friend. He’s …………………………………………………..
f) Lisa doesn’t have much experience of this work. She’s …………………………….
g) Peter never acts politely. He’s ………………………………………………………
h) The official did not help us very much. She was…………………………………….
i) Graham doesn’t consider other people. He’s ……………………………………….
j) Ann refused to co-operate with the police. She was………………………………...
22
4. Complete each sentence with one of the adjectives from the box.
Use each adjective once only:
ashamed
annoyed
jealous
terrified
disappointed
exhausted
fascinating
glad
a) When her team lost the cup final, Sue felt very disappointed.
b) I was ……………….when Jack accepted my invitation to dinner but didn’t come.
c) Mark was …………………...when he saw smoke coming from the plane’s engine.
d) Thanks for your letter. I’m ……………………….to hear that you’re feeling better.
e) David was ……………………….to tell his parents that he had been sent to prison.
f) After running for fifteen kilometres, Zara felt completely…………………………..
g) Helen felt ……………………...when she saw her boyfriend talking to another girl.
h) Mrs Hobson told us about her life. She’s a ………………………………….person.
5. Replace the words in italics in each sentence with one of the
phrases from the box:
are fond of
let me down
fancy
fed up with
get on my nerves
longing for
put me off
give up
a) I’m really looking forward to a few weeks’ holiday!
longing for
b) Sarah has decided to do without eating chocolate.
…………………
c) I wanted to study biology, but my teacher discouraged me.
…………………
d) Sports programs on television really annoy me.
………………….
e) Do you feel like going to the cinema this evening?
………………….
f) Why can’t you tell the truth? I’m tired of your excuses!
………………….
g) Terry and I like going for walks in the country.
………………….
h) George agreed to help me, but then disappointed me.
………………….
23
conscience
death
hand
heart
temper
thanks
trouble
voice
mood
tears
a) The children were happy because their teacher was in a good mood.
b) ……………………….to Mr Dawson, our car was repaired in time for our holiday.
c) Ruth was helpful, and went to a lot of …………………….to make us comfortable.
d) Harry was leaning out of the window and shouting at the top of his ……………….
e) When Alice heard the bad news, she burst into……………………………………...
f) Neil is a very kind person. His ………………………………....is in the right place.
g) If you do something bad, it will be on your ………………………...for a long time.
h) I was really angry, and lost my…………………………….., and shouted at people.
i) We need some help. Could you give us a ………………………………………….?
j) The first time I saw a horror film, I was scared to ………………………………….
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC
- THE NEWS – DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE11
1. A young mother was accused yesterday of battering her two-year-old son to death.
Sue Harlot was said to have hit the boy repeatedly with a broom. The boy died from a
haemorrhage caused by a blow to the neck. The pathologist’s report said the child
showed signs of having been regularly punched, pinched and slapped. The jury was
shown pictures of the victim’s body, covered with bruises and other marks of
violence. The mother denies killing her son or causing him unnecessary suffering. The
trial continues.
2. A man battered his wife to death with a hammer in a quarrel over his drink money.
Lesley Brown, 68, lost his temper because his wife would give him only £2 for a
drinking session at the pub. The prosecution accepted his plea of manslaughter due to
diminished responsibility. Brown, who has a story of alcohol abuse, was ordered to be
detained without limit under the Mental Health Act.
11
Educational, 2001.
24
3. A man appeared in court today charged with causing grievous bodily harm to his
five-year-old stepson. The man was full of remorse and bitterly regretted what he had
done. Weeping in the dock, Jack Corman, 28, described his own unhappy childhood
as a battered child. The jury heard a psychiatric report which confirmed that between
forty and sixty percent of male abusers were abused themselves as children, and that
makes them vent their frustration as adults on other children. The man could not
explain what made him drag the boy about the flat by his hair and repeatedly hit him.
The mother of the boy spoke in dramatic words of systematic violence against
herself and the boy, and of her shame and humiliation. She described how she had
failed to get police protection as often there were no visible injuries. Corman would
also press her do drop charges against him, using threats of further violence. In
sentencing the man to two years’ imprisonment, the judge said that domestic violence
should be treated with the same degree of seriousness as other violence. He said that
Corman had been a bad and cruel stepfather who, instead of standing in for the absent
parent, treated the child and his mother in an appalling way.
1. The boy’s death was accidental.
2. According to the pathologist, the recent beating was an isolated accident.
3. The jury could not verify the pathologist’s report.
4. The mother pleaded guilty to the charge.
5. Lesley Brown killed his wife because she did not want to give him any money for
alcohol.
6. According to him, he did not realize what he had done.
7. He is an alcoholic.
8. Brown knows when they will let him out.
9. Jack Corman tried to explain his actions as being the result of mental problems.
10. It is more than likely that Corman’s stepson will abuse his own children.
11. Corman said the boy had provoked him.
12. The boy’s mother never called the police for help.
13. The judge decided not to send Corman to prison despite the seriousness of the
crime.
25
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
alcohol………………….
abuse
battered………………….
abusers
cruel……………………..
child
diminished………………
childhood
dramatic……………….
harm
drinking…………………
injuries
grievous…………………..
protection
male………………………
report
police……………………..
responsibility
psychiatric………………….
session
systematic………………….
stepfather
unhappy…………………..
suffering
unnecessary………………..
violence
visible……………………..
words
3.Headline – Rearrange the words to form the headlines to the
stories:
1. KILLING – BATTERED – MOTHER- SON – OF - ACCUSED
………………………………………………………………………………………
2.DRINK-DOMESTIC-MANSLAUGHTER-OVER-LEADS-TO-QUARRELMONEY
……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. REVENGE – HIS- BATTERER – FOR – IMPRISONMENT – CHILDHOOD –
WHO – FOR – TOOK
………………………………………………………………………………………
26
- lovit (bătut) cu coada măturii – h…………. with a b…………..
- urme de violenţă – m…………. of v……………..
- a face să sufere – c…………… s…………………
- a-şi pierde stăpânirea de sine – l…………. one’s t…………………
- responsabilitate limitată – d……………. r……………………..
- alcoolic cu vechi ştate – h………….. of a……….. a……………
- a produce vătămare corporală – c……………. b………….. h……………….
- a regret amarnic – b…………… r…………….
- leziuni vizibile – v…………… i…………….
- a retrage acuzaţia – d………….. c……………..
- a înlocui pe unul din părinţii absenţi – s………….. i…………. f………….. the
a………….. p…………….
- a trata într-un mod groaznic – t………….. in an a……….. w………….
27
LESSON 3
*Grammar: Revision – Present Tense, Past Tense, Present Perfect, Past Perfect,
Future * Vocabulary: General – Family and Friends * Phrasal Verbs - Come *
Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Hurricanes
***
I. GRAMMAR – REVISION -
Present Tense, Past Tense, Present
Perfect, Past Perfect, Future
1. Choose the correct word or phrase in each sentence12:
a) When I was a child I used to ride/I was riding a tricycle.
b) That looks very heavy. Will I/Shall I help you?
c) I’m waiting for Sue. Have you seen her/Did you see her?
d) How long are you working/have you been working here?
e) I can’t come out because I haven’t finished/I didn’t finish my homework yet.
f) When the phone rang I washed/I was washing my hair in the bathroom.
g) Why do you stare/are you staring at me like that?
h) I’ve finished my exams so I’m having/ I have a party tomorrow.
i) We’d better wait here until the rain stops/will stop.
j) When did you last go/have you last been to the cinema?
2. Put each verb in brackets into the present simple or continuous,
or the past simple or continuous:
a) ‘What (you do) do you do?’ ‘I’m an engineer’.
b) The door was open so the dog (run)…………………………..into the living room.
c) When we arrived home Jan (sit)…………………………………...outside the door.
d) Can you help me? I (not understand)……………………………………….Spanish.
e) At the beginning of the film I (realize)……………………………I’d seen it before.
12
Exercices 1,2,3: Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. Intermediate Language Practice. English
28
f) I’m sorry, I can’t talk long. I (study)……………………………for an examination.
g) At the moment of the earthquake Pat (read)…………………………………in bed.
h) I’ll phone you as soon as I (know)……………………………………….the results.
i) I (stay)………………………………….at the Hotel Tirol. Why don’t you call me?
j) ‘What (you do)…………………………………...when you saw the snake?’ ‘I ran’.
3. For each question, complete the second sentence so that it
means the same as the first, using no more than three words:
E.g.: a) Steve left before my arrival.
When I arrived, Steve had already left.
b) Do you need any help with your suitcase?
Shall……………………………………………………you with your suitcase?
c) What’s your usual time of arrival at school?
When ………………………………………………………….arrive at school?
d) Alice started playing tennis six months ago.
Alice……………………………………………………...tennis for six months.
e)I’ll wait here until it stops raining.
When it stops raining…………………………………………………….leave.
f) In the middle of my meal, the phone rang.
While I ……………………………………………….my meal the phone rang.
g) Jack has come to stay for the weekend.
Jack………………………………………………….with me for the weekend.
h) I last saw David in 1990.
I……………………………………………………………...David since 1990.
i) Are you free tomorrow evening?
Are………………………………………………..anything tomorrow evening?
29
4. Look at these sentences and then tick the right answer13:
E.g.:
David and Tom were talking together when a young woman spoke to them.
Which took more time, a) what David and Tom said, or b) what the woman
said?
1. Mike had put up the tent, but Harriet was still unloading things from the car.
Which finished first, a) putting up the tent? or b) unloading?
2. Mark went home and switched off the computer.
What did he do first, a) go home? or b) switch off the computer?
3. When Claire arrived, Henry was walking up and down.
Which started earlier, a) Claire’s arrival, or b) Henry’s walking?
4. When Sarah had phoned the office, she drove to the hotel.
Did she phone the office a) before, or b) after driving to the hotel?
5. Past Simple, Continuous and Perfect: Daniel is telling the story of
how he forgot his passport. Put the verbs into the correct form:
It happened (it/happen) last August at the airport. A few weeks before, a group of us
(1)………………………(decide) to go to Greece together for a holiday.
(2)………………………..(we/wait) in the queue at passport control when suddenly
(3) ………………………(I/realize) that (4)………………………(I/forget) my
passport. (5)…………………..(it/be) quite a shock. (6)……………………..(I/hurry)
to
a
phone
and
(7)……………………….(ring)
(8)…………………….(they/work)
in
the
garden,
but
my
luckily
parents.
my
mother
(9)………………………(hear) the phone. (10)………………………(they/find) the
passport and immediately (11) ……………………….(drive) to the airport with it.
(12)…………………..
(I/meet)
them
at
the
information
desk.
(13)…………………….(we/have) no time to talk, but (14) ……………………(I/say)
goodbye to them earlier that morning. (15) ………………… (I/run) all the way to the
plane. I was just in time. When (16)…………………….(I/get) there, the passengers
(17)……………………
13
(sit)
in
their
seats
ready
for
take-off.
Exercises 4,5: John Eastwood. Oxford Practice Grammar. Intermediate. OUP, 2006/2013.
30
When
(18)……………………….. (they/see) me, everyone (19)……………………(start)
clapping.
6. Choose the correct forms to complete the sentences14:
1. I hope your exam goes well. I will be thinking/will have been thinking/am to think
of you.
2. When I finish this job I am to work/ will have been working/ will be working on it
for two years.
3. Tell the children they will be tidying/ would tidy/are to tidy their room.
4. I hope by next summer I will save/ will be saving/ will have saved enough money
for a holiday.
5. So this was the man that I would be to/ am going to/ was going to work for. I didn’t
like the look of him.
6. The Prime Minister is to open/ will have opened/ has opened the new hospital next
month.
7. I didn’t go to Pete’s party, because I knew that I didn’t enjoy/wouldn’t enjoy/
wasn’t to enjoy it.
8. I saw Carola last year. She thought she would go/ would have gone/ had gone to
America, but I don’t know if she went.
9. What time will you have got/ will you be getting/ are you to get up tomorrow?
10. ‘Is my car ready?’ ‘No, but we have finished/ would finish/will have finished by
this evening’.
14
31
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL - FAMILY AND FRIENDS15
alike
children
couple
elder
housewife
husband
single
twin
engaged
friendship
a) Jane got married to her husband, Bob, four years ago.
b) Jane’s friends think that she and Bob are the perfect ……………………………….
c) They haven’t got any……………………………..yet, but they want a large family.
d) Jane’s ………………………….sister, Mary, was born half an hour before she was.
e) Jane and Mary look…………........................................but are not exactly the same.
f) Mary isn’t married. She says she prefers to be………………………………………
g) She says she believes in …………………………., but doesn’t believe in marriage.
h) Diana is Jane and Mary’s ………………….sister. She calls them her ‘little sisters.’
i) Diana has been………………………….for three years, but hasn’t got married yet.
j) She has a career and doesn’t like the idea of being a ………………………………
2. Complete each sentence with a noun formed from a verb in the
box:
acquaint
celebrate
die
engage
greet
marry
relate
resemble
a) All Sue’s friends and relatives came to her party.
b) I occasionally meet Terry, but he’s more an…………………………..than a friend.
c) When Paul arrived, he received a warm and friendly……………………………….
d) Six months after their………………………………, Michael and Lisa got married.
e) There was a great………………………in the village when their team won the cup.
f) In an ideal ……………………….., husband and wife share each other’s problems.
g) Dina and her mother look alike. There is a strong…………………...between them.
h) Tim cried when he heard about the ………………………………….of his old dog.
15
Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. Intermediate Language Practice. English Grammar and
32
3. Underline the correct word in each sentence:
a) Children are not allowed to see this film. It’s for adults/old only.
b) By the time the vet arrived, the injured cat was already dead/died.
c) Unfortunately it rained on Nick and Helen’s wedding/marriage day.
d) David and Diana have two sons and one daughter/girl.
e) I think we should try to understand the problems of aged/old people.
f) There should be more facilities for youth/young people in this town.
g) More than fifty relatives/parents were invited to Jack’s party.
h) It’s my anniversary/birthday today. I’m eighteen years old.
4. Complete each part sentence (a-j) with an ending (1-10):
a) I’ve started going - 6
1) takes after his father.
b) When little Tina is grown
2) together again next Friday evening?
c) I wonder if you could put
3) up by an aunt after their parents died.
d) Carol doesn’t really get
4) in on Steve for a chat.
e) Everyone says that Tom
5) after my dog while I’m away?
f) Let’s have some friends
6) out with George’s younger sister.
g) Do you think you could look
7) round for dinner on Friday.
h) Why don’t we all get
8) on well with her mother-in-law.
i) Ellen and Laura were brought
9) up she wants to be an astronaut
j) If I have time I’ll drop
10) us up for a few days next week?
5) Match each sentence (a-h) with a sentence (1-8) which helps to
explain the meaning of the word in italics:
a)We’ve got a new neighbor called Helen 1) I was happy that he’d invited me to his
Wills ……5
party.
b) This is Sue. She’s a colleague of mine. 2) Even before she married my brother
………
we’d become good friends.
33
c) Andrew is going to be our best man. 3) She always offers to help in the house
………
when she stays with us.
d) At the end of the evening I thanked our 4) We both work in the same department
host. …….
at the bank.
e) I’m sure that Mary will be a wonderful 5) She moved into the house next door
bride. …….
yesterday.
f) Next week I’m going to stay with my 6) They’re both in their seventies, but
grandparents. ……..
they live a very full life.
g) I’ve always got on well with my sister- 7) When John and I get married, he’ll
in-law……..
stand next to John.
h) Georgiana is the ideal guest. ………
8) She’s a dressmaker, and has designed
her own wedding dress.
6. Complete each sentence with a word or phrase from the box. Use
each word or phrase once only:
after
against
away
in
on
on and off
out
over
a) It would be nice to meet again. I’ll get in touch with you next week.
b) I’m afraid Sonia isn’t here. She went ……………………………for the weekend.
c) I keep leaving and coming back. I’ve lived here………………….for several years.
d) Matthew brought up the children………………………his own after his wife died.
e) The baby was called Clare, ………………………………………..its grandmother.
f) Peter is…………………………….at the moment but he’ll be back in half an hour.
g) Ann decided to get married……………………………….the wishes of her parents.
h) After their final quarrel, Carrie told Luke their relationship was……………………
34
VOCABULARY: GENERAL - PHRASAL VERBS – COME 16
1. Come expressing an idea of movement or change of state:
phrasal verb
meaning
example
come along
arrive at a place
Not many people bought tickets for
the concert in advance, but quite a
few came along and bought tickets
at the door.
come apart
separate into pieces
The antique picture frame just
came apart in my hands.
come
around
or become conscious again A nurse was with me when I came
around after the operation.
come round
come out
disappear or become
Let your shirt soak overnight and
less strong (of dirt or
the stain will probably come out.
colour on clothing /
material)
come out
become public
If this story comes out about the
knowledge after it has
Prime Minister, he’ll have to
been kept secret (of the
resign.
truth)
come out
come out
be given to people (of
When do your exam results come
results or information)
out?
leave after a period in a
Jane’s coming out of hospital at
place (of
the weekend. She’s much better
hospital/prison)
now.
Complete these sentences with a particle from the table above:
1. Do you have any glue? The cover of my address book is coming ……………..and I
want to stick it together again.
2.I spilt some orange juice on the table cloth. Do you think it will come…………….if
I put it in the washing machine?
16
Michael McCarthy & Felicity O’Dell. English Phrasal Verbs in Use. Intermediate. CUP, 2011.
35
3. The last thing I remember was feeling very dizzy. The next thing I knew, I came
……………….in hospital and a doctor was standing by my bed.
4. The government is going to release a report on traffic congestion. I wonder when
it’s coming …………..
5. We were just chatting at the corner when Jim Gore came ……………… with his
girlfriend.
6. I hear Bruce’s operation was successful. When is he coming ………………....of
the clinic?
7. Some very shocking facts have come…………… about government corruption,
thanks to an investigation by a national newspaper.
2. Come expressing an idea of happen:
come off
happen
successfully
or
planned
as I was planning to arrange a surprise
holiday for her birthday, but I’m not
sure it’s going to come off.
come about
happen, especially something I’ve had to organise the school fair
which is not planned
again this year – I’m not quite sure
how that came about.
come up
to be mentioned or discussed
….only if the subject comes up in
conversation.
come up
happen unexpectedly, usually a …..but then something came up
problem or difficult situation
and we had to deal with it
straightaway.
come up
become available
…..I don’t know if a place on the
council is going to come up for a
while yet, so perhaps I’ll wait.
Use a phrasal verb from the table above to complete these
dialogues:
1. Anne: We lost everybody’s e-mail address and had to start all over again.
Ken: Really? How did that …………………………………………………………?
Anne: Oh, it was some computer virus.
36
2. Rick: David keeps saying he’s going to sail around the world.
Ivan: Huh! Do you think it will ever ……………………………………………….?
Rick: Probably not. He’s such a dreamer.
3. Brian: We’ll let you know what we decide. We’ll phone you.
Fran: When do you think you’ll ……………………………………………………?
Brian: Probably at the meeting on Friday.
4. Olga: I thought you were coming to the dinner party last night.
Ulla: Yes, I was intending to, but right at the last minute something ……………..?
Olga: Oh, I see. Well, you must come next time.
3. Other meanings of come
come up against
encounter or have to deal I’m doing a research project for my
with (a difficult situation)
degree on the psychology of ageing,
but I’ve come up against a few
problems.
come across
discover
(or
met)
chance
come to
an almost identical study.
make (a decision about I’ve got to come to a decision: do I
something)
come down to
by I came across someone who’s done
want to continue with it or not?
depend mostly on or be I guess in the end my decision will
influenced most by
come down to what my professor
recommends.
Rewrite the underlined words in these horoscopes, using phrasal
verbs with come:
SCORPIO: You may have to deal with a few problems at work today, but don’t
worry, they’re only temporary, and a new job opportunity will arise which could
change your life. The name of an old friend is mentioned in conversation, bringing
back powerful memories.
TAURUS: You will meet someone by pure chance who seems to share the same
world view as you, but be careful, they are not what they seem to be. Don’t forget
that, in the end, true love is mainly about finding someone you can trust.
37
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC: THE NEWS – HURRICANES17
Hurricane George, which has been sweeping across the Atlantic for the last
few days, struck the coastal areas of Jahar shortly before dawn, with winds of up 170
miles an hour. The battering gales are said to be moving inland, causing widespread
damage and devastation. As the hurricane-force winds cut a swath across the country,
they are leaving behind a trail of destruction: downed power lines and telephone
poles, torn off roofs and uprooted trees. The fishing fleet was totally destroyed as the
winds ripped boats from their moorings and tossed them on shore.
Huge seas heavily inundated populated areas of the coastal plains, wiping out
several settlements. Coastal town residents have sought refuge in stone-built churches
and on higher ground. So far, the violent hurricane has left one hundred dead in its
wake. The death toll is still climbing as more and more bodies are recovered from
under collapsed buildings. Five hundred people are reported missing and are
presumed dead, having been swept away by flood waters. The casualty list and the
damage statistics are still incomplete and will probably soar as communication links
with affected areas are restored.
As hardly a house in the area still has a roof, the President has declared a state
of emergency. Residents are in desperate need of food and shelter. The authorities
ordered the evacuation of people from the capital, although it is hoped that by the time
the hurricane reaches the city, it will have downgraded to a tropical storm. If so, the
city will survive relatively unscathed. However, what has not already been flattened
by the winds is still likely to be severely damaged by mudslides and floods caused by
the accompanying torrential rain. Judging by the devastation, Hurricane George is
likely to be the deadliest storm on record.
1. Hurricane George reached the coast of Jahar in the evening.
2. People knew that it was coming.
3. There is no electricity in the affected areas.
17
Educational, 2001.
38
4. The fishing fleet was destroyed because the boats were not properly secured.
5. All the devastation was caused by the wind.
6. Churches in Jahar offer better protection than other buildings.
7. The number of victims is as yet unclear.
8. Flood waters have claimed no victims.
9. The President receives regular telephone reports from the coast.
10. Housing is the biggest problem at the moment.
11. People are leaving the capital although it may prove unnecessary.
12. Mudslides are triggered by gale-force winds.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
battering………………….
areas
casualty……………………
damage
coastal……………………
fleet
damage……………………
gales
fishing……………………
hurricane
flood………………………..
list
huge………………………..
rain
torrential…………………….
seas
tropical…………………….
statistics
violent…………………………
storm
widespread……………………….
waters
3. Rearrange the words to form the headline to the story:
100 – OVER- DEADLY- JAHAR – STRIKES – KILLING- GEORGE
………………………………………………………………………………………
39
- a provoca pagube şi distrugeri – c…………. d……….. and d……………………
- a rupe liniile de înaltă tensiune – d………… p………….. l…………………..
- a mătura (a distruge) o aşezare (grup de case) – w………. o………..
s……………..
- a lăsa distrugerile – l…………….. a t………..of d……………..
- a lăsa în urmă – l……………
i…………….. its w…………………
- date incomplete – i………….. s………………
- a reface legăturile de comunicaţie – r…………. c……………… l……………
- a declara stare de calamitate – d………… a s………. of e…………………
- a da ordin de evacuare – o…………. e…………………
- faţă de suprafaţa afectată, se poate aprecia – j……….…. by the d…………..
- a fi înregistrat – be o…………..
r………….
40
a
LESSON 4
*Grammar: Indirect Speech * Vocabulary: General – The Body and Clothes *
Phrasal Verbs: Get * Vocabulary : Specific - The News – Road Accidents
***
I. GRAMMAR: INDIRECT SPEECH18
# ‘Here’ and ‘now’ words:
1. Match the direct and indirect speech expressions:
0. here
5. today
A. that day……
F. the next day…..
1. now
6. tonight
B. that night……
G. there 0
2. this
7. last week
C. that……
H. the week before…..
3. tomorrow
8. next week
D. the day before…..
I. then………
4. yesterday
E. the next week…..
2. Imagine these sentences were reported in another place a month
later. Put in words and expressions from the box:
right away
that day
that evening
that morning
the
the day after
the day before
the same night
the week before
there
E.g.:
‘I’ll see you tomorrow’. She said she’d see me the day after.
1. ‘My brother’s arriving here today.’ She said her brother was arriving……………
2. ‘I’ll phone you this evening.’ He said he’d phone ………………………………..
3. ‘Do you like it here?’ She asked if I liked it ………………………………………
4. ‘My uncle died last week.’ He told me his uncle had died ………………………..
5. ‘This meat tastes funny.’ She said……………………………….meat tasted funny.
18
41
6. ‘I’m leaving now.’ He told us he was leaving………………………………………
7. ‘I overslept this morning.’ She told him she’d overslept……………………………
8. ‘The train leaves at 11.00 tonight.’ I was told the train left at 11.00……………….
9. ‘Pete phoned me yesterday.’ He said Pete had phoned him…………………………
#Tenses
3. Complete the table:
DIRECT SPEECH
INDIRECT SPEECH
simple present
………………………
………………………
past continuous
present perfect
……………………….
simple past
……………………..
……………………….
would……..
4. Complete the reported sentences with the correct tenses:
1. ‘I’m tired.’ She said she ……………………………………………………….tired.
2. ‘You play very well.’ He told me I……………………………………….very well.
3. ‘Can you help us?’ They asked if I ………………………………………help them.
4. ‘We’re leaving.’ They told us they………………………………………………….
5. ‘She hasn’t brushed her hair.’ I noticed that she …………………………...her hair.
6. ‘John’s had an accident.’ Pam rang to say that John …………………...an accident.
!!!! Tenses DON’T CHANGE #after present or future reporting verbs (there is no
important change of time)
He says he doesn’t want to play anymore. (‘I don’t want….’)
I’ll tell her your idea is great.
#after present perfect reporting verbs
The government has announced that taxes will be raised.
!!!! We often drop that after common reporting verbs:
He said (that) he was falling in love with me.
42
I knew (that) he was lying.
# ‘Say’ and ‘Tell’
TELL + personal object = we tell somebody something – Karen told us a joke.
SAY - (NO) personal object = we say something (to somebody) – We said nothing
to anybody
5. Choose the correct answer:
1. I said/told John I wanted to go home.
2. Lucy said/told that she would buy the tickets.
3. I didn’t say/tell anyone that I was leaving.
4. Why did you say/tell you were ill?
5. My father said/told he needed help.
#Present situations: He proved that the earth is/was round - a situation that is still
present or future when the words are reported
DIRECT SPEECH
INDIRECT SPEECH
The earth is round.
He proved that the earth was/is round.
‘How old are you?’ ‘What?”
I asked how old you were/are.
Where does she work?
I’ve often wondered where she worked/works.
It will be windy tomorrow.
The forecast said it would/will be windy
tomorrow.
6. Imagine these sentences were reported soon after they were said:
change them to indirect speech in two different ways:
E.g.:
I’m utterly fed up! (I said)
I said I was utterly fed up. I said I’m utterly fed up.
43
1. What day is it? (I asked)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2. What’s the dark-haired child’s name? (I asked)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. It’s raining. (I told you)
………………………………………………………………………………….
4. You’ll get your money. (I said)
…………………………………………………………………………………
5. There will be a strike. (This article I was reading said)
…………………………………………………………………………………
!!!! We do not keep the original speaker’s tenses if we don’t agree with what
he/she said, or if we want to show that the ideas do not come from us.
They were certain that the gods lived in the sky.
Did you hear that? She said she was fourteen!
He announced that profits were higher than forecast.
I didn’t know she was ill.
# Indirect questions – subject + verb
I asked where the trainer and the team were staying.
Nobody told me why I had to sign the paper
- yes/no questions – if/whether (= formal style)
The driver asked if/whether I wanted to go to the town centre.
- verb + subject – only informal –
He wanted to know when could I start.
7. Turn these into indirect questions, beginning I asked:
E.g.:
Where are my gloves?
I asked where my gloves were.
1. What’s Peter’s address?
………………………………
2. When’s the new manager coming?
………………………………
3. How does she know my name?
……………………………….
4. Why are all the windows open?
……………………………….
44
5. How many books does he want?
………………………………..
#Infinitives: He promised to write – future actions – promises, agreements, orders,
offers, advice, suggestions, requests
‘I’ll definitely write.’
He promised to write.
‘Ok, I’ll wait until 6 o’clock.’
She agreed to wait until 6 o’clock.
‘Do be careful, Andrew.’
I told Andrew to be careful.
‘Shall I babysit tonight?’
Ann has offered to babysit tonight.
‘You’d better think again.’
The manager advised me to think
again.
‘Please don’t be late.’
She asked us not to be late.
8. Change the sentences as shown:
E.g.: I won’t tell anybody. (He promised)
He promised not to tell anybody.
1. I’ll cook supper. (She offered)
………………………………
2. Leave early. (He advised me)
……………………………..
3. Please don’t close the door. (She asked me)
………………………………
4. I’ll stop smoking. (She promised)
……………………………..
5. Why don’t I do the shopping? (He offered)
……………………………
#Special cases: He said I’d better go
Past tense > Past perfect – only if necessary in order to make the time relations
clear
DIRECT SPEECH
INDIRECT SPEECH
I saw Penny a couple of days ago.
In his letter, he said he’d seen Penny a
couple of days before.
Dinosaurs were around for 250 million This guy on TV said that dinosaurs were
years.
around for 250 million years.
45
9. Change these to indirect speech:
1. I saw him once before in London. (I knew)
………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Shakespeare didn’t speak French. (The professor said)
………………………………………………………………………………………
3. He died two years ago. ( When I got there, I found out)
………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Three thousand years ago there were tigers in England. (It said on this TV program)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Somebody threw a bomb at the Prime Minister. (It said on this morning’s news)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
6. The ancient Romans suffered from lead poisoning. (I read in a magazine)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL - THE BODY AND CLOTHES19
a) The trousers are the right length, but the stomach/waist is too small.
b) I like this watch, but the strap is too small for my palm/wrist.
c) The hand has four fingers and a thumb/toe.
d) When Robert is nervous he tends to bite his nails/joints.
e) This bag has a strap and I can carry it on my neck/shoulder.
f) Gina twisted her ankle/elbow and she can’t walk very easily.
g) Paul dropped the stone on his foot and broke two toes/fingers.
h) When you’re worried lines appear on your eyebrows/forehead.
19
46
2. Complete each sentence with a verb from the box. Use each verb
once only:
disguise
dress up
fit
go with
look
put on
suit
wear
a) This dress doesn’t fit me. It’s far too big.
b) The children decided to …………………………………as astronauts for the party.
c) Sue always seems to …………………..trousers. She says they’re more
comfortable.
d) I like your new haircut. It makes you………………………………………younger.
e) It’s a nice pullover, but the color doesn’t ………………………………………you.
f) The escaped prisoner managed to ………………………….himself as a policeman.
g) I got up late and had only a few minutes to …………………………….my clothes.
h) I don’t think that yellow socks………………………………………….a black suit.
3. Match the words from the box with the definitions:
blouse
cap
dress
shorts
skirt
sleeve
sock
suit
a) part of an item of clothing for covering the arm.
sleeve
b) woman’s or girl’s clothing that covers the body from shoulders to knee or below.
……………..
c) jacket together with trousers or skirt made from the same material.
………………
d) a soft covering for the head worn by young people, and in some sports
………………
e) trousers that end above or at the knee
……………..
f) item of clothing for women or girls that hangs from the waist and covers all or part
of the legs
………………..
g) item of clothing for women or girls covering the upper half of the body
……………….
47
h) soft item of clothing that covers the lower leg and foot inside the shoe
………………
4. Complete each expression in italics with one of the parts of the
body from the box:
arms
face
foot
hair
heart
tongue
a) The word is on the tip of my tongue, but I just can’t remember it.
b) Crossing the mountains on my own was a ……………………-raising adventure.
c) I know this is hard to believe, but you must ……………………………..the truth.
d) It is now over thirty years since man first set …………………………..on the moon.
e) After his long trip Tom’s parents welcomed him with open……………………….
f) Peter knows the songs by ……………………..and doesn’t need to look at a book.
5. Choose the right version:
Clothes
Choosing clothes can be difficult. Some people want to be (1) of fashion/fashioned/
fashionable/ fashion, but they don’t want to look exactly (2) alike/like/similar/same
everybody else. Not all clothes are (3) fitted/suitable/comfort/equal for work or
school, perhaps because they’re not (4) formal/strict/uniform/suited enough, or simply
not (5) comforting/ comfort/ comforted/ comfortable. It is easy to buy the (6)
false/mistake/wrong/error
size,
and
find
that
your
trousers
are
too
(7)
straight/close/stiff/tight, especially if you’re a little a bit (8) slim/ overweight/ thin/
enormous. Very (9) loose/lose/loosened/lost clothes make you feel (10) thin/ slim/
narrow/ spare, but when they have (11) lessened/ reduced/ decreased/ shrunk in the
washing machine, then you have the same problem! If you buy light (12) of cotton/ in
cotton/ cotton/ cottoned clothes, then they might not be (13) warm/ cold/ hot/ cool
enough for winter. If your shoes are not (14) tight/enclosed/ firm/ waterproof, and if
you aren’t (15) worm/ clothed/ dressed/ fitted for the cold, you might look good, but
feel terrible!
48
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS – GET20
A. Learning phrasal verbs in pairs associated with a context:
Phrasal verb
Meaning
Example
get together (+ If two or more people get
together; they meet in
with)
It’s nice to get together with
people you get on with.
order to do something or
spend time together
If two or more people get
get on (+ with)
on, they like each other
and are friendly to each
other
get on (+ with)
get
behind
continue doing something,
I must get on with my work. I got
especially work
behind because I spent too much
(+ If you get behind with
with)
time on the Internet.
work or with payments,
you have not done as much
work or paid as much as
you should by a particular
time
get sth over with
get away
do and complete
Let’s get this meeting over with,
something difficult or
or else we’ll never get away before
unpleasant that must be
the rush hour and it will take ages
done.
to get home.
leave a place or person,
often when the situation
makes it difficult for you
to do so
can’t/couldn’t get be surprised or shocked
I can’t get over how she manages
over sth.
that something has
to get away with doing so little
happened or that
work. It’s obvious to everyone, but
20
49
get
away
sth/doing sth
with something is true.
the boss never seems to notice.
succeed in not being
criticised or punished for
something wrong that you
have done
B. More phrasal verbs with get
Gerry: How do you manage to survive without a job?
Kimberly: Oh, I get by with a bit of help from my parents. [have just enough money
to pay for the things I need, but nothing more]
Lauren: The problem is that the regulations don’t allow us to use next year’s budget.
Juliet: Oh, don’t worry. We’ll get around/round it somehow. [find a way of dealing
with or avoiding a problem]
Yanis: Have you rung the travel agent’s yet to confirm our bookings?
Ronan: Sorry, I haven’t got around/round to it yet, but I’ll do it after lunch, I
promise. [do something that you have intended to do for a long time]
Polly: I really think you ought to apologise to you-know-who about you-know-what.
Ivan: I’m sorry, I don’t know what you’re getting at. Who? What? [If you ask
someone what they are getting at, you are asking them what they mean, usually
because they have said something indirectly]
Ellen: Do you think I can get away with not using any handouts in my lecture? [do
something successfully even though it is not the best way of doing it]
Lou: Yes, the students just throw them away anyway.
1. Choose the correct particle to complete these sentences:
1. Why don’t you get your homework around/over/by/away with so you can enjoy the
rest of the evening?
50
2. As soon as Sue and I met, we knew we were going to get round/at/on/up well.
3. I just can’t come out with you tonight as I’ve got so up/over/away/behind with my
work.
4. Why does Rita always get by/away/on/over with arriving late? It doesn’t seem fair.
5. I’m going to have to get round/over/away/behind to filling in my tax form soon.
6. I hope you’ll be able to get away/behind/at/over from work at a reasonable time
thought.
7. Your mother couldn’t get up/round/by/over the cost of restaurants in London.
2. Match each question on the left with the most likely response on
the right:
1. How do you and Joe get on?
I manage somehow, though it isn’t easy.
2. What exactly are you getting at?
I just wasn’t organized enough.
3. How do you get by on a student grant?
Sure, that would be nice.
4. How did you get so behind?
I certainly hope so.
5. When are you going to get round to it?
Let me put it another way for you.
6. Shall we get together this evening?
We’re great friends.
7. Will you manage to get away soon?
Soon, I promise.
3. Rewrite the underlined parts of these sentences, using a phrasal
verb (get +….):
1. I’ve been planning to sort out my files but I haven’t found time to do it yet.
2. I can’t believe how much money they spent on their New Year’s party.
3. Don’t try to travel without paying your train fare – an inspector might come on and
want to see your ticket.
4. The teachers in the school often meet after work on Fridays in a café near the
school.
5. They avoided the problem of offending anyone and just invited all their friends to
the wedding.
6. I usually find it quite hard to understand what Professor Mactoft is trying to say in
his lectures.
51
7. I hope no-one will mind if I don’t send any Christmas cards this year.
8. Emily has not done nearly as much work on her thesis as she should have done by
now.
III.
VOCABULARY:
SPECIFIC
–
THE
NEWS
–
ROAD
ACCIDENTS21
1. Fog played its part in a ten-vehicle pile-up on a busy road yesterday, bringing
traffic to a halt and causing a five-mile tailback. Four of the cars burst into flames.
Rescuers believe that an entire family was wiped out when six people were crushed to
death by an articulated lorry that rammed their car. A bus, with school children,
skidded off the road and plunged into a ditch. Two of the children died later from their
injuries. The driver of the car which started the chain reaction collision suffered only
slight bruises. He is believed to have lost control of his car seconds before hitting the
crash barriers. The road was closed for hours to traffic while police removed the
tangled wreckage.
2. Four people were seriously injured in a head-on crash when a car suddenly changed
lanes and collided with an oncoming van. The autopsy revealed that the man who
caused the accident had had a heart attack and had died at the wheel. The two cars
involved were scarcely recognizable after the collision. The driver of the van was
thrown clear and miraculously survived. His three passengers had to be cut free from
the wreckage before being rushed to hospital and treated for their sustained injuries.
3. Six people lost their lives on Friday when a car, trying to avoid an unmarked open
manhole, skidded and ran over a pedestrian who died instantly. The car then crashed
into a stationary coach and the driver and four passengers were killed on the spot.
According to the police, excessive speed was partly to blame for the tragedy and the
driver was found to be more than four times over the drink limit. The man responsible
for road works in that area will appear in court charged with negligence.
4. A camper was killed yesterday when a car hit the hard shoulder and ploughed into
his tent ten yards from the road. The car then somersaulted twice before hitting a tree.
21
Barbara and Marcin Otto. Engleza pentru jurnalişti. Here is the News. Vol 1. Bucureşti: All
Educational, 2001.
52
The driver and her passenger were rushed to hospital where they died from their
injuries soon after being admitted.
1. Ten vehicles were involved in the collision.
2. Others cars couldn’t get past the site of the crash.
3. The Mini hit the back of an articulated lorry.
4. Two schoolchildren died in the bus which overturned.
5. If it hadn’t been for the bad weather conditions, the accident might not have
happened.
6. The van started the collision.
7. The accident could have been prevented.
8. The van driver’s body was found in the wreckage of his vehicle.
9. Five people were involved in this collision.
10. The driver was drunk and was driving too fast.
11. The supervisor of the road works was indirectly responsible for the pedestrian’s
death.
12. The camper was killed by a woman driver.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
articulated………………….
barriers
busy…………………………
bruises
crash………………………..
coach
entire……………………….
family
excessive………………………
injuries
slight……………………………
lorry
stationary……………………..
road
sustained……………………..
speed
tangled………………………..
wreckage
53
1. IN – CHAIN – 12 – DRIVER – REACTION – CAUSES- CRASH – DEATHS
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. HEART – FOR – COLLISION – RESPONSIBLE – HEAD-ON – ATTACK
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. OPEN – DRIVER – KILLS – MANHOLE – AVOIDING – SPEEDING – SIX
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. BY – CAMPER – DEATH – TO – UNSUSPECTING – CAR – CRASHED –
………………………………………………………………………………………….
- a juca un rol: -p………. a p………………..
- a fi cuprins de flăcări: -b…………… i……… f…………….
- a muri din cauza leziunilor: -d…………. f……… i…………..
- a se izbi de o furgonetă care se apropia: - c…………..
w…………..
an
o…………. v……………
- greu identificabil: -s…………….
r……………..
- a elibera victimele din automobilele avariate: -c………….
f………..
the v………….
f………….
the
t………… w………………
- a deceda pe loc: -d………….. o……………. the s…………….
- a învinui viteza excesivă: -b………….. e…………… s…………….
- a avea alcolemia de patru ori mai mare decât limita admisă: -be f………. t………
o………………
d……………..
l…………..
- a fi internat la spital: - be a…………. to h……………..
54
the
LESSON 5
*Grammar: ‘If’ Clause * Vocabulary: General –Everyday Problems * Phrasal
Verbs: Go * Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Broken Marriages
***
I. GRAMMAR- IF CLAUSE22
*Ordinary tense use
If you didn’t do much maths at school, you’ll find economics difficult.
If that was John, why didn’t he say hello?
Metals expand if you heat them.
- beginning or end of a sentence
If you have any problems, telephone 911.
Telephone 911 if you have any problems.
1. Complete the sentences with expressions from the box:
I never get anything done
I’m sure I can’t
she was lying
we can catch the early train
you don’t know what’s going on?
say you’re with me
you park near the station
you want to learn a musical instrument
you won’t need to do it again
you’re not feeling up to it
1. If anybody asks you what you’re doing, …………………………………………….
2. How can you make decisions if ……………………………………………………..
3. If you did the test last week, ………………………………………………………...
4. If I don’t get up till nine, …………………………………………………………….
5. If John couldn’t fix the computer yesterday, ………………………………………..
6. If she said she didn’t know me, ……………………………………………………..
7. The shops are easy to get to if……………………………………………………….
8. We don’t have to go out if…………………………………………………………...
22
Michael Swan & Catherine Walter. Oxford English Grammar Course. Intermediate. OUP, 2011
55
9. If you’re ready before eight, ………………………………………………………...
10. You have to practice if ……………………………………………………………..
*After if, we normally use a present tense to talk about the future.
If I have enough time tomorrow, I’ll come and see you.
I’ll give her your love if I see her.
If it’s fine tomorrow, I’m going to paint the windows.
2. Put the correct tenses (present or ‘ll…..):
1. If you……………………that again, I…………………………………(say; scream)
2. I ………………….surprised if she……………………to sell that car. (be; manage)
3. If the boys……………….to supper, I………………..chicken breasts. (come; cook)
4. I………………..some money if we………………………….out tonight. (need; go)
5. I………………..you if we…………………………………...to Wales. (miss; move)
*If I had a million dollars, ………
If + past tense+ would – things that are not real or not probable now.
IF + PAST TENSE
WOULD+ INFINITIVE (WITHOUT
TO)
If I had a million dollars,
I would build myself a big house.
If you were the boss,
what would you do?
If she didn’t buy so many she’d have enough money for food.
clothes,
If I had time,
I would/should learn the saxophone.
After if, we often use were instead of was.
If I were rich, I would spend all my time travelling.
We often use the structure If I were you……to give advice.
If I were you, I’d get that car serviced.
I shouldn’t worry if I were you.
56
3. Put the correct verb forms:
1. The kitchen……………………better if we……………….red curtains. (look; have)
2. Where……………………if you……………………a picture frame? (you go; need)
3. I………………….this if I ……………………………………..to. (not do; not have)
4. If I ………………his address, I……………………round and see him. (know; go)
5. What………………….if you……………………………..the lottery. (you do; win)
*If I go and If I went
- past + would = less probable, less definite, impossible, imaginary
If I become President, I’ll………..(said by a candidate in an election)
If I became President, I’d………..(said by a schoolgirl)
If I win this race, I’ll………….(said by the fastest runner).
If I won this race, I’d………….(said by the slowest runner).
Is it all right if I invite John to supper? (direct request)
Would it be all right if I invited John to supper? (polite request)
4. Choose the correct verb forms:
1. If she comes/came late again, she’ll lose her job.
2. I’ll let you know if I find/found out what’s happening.
3. If we live/lived in a town, life would be easier.
4. I’m sure he won’t mind if we arrive/arrived early.
5. We’ll/We’d phone you if we have time.
6. If I won the lottery, I will/would give you half the money.
7. It will/would be a pity if she married Fred.
8. If I’m free on Saturday, I will/would go to the mountains.
9. She will/would have a nervous breakdown if she goes on like this.
10. I know I’ll feel better if I stop/stopped smoking.
5. Make these requests less definite, and so more polite:
E.g.: It will be nice if you help me a bit with the housework.
It would be nice if you helped me a bit with the housework.
57
1. Do you mind if I go first?
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2. If all of us come, will you have room in your car?
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. It will be good if you spend some time with the children.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Do you mind if I come round about seven o’clock?
……………………………………………………………………………..........
5. Is it all right if I use your phone?
………………………………………………………………………………….
*Could = ‘would be able to’: We could go cycling if…
If you arrived early, we could talk about the meeting.
If Joe came, he could help with the dog.
- once as a past tense (something is not real/not probable), once for would be
able to.
If I could sell my car, I could buy a computer.
6. Complete the sentences with could and expressions from the box:
ask her to help
get up late
go to the cinema more often
read the paper
go and see him
go for a ride
have breakfast in the garden
watch a film
write to Henry
E.g.: If Alice was here, we could ask her to help.
If I could find my glasses, I could read the paper.
1. If John was at home, we……………………………………………………………
2. If the TV was working, we…………………………………………………………
3. If we had bikes, …………………………………………………………………….
4. If tomorrow was Saturday, I……………………………………………………….
5. If it was warmer, we………………………………………………………………..
6. If I could find my address book, …………………………………………………..
7. If we lived in a town, ……………………………………………………………….
58
*Unreal past situations: If Jane hadn’t helped me, ……….
- how things could have been different
- past perfect + would have + past participle
IF + PAST PERFECT
WOULD HAVE + PAST PARTICIPLE
If Mary had felt better,
we would have gone swimming. (But she didn’t, so we
didn’t.)
If you had told me the I would have respected you. (But you didn’t, so I
truth,
didn’t.)
If Jane hadn’t helped me,
I would have been in bad trouble. (But she did, so I
wasn’t.)
If
she
climbing,
hadn’t
gone she wouldn’t have fallen and broken her arm. (But
she did.)
- instead of would have…., we can use could have….( = ‘would have been able to’)
If he’d run a bit faster, he could have won.
7. Write the sentences with the correct verb forms:
E.g.: If I (know) you were coming, I (invite) some friends in.
If I’d known you were coming, I’d have invited some friends in.
1. We (get) better tickets if we (book) earlier.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2. He (go) to university if his father (not be) ill.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. If you (say) you weren’t hungry, I (not cook) such a big meal.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. The team (win) if Jones (play) better.
………………………………………………………………………………......
5. If they (not cut) off the electricity, I (finish) my work.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
59
8. Write sentences chains with if to show how things could have
been different:
He bought a bicycle > went for a ride in the country > fell off > woke up in hospital
>met a beautiful nurse > wrote a bestselling novel about her > got rich > married the
beautiful nurse and had three charming children > lived happily ever after
If he hadn’t bought a bicycle, …………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
Mary’s mother went out that evening>Mary cooked for herself > got interested in
cooking > opened a very successful restaurant > had the Prime Minister as a customer
> the PM ordered mussels > the mussels poisoned the PM > the PM died > Mary went
to prison for life
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
.…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………….
*unless – Come tonight unless I phone.
- unless = if not/ except if
I’ll take the job unless the pay is too low.
- unless + affirmative
- unless + present tense > to talk about the future
60
9. Change the words in bold:
E.g.: Please don’t call the doctor at weekends if it’s not important.
– unless it’s important
Unless you come with me, I won’t go to New York.
- if you don’t come with me
1. You can’t go there if you don’t have a visa.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2. If you don’t go now, I’ll call the police.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. She always sees me on Wednesdays unless she’s travelling.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. I don’t cook much unless I’ve got visitors.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
5. We usually go sailing at the weekend if Emma hasn’t got a handball match.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Join the beginnings and ends together and write the sentences
using unless or if not:
BEGINNINGS
ENDS
0. I’ll be back tomorrow
A. if he doesn’t start working. …..
1. He’ll get thrown out of school
B. if I don’t phone to say I can’t come.
…..
2. You can’t open the door
C. if you haven’t heard it before. ….
3. I always watch TV in the evenings
D. if I don’t go out
4. I’ll see you at ten
E. if it doesn’t rain
5. Let’s have dinner out
F. if the children don’t want it.
6. I’ll tell you a good joke
G.if
there
isn’t
a
change
government….
7. Things will go on getting worse
H. if there isn’t a rail strike. 0
8. We’re going to have a picnic
I. – if you’re not too tired. …..
61
of
9. You can have the last sausage
J. if you don’t know the code. ……
I’ll be back tomorrow unless there’s a rail strike
1…………………………………………………………………………………………
2…………………………………………………………………………………………
3…………………………………………………………………………………………
4…………………………………………………………………………………………
5…………………………………………………………………………………………
6…………………………………………………………………………………………
7…………………………………………………………………………………………
8…………………………………………………………………………………………
9…………………………………………………………………………………………
*if only and I wish: tenses – If only I knew……
-If only….! and wish + past tenses – regrets, wishes for unlikely or
impossible things
- past tenses = talk about the present
If only I knew more people!
I wish I was better looking.
-If only….! and wish + would – things that we would like people or things
(not) to do.
I wish this damned car would start.
If only it would stop raining!
11. Write sentences with If only…..would or I wish….would…….
E.g.: Somebody won’t stop talking.
I wish/If only he would stop talking!
1. It’s not snowing. ……………………………………………………………………..
2. The phone keeps ringing. ……………………………………………………………
3. The baby won’t stop crying. …………………………………………………………
4. The kettle won’t boil. ………………………………………………………………..
62
5. The traffic lights won’t go green. ……………………………………………………
*in case: I’m taking my umbrella in case it rains.
- precautions
I wrote down her address in case I forgot it.
+ present tense> future
I’ve bought a chicken in case your mother stays to lunch.
+ should = by chance
I’ve bought a chicken in case your mother should stay to lunch.
=sentences about the past
I wrote down her address in case I should forget it.
12. A woman is packing to go on holiday in Austria. Make sentences:
SHE’S PACKING:
a German phrase book
a pack of cards
a tennis racket
a thick sweater
a swimsuit
aspirins
binoculars
her address book
some books
walking boots
IN CASE:
she decides to send postcards
she meets people who play bridge
she wants to go walking
the hotel has a heated pool
the sun gives her a headache
she has time to read
the hotel staff don’t speak English
the weather is cold
there is a tennis court
she wants to go bird-watching
She’s packing a German phrase book in case the hotel staff don’t speak English.
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
63
* it’s time and I’d rather: tenses – It’s time you had a haircut.
- it’s time + infinitive + to
It’s time to go out.
- would rather ( = would prefer) + infinitive (without to)
I’d rather stay in.
+ subject and verb (past)> present/future meaning
It’s time you had a haircut.
I’d rather they came tomorrow, not today.
13. Rewrite the second sentence in each conversation, starting with
I’d rather we/you etc:
E.g.: You’d better phone Judy’. ‘No, you phone her’.
I’d rather you phoned her.
1.‘Let’s talk things over’. ‘No, let’s talk tomorrow.’
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2.’Shall I come at nine?’ ‘Ten would be better.’
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. ‘I’ll phone Sue.’ ‘No, don’t’.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. ‘Can she work with you?’ ‘Why doesn’t she work with Maggie?’
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. ‘I’ll cook tomorrow.’ ‘Tonight would be better.’
………………………………………………………………………………….
64
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL - EVERYDAY PROBLEMS23
1. Complete each sentence with a verb from the box:
blocked
collapsed
sank
trapped
crashed
exploded
flooded
injured
a) Yesterday a lorry crashed into a bus at the traffic lights.
b) The falling roof tiles……………………...several passers-by, though not seriously.
c) The old wooden building……………………………………………in a high wind.
d) A terrorist bomb……………………………………at the railway station last week.
e) The river burst its banks and …………………………….the town during the night.
f) Rocks and mud from the mountain………………………..the main road yesterday.
g) The storm at sea………………………………………...several small fishing boats.
h) The rising water………………………….two families in their homes for six hours.
ambulance
bandage
blood
patient
surgeon
ward
hospital
operation
a) A long white bandage was wound around my arm.
b) This…………………………was built only two years ago, but is already too small.
c) The…………………………..in the bed next to mine was a man with a broken leg.
d) The doctor told Jim that he would have to have a/an ………………………………
e) David’s bed is in a small……………………………………………with two others.
f) Joanna was operated on by the best………………………………………in the city.
g) Some people feel faint when they see……………………………………………….
h) Stephen was hurt in an accident and a passer-by called a/an………………………..
23
65
3. Complete each sentence with a compound noun made from two
words from the box:
air
bus
park
parking
strike
car
centre
city
failure
hour
jam
pollution
power
rush
shortage
stop
ticket
traffic
train
water
a) The roads were crowded and I was stuck in a traffic jam for hours.
b) The ………………..
…………… is bad in this city. It’s getting hard to
breathe!
c) All the lights went out because there was a ……………
………………..
d) I left my car in the wrong place and the police gave me a ……………. …………..
e) I couldn’t use the railway yesterday because there was a ……………. ……………
f) I had to pay a fortune to leave my car in a multi-storey…………
g) I waited at the ………….
…..…………..
……………….for hours but all the buses were full.
h) There is always a lot of traffic during the ………………
………………..
i) It doesn’t rain a lot here, and at the moment there is a ……………
j) The Government has decided to ban all cars from the…………
…………….
………………
4. Match the beginnings of the sentences (a-j) with the endings (110):
a) Fire-fighters managed to put 6
1. fire accidentally.
b) After a few minutes a fire …….
2. fire to the house deliberately
c) It was believed that someone set…..
3. spark from a passing train
d) Luckily Paul carried a fire…….
4. into flames
e) The fire was started by a ……
5. heat inside the burning car
f) Metal melted from the intense ……
6. out the fire after two hours
g) I could hardly breathe because of the ……
7. thick cloud of smoke
h) The old theatre caught……….
8. -extinguisher in his car
i) The wooden hut was burnt to……
9. a heap of ashes
j) In seconds the building burst……..
10. engine arrived at the blaze
66
VOCABULARY: GENERAL - PHRASAL VERBS: GO24
Amelia’s story:
Amelia has been going through a difficult time at work, so she decided to
cheer herself up by going in for a competition. The prize was a luxury holiday in the
Caribbean. Amelia has had to go without a holiday for several years now, so she
really wanted to win. The competition was to write a story beginning ‘Suddenly the
lights went out...’ The problem was that Amelia could not think of an idea for her
story.
‘How can I go about getting a good idea?’, she asked me. ‘It must be
something special so that the judges go for my story over all the others.’ I suggested
she went to the library to go through some books of short stories – she might get
some ideas there. So she went off to see what she could find.
She soon found some great stories. She read one and then another and she
went on reading all afternoon. Then she noticed a strange smell and suddenly the
lights went out. She looked up and saw that the library was on fire. Of course, that
gave her the idea for her story. I hope she wins.
Complete the text below using the correct particles from the phrasal
verbs above:
I was going..............................(1) some old letters the other day when I found one
from my friend Nancy. After high school she had gone............................(2) to train as
a doctor and ended up in Africa. She had to go .............................(3) years of very
hard study before she qualified. Life in Africa was not as comfortable as it was in our
hometown, and there were many things she had to go ............................(4) which the
rest of us think of as necessities in our daily lives. But despite all the hardships, she
went ..........................(5) working and helping people less fortunate than herself. I
admire her so much. I wondered how I might go .............................(6) making contact
with her again, as I have no idea where she is living now.
24
67
Some more phrasal verbs with “go”
Phrasal verb
Meaning
Example
go along with
support an idea, or agree
Whatever you say, Maggie will go
sth/sb
with someone’s opinion
along with you.
go on
continue to exist or
It went on raining all day.
happen
go on
happen
There’s a police car outside the shop.
Do you know what’s going on?
go through
do something unpleasant
I don’t want to do the exam now but
with
or difficult which you
I’d better go through with it.
planned or promised to do
go together
if two types of things or
A bad cough and a sore throat often
people go together, they
go together.
are usually found with
each other
Rewrite the sentences using phrasal verbs with go so that they keep
the same meaning:
1. I’m thinking of competing in the New York Marathon next year.
2. There were some difficult times in my father’s life.
3. Unemployment and high crime levels often exist side by side.
4. He decided to undergo the operation even though there were risks.
5. I refused to support their decision to close the youth club.
6. I didn’t realise how late it was and I didn’t stop studying till after midnight.
7. We had to survive with no hot water for 24 hours while they were repairing the
pipes.
8. Do you think I should try the advanced level exam? It might be too difficult.
9. She just left without saying goodbye. I wonder if I offended her?
10. What was happening in the staffroom at lunchtime? I heard someone shouting.
68
In these sentences, some of the phrasal verbs from the opposite
page are used with new meanings. Choose the correct paraphrase:
1. We had to throw the fish away as it had gone off.
a) Someone had switched off the oven.
b) The fish had become bad because we kept it too long.
c) The fish had fallen off the table on to the floor.
2. I wish you wouldn’t go on about your problems all the time! I have problems too,
you know!
a) I wish you wouldn’t think obsessively.
b) I wish you wouldn’t be very secretive.
c) I wish you wouldn’t talk constantly.
3. She’s been going about telling everyone I want to marry her.
a) She’s been thinking of telling everyone.
b) She’s on the point of telling everyone.
c) She has told everyone.
4. Ask her to dance with you. Go on!
a) Continue doing what you’re doing.
b) Step on the dance floor.
c) Do it now, don’t hesitate.
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – THE NEWS – BROKEN
MARRIAGES25
The steady rise in the incidence of marital breakdown may soon make the
institution of marriage obsolete. Single-parenthood, once uncommon, is now almost
the rule in certain communities. It is usually the father who is absent – often
defaulting on his financial responsibilities and failing to meet his moral and legal
25
Educational, 2001.
69
obligations to support his family. Only a quarter of such husbands are found to
contribute the awarded alimony and child support payments, and this leads to
increased poverty among divorced mothers. In rare cases, however, courts grant
custody of children to the father, stripping the mother of parental rights. She is given
limited access to her children and, in extreme cases, visits may take place only under
supervision.
One in every three marriages now ends in divorce, with teenage marriages
three times more likely to break up. These facts are partly due to changing morals.
Some blame sexual permissiveness for the alarming statistics on divorce, and for the
number of children born out of wedlock. According to statistics, ninety percent of
fathers are too immature to take responsibility for their babies. The remaining ten per
cent are forced into teenage marriages, but these are filled with frustration, tension
and strife, and usually end in divorce. Unwed mothers, burdened by their illegitimate
offspring, feel trapped. They can only turn to welfare for support, from that time on leading a
life of social dependency.
A survey was recently conducted among divorced couples. It reveals that a
surprising number of divorced partners would like to reconcile and get together again.
Over fifty per cent of the men surveyed are willing to remarry their ex-spouses, as are
28% of the women. It is now being argued that divorce gives neither partner enough
time to rethink and, after careful consideration, some couples regret splitting. An
attempt to start anew should be made for the sake of the children, whom divorce often
leaves distraught and mentally scarred.
1. Divorce is on the increase.
2. Many people bring up their children without the support of their spouses.
3. About half of absent fathers support their families.
4. Many divorced mothers cannot cope financially.
5. Custody of the child is always granted to the mother.
6. The court rules on the visitation rights of divorced parents.
7. Teenage marriages offer better prospects for solid family life.
8. Teenagers start their sexual lives too early.
70
9. Ten per cent of young fathers are happy to start families.
10. Unwed mothers are supported by taxpayers’ money.
11. More women than men would like to return to their ex-spouses.
12. It is important to give people more time to make up their minds before granting
them a divorce.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
awarded…………………..
access
divorced…………………..
alimony
financial……………………
breakdown
illegitimate…………………
dependency
legal……………………….
mothers
limited………………………
obligations
marital………………………
offspring
parental…………………….
permissiveness
sexual……………………..
responsibilities
social……………………..
rights
3. Rearrange the words to form the headline of the story:
BEFORE – SHOULD – TIME – BE – MORE – COUPLES – TO – DIVORCE –
GIVEN – RECONCILE
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
- a-şi îndeplini datoria morală: - m…………. m……………….. o……………
- a acorda custodia: - g……………. c………………..
- a lipsi de drepturi părinteşti: -s……….. o……….. p………….. r……………
- acces limitat: - l……………. a…………………
71
- sub supravegherea: - u……………..
s………………….
- copii născuţi în afara căsătoriei: c…………
b…………..
o………….
of
w……………
- a-şi asuma răspunderea pentru: - t………….. r………….. f…………………
- a apela la asistenţa socială pentru ajutor: -t………….. t…………… w…………..
f………….. s……………..
- a desfăşura o anchetă: c……………. a s………………..
- în interesul copiilor: f…………. the s………… o…… c…………….
- a o lua de la început: s…………… a…………….
72
LESSON 6
*Grammar: Wishes – “Wish” and “If only”; Passives * Vocabulary: General –
Interests and Free Time * Phrasal Verbs – Look * Vocabulary: Specific - The
News – Forest Fires
***
I. GRAMMAR – WISHES – “WISH” AND “IF ONLY”26
*Wishes about the present: I wish + past tense simple/ would
I wish I owned a helicopter. If I owned a helicopter, I would be happy.
I wish I didn’t have to go to school!
I wish I could fly!
If only I owned a helicopter. (emphasis)
-
the past simple DOES NOT REFER TO past time – a wish for things to be
different
-
wish + could (not “wish” + would) – I wish I could sing (but I can’t).
* Wishes about the past: I wish + past perfect
I wish I had lived in the 18th century! If I had lived in the 18th century, I would
have been happy.
I wish I hadn’t eaten so much! I feel awful! If I hadn’t eaten so much, it would
have been better for me!
If only I hadn’t eaten so much! (emphasis)
*Hope - + present/ will
I hope you have a good time at the party.
I hope the weather will be fine tomorrow.
26
Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003; Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. First Certificate Language Practice.
English Grammar and Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003.
73
1. Choose the correct word or phrase in each sentence:
a) I’m sunburnt. I wish I hadn’t sunbathed/ didn’t sunbathe for so long.
b) I don’t feel well. I wish I could stay/stayed at home tomorrow.
c) I’m not a good swimmer, but I wish I could swim/would swim well.
d) I wish I had/have a puppy or a kitten!
e) I wish I could see/saw you tomorrow, but it’s impossible.
f) I wish Jim didn’t sit/doesn’t sit next to me. He’s so annoying!
g) If only we had/would have some money, we could take the bus.
h) I hope you enjoyed/enjoy yourselves at the dance tomorrow.
i) I wish I can/could speak English better!
j) I hope I’ll/I’d win the lottery!
2. Choose the correct situation for each sentence:
a) I’ve got lots of work to do, and I’m tired, but I can’t stop.
1. I wish I had taken a rest.
2. I wish I could take a rest.
b) I wasn’t paying attention in class, and now I can’t do my homework.
1. I wish I listened to my teacher.
2. I wish I’d listened to my teacher.
c) Sarah painted her room green, but she doesn’t like it.
1. She wishes she’d painted it blue.
2. She wishes she painted it blue.
d) This is a very puzzling problem!
1. I wish I’d known the answer.
2. I wish I knew the answer.
e) It’s really cold and miserable here in the winter.
1. I wish we lived in a warm place.
2. I hope we live in a warm place.
f) I can’t repair my bike because I haven’t got any tools.
1. If only I would have a screwdriver.
2. If only I had a screwdriver.
g) I’m worried about my basketball team. Perhaps they won’t win!
1. I wish they play well.
2. I hope they play well.
h) You promised not to tell anyone my secrets but you did!
1. I wish I hadn’t told you.
2. I wish I didn’t tell you.
i) I’ve been feeling ill all week.
1. I hope I feel better soon.
2. I hope I’d feel better soon.
74
j) I want to see my sister. I haven’t seen her for ages.
1. I wish I could speak to her.
2. I wish I spoke to her.
3. Complete each sentence with a suitable form of the verb in
brackets:
a) I’m soaked to the skin! If only I (bring) had brought an umbrella!
b) This pullover was cheap. I wish I (buy)………………………………..two of them!
c) I like your school. I wish I (go)…………………………………………….there too.
d) I must get in touch with Sue. If only I (know)…………………...her phone number!
e) This bus is really slow! I wish we (take)……………………………………the train.
f) I’m disappointed in this camera. I wish I (not buy)………………………………...it.
g) I answered three questions well. If only I (finish)……………………the whole test!
h) I can’t understand Marie! I wish I (speak)…………………………………...French.
8. Complete the sentences. Use these words: accepted, caught,
found, played, saved, stayed:
Ex: I spent all my money. I wish now that I had saved it.
1. I missed the train. I really wish………………………………………………………
2. Rita left the party early. Nick wishes………………………………………………...
3. Emma refused the offer. But her parents wish ……………………………………..
4. I looked everywhere for the keys. I wish …………………………………………..
5. The injured player could only watch. He wishes……………………………………
GRAMMAR – PASSIVES27
*Active and passive
ACTIVE
PASSIVE
My sister makes these toys.
These toys are made by my sister.
Two boys stole my car.
My car was stolen by two boys.
27
75
They sent him to America.
He was sent to America.
The government will open three new Three new prisons will be opened next
prisons next year.
year.
#The subject of a passive verb corresponds to the object of an active verb.
SUBJECT
SUBJECT
Passive: This house was built in 1846.
German is spoken in Austria.
Active: They built this house in 1846.
Austrians speak German.
OBJECT
OBJECT
#Sometimes we make passives with get instead of be, especially in spoken
English.
I get paid on Fridays.
My window got broken by the wind.
1. Put the expressions from the box in the right places:
is made
was made
has been made
had been made
was being made
will be made
is being made
ACTIVE
PASSIVE
SIMPLE PRESENT
makes
is made
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
is making
……………..
FUTURE
will make
……………..
SIMPLE PAST
made
……………..
PAST CONTINUOUS
was making
………………
PRESENT PERFECT
has made
………………
PAST PERFECT
had made
……………..
76
2. Make passive sentences:
E.g.: A Roman pavement has just been found under Oxford Street. (just find: present
perfect)
1. Chinese………………………………………in Singapore. (speak: simple present)
2. The Taj Mahal……………………………………around 1640. (build: simple past)
3. The new hospital…………………………………………..next year. (open: future)
4. She……………………………………………now. (interview: present continuous)
5. I realised I …………………………………………………(watch: past continuous)
6. Who …………………………………….to Andy’s party? (invite: present perfect)
7. He found that all his money…………………………………….(steal: past perfect).
8. Passengers…………………………not to speak to the driver. (ask: simple present)
9. The village church…………………………in a fire last year. (destroy: simple past)
10. You ………………………………………………by Dr. Chapel. (examine: future)
#With a passive, we only use by + noun if we need to say who does the
action.
This house was built in 1846 by Sir John Latton.
My computer was made in China. (NOT…..by Chinese people)
3. Cross out the expression in italics if you feel it gives no useful
information:
E.g.: A 54-year-old accountant was arrested for drunk driving last night by the police.
1. ‘Romeo and Juliet’ was written by Shakespeare.
2. All of these birds have been seen in Britain by people who watch birds.
3. Everest was first climbed in 1953 by mountain climbers.
4. This house was built by Franck Lloyd Wright.
5. My sister’s books have been translated into thirty languages by translators.
6. Sugar is made from sugar cane and sugar beet by sugar companies.
7. This letter wasn’t written by an English person.
77
* Passive infinitives and –ing forms: to be seen; being seen
PASSIVE INFINITIVES: (to) be watched, seen, made….
PASSIVE –ING FORMS: being watched, seen, made….
I want to be told the truth.
Those people mustn’t be forgotten.
I don’t like being ignored.
She loves being photographed.
Note the position of prepositions in these structures.
I want to be listened to.
I don’t like being talked about behind
my back.
Modal verbs can be followed by passive infinitives (without to).
This mustn’t be washed in hot water.
The papers can be sent to my office.
4. Write sentences using want with passive infinitives:
E.g.: ‘Invite me!’ He wants to be invited.
1. ‘Remember me!’ He…………………………………………………………………
2. ‘Respect me!’ She……………………………………………………………………
3. ‘Elect us!’ They……………………………………………………………………...
4. ‘I hope you’ll listen to me’. She……………………………………………………..
5. ‘Please look at me!’ He………………………………………………………………
5. Write sentences beginning I like/ I don’t mind/ don’t like/ hate, with
some of the verbs in the box. Use passive –ing forms:
admire
ask for money
correct
criticise
forget
ignore
interrupt
invite to parties
kiss
laugh at
listen to
look at
photograph
shout at
talk about
talk to (by strangers)
undervalue
wake up
I don’t like being criticised. I don’t mind being photographed.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
78
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
*Passives: verbs with two objects: Susan was given a prize
ACTIVE
PASSIVE
They gave Susan a prize.
Susan was given a prize.
They gave a prize to Susan.
A prize was given to Susan.
#The structure with the person as subject – very common
6. Change the structure:
E.g.: Nothing was sent to me.
I was sent nothing.
1. Papers were brought to us to sign.
……………………..
2. A clock was given to Henry when he retired.
……………………..
3. Stories were read to the children.
…………………….
4. $ 5,000 is owed to me.
…………………….
5. A new job has been offered to me.
…………………….
7. Make passive sentences. Use the words in italics as subjects and
verbs:
E.g.:
Somebody sent application forms to all the students. (send)
All the students were sent application forms.
Somebody sent application forms to all the students. (send)
Application forms were sent to all the students.
1. All the passengers received meal tickets. (give)
………………………………………………………………………………......
2. All the passengers received meal tickets. (give)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
79
3. Ellen has seen the plans for the new building. (show)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Ellen has seen the plans for the new building. (show)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Someone has promised all the office workers a week’s holiday. (promise)
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Someone has promised all the office workers a week’s holiday. (promise)
………………………………………………………………………………………..
*Prepositions with passives: Ted likes being read to
-verb + preposition = stay together
ACTIVE: The doctors operated on her yesterday morning.
PASSIVE: She was operated on yesterday morning.
8. Take words from each box to complete the sentences. More than
one answer may be possible:
heard
looked
operated
slept
spoken
talked
about
at
at
for
paid
played
in
of
read
sat
on
on
shouted
to
to
with
E.g.: She was taken into hospital today, and she’s going to be operated on tomorrow.
1. The children like to be ………………………………...when they’re going to sleep.
2. I don’t like being………………………………………………… behind my back.
3. The new secretary’s working very badly. He’ll have to be…………………………
4. I don’t think he came home last night. His bed hasn’t been………………………..
5. That antique chair’s not really meant to be …………………………………………
6. It’s not really our house yet. It hasn’t been………………………………………….
7. He left for America in 1980, and he hasn’t been………………………………since.
8. The cat loves being…………………………………………………………………..
9. He’s so shy: it even upsets him to be ……………………………………………….
10. Please talk calmly. I don’t like being……………………………………………….
80
#To ask who did something in passive questions, we usually prefer
Who…..by?, especially in spoken English.
Who was this cathedral built by?
Who were you invited by?
By whom…..? is also possible, especially in writing.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – INTERESTS AND FREE TIME28
1. Choose the most suitable word in each sentence:
a) United managed to beat/win City in the last minute of the match.
b) At the end of the play, everyone in the theatre exploded/applauded.
c) If you want to enter for/sign on the competition, you’ll need a form.
d) The cycling club is doing/holding a meeting next Thursday.
e) The youth orchestra has acted/performed all over Europe.
f) I’m doing/going fishing next week. Do you want to come?
g) The final score was 2-2, so Rovers drew/equalled the game.
h) David passes/spends an hour every day playing computer games.
i) Did you enjoy/please yourself at the folk festival?
j) We were late and so we lost/missed the beginning of the film.
2. Match each word from the box with one of the explanations:
athletes
audience
cast
spectators
team
viewers
competitors
fans
group
members
a) People who watch a sporting performance.
Spectators
b) People who exercise and take part in games of speed and strength.
………………….
c) People who support a sport, or a famous person.
…………………
28
Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003
81
d) People who together take part in a sport.
………………….
e) People who all belong to the same club.
…………………..
f) People who play rock music together.
………………….
g) People who listen to or watch a play or performance.
…………………
h) People who watch television.
………………….
i) People who act together in a play.
…………………..
j) People who are all trying to win the same prize.
…………………..
exhibition
line
medal
prize
screen
ticket
tyre
whistle
queue
rod
a) Helen won first prize in the competition.
b) When Steve won the race, he was given a gold ……………………………………..
c) We had to wait in a …………………………...before we could get into the cinema.
d) Rachel had to push her bike after she got a flat ……………………………………..
e) There was so much shouting that no one heard the referee’s ……………………….
f) I’ve got a spare…………………….for tomorrow’s concert. Do you want to come?
g) Have you seen the new………………………..of paintings at the National Gallery?
h) I’m going fishing tomorrow. I’ve just bought a new ……………………………….
i) Kate was the first runner to cross the finishing ……………………………………..
j) We didn’t enjoy the film because we were too close to the ………………………...
82
drop
go
join
knock
live
make
stand
turn
a) Lenny ‘The Fist’ Smith, the boxer, said he would knock out his opponent.
b) Carol won the match because the other player failed to ……………………………….up.
c) The singer asked the audience to……………………………………in and all sing together.
d) It was a reasonable film, but it didn’t really…………………………up to my expectations.
e) Tom and Sue used to ………………………………………………………..out together.
f) From my seat, I couldn’t…………………………out what was happening on the stage.
g) The referee made it clear that he would not …………………………for bad behaviour.
h) Peter had to……………………………………..out of the race after his car broke down.
5. Match each activity (a-h) with a place (1-8):
a) Sunbathing and wearing swimming costumes 8
1. a stage
b) Watching elephants dancing. ……….
2. a running track
c) Doing keep fit exercises.
3. a party
…………..
d) Crossing the finishing line. ………..
4. a funfair
e) Taking a dog for a walk.
5. a circus
………….
f) Celebrating someone’s birthday. ……….
6. a park
g) Riding a ghost train or a big wheel. ………
7. a gym
h) Speaking clearly so the audience can hear. ……
8. a beach
VOCABULARY: GENERAL: PHRASAL VERBS - LOOK29
Phrasal verbs where look keeps aspects of its basic meaning:
The idea of seeing, observing or noticing something is included in many phrasal
verbs with look.
Tim: Did you manage to read the report?
Iris: Well, I looked at it, but I haven’t read it properly. [read it quickly and not very
carefully].
29
83
Tim: I’d like you to read it if you could. We need to look at the conclusions and make
some decisions. [examine or consider something carefully in order to make a
decision about it].
Rita: How do I get to your village coming from the city?
Bob: When you’re on the motorway, look out for a sign saying ‘Willowsdean’. That’s
where you turn off. [carefully watch the things around you so that you will
notice a particular thing.]
The bank robbers had a lookout standing at the street corner to warn them if the
police came. [noun: a person who is watching for danger]
I wasn’t in the demonstration. I was just an onlooker. [noun: someone who watches
an activity or event without becoming involved in it; from the phrasal verb with the
same meaning look on]
Phrasal verbs where look has more abstract meanings:
If you….
then you….
look up to sb
respect and admire them
look down on sb/sth
think that someone or something is less important than you,
or that something is not good enough quality for you to use.
look after sb/sth
take care of someone or something by doing what is needed
to keep someone or something well or in good condition
look ahead
think about what will happen in the future and plan for
those events
look around/round
try to find something you want (e.g. a job) by asking
different people or by looking in different places
look forward to
feel pleased and excited about something that is going to
sth/doing sth
happen
84
1. Choose the correct answer:
1. If you are looking around for a new job, you are…
a) applying for a new job
b) trying to find a new job
c) worried about your new job
2. If you look out for someone who is picking you up in their car, you….
a) carefully avoid getting hit by their car
b) watch the road and warn them of danger
c) watch for their car so you will see them when they arrive
3. If you look down on cheap restaurants, you…
a) consider them not good enough for you
b) see them from the top windows of your house or flat
c) always consider them before going to a dearer one
4. If you look after someone’s cat while they are away, you…
a) follow the cat everywhere
b) search for it because it is lost
c) care for it and give it what it needs
5. If you look up to your English teacher, you…..
a) stand up when you speak to him or her
b) admire and respect him or her
c) raise your head because he or she is taller than you
2. Complete these sentences with a suitable particle.
1. I’m really looking……………………..to seeing my cousins again next week.
2. She’s looking …………………….for a new English course. She’s not very
satisfied with the one she’s following at the moment.
3. She loves looking …………………..children, so she has decided to train as a
nanny.
4. We have to look…………………to the time when our child will be old enough to
go to university.
5. Lord Muck is a terrible snob. He looks……………………on most other people.
6. I didn’t have time to read the newspaper yesterday. I only looked ………………….
it very quickly.
85
3. Here are some more phrasal verbs based on look. Read each
sentence and try to guess the meaning of the phrasal verb.
1. You could look up the new words in a dictionary.
2. When I was in Boston on business last week I looked up an old friend.
3. After a long recession the economic situation is looking up.
4. I looked over the report on the way to the meeting.
5. I looked through the report and scribbled down a few notes.
6. Detectives are looking into the murder.
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – THE NEWS - FOREST FIRES30
More than 1 million acres of forests have gone up in flame this year. This
represents the worst loss of timber in Norwood this century. Millions of dollars-worth
of damage has been caused, with beautiful woodland areas and natural reserves being
reduced to ashes. Following a severe drought for the third year in succession, a series
of lightning storms ignited a wave of fires which were almost impossible to contain.
In just one National Park, the inferno got out of control and seared 700,000 acres in 5
months. When one raging fire is put out, firemen move on to another outbreak, often
caused by airborne embers.
“Fire spreads so quickly”, said one firefighter, his eyes swollen, his face
covered with grime, “that you can easily be cut off by the flames”. Indeed, 20 firefighters have died battling this year’s forest fires: some were overcome by smoke and
flames before they could reach the safety of fire-resistant shelters, while several were
taken to hospital with burns and injuries from falling trees. One was killed when a
water bombing aircraft accidentally emptied its 1,000 gallon load over him.
At the scene, it is impossible to endure the heat; in some areas the fire reaches
2,000 degrees Fahrenheit – hot enough to melt metal traffic signs and vaporize small
streams. Dense smoke cuts visibility by half. The ashes at each smouldering spot have
to be checked to make reignition impossible. In an effort to prevent the fire from
spreading further, helicopters and planes dump fire retardants. At night, an eerie
30
Educational, 2001. Print.
86
orange glow can be seen in the sky from many miles away and the conflagration was
detected by weather satellites.
Forests, with the exception of some very old and large trees, will regenerate
quickly – although it could take 300 years before the worst-burnt areas return to their
full majesty.
1. This year’s forest fires have brought several million dollars-worth of losses.
2. For the last three years, there has been little rain.
3. No rains accompanied the storms which started the fires.
4. Fire can spread faster than one can imagine.
5. Some firefighters died because of smoke inhalation.
6. The water-bombing aircraft dropped its load on the man by mistake.
7. If one fire is put out, it no longer represents a danger.
8. Helicopters and planes are only used to spot new out-breaks of fire.
9. The fact that the conflagration is seen from space speaks of the scale of the disaster.
10. After the fire, the forests will soon look the same.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
cause……………………
damage
dense……………………
eyes
eerie…………………….
fire
fire……………………..
glow
lightning…………………
reserves
natural…………………..
retardants
raging………………….
satellites
smouldering…………………
smoke
swollen…………………….
spot
weather………………………
storms
87
IN – FORESTS – DESTROYED – MORE – BLAZES- UNCONTROLLABLE
……………………………………………………………………………………..
-a
arde,
a
se
mistui:
–
g...................
u..................
i………………..
f…………………….
- a constitui o pierdere: – r…………….. a l…………………..
- a da foc, a aprinde focul: – i..................... f......................
- imposibil de a fi stăpânit: – i..................... to c..............................
- a stinge incendiul: – p.................. o.................... a f........................
- a suporta căldura: – e..................... the h........................
- topit şi vaporizat: – m....................... and v..........................
- a limita vizibilitatea la jumătate: – c...................... v....................... by h....................
- a preveni extinderea focului: – p........................ the f................... f………………..
s………………
- a verifica locurile fumegânde: – c……………. s……………… s………………..
88
LESSON 7
*Grammar: Modal Verbs (1) * Vocabulary: General – Places * Phrasal Verbs:
Make * Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Drought
***
I. GRAMMAR – MODAL VERBS31 (1)
*can, could
may, might
shall, should will, would
must ought to
*before other verbs, in tags and short answers
You can speak Japanese, can’t you?
Yes, I can.
You shouldn’t be here, should you?
No, I shouldn’t.
1.Compare the modal verbs and the ordinary verbs in the examples,
and answer the questions:
MODAL VERBS
ORDINARY VERBS
I may see him.
I hope to see him.
He must be happy.
He seems to be happy.
Shall we stop?
Do you want to stop?
I can’t sing.
She doesn’t like to sing.
He ought to tell her.
He plans to tell her.
a. Which sort of infinitive is used after modal verbs? ……………………………….
b. Which is the exception? ……………………………………………………………
c. What is special about the third person present (he/she/it…….) of modals?
………………………………………………………………………………….
d. What is special about the question and negative forms of modals?
………………………………………………………………………………….
31
89
2. Use some of the infinitives from the box to complete the
sentences:
be
to be
do
make to make
play
to do
get to get
move to move
go to go
pass
to pass
leave
to leave
phone to phone
to play
1. Can you………………the piano?
6. She hopes……………...a new car.
2. She seems…………better today.
7. Must you…………so much noise?
3. I want…………...some shopping.
8. Could you……………….the salt?
4. We may………….to France soon.
9. We ought………………….Angela.
5. When will you…………...school?
10. I’d like………….to another house.
# no infinitives or participles; instead - be able to, have to, be allowed to
He’d like to be able to travel abroad more.
I’ve never been able to understand maths.
I’m sorry to have to tell you this…..
We’ve had to get new shoes for both the kids.
She has always been allowed to go out alone.
3. Choose the best word (s):
1. …………………………………………………………you swim? (may, can, shall)
2. I really ………………………………………………...go now. (shall, would, must).
3. We………………………………………..see Ann tomorrow. (might, ought, would)
4. You…………………………………………to see the doctor. (should, could, ought)
5. I ……………………………………….understand him. (couldn’t, mustn’t, be able)
6. You……………………..be here at exactly 10.00. Don’t be late. (must, may, might)
7. …………………………………………………..I carry your bag? (might, will, can)
8. It………………………………………………....rain tomorrow. (may, would, shall)
9. It……………………………..be 10 o’clock already! (might not, can’t, oughtn’t to)
10. You …………………………..be very tired after your journey. (would, must, can)
90
*must, should and ought to
- must = orders, strong suggestions, advice and opinions
You must stop smoking or you’ll die.
You must not park here.
People must realise that the world is in trouble.
- should = less strong suggestions, advice and opinions
I really think you should stop smoking.
You shouldn’t park here; somebody will steal your car.
People should do more to help others.
- in questions – we’re wondering what to do
Should I change my job or stay where I am?
- ought to = should – People ought to do more to help others.
4. Put in the best word: must or should:
1. You know, I think you………………………………………………..take a holiday.
2. Tell Mark he…………………………………………………..tidy his room at once.
3. Visitors are reminded that they ………………………….keep their bags with them.
4. I’m sorry, but you……………………………………...go. We don’t want you here.
5. I really………………………………………………….go on a diet. I’ll start today!
6. I suppose I………………………………….write to Aunt Rachel one of these days.
7. You absolutely…………………..check the tyres before you take the car out today.
8. All officers ………………………….report to the Commanding Officer by midday.
9. You ………………………………………...have your hair cut at least once a week.
10. I think everybody……………………………………know two or more languages.
*have to and must
- have (got) to = must
I have to/must finish this report before tomorrow.
Do you have to / Must you make all that noise?
We’ve got to/must check in before six o’clock.
- must – the feelings and wishes of the speaker/hearer.
I must stop smoking. (I want to)
Must you wear those dirty jeans? (Is that what you want?)
91
- have (got) to – obligations that come from somewhere else.
I’ve got to stop smoking – doctor’s orders.
Do you have to wear a tie at work? (Is there a rule?)
You have to drive on the left in England. (sounds more natural)
5. Complete the sentences with expressions from the box and must
or have/ has (got) to:
do military service
do some shopping
get a haircut
give my love
hold a general election
pay
phone him
take more exercise
try to get
pay income tax
work
E.g.: In some countries, men have (got) to do military service.
1. I’m getting very unfit. I ……………………………………………………………..
2. I haven’t heard anything from James for a long time. I……………………………..
3. Nearly everybody……………………………………………………………………
4. In Britain, we ………………………………………………every five years or less.
5. You……………………………………………………to Gareth when you see him.
6. Jack’s really upset. He ………………………………………...all of next weekend.
7. There’s nothing to eat in the house. We really………………………………………
8. You………………………………………... You’re beginning to look very strange.
9. Children can get into the museum free, but adults………………………………….
10. I’m getting very tired. I…………………………………………………more sleep.
*must not; do not have to; do not need to/ needn’t
- must not = prohibition
Students must not leave bicycles in front of the library.
Passengers must not speak to the driver.
- do not have to; do not need to/ needn’t = unnecessary
Friday’s holiday – I don’t have to work.
You needn’t pay now – tomorrow’s OK.
92
6. Complete the sentences, using must not/ mustn’t or do not/ don’t
have to:
1. Campers…………………………………………………………....play music after 10 p.m.
2. Students ………………………………………ask permission to stay out after midnight.
3. Bicycles ……………………………………………….be parked in the front courtyard.
4. Residents …………………………………………….hang washing out of the window.
5. British subjects…………………………………………….get visas to travel to Europe.
6. Passengers ……………………………………………………..lean out of the window.
7. You …………………………………………………………..pay for your tickets now.
8. It’s rained a lot, so we ……………………………………………….water the garden.
9. You ……………………………………………disturb your sister while she’s working.
*had better – You’d better take your umbrella
= This is a good thing to do now.
= strong advice to people (including ourselves)
You’d better stop that, young lady.
I’ d better not stay any longer; I’ve got work to do.
- had better and should – both say “This is a good thing to do now”
- only should - “This is a good thing to do in general”
We’re late (now). We’d better/should phone Mum.
You should always drive very carefully near schools.
= quite direct – NOT in polite requests
Could you help me if you’ve got time?
You’d better help me or there’ll be trouble.
93
7. Put the beginnings and ends together. Use ‘d better with the verbs
in the box:
do
not drink
remember
see
give
go
not sit
stop
invite
phone
phone
0 My husband worries if I’m late. B
A. I………………………………....it.
1. This milk smells bad. …..
B. I’d better phone him. 0
2. That chair looks very dirty. …..
C. We ……………………..the doctor.
3. The baby’s temperature is 40°. …..
D. We …………………and get some.
4. You have to get up early tomorrow. ….
E. You ………………………..to bed.
5. There’s almost no petrol in the car. …..
F. You………………………….on it.
6. Sheila forgot my birthday last year. …..
G. We …………………….him round.
7. There’s somebody at the door. …..
H. I …………………...some washing.
8. Helen needs her camera. …..
I. You………………….it back to her.
9. We haven’t got anything to wear. ….
J. I…………………………..who it is.
10. We haven’t seen John for ages. ….
K. She ……………………it this time.
*supposed to – You’re supposed to start work at 8.30.
= talk about rules
You’re not supposed to park on double yellow lines.
= what people believe or expect
This stuff is supposed to kill flies.
He’s supposed to be rich.
She was supposed to be here an hour ago. Where is she?
That’s a strange picture. What’s it supposed to be?
94
8.
Complete
the
sentences
with
(be) supposed to and the
expressions in the box:
be
have
be
come
pay for
cure headaches
phone
do
go
go to church
smoke
E.g.: Is this supposed to be coffee? It tastes like dishwater.
1. Aspirins ……………………………………………………………………………..
2. Catholics ………………………………………………………………..on Sundays.
3. Wasn’t Jack ……………………………………………………………….us today?
4. The computer …………………………an instruction manual, but I couldn’t find it.
5. What am I ………………………………………………with all this chicken salad?
6. You …………………………………………………………..and see me yesterday.
7. You’re not …………………………………………..into the shower with shoes on.
8. You ……………………………………good at geography – where the hell are we?
9. You ……………………………………everything at the cash desk on the way out.
10. You’re not …………………………………………………………...in food shops.
*must/can’t: certainty – She must be in. He can’t be hungry.
- must = something seems sure/ certain
Anna’s gone to bed. She must be tired. (= I am certain that she
is tired)
Look at her clothes. She must have plenty of money. (= I feel
sure that she has plenty of money.)
If A is bigger than B, and B is bigger than C, then A must be
bigger than C.
- can’t – negative of must – for certainty
It can’t be true. (= It’s certainly not true)
‘There’s the doorbell. It must be Roger.’ ‘No, it can’t be Roger
– it’s too early.’
She always wears old clothes. She can’t have much money.
95
9. Rewrite the sentence in italics with must:
E.g.: Her light’s on. She’s certainly in.
She must be in.
1. John’s coming to see me. I’m sure he wants something. He……………………….
2. Listen to her accent. I feel sure she’s French.
…………………………..
3. Look at all those books. He certainly reads a lot.
…………………………..
4. So you’re studying politics. I’m sure that’s interesting. …………………………..
5. Are those his shoes? He certainly has very big feet.
…………………………..
10. Rewrite the sentence in italics with can’t:
E.g.: Her light’s out. I’m sure she’s not at home.
She can’t be at home.
1. Listen to his accent. He is certainly not American.
……………………….
2. He has a very expensive car. I’m sure he’s not a teacher.
…...…………………..
3. She’s very bad-tempered. I feel sure she doesn’t have many friends.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. I filled up the car yesterday. I’m sure we don’t need petrol. ………………………..
5. He had lunch an hour ago. He’s not hungry: it’s impossible. ……………………
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PLACES32
1. Choose the most suitable word in each sentence:
a) We arranged to meet in the centre of town in the main place/ square.
b) Their cottage is in the heart of some beautiful country/countryside.
c) The children spent all day playing on the sandy beach/seaside.
d) I dropped my ice-cream on the earth/ground, so I couldn’t eat it.
e) This footpath/pavement leads across the fields to the village.
32
Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003
96
f) There was a wonderful scenery/view from my hotel room.
g) You can’t stop here. Car-park/Parking is not allowed in this street.
h) Helen decided to leave the country/land and work abroad.
block
centre
crossing
hall
place
station
traffic
zone
junction
part
a) The police officer asked me to come with him to the police station.
b) When you reach the road………………………………………………….turn right.
c) The mayor’s office is in the town……………………………………………………
d) Margaret lives on the top floor of a …………………………………………of flats.
e) Cars have to stop for you if you use a pedestrian……………………………………
f) Which ………………………………………………………of town do you live in?
g) You can buy fresh fish in the market………………………………….every Friday.
h) Take the first turning on the left after the next set of…………………………lights.
i) The centre of town is now a traffic-free………………………..and cars are banned.
j) A new shopping………………………….has been opened on the edge of the town.
3. Replace the words in italics with one of the words from the box:
capital
crowded
neighboring
rural
international
isolated
urban
a) It’s much healthier to live in a country area, far away from the city.
rural
b) Sue has just moved to a nearby town.
…………………….
c) We lived in the middle of nowhere in an out of the way cottage.
……………………..
d) Paris is the most important city of France.
……………………
97
local
e) There is not a lot of world news in this newspaper.
……………………
f) I do my shopping at the neighborhood shops, not in the town centre.
……………………
g) At weekends the town centre is always full of people.
……………………
h) There is far too much pollution nowadays in city areas.
……………………
4. Complete each compound noun with a word from the box:
about
bridge
side
skirts
ground
path
park
roads
a) Our children spend a lot of time having fun at the local playground.
b) When you reach the cross…………………………………………., take the road to Linton.
c) You have to turn left when you reach the next round…………………………………..
d) We can’t leave the car here. We’ll have to look for a car……………………………….
e) Follow this foot……………………………………………until you reach the main road.
f) There was an old woman selling fruit at the road………………………………………..
g) Paula lives on the out……………………….of the town, where the countryside begins.
h) You can cross the railway line by walking over a foot…………………………………..
5. Match the words from the box with the explanations:
bridge
bungalow
semi-detached house
caravan
castle
terraced house
tower
a) A strong building made in the past to defend people against enemies.
castle
b) A small house on wheels which is pulled by a car.
…………………….
c) A house which is one of a pair of houses joined together.
…………………..
d) A house with only one floor.
……………………
98
cottage
e) This carries a road or railway over a river.
………………………
f) A house which is part of a row of houses all joined together.
……………………….
g) A small house in the country.
………………………
h) A tall building standing alone, or as part of a castle or church.
………………………
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS - MAKE33
A. Make + the particles for, out and up
make up something = form the whole of something
make up something (or make something up) = invent something, e.g. a story or a
game
make up something (or make something up) = say or write something that is not true
in order to deceive
make for somewhere = go in the direction of
make out something/ someone = be able to see or hear something or someone with
difficulty
make out someone (or make someone out) = understand why someone behaves as
they do
make out something (make something out) = understand something, especially why
something has happened
Examples:
Can you make out the words of this song?
When we got to the park, the children made for the swings while I set on a
bench.
Sally didn’t want to go to the concert, so she made up an excuse about being ill.
The children loved Uncle Bob because he was so good at making up new
games.
33
99
Over 30% of the university population is made up of overseas students.
Notice how make out with the following three meanings is usually used with can or
could in a negative sentence and is not usually used in the passive.
I couldn’t make out a word he was saying.
Jack is behaving very strangely at the moment. I just can’t make him out.
I can’t make out why my computer won’t let me save this document.
You probably already know that the noun make-up can mean cosmetics, e.g.
My sister never goes out without any make-up on, but I only wear it for
special occasions.
However, make-up, from the verb make up, can also mean the combination of things
which form something, e.g.
The class has an interesting make-up, with students from three continents and
twelve different countries.
B. Make + two particles
phrasal verb
meaning
example
make up for sth
provide something good in The wonderful food in the
order to make a bad situation restaurant made up for the
better
make it up to sb
do
something
rather uncomfortable seats.
good
for I
forgot
Teresa’s
birthday
someone who you have done yesterday so I’ll have to take
something bad to in the past, her somewhere nice to make it
or to someone who has done up to her.
something good for you.
1. Read these comments by different people and then answer the
questions below by writing the correct name in the box.
Drew: I can’t make out what she’s saying, can you?
Melanie: I just can’t make him out at all, can you?
100
Lars: I treated her a bit insensitively at the party so I gave her a present to make up for
it.
Pete: I made up a story about losing my wallet, so he paid the drinks bill for me.
Jane: I loved the trip. The beautiful scenery made up for the awful roads.
1. Who invented something that was not true?
………………….
2. Who said something good had made a bad experience less bad? …………………
3. Who has difficulty hearing something?
…………………
4. Who wanted to restore a damaged relationship?
…………………
5. Who can’t understand someone’s behavior?
………………….
2. Correct the mistakes with the phrasal verbs in these sentences.
1. As soon as we had checked in at the hotel, we made straight at the beach.
2. She made out some story about the bus being late, but I’m sure she just overslept.
3. Why the camera was not working properly could not be made out by anybody.
4. Harry is very good at making over stories for the children; they love his tales.
5. Can you make what that white thing on the horizon is out?
6. The report is made of three sections up.
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS - DROUGHT34
A conference was held today in Agunda’s capital, Barnaros, to discuss
possible measures for averting the major food crisis caused by this year’s drought.
Reports show that the autumn grain stockpiles will fall to little more than a month’s
supply. Several factors combined to contribute to the disaster. First, the rainless
summer and scorching sun parched the land damaging wheat, corn, and peanut crops,
and killing millions of chickens and turkeys. Second, last winter, the driest in nearly a
century, left areas bare of their normal snow cover and vulnerable to high winds.
Subsoil moisture was depleted and the insufficient winter rain and snow failed to
restore it. Fertile topsoil has thus eroded faster than it has been renewed. It cannot be
34
Educational, 2001.
101
improved even with the heavy use of chemical fertilizers. These two facts have
resulted in the drastically diminished yield of crops.
Drought has brought other problems, too. Water shortages in many areas limit
the amount of land that can be converted to agriculture by irrigation methods. Also,
getting rid of weeds, which suck up the remaining water, poses yet another problem;
turning up the soil causes it to lose even more moisture. To add to the drought
damage, uncontrollable fires swept through coffee plantation bringing massive
devastation.
Drought has also seriously cut the country’s hydroelectric potential bringing
about cuts in electricity. It has virtually emptied the smaller reservoirs and produced
water emergencies. Formerly roaring rivers have been turned into trickles. Water
restrictions have been imposed and city residents have been banned from using
hosepipes for domestic purposes. In some areas, low river levels concentrate chemical
pollutants to such an extent that the water is unsafe to drink. According to weather
forecasts, there is little prospect of a steady rainfall in the foreseeable future. As last
year’s rain was also sparse, it looks as if the climatic pattern is changing for the
worse.
1. The conference was devoted to analyzing the cause of this year’s drought.
2. There will be no grain left for the winter.
3. Farm animals were also affected by the drought.
4. Last winter did not differ from the former ones.
5. The problem was that last winter the soil was exposed to bad weather.
6. Chemical fertilizers will repair the damage done to the topsoil.
7. Irrigation is one of the means of gaining extra land for growing crops.
8. Turning up soil is one of the methods of getting rid of weeds.
9. From the text, we learn that Agunda relies heavily on electricity generated by
water-power.
10. Now it is illegal to wash cars and to water gardens.
11. To make water safe for consumption it must first be boiled.
12. Calamitous weather abnormalities are now taking place more often than before.
102
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
chemical……………….
crisis
climatic………………..
devastation
fertile………………….
fertilizers
foreseeable……………..
future
grain……………………
pattern
insufficient………………..
rain
major…………………….
rainfall
massive…………………..
rivers
rainless…………………..
shortages
roaring…………………….
stockpiles
scorching……………………
summer
steady……………………..
sun
water……………………….
topsoil
WATER
–
DROUGHT
–
REDUCED
–
SEVERE
–
RESERVES
–
DRAMATICALLY – BY
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
- a preîntâmpina criza: -a……………… a c…………………
-factori care contribuie la catastrofă: -f................. c.................. to the d.....................
- ploi insuficiente: -i...................... r………………..
-a recâştiga pământul pentru agricultură: -c........................ the l................. to
a...............
103
- a provoca distrugeri însemnate: -b.................... m...................... d..........................
-a
diminua
puterea
hidrocentralelor:
-c....................
h...........................
p.....................
- a impune restricţii: -i..................... r..........................
- într-o asemenea măsură: -t....................... s.............. an e.................... that
- o şansă redusă de: -l..................
p................. of
- schimbare în rău: -c.................. f……………. the w……………..
104
LESSON 8
*Grammar: Modal Verbs (2) * Vocabulary: General – Food and Drink * Phrasal
Verbs: Put* Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Famine
***
I. GRAMMAR – MODAL VERBS35 (2)
- may and might – It may rain. It might even snow
= things are possible = perhaps they are true, or perhaps they will happen
‘Who’s that?’ ‘I’m not sure. It may be Celia.’
I might go and see Dad at the weekend.
The company might lose money this year.
= perhaps things are not true – may/might not
I may/might not get that new job after all.
- might – sometimes – smaller possibility
She may be at home. (50% chance)
Tina might be there too. (smaller chance)
According to the radio, it may rain today. It might even snow.
- difference – may/might not and can’t
The game may/might not finish before ten. (Perhaps it won’t)
The game can’t finish before ten – it only started at 9.30. (It’s not
possible)
- sometimes – could = might
The company could lose money this year.
It could rain today.
1. Put in may/may not or can’t:
1. I’ll go to the supermarket, but it……………………………………………..be open.
2. Their car’s not outside. They………………………………be at home; I’m not sure.
35
105
3. ‘Can I see you tomorrow?’ ‘Perhaps, I…………………………have time – I’ll see.’
4. ‘You’ve won first prize in the lottery.’ ‘No, it………………………………be true!’
5. ‘They’ve found giraffes in Scotland.’ ‘That………………………………..be right’.
6. We can try to see that play, but they …………………………have any tickets left.
7. He’s got a strong French accent. He……………………………………..be English.
8. I ………………………………………...pass the exam, but I’m hoping for the best.
9.I’m going to see my old primary school teacher tomorrow, but she
………………………………………………………………………..remember me.
10. You………………………..want more to eat – you’ve just had an enormous meal.
-can, could, may = permission, requests
- can, could = more formal, polite
- may = very formal, less common
Can I ask you a question?
Could I look at your newspaper?
May I sit here?
- can, may = offer to do things for people
Can I get you a drink?
May I help you, sir?
-can’t/cannot, may not = give or refuse permission
You can use my car if you want to.
I’m sorry, you can’t come in here.
Visitors may park in Elm Road.
Visitors may not park in front of the hospital.
2. Give or refuse permission, using the words in the box:
come into
have
make
park
ride
use
E.g.: you/here (can)
You can park here.
1. students / this lift (may not)
...………………….
2. you / these tickets (may)
…………………….
3. nobody/ my horse (can)
……………………
106
4. you/ my room (can’t)
……………………
5. employees/ personal phone calls (may not)
..…………………..
- can, could = ask people to do things
Can you put the children to bed?
Could you help me for a few minutes?
- could you possibly….? and I wonder if you could….are very polite.
Could you possibly help me?
I wonder if you could give me some advice.
3. Make sentences, using the words in the box:
luggage
supper
the dogs
the TV
this letter
time to go
Ex: could/ tonight/ you/ cook/?
Could you cook supper tonight?
1. translate/ can/ for me/ you/?
………………………………
2. you/ feed/ could/?
………………………………
3. can/ it’s/ you/ tell me/ when/?
………………………………
4. watch/ you/ for a minute/ could/ my/?
……………………………….
5. switch on/ you/ can/ ?
………………………………..
-shall in questions – What shall we do?
- make offers, suggestions, ask for instructions, decisions
Shall I carry your bag?
What on earth shall we do?
Shall we go out for a meal?
What time shall we come and see you?
- we DON”T use “shall” in the answers!
Shall we go home now?
107
Yes, good idea.
4. Make sentences with “Shall I…?”:
E.g.: put/ the car/ in the garage?
Shall I put the car in the garage?
what/ tell/ Sandra?
What shall I tell Sandra?
1. where/ put the coats?
….………………………………
2. when / pay you?
………………………………….
3. lock/ the door?
….………………………………
4. what time/ come tomorrow?
………………………………….
5. go/ now?
………………………………….
5. Can you complete these sentences? (They are from a discussion
about holiday plans.) Use shall we:
E.g.: where?
where shall we go?
1. France or Scotland?
..………………….
2. seaside or mountains?
.…………………..
3. when?
……………………
4. how long for?
……………………
5. fly? train? drive?
……………………
- can, could = ability – past and future
- future = can – we are deciding now what to do in the future
- in other cases – will be able to
I can see you tomorrow morning for half an hour.
One day we will be able to live without wars.
6. Put in can or can’t if possible; if not, use will/won’t be able to:
E.g.: I can pick it up tonight, if that’s convenient.
I think I will be able to speak English quite well in a few months.
1. ‘We need some more oil.’ ‘Ok, I……………………..let you have some this week.’
2. ‘Dr Parker…………………………….see you at twelve on Tuesday.’ ‘Thank you.’
108
3. She………………………………………………………walk again in a few weeks.
4. Do you think one day people……………………………………..travel to the stars?
5. In a few years, computers…………………………………..think better than we do.
6. I’m free at the weekend, so the kids……................................................come round.
-can, could - past = NOT – could; YES – managed to, succeeded in ….ing (we
managed to do something on one occasion)
I managed to get up early today. (NOT I could…….)
After six hours, we succeeded in getting to the top of
the mountain. (NOT could….)
BUT: She could read when she was four. (Not one
occasion).
He couldn’t find the ticket office. (He didn’t
manage it).
7. Complete the sentences with could, couldn’t, managed to:
E.g.: 200 years ago, most people could ride a horse.
At her third try, she managed to pass the driving test.
I think I had the wrong key, because I couldn’t open the door.
1. I……………………………………..speak French really well when I lived in Paris.
2. He ……………………………………….repair the car, but it took him a long time.
3. At last I……………………………………….make her understand what I wanted.
4. We wanted to go to the opera, but we……………………………………get tickets.
5. I ………………………….swim across the river, but it was harder than I expected.
6. All three children…………………..ride as well as they………………………walk.
7. He……………………………………….already walk when he was ten months old.
- used to = I used to play; Did you use to play?; She did not use to play.
= not really a modal – we usually make questions and negatives with
did
109
= used to + infinitive (finished habits and situations) = things
that were true, but are not now
She used to live in Liverpool.
I didn’t use to like her.
Did you use to play football?
I use not to like her. (more formal)
= only past – for present habits = simple present tense
My sister plays tennis occasionally. (NOT uses to play)
8. Make sentences about the past and present habits and situations:
E.g. Penny/ play badminton/ golf
Penny used to play badminton. Now she plays
golf.
1. Anna/ have lots of boyfriends/ be married
………………………………….
2. John/ study mathematics/ physics
…………………………………
3. Mary/ climb mountains/ cycle
…………………………………
4. Joe/ be a builder/ driver
…………………………………
5. Gary/ work in Germany/ England
………………………………….
9. Make sentences with used to and didn’t use to about how people
lived hundreds of years ago:
E.g.: read or write
Most people didn’t use to read or write.
1. travel/ by horse
…………………………………………..
2. cook/ on wood fires
…………………………………………..
3. live so long
………………………………………….
4. fight/ spears
………………………………………….
5. hunt/ bows and arrows
………………………………………….
- will, would = She will talk to herself
- will = habits, typical behaviour
110
She’ll sit talking to herself for hours.
If something breaks down and you kick it, it will often start
working again.
- if we stress will = critical
She WILL fall in love with the wrong people.
- would = past
On Saturdays, when I was a child, we would all get up early
and go fishing.
He was a nice boy, but he WOULD talk about himself all the
time.
10. Complete the sentences with will+ verbs from the box:
be
drive
fall
keep
listen
play
ring
talk
tell
1. ‘Dad, I’ve broken my watch’. ‘Well, you…………………………playing with it’.
2. That child’s no trouble – he………………………………….by himself for hours.
3. She’s nice, but she ……………………………….about people behind their backs.
4. People …………………………………………………to you if you listen to them.
5. If you drop toast, it …………………………………..butter side down every time.
6. If you’re having a bath, the phone ………………. And if you answer it,
it………………………………………………………………...a wrong number.
7. He ………………you one thing one minute and the opposite the next – he’s crazy.
8. I’m not surprised you had an accident – you ……………………………….too fast.
11. Complete the text with would + verbs from the box:
come
exchange
find
go
go
make
swim
skate
take
When I was a child we lived by a lake. It was a beautiful place. On summer evenings
we (1) …………………….in the lake, or take a canoe out, and in winter we
(2)…………………across to the other side. School was boring, but weekends were
fun, especially when Dad was home. Sometimes he (3) ………………us fishing; or
we (4) ………………….exploring in the woods. We always got lost, but we
111
(5)……………………our
way
home
again
somehow.
On
Sundays
Mum
(6)……………………us pancakes for breakfast, and then we (7)………………….to
the little village church for the Sunday service. We had a lot of relations living in the
same part of the country, and we saw a lot of them. At Christmas everybody
(8)……………………to
our
house
for
dinner,
and
then
we
(9)………………………..presents. It was a good time.
12. Here are some laws of nature. Join the beginnings and the ends:
0 After you have bought something, G
A. it will.
1. If anything can go wrong, …..
B. somebody will.
2. If there are two good TV shows, …..
C. they will both be on at the same time.
3. If you explain so clearly that nobody D. will always move faster.
can misunderstand, ….
4. If you throw something away,…..
E. you’ll never do enough.
5. No matter how much you do, …..
F. will fall asleep first.
6. The one who snores……
G.you will find it somewhere else
cheaper
7. The other queue………
H. you’ll need it the next day.
- should have = I should have gone; Should you have gone?; he/she/it should not
have gone
= if somebody didn’t do something that was important
Julia should have gone to the doctor, but she forgot.
I should have studied harder at school.
= if somebody did something wrong, we can say he/she shouldn’t
have done it
You shouldn’t have told the policeman that he was
stupid.
- may have, must have
= may have happened = perhaps it (has) happened
Suzy isn’t answering the phone. She may have gone out
(= Perhaps she’s gone out).
112
= must have happened = we feel sure that it (has) happened.
# can’t have
She’s late. She must have missed the train.
He can’t have gone away. His car’s still outside.
= note the difference
Joe must have gone home. (= It seems certain that he
has gone home)
Joe had to go home (= It was necessary for him to go
home)
13. Rewrite these sentences using may have:
E.g. Perhaps Shakespeare travelled in Italy. Shakespeare may have travelled in Italy.
1. Perhaps she’s broken her leg.
……………………………………….
2. Perhaps I’ve lost my keys.
……………………………………….
3. Perhaps Alice has gone back home.
……………………………………….
4. Perhaps my great-grandfather was a soldier. ……………………………………….
5. Perhaps I’ve found a new job.
……………………………………….
14. Rewrite these sentences in italics with must have or can’t have:
E.g. The exam was easy. I’m sure I’ve passed.
I must have passed.
1. Her office is locked. I’m sure she’s gone home.
………………………
2. I can’t find my umbrella. I feel sure I left it on the bus.
………………………
3.The
fridge
is
empty.
Peter
has
certainly
not
been
shopping.
…………………………......................................................................................
4. Helen hasn’t come. I’m sure she’s forgotten.
………………………
5. The flowers are dead. Obviously you didn’t water them.
………………………
113
15. Choose the best expression:
1. Castles in the Middle Ages must have been/had to be cold places.
2. When I was a child, we must have got/ had to get water from the village pump.
3. At my secondary school I must have learnt/had to learn Latin.
4. So you broke your leg skiing. That must have been/ had to be terrible.
5. The kitchen window’s broken. Those kids next door had to do it/ must have done
it.
- could have, needn’t have
= could have done it = somebody didn’t do something that was
possible
I could have gone to university, but I didn’t want to.
= needn’t have done something = we did it, but it was unnecessary
I needn’t have cooked all that food. Nobody was
hungry.
= note the difference
We needn’t have hurried – we got there much too
early. (It was unnecessary to hurry, but we did)
We didn’t need to hurry; we had lots of time. (It was
unnecessary to hurry, so we probably didn’t).
16. Complete the text with could have, using words from the box:
be
be
get
go
hit
lend
marry
phone
study
win
1. Amy……………………………..Ethan or Peter, but she didn’t love either of them.
2. Why didn’t you ask me for money? I……………………………………..you some.
3. I………………………………...mathematics, but I decided to do language instead.
4. Our team……………………………….the match, but they didn’t try hard enough.
5. The holiday was OK, but it……………………………………………………better.
6. When she said that, I…………………………………………………………….her.
7. Things were bad, but they……………………………………………...much worse.
8. We…………...to Paris last weekend, but we thought this weekend would be easier.
114
9. He ………………………………….the police, but he didn’t want to cause trouble.
10. I……………………………..a job in a bank, but I’m not very interested in money.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – FOOD AND DRINK36
a) Would you like a bread/roll with your soup?
b) The first course/plate consisted of cold fish and salad.
c) That was a really lovely food/meal. Please let me pay for you.
d) I felt so thirsty that I drank two cans/tins of Corky Cola.
e) Nowadays many people buy frozen/iced food instead of fresh food.
f) Could you give me the receipt/recipe for this cake? It’s delicious.
g) This pie is fantastic! It’s really tasteful/tasty.
h) Helen is a really good cook/cooker.
i) Can I have a fork/spoon so I can stir my coffee?
2. Complete each sentence with a suitable verb from the box:
add
bake
boil
chop
fry
grate
mix
peel
roast
squeeze
a) John decided to roast the beef in the oven for two hours.
b) Put all the ingredients in a bowl and ……………………………them together well.
c) First…………………………………………………….the onions into small pieces.
d) I wanted to ……………………….some cakes this morning, but I didn’t have time.
e) Taste the soup, and ……………………………………salt and pepper if necessary.
f) …………………………………...the potatoes, and then cut them into large pieces.
g) These vegetables taste great if you ……………………them for a minute in hot oil.
h) …………………………………………some cheese, and sprinkle it over the pasta.
i) ……………………………………….a lemon and sprinkle the juice over the salad.
j) ……………………………………………...the rice in salted water for ten minutes.
36
115
3. Complete each phrase with a suitable word from the box:
bacon
biscuits
saucer
vinegar
butter
chips
fork
a) pepper and salt
e) fish and ……………..
b) knife and ……….
f) oil and ………………..
g) egg and ………..
g) cup and ………………
h) bread and …………
h) tea and …………………
salt
4. Complete the phrase with a suitable word from the box:
bar
carton
cup
glass
jar
loaf
pinch
slice
a) a slice of bread or cake
e) a ……………….of bread
b) a …………….of chocolate
f) a………………...of water
c) a ………..................of jam
g) a ………………….of salt
d) a …………………..of tea
h) a ………………….of milk
5. Complete the phrase with a suitable word from the box:
bill
book
dessert
menu
takeaway
tip
a) We weren’t sure what to have, so we asked for the menu.
b) Tony finished his meal, paid the …………………………..., and left the restaurant.
c) After two courses we felt full, so we didn’t have any ………………………………
d) We had a very tasty Indian …………………………………….for the main course.
e) This is a popular restaurant and you have to ………………………………..a table.
f) The service was excellent so we left a large …………………………...on the table.
116
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS – PUT37
A. Put verbs related to physical actions:
With all these phrasal verbs the particle can come either before or after the object, e.g.
to put on a CD or to put a CD on.
We spent yesterday putting in a new washing machine. [fixing new equipment or a
new system in the correct place.]
Could you put the air conditioning on, please? It’s too hot in here. [make a device
work by pressing a switch.]
I don’t think you’ve heard this CD. I’ll put it on. [ put something that sounds or
pictures are recorded onto into a machine so that you can hear or see the recording.]
Would you mind putting that light out? It’s shining directly onto my computer
screen. [making a light stop shining by pressing a switch]
I see they’re putting up a new block of flats near the park. [building a structure]
It poured with rain while we tried to put our tent up. [open something that is folded or
rolled up so that it is ready to use]
B. Put verbs and time
Dave: Jim, I’m sorry to have to put you off again, but I’m just too busy to see you
today. [tell someone you can’t see them or do something for them till a later
time].
Could we put our meeting back till next week? [change the date or time of an
event so that it happens later than planned]
Jim: Sure. We can put it off until next Monday. [decide or arrange to do something at
a later time]
Pilot: Ladies and gentlemen, we’re now coming in to land at Mexico City. You may
want to put your watches forward; the local time is 8.35 a.m. [make a watch
or clock show an earlier time]
37
117
In Britain, around the last weekend in October, all clocks are put back one hour.
[make a watch or clock show an earlier time]
C. Put verbs and relations with other people
If you….
then…..
are put out
you are annoyed, often because of something that someone
has done or said to you
put up with sb/sth
you accept unpleasant behavior or an unpleasant situation,
even though you do not like it
put sb on to/onto you tell them about something or someone that could help
sth/sb
them, often something or someone they did not know about
before
1. Correct any mistakes in these sentences. If there are no
mistakes, write correct at the end of the sentence.
1. I like sleeping in tents but I don’t like putting up them.
2. Put that CD on that you bought yesterday. I’d like to hear it.
3. We put last week in a new dishwasher. It’s wonderful.
4. Will you put on the TV? I want to watch the tennis.
5. That light is too strong. Shall we put out it?
2. Complete the text using particles from the examples above:
‘I don’t know how Harry puts ……………(1) with his boss. He works so hard but his
boss even gets him to put the lights ……………..(2) for him when it starts to get dark,
and it’s always Harry who has to put…………….(3) new computer equipment. His
boss never thinks twice about putting him …………….(4) when they’ve arranged a
meeting. I know Harry feels put ……………(5), but he never complains. We should
really do what we can to put him …………….(6) some better jobs.
118
3. Rewrite these sentences so that the actions are the opposite of
the ones underlined. Use phrasal verbs and make any other
necessary changes so that the sentences make sense:
Example: Please turn the radio off now. I’m trying to sleep.
Please put the radio on now. There’s a programme I’d like to listen to.
1. Could you switch the light on please. I can’t see to read.
2. They’re pulling down those old buildings near the railway station.
3. The Boy Scouts took their tent down very quickly and loaded it into their bus.
4. Could we possibly bring our meeting forward to 10 o’clock?
5. When we moved into our new house we decided to remove an old, rather ugly
fireplace.
6. Can you turn that CD off, please. I can’t concentrate on my work.
4. Here are some more phrasal verbs based on put. Match the
phrasal verbs in the sentences 1-5 with the definitions a-e:
1.Josie is very good at putting her ideas a)stick or fasten a piece of paper to
something, e.g. a wall, so that it can be
across.
seen
2.Anyone who is smoking must put b) express in such a way that others can
their cigarettes out immediately.
understand easily
3.I’m not putting that on. I’d look c) land
ridiculous in it!
4.The
secretary’s
put
up
some d) put a piece of clothing on your body
information about excursions. Have you
seen it?
5.The plane was due to put down in e) extinguish or stop something burning
Los Angeles at 3.50 a.m., but was
diverted to San Francisco at the last
minute.
119
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS - FAMINE38
Fears are growing of another famine in Agunda which could prove to be much
worse than that of 1981 when more than a million people starved to death. Relief
agencies are talking in terms of ten million at risk in the affected area. They are
calling on the world community to act now to avert a major tragedy as the situation is
worsening rapidly.
Reporters speak of a pitiful picture of human suffering caused by drought and
disease. The infant mortality rate is steadily climbing, and for many of the children
who survive, there is only a prospect of stunted growth and irreversible brain damage
from chronic malnutrition. Hundreds of thousands of emaciated people are said to be
undernourished, dehydrated and on the move, searching for food. Looting by hordes
of famished peasants are daily occurrences. Villages are deserted and towns
overpopulated. According to estimates, two million tons of food are needed
immediately. One ton feeds five people at an “absolute minimum” subsistence level
for a year.
The current emergency has arisen because there has been no rain for the
second year running. The relentless drought has withered crops and turned grazing
land into deserts. Consequently, livestocks has been decimated. Before the dry spell,
there were two successive years of poor harvests which complicated the country’s
economic plight. Annual targets for grain production have not been met and the
acreage of land used for agriculture has shrunk dramatically. Among other necessities,
fertilizers and high quality grain are needed to boost production.
Besides food, funds are being sought for medical aid and fuel for the fleet of
trucks laden with supplies. A major airlift of stockpiled flour has been improvised to
reach the worst-hit areas that are inaccessible to convoys and to distribute basic
rations to the starving. Despite a raging civil war, humanitarian aid at the faminestricken areas will continue.
38
Educational, 2001.
120
1. Ten million people died of starvation in Agunda in 1981.
2. Action by the world community is desperately needed.
3. The current famine is the result of a prolonged drought.
4. Small children have no chance of survival.
5. Malnutrition can affect a child’s mental development.
6. Lack of drinking water is another life-threatening problem.
7. Cases of looting are sporadic.
8. People move to live in the country because it is easier to find food there.
9. Farm animals have died because they had nothing to eat.
10. Now there is more land than can be used for growing crops.
11. Food supplies will be distributed by air and by land.
12. Civil war will prevent relief agencies from delivering their supplies.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
affected………………..
agencies
basic……………………
aid
chronic…………………
area
daily……………………
damage
famished…………………
drought
grazing…………………..
land
human………………….
malnutrition
humanitarian……………….
mortality
infant……………………..
occurrences
irreversible……………………
peasants
major…………………………
picture
pitiful……………………….
rations
relentless………………………
suffering
121
relief………………………….
tragedy
FOR – MILLIONS – INTERNATIONAL – STARVATION – AS- FOOD –
AGUNDA – FACE- RELIEF
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
- a se dovedi mult mai rău: -p…………… m…………….. w………………
- zonă ameninţată: -a…………..
a………………….
- a preîntâmpina o tragedie: -a................ a t..................
- situaţia se înrăutăţeşte rapid: -the s................. is w................. r....................
-rata mortalităţii creşte constant: -m.................. r................. is s....................
c....................
- leziuni ireversibile ale creierului: -i................... b.................. d....................
- eveniment zilnic: -d..................... o......................
-a
îndeplini
obiectivele
planificate
anual:
-m…………….
a……………..
t………………...
- a căuta fonduri: -s……………… f………………
- a împărţi raţiile minime de alimente: -d................ b.............. r...............
- război civil care face ravagii: -r............... c................ w................
122
LESSON 9
*Grammar: Revision – Reported Speech, Conditionals, Wishes, Passives, Modals
* Vocabulary: General – Work and Study * Phrasal Verbs: Take* Vocabulary:
Specific - The News – Floods
***
I.
GRAMMAR
–
REVISION
–
REPORTED
SPEECH,
CONDITIONALS, WISHES, PASSIVES, MODALS39
a) Jim asked/told the teacher if the book was his.
b) I have had/had two teeth taken out last week.
c) I can’t do these sums. I wish I have/had a calculator with me.
d) Anne refused/ said she didn’t want me to borrow her bike.
e) Helen can’t have stolen/ must have stolen the money from the office. She didn’t
come in to the office on the day it was stolen.
f) If I have/had more money, I’d pay for you too.
g) It’s getting very late, so I think you’d better/ you could leave.
h) Tracey phoned earlier and said that she had been/ would be late.
i) The next two lessons were been/have been cancelled.
j) If we’d remembered/we remembered to bring the map, we wouldn’t have got lost.
2. Look carefully at each line. Some lines are correct but some have
a word which should not be there. Tick (v) each correct line. If a line
has a word which should not be there, write the word in the space:
Do-It-Yourself
Last week my brother and I decided to paint our
39
1. V
123
bedrooms if while our parents were out for the
2. if
day. Our parents usually they have the painting done
3………
by a local firm, but we thought we could to save some
4. ………
money if we did paint it ourselves. We had watched the
5. ………
painters the last time the house had to been painted,
6. …….
so we thought we would be able to do the job.
7. ………
‘First all the surfaces must have to be washed’, my
8. ………..
brother said. ‘That can’t have be very difficult,’ I
9. ………
replied. ‘We’d better if put some newspapers on
10……….
the carpet. If we can make a mess, we’ll get into
11 ……….
trouble’. After that had been have done, we looked
12. ………
for some paint in the garden shed. ‘We could use
13. ……….
this red paint,’ I was suggested. My brother said that
14. ……….
he preferred green paint. Just as if we were going to
15. ……….
start, our parents arrived home. ‘You should have been
16. ………..
asked us first,’ my mother said us. ‘You can paint the
17. ………..
rest of the house too!”
18. ……….
3. Complete each sentence with one of the words or phrases from
the box:
could
don’t have to
might have
should
had to
have to
must
mustn’t
a) We don’t have to wear a uniform at my school.
b) You ………………………………………..play with matches! It’s very dangerous.
c) I’m not sure, but I think I ……………………………….left my wallet in the bank.
d) I’m getting up early, because I …………………………..go running before school.
e) Sorry I can’t stay any longer, but I really …………………………………go home.
f) If you want to, we …………………………………….go swimming this afternoon.
g) Sorry I’m late, but I ……………………………………….take my dog to the vet’s.
h) I think you………………………………go to bed earlier, and stop drinking coffee.
124
4. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to
the first sentence:
a) I don’t know the answer, so I can’t help you.
If I knew the answer, I would help you.
b) Don’t run fast, or you’ll feel tired.
If ………………………………………………………………………………
c) An off-duty policewoman arrested the robber.
The robber …………………………………………………………………….
d) We didn’t leave early, so we missed the train.
If we ………………………………………………………………………….
e) I ate all the ice-cream, and now I regret it.
I wish………………………………………………………………………….
f) Where is the bus station?
Could you…………………………………………………………………….
g) The local council is building a new sports centre.
A new sports centre…………………………………………………………..
h) I think you should go to the doctor’s.
If I…………………………………………………………………………….
i) Someone used a hammer to break the window.
The window………………………………………………………………….
j) ‘Don’t forget to buy some milk, Amy,’ I said.
I reminded……………………………………………………………………
a) It wasn’t necessary for me to go to work yesterday.
I didn’t have to go to work yesterday.
b) I’d like to be rich!
I wish……………………………………………………………………….rich!
125
c) I’m going to the hairdresser’s tomorrow.
I’m having……………………………………………………………tomorrow.
d) Perhaps Mark missed the bus.
Mark might……………………………………………………………...the bus.
e) Marconi was the inventor of radio.
Radio ………………………………………………………………by Marconi.
f) I think you were wrong to forget the keys!
You shouldn’t ………………………………………………………..the keys!
g) It would be a good idea for us to take an umbrella.
We……………………………………………………...better take an umbrella.
h) I’m sure that Maria worked very hard.
Maria ………………………………………………………………..very hard.
i) Helen gave a camera to Richard.
Richard ……………………………………………………..a camera by Helen.
j) It was unnecessary for us to buy so much food.
We ……………………………………………………….bought so much food.
6. Mixed structures. Write It must be true, It may be true or It can’t
be true:
0.There are people on other planets.
It may be true.
1.There are plants on the moon.
………………
2. Shakespeare interviewed Julius Caesar.
………………
3. Some members of the government take drugs.
………………
4. All English children can read.
……………….
5. It is raining somewhere in Africa at this moment.
………………
126
7. Use the words in the box in requests beginning Can you….or Can
I…..:
bill
catalogue
contract
menu
price list
receipt
credit card
estimate
1. (You have just paid a taxi driver). …………………give me a ……………………?
2. (You have just sat down in a restaurant). ………………bring me the…………….?
3. (You are talking to a builder)…………………give me an………………………...?
4. (You are in a car showroom and you want to know how much the cars cost.)
…………..give me your ………………………………………………...........?
5. (You have finished a meal in a restaurant). …………….bring me the……………?
6. (You want to buy some things in a small shop) ……………pay by
……………………………………………………………………………........?
7. (You are renting a car) ………………….. explain this paragraph in the
…………………………………………………………………………………?
8. (You are telephoning a clothing company) ………………send me your
…………………………………………………………………………………?
8. Grammar in a text. Complete the text with words from the box,
using used to….:
buy
go
play
stand
have
keep
look after
look at
live
take
Recently we took our 15-year-old son Joe to the place in Paris where we (1)
………………… when he was a baby. We showed him the house, with the balcony
where he (2)………………… and make speeches to imaginary crowds. Then we went
inside, and believe it or not, there was Mme Duchène, who (3)……………………Joe
when we were working. She didn’t look a day older. We couldn’t get into the flat, but
we saw the garden where Joe (4)………………Then we visited the park where we (5)
……………………him for walks, the zoo where he (6)…………………..the lions
and tigers, and the lake where we (7)……………………boating. Not much had
127
changed in the area: most of the shops were still there, including the wonderful old
grocer’s where we (8)…………………… delicacies like cherries in brandy. But the
friendly butcher who (9)………………….the best pieces of meat for us was gone,
and so was the restaurant with the bad-tempered old waitress where we
(10)……………….. Sunday lunch. I found it strange to go back: it made me feel
happy and sad at the same time. But Joe was delighted with the trip.
9. Perfect modals. Complete the sentences with should have….,
could have,….may have….., or can’t have. More than one answer may
be possible:
He should have paid me last week. (pay)
1. James …………………………………….to America. I saw him this morning. (go)
2. You……………………………………………….somebody, driving like that. (kill)
3. ‘Where’s Phil?’ ‘I don’t know. He ……………………………………..home.’ (go)
4. ‘We went to Dublin for the weekend.’ ‘That …………………..a nice change.’ (be)
5. If my parents hadn’t been so poor, I ……………………………..to university. (go)
10. Choose the best form:
1. We may/ might/ both win, but I don’t think there’s much chance.
2. I may/ can/ both ask you to help me later.
3. That may not/ can’t/ both be her daughter – they’re nearly the same age.
4. We can/ may/ both decide to go camping again at Easter.
5. There may not/ can’t/ both be enough room for everybody on the bus – we’ll have
to wait and see.
6. You may not/ can’t/ both get in without a ticket – not a chance.
7. You absolutely should/ must/ both go and see Liz.
128
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL - WORK AND STUDY40
a) Penny took three exams and managed to pass/succeed them all.
b) Most people would prefer a job/work which was near home.
c) Tim had to learn/teach fifty children how to swim.
d) I can’t come to the cinema tonight. I’m reading/studying for a test.
e) It’s hard reading aloud/loudly when you don’t understand the words.
f) The manager told David to make an application/invitation for the job.
g) Ann works in advertising and earns/wins a very high salary.
h) Would you like to come into my bureau/office? We can talk there.
business
date
heart
phone
practice
rules
time
work
a) Before her history exam, Laura learnt a list of dates by heart.
b) The manager will be with you in a moment. He’s on the …………………………...
c) I haven’t spoken Spanish for ages and I’m a bit out of ……………………………..
d) Ever since Tim lost his job he’s been out of ………………………………………..
e) Bringing your mobile phone to the class is against the …………………………….!
f) This factory isn’t very modern. Most of the machines are out of……………………
g) Our maths teacher is always late. He’s never on…………………………………….
h) Mrs Smith isn’t here at the moment. She’s away on ………………………………..
get
hand
keep
look
pick
stand
take
write
a) If you don’t know the answer, look it up in the back of the book.
b) My boss wouldn’t let me ………………………time off to go to a football match.
40
129
c) Stop talking, and ……………………………………………….on with your work!
d) George finds it hard to ………………………….up with the rest of the maths class.
e) Carol stayed in France and managed to…………………………….up the language.
f) If you speak so fast I can’t ………………………………down what you’re saying.
g) Don’t forget to check over your work before you………………………………it in.
h) Mrs Wood is going to …………………………in for your teacher while he’s away.
4. Match each sentence (a-j) with a sentence (1-10) which has a
similar meaning:
a) She was given the sack. 7
1. She was given a better job.
b) She got a rise. ……
2. She answered an advertisement.
c) She got a promotion. …..
3 She decided to leave.
d) She retired. ……
4. She did the job carefully.
e) She did it for a living. ……
5. She didn’t have a job.
f) She resigned. ……
6. She earned her money that way.
g) She was unemployed. …..
7. She was dismissed.
h) She applied for the job. …..
8. She wanted a better job.
i) She was ambitious. ……
9. She was old and stopped work.
j) She was conscientious. …..
10. She was given more money.
bold:
a) Nowadays it’s very important to get a good education.
educate
b) Our company helps ………………………………………...people to find new jobs.
employ
c) Paul has good ideas, but writes very ………………………………………………..
care
d) Helen has become a ………………………………………………..businesswoman.
succeed
130
e) I hope to leave school with some useful…………………………………………….
qualify
f) Mr Dale was my ……………………………………for ten years, and paid me well.
employ
g) According to the ……………………………………, the French lesson starts at ten.
time
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS - TAKE41
A. Take in a physical sense
If you take apart something or take something apart you separate it into its different
parts.
Rod loves taking clocks apart, but he never manages to put them together
again.
If you take back something or take something back, you return it to the person or
organization that you bought or borrowed it from.
When you go into town to take back your library books, could you also take
these trousers back to the shop for me – they’re too small.
If you take aside somebody or take somebody aside, you separate someone from a
group of people so that you can speak to them privately.
My boss took me aside at the Christmas party and told me he was going to
give me a promotion in the New Year.
If you take off, you suddenly leave a place, without telling anyone where you are
going.
Most people stayed at the party until quite late, but Rose took off early for
some reason.
41
131
B. Take in an abstract sense:
phrasal verb
meaning
example
take up sth or take start doing a particular job My son has recently taken up
sth up
or activity
stamp collecting as a hobby.
take off sth or take subtract a particular amount the shop assistant took off ten
sth off (sth)
per cent because the item was
from a total
damaged.
take away sth or subtract a first number from If you take 11 away from 33,
take sth away
a second number
you’re left with 22.
take back sth or admit that something you I shouldn’t have called you
take sth back
said was wrong
lazy – I take it back.
take in sth or take look at something carefully He showed us a photo of his
sth in
noticing all the details
house, but I was so tired that I
didn’t really take it in.
C. Other senses of take
Lucy has started swimming regularly. She has taken out [subscribed to or registered
for something officially] a year’s membership at a year’s sports club and has taken to
[started to do something often] going to the swimming pool every lunch hour. She is
so taken up with [very busy doing something] her swimming that she wouldn’t even
take me up on [accept] my offer to buy her lunch in the best restaurant in town. The
exercise certainly takes it out of [makes her feel very tired] her – she is too exhausted
to go anywhere in the evenings.
132
1. Each line of this text contains a phrasal verb with take, but some
of them are used incorrectly. If a line has a correct phrasal verb, tick
the box. If the line is incorrect, cross out the incorrect word and
write the correct word in the box:
The watch was broken so I took it off to the shop.
back
I bought a new jacket but it had a mark on it so I took it back.
……..
The shop assistant took me offside and told me that
…….
if I was prepared to keep the jacket she would take away
…….
ten per cent. I didn’t really take in what she was saying at
…….
first, but once I understood, I decided to take her over on the offer
…….
2. Use a phrasal verb from the examples above to complete these
dialogues:
1. Roy: I find it very offensive that you called Ciaran an idiot.
Kim: OK, OK. Sorry, I shouldn’t have said it. I……………………………………..
2. Matt: Fiona seems really keen on her tennis these days.
Clare: Yes, she’s really………………………it. She’s so…………………….with it
that she’s stopped going to the swimming pool.
3. Jim: I tried to clean the inside of my computer and I’ve put all the bits back but I
have two bits left over.
Len: Well, I’m not surprised! I warned you not to ………………in the first place.
4. Brian: I get so bored since I retired from my job.
Miriam: Well, why don’t you………………………………………………….golf?
5. Ali: What’s this figure here, $ 30?
Paul: It’s what you get when you …………………$15 ……………….. from $45.
6. Anoma: You look exhausted these days.
Terry: Yes, teaching 28 hours a week really …………………………………..me.
7. Hilary: Geoff left very suddenly, didn’t he?
Kersty: Yes, he just………………………………..without even saying goodbye.
133
III. VOCABULARY : SPECIFIC – NEWS - FLOODS42
According to the latest reports from Anturia, a country bedevilled by natural
disasters, 100 people are confirmed dead and up to 300 are feared drowned after the
rivers burst their banks on Friday and inundated large parts of the country. Five days
of heavy monsoon rains raised the number of dead to 1,200 in this year’s unusually
heavy storms and widespread flooding.
Reportedly, a boat carrying more than 50 passengers capsized in one river
killing at least 35 people, while another boat sank in crocodile-infested waters,
causing the tragic death of fourteen people. However, according to health officials, a
third of all deaths have been caused by diarrhoea and other stomach ailments after
villagers drank polluted floodwater. Other victims were killed by venomous water
snakes or were drowned. Among the homeless are thousands of displaced families
huddled on embankments, waiting for evacuation, while others are marooned on the
roofs of their houses.
Many villages are isolated, as bridges have been damaged and hundreds of
miles of roads are under water. Railroad services have been suspended and flooded
airports have forced the cancellation of flights. The disaster has been described as
unprecedented, causing severe shortages of food and fuel due to submerged storage
buildings. Amid growing fears of the flood worsening, irrigation experts are urging
more protection work against other rain-swollen rivers threatening residential areas
along their banks.
People have been warned that flood-related crime will be severely punished,
even to having offenders shot on the spot. About 100 cases of looting of abandoned
properties have been reported, as well as several cases of sabotage. Boat patrols have
been set up to locate looting gangs and to guard the dykes against subversives. The
President will report to Parliament today on new measures to be taken to counter the
flood. However, a clear picture of the damage will only emerge after the waters
recede.
42
Educational, 2001.
134
1. The inhabitants of Anturia have suffered from many calamities in the past.
2. The reported flooding is the first one this year.
3. Not all the deaths were caused by drowning.
4. Diarrhoea can be a cause of death.
5. We understand that, geographically, Anturia is situated in a temperate zone.
6. Thousands of people had no time to leave the affected area.
7. The only way to reach isolated regions is by train.
8. There is not enough food because supplies are under water.
9. Fortunately, there is no danger of other flood barriers being washed away.
10. Looters will be killed if caught red-handed.
11.There are people who want to turn this tragedy to their own, possibly political,
advantage.
12. The President will present the Parliament with a detailed report of the losses.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
abandoned…………………..
ailments
displaced…………………….
areas
health……………………….
buildings
heavy………………………….
disaster
irrigation……………………….
experts
looting………………………..
families
polluted………………………..
flooding
residential……………………….
floodwater
stomach………………………..
gangs
storage…………………………
officials
unprecedented………………….
properties
venomous……………………..
rains
widespread……………………..
snakes
135
WIDESPREAD – MONSOON – ANTURIA – AFTER – PARALYSED – BY –
FLOODING – HITS
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
- potrivit relatărilor: – a............. t.............. the r......................
-şalupa s-a răsturnat şi oamenii s-au înecat: – b...................
s................
c.................. and
p.................
were
d....................
- familiile sunt lipsite de adăpost: – f.................. are d....................
- a suspenda transporturile feroviare: – s...............
- a provoca lipsuri serioase: – c.................
r.................
s.....................
s....................
s............................
- a împuşca pe loc: – s................. o.................. the s......................
- a păzi împotriva: – g.....................
- a întreprinde acţiuni: – t..................
a.......................
m....................
- imagine clară a distrugerilor: – c.................
136
p................ of the d......................
LESSON 10
*Grammar: Purpose; Reason and Result * Vocabulary: General – The Natural
Environment * Phrasal Verbs: UP* Vocabulary: Specific - The News –
Earthquake
***
I. GRAMMAR – PURPOSE43
Purpose: to and for
* We use the to infinitive to describe purpose, to say why we do things. This is
called ‘the infinitive of purpose’.
Alistair went to the station to meet his parents.
NOT for to meet
* In formal speech and writing we can use in order to. This is not as common
as the infinitive of purpose.
The President made a speech in order to explain the policy.
* We can use for followed by a noun to say why we do something. This is
especially common following verbs of motion.
I went to the shops for some milk.
Purpose: so that
* We can use so (that) to express purpose. After so (that), we use subject +
verb.
* For a habitual purpose we use can OR the present simple.
I leave the window open so (that) the cat can get in and out.
Bill wears thick socks in bed so (that) his feet don’t get cold.
* For a future purpose we use can, will OR the present simple.
Dora is going to leave class early, so (that) she can go to the dentist.
We’ll take an umbrella so (that) we don’t get wet.
43
137
* For a past purpose we use could, would, OR the past simple.
Dora left class early so (that) she could go to the dentist.
We took an umbrella so (that) we wouldn’t get wet.
* If the subject of the first part of the sentence and the subject of the purpose
close are different, we CAN’T use the infinitive of purpose to. We HAVE TO use so
(that).
Helen played the piano to entertain her friends.
Helen played the piano so (that) everyone else could dance.
1. Put one suitable word in each space. Contractions count as one
word:
a) I wrote the date in my diary so that I wouldn’t forget it.
b) Most tourists come here …………………………………visit the ancient temples.
c) Mary called a meeting ……… …………. …………………. announce the team.
d) The thief………………….in black so that nobody………………………..see him.
e) Jack came to me……………………………………………………………..advice.
f) Our teacher made us sit far apart so that we ………………………………...cheat!
g) I’ll leave the box open so that you……………………………………help yourself.
h) Lisa got up early so that she ……………………………….....finish her homework.
2. Rewrite each sentence so that it contains the word in bold:
a) I went to the shops to get some eggs.
for
I went to the shops for some eggs.
b) Nicola came here for a meeting with the director.
to
……………………………………………………………………………………
c) We went on holiday to have a rest.
for
……………………………………………………………………………………
138
d) Mike plays chess for relaxation.
to
……………………………………………………………………………………
e) I opened the window to let in some air.
for
…………………………………………………………………………………….
f) Cristina went shopping to buy some new clothes.
for
…………………………………………………………………………………….
g) I went to a private school for English lessons.
to
……………………………………………………………………………………
h) Sam went to a specialist to get treatment.
for
……………………………………………………………………………………
the first sentence:
a) Paul had to go to the doctor’s, and left work early.
Paul left work early so that he could go to the doctor’s.
b) The school was rebuilt because it wasn’t large enough.
The school ……………………… in order to …………………………...larger.
c) Sophia wanted Jack to call her, and gave him her phone number.
Sophia ……………………………so that………………………………….her.
d) I might get sunburnt, so I’ll put on some suntan oil.
I’ll ………………………………..so that…………………………….sunburnt.
e) Cathy hid the presents and nobody saw them.
Cathy ………………….. ………..so that………………………………...them.
f) We wanted people to dance, so we had the party in a large hall.
We ……………………………….so that……………………………….dance.
g) Dick wanted to get a good seat, so he arrived early.
Dick ……………………………...so that…………………………a good seat.
139
h) I couldn’t see well in the cinema, and changed seats.
I ………………………………….so that……………………………….better.
i) We didn’t want to feel hungry, so we took some sandwiches.
We took ………………………….so that we………………………….hungry.
j) Harry wanted his friends to notice him so he wore a funny hat.
Harry …………………………….so that…………………………………him.
GRAMMAR - REASON AND RESULT44
*We use because, as and since when we want to explain the reason for
something. As and since are more common in formal speech and writing.
Tim didn’t feel well, because he had eaten fifteen ice-creams.
As/since Tim had eaten fifteen ice-creams, he didn’t feel very well.
Tim didn’t feel well, as/since he had eaten fifteen ice-creams.
*As and since can come at the beginning of the sentence. Normally we do
NOT begin sentences with because, but this is possible in informal speech.
Because Tim had eaten fifteen ice-creams, he didn’t feel very well.
*We use so to express a result. Note the relation between because and so.
Tim had eaten fifteen ice-creams, so he didn’t feel very well.
So and Such for emphasis
*We use so many/much (that) and so few/little (that) with nouns, for
emphasis. That is usually left out in informal speech and writing. Note the rules:
Countable nouns:
I bought so many books (that) I couldn’t carry them all.
There were so few people in the theatre (that) the actors
didn’t perform well.
Uncountable nouns: There is so much rain at the moment (that) we hardly ever go
out.
We have so little free time (that) we don’t watch television.
44
140
*We use so + adjective + that with adjectives by themselves.
Last night was so hot (that) I couldn’t sleep.
The trainers were so cheap (that) I bought two pairs.
*If we have an adjective followed by a noun, we use such a.
It was such a lovely day (that) we went for a walk in the town.
It was such a good film (that) I saw it twice.
Too and not enough for a difficulty
*Too + adjective means ‘more than is necessary or good’. It suggests a
difficulty, and that something cannot be done.
It was too far.
(so I didn’t go)
It was too difficult. (so I didn’t do it)
*If we say what the action is we use to + infinitive.
It was too far to walk so we took a taxi.
The mountain was too difficult (for us) to climb.
*Not + adjective+ enough means ‘less than is necessary or good.’ Compare
the use of too and not enough.
Little Gerry is too young to walk to school.
Little Gerry is not old enough to walk to school.
*With nouns we can use too many/much, too few/little and not enough.
Countable nouns:
There are too many things to do.
There are too few books.
We haven’t got enough books.
Uncountable nouns: There’s too much time.
There’s too little time.
We haven’t got enough time.
* Notice from the above examples that enough comes after adjectives (‘old’)
but before nouns (‘books’/ ‘time’)
141
So and too
*It is a common mistake to confuse so and too.
So is like very, and is used for emphasis. The speaker’s opinion can be
positive or negative.
Too means ‘more than enough’. It suggests a difficulty, that something cannot
be done or will not happen.
It’s very expensive. (a fact)
It’s so expensive.
(I’m surprised, but I still might buy it)
It’s too expensive.
(so I won’t buy it).
Result phrases: as a result, in the end, eventually
We can also express result with a linking phrase like as a result, or a time
expression like in the end or eventually. These are more common in formal speech
and writing.
Two metres of snow fell during the night. As a result, several main
roads were blocked. (in speech we would just use so here)
It started raining while we were having our picnic, and eventually we
decided to go home.
Kate and Tim waited for the bus for a long time, and in the end they
took a taxi.
Linking words:
Words like because and so are called ‘linking words’.
a) It was such/so a delicious drink, that I had to have another glass.
b) Andrew ate so much/so many cakes that he could hardly walk!
c) Kate’s offer sounded so/too good to be true!
d) There are so few/so little good programmes on TV that I rarely watch it.
e) I felt so/too weak that I couldn’t stand up.
f) We had so much/so many free time, that we got bored.
g) I waited for Elaine for ages, and as a result/in the end I gave up.
h) There was so much/so many rain last night, that the roads were flooded.
142
i) David was too tall/tall enough/enough tall/very tall to reach the shelf.
j) I had so few/so little knowledge of the subject that I got zero in the test.
5. Complete the sentences with one of these words: too, enough, so,
such, much, many, little, few:
a) It’s so late and there are still lots of people in the club.
b) It’s …………………………………late to catch a bus. I’ll have to get a taxi home.
c) I have so…………………………………………………………………work to do!
d) I have so………………………………………………………………….jobs to do!
e) I don’t have ………………………………………money to go on holiday this year.
f) I have too………………………………………….money to go on holiday this year.
g) I have too……………………euros in my bank account to go on holiday this year.
h) It was………………………………………………………………an exciting film!
i) The film was…………………………………………………………………exciting.
j) It’s ……………………hot on the beach. I don’t like it. I’m going back to the hotel.
k) It’s …………………………………..hot on the beach! I love it. I’m really relaxed.
6. Put one suitable word in each space:
a) My tea is too hot to drink at the moment.
b) I had to stand at the back, …………………………….there weren’t any seats left.
c) Thomas had………………………………...homework, that he had to stay up late.
d) There were…………..………………….people in front of us that we couldn’t see.
e) Helen missed the bus, ………………………………………………she took a taxi.
f) There were ……….. ………………………..customers that the shop closed down.
g) The room wasn’t large………………………………………….for so many guests.
h) Hannah was…………………………………..tired that she fall asleep on the train.
i) We had………………………………….money that we couldn’t even buy a drink.
j) ………………………….................it was raining, the school picnic was postponed.
143
7. Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning and
contains the word in bold:
a) I felt really tired, so I stayed at home and had a rest.
because
I stayed at home and had a rest because I felt really tired.
b) I didn’t use that piece of string, because it was too short.
enough
…………………………………………………………………………………..
c) The question was so difficult that I had to ask for help.
such
…………………………………………………………………………………..
d) There weren’t enough seats for all the guests.
few
…………………………………………………………………………………..
e) There weren’t enough seats for all the guests.
many
…………………………………………………………………………………
f) We can’t put that box in the car as there isn’t much space.
little
…………………………………………………………………………………
g) I haven’t got enough time to do all my work.
too
……………………………………………………………………………….
h) I’ve got such a lot of work that I can’t go out.
so
……………………………………………………………………………….
i) She had lots of children and didn’t know what to do.
many
……………………………………………………………………………….
j) It was such a good play that the audience cheered.
so
………………………………………………………………………………
144
8. Underline the errors in these sentences. Rewrite each sentence:
a) Sorry, but I haven’t got little time.
Sorry, but I haven’t got enough time.
b) Erica is not enough old to drive a car.
………………………………………………………………………………….
c) Paul has so much friends that he’s always busy.
………………………………………………………………………………….
d) We have too few time to go sight-seeing.
………………………………………………………………………………….
e) It’s too hot that I can’t think!
…………………………………………………………………………………
f) There was too much snow that we couldn’t travel.
…………………………………………………………………………………
g) It was so a long way that we decided to drive there.
…………………………………………………………………………………
h) So that I had run a long way, I felt exhausted.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
the first sentence:
a) I’m afraid you’re not fast enough to be in the running team.
I’m afraid you’re too slow to be in the running team.
b) It’s not very far to the house, so we can walk.
We can walk…………………………………………………………………….
c) The film was so long that we missed our last bus.
It was……………………………………………………………………………
d) Tina felt unhappy and she cried.
Tina felt so………………………………………………………………………
e) Tom has lots of money, and doesn’t know what to do with it.
Tom has so………………………………………………………………………
145
f) Jim is too young to get married.
Jim isn’t…………………………………………………………………………
g) I can’t afford to buy this bike.
I haven’t got…………………………………………………………………….
h) There are too few plates I’m afraid.
There aren’t……………………………………………………………………...
II.
VOCABULARY:
GENERAL
–
THE
NATURAL
ENVIRONMENT45
a) Before we set off, we listened to the climate/weather forecast.
b) Paula saw a flash of lightning/thunder and then heard a deep boom.
c) The traffic had to slow down because of the thick fog/vapor.
d) There won’t be much rain. It’s only a short shower/stream.
e) Spring is my favorite season/term of the year.
f) Last summer was very hot, and there was a real heatwave/temperature.
g) Look at those clouds! There’s going to be a blast/storm.
h) On a hot day in summer, I look forward to the chilly/cool evening.
i) We were caught in the rain and got damp/soaked to the skin.
j) In the morning there was half a metre of ice/snow blocking the road.
2. Choose the word which best matches the description:
a) Large white water bird with a long neck.
duck/swan
b) Four legged animal with horns, good at climbing.
goat/sheep
c) Sea animal with a shell and five pairs of legs.
crab/frog
d) Insect with large beautifully colored wings.
bee/butterfly
e) Small reptile with four legs and a long tail.
lizard/snake
45
146
f) Small flying insect which drinks blood from the skin.
fly/mosquito
g) Small long-eared animal that lives in a hole.
mouse/rabbit
h) Animal with long legs and neck and orangey skin.
camel/giraffe
i) Eight-legged creature which catches insects.
bat/spider
j) Young animal which barks, often a pet.
kitten/ puppy
bark
berry
blossom
branch
leaf
root
thorn
trunk
a) Sue managed to reach the branch of a tree and climb up to the window.
b) I felt ill after I ate a red …………………………………..from a bush in the woods.
c) The wall was cracked by the ………………………of a tree growing underneath it.
d) In the autumn, every…………………….on the tree turns yellow and then falls off.
e) Lis hurt herself on a …………………………….while she was picking some roses.
f) The ……………………….of this tree can be removed and used as a kind of paper.
g) In spring all the apple trees are covered in white……………………………………
h) An oak tree has a very broad…………………………, sometimes two metres thick.
4. Choose the best ending (1-8) for each sentence (a-h):
a) In cities the air is hard to breathe because of car 6
1. waste
b) The earth’s climate is changing because of ……….
2. pollution
c) Not having enough of something is called a ……….
3. recycling
d) Air, sea and land can suffer from ……..
4. global warming.
e) Throwing things away unnecessarily is called………
5. rubbish
f) A mixture of smoke and fog is called……….
6. exhaust fumes
g) Things which we throw away are called……
7. shortage
h) To avoid wasting things we can use ………..
8. smog
147
5. Complete each sentence with a pair of verbs from the box with
opposite meanings:
clean up
cut down
destroy
let
plant
pollute
prevent
protect
recycle
throw away
a) People should be encouraged to protect the environment, rather than destroy it.
b) We should try to ……………disasters happening, not just …………..them happen.
c) Everyone should try to…………………beaches, and not…………………….them.
d) It would be a good idea to …………………more trees, not to……………….trees.
e) We can use things again if we…………………rather than …………….them away.
6. Complete each sentence with the pairs of words from the box:
country/city
farm/cottage
fence/hedge
hills/mountains
paths/tracks
stream/river
town/village
crops/weeds
a) Elderly people often move away from the city to live in the country.
b) I’ve often walked over the ………………, but I don’t like climbing ……………..
c) A boat can sail up a …………………, but a …………………………..is too small.
d) If you go for a walk, stay on the …………………… If you follow any of the
animal……………………………………………………………you might get lost.
e) Farmers try to get rid of all the ………………….and increase the quantity of
…………………………………………………………………………...they grow.
f) I come from a little…………………The nearest big …………………...is Bedford.
g) One field has a wooden……………., the other has a ……………..made of bushes.
h) In the middle of the …………………..was a lovely old……………..with a garden.
148
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS - UP46
A. Read the text about someone complaining about having to do housework. Notice
how the particle up sometimes expresses the idea of completing or totally finishing
something.
I spent all morning yesterday clearing up [making a place tidy and clean, especially
by putting things where they usually belong] my study. There were books and papers
everywhere. Then I had to sweep up [remove rubbish or dirt, usually from the floor,
using a brush] the rubbish and dead leaves on the terrace. After that I tried to tidy up
[make a room or a group of things tidy by putting things in the correct place] my
bedroom. There were dirty clothes all jumbled up [mixed together in an untidy way]
in a pile on the floor. I had to hang up [hang something, especially clothes, on a
hook] four jackets and several pairs of trousers I’d left lying on chairs. That took me
an hour. Then I discovered the washbasin was clogged up [blocked] in the bathroom,
so I had to clear that. By that time I’d used up [finished a supply of something] all my
energy and I was too tired to do anything, so I just fell asleep on the sofa.
Note how the particle up can be used for emphasis.
Eat up your vegetables, children!
Drink up your juice!
Paul’s used up all the milk.
These three sentences could be written without up, but using up emphasizes the
meaning of ‘finish it all or completely’.
B. Read this live Internet chat between Robert and Gemma.
G: Hi, Rob, are you there?
R: Hi Gemma, what’s new?
G: My sister Val showed up at last. She’s been promising to come for weeks.
R: Great:)
G: Yeah, turned up yesterday evening.
46
149
R: What’s she doing these days?
G: She’s just opened up a restaurant serving exotic food from different countries. It’s
in that shopping mall in Dunston, you know.
R: Wow! That’s original. It’ll certainly liven Dunston up a bit, it’s such a boring
place. How did she think of that?
G: Oh, she’s always full of new ideas.
R: So, what’s the set up? Is she the only person involved?
G: No, she has a business partner and they divide up the work – and the profits!
R: Sounds like fun:-)
G: Yeah, but she says it’s hard work. She spends half the day chopping up food and
cleaning the kitchen.
R: Mm. Maybe we’re better off working in office jobs….
1. Choose the best form from the chat above to fill the gaps in this email. Use a different verb in each gap and write it in the correct
form.
Hi, Gina!
How are things with you? Hope all’s well. Has your cousin…………………..(1) up
yet? We certainly need him around to ………………….(2) this place up a bit!
Besides which, I need his help in the garden. An old tree blew down last week and I
need
to
………………….(3)
up
the
branches.
When
he
eventually
……………………(4) up, let’s try out that new club that’s …………………..(5) up
in Market Street.
Love, Tanya.
2.
Choose
the
correct
word
to
complete
these
sentences.
Sometimes there is more than one possible answer.
1. Sam clogged/used/divided/showed up too much time on the first exam question and
didn’t finish the paper.
2. Guess who showed/livened/hung/turned up at midnight last night?
3. Please could you divide/turn/chop/clog up these onions for me?
150
4. Jill spent ages clearing/tidying/hanging/turning up the lounge.
5. A new supermarket is turning/showing/opening/hanging up near us next month.
6. The bath is jumbled/swept/chopped/clogged up with hair. It’s disgusting!
7. Could you hang/clear/use/sweep up the leaves on the front steps, please?
8. When the old man died, his things were chopped/divided/cleared/used up among
his children.
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS - EARTHQUAKE47
At least 5,000 people are estimated to have died and thousands of others to
have been injured in a destructive earthquake which devastated large areas of Ishmad.
This small mountainous country is prone to seismic disturbances as it lies on a
seismological fault. This tragedy proved particularly calamitous and the still
incomplete statistics speak of unprecedented damage. The high magnitude quake
measured 7.7 on the Richter scale and was the strongest this area has experienced in
more than a century. It followed a fortnight of tremors and its epicentre was some 150
miles southwest of Zento, the Ishmadic capital. Three small villages, close to the
epicentre, are said to have been completely wiped out. The quake also triggered
devastating landslides which destroyed a power station, depriving one-third of the
country of electricity. No aftershocks were reported.
At two in the morning, two strong quakes, thirty minutes apart, rocked the
capital, catching the inhabitants in their sleep and leaving homes badly damaged.
Those who did not immediately leave the affected area paid for it with their lives.
Hundreds of bodies lie buried under the ruins and the death toll mounts as rescue
workers dig into the mounds of debris to find those entombed.
With half the city reduced to rubble, most of its surviving inhabitants have
been left homeless. Hardest hit were the badly-constructed high-rise apartment blocks,
built of precast concrete slabs, which have sprung up in recent years. They were the
first to collapse on their occupants and they are now being blamed for the high death
toll as there are few which withstood the tremors. Many schools and hospitals
disintegrated as the earth heaved. Other buildings were gutted by fire from ruptured
gas pipes and a pall of smoke still hangs over the town. All the structurally-damaged
47
Educational, 2001.
151
buildings will have to be razed. It is now predicted that, even after years of
reconstructive work, Zento will never look the same again.
1. We know exactly what the number of casualties is.
2. It is not the first or the last earthquake in Ishmad.
3. 7.7 on the Richter scale is not regarded as particularly strong.
4. There had been no previous indication that a quake might be coming.
5. The quake is indirectly responsible for the lack of energy in some parts of the
country.
6. Thirty quakes were felt in the space of two hours.
7. Most of the victims were killed by collapsing buildings.
8. Those who survived still have a place to live.
9. Buildings built of concrete were strong enough not to collapse.
10. Fires were started by gas explosions.
11. Structurally damaged buildings will be reconstructed.
12. The report tells us that the capital of the country will be moved from Zento after
reconstructive work.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
affected………………..
area
calamitous………………
country
concrete…………………
damage
destructive……………….
earthquake
devastating……………….
inhabitants
high magnitude………………
landslides
homeless……………………..
quake
incomplete……………………
slabs
mountainous…………………
statistics
152
rescue………………………
tragedy
unprecedented………………….
workers
5,000 – MAGNITUDE – STRIKES – AS- QUAKE – KILLED – HIGH – ISHMAD
…………………………………………………………………………………………
- a devasta ţara: – d............... the c.....................
- a fi expus cutremurelor: – be p................. t................. q...................
- a găsi pe cineva în timpul somnului: – c................ somebody i....... his s.............
- a se afla sub dărâmături: – l................ b................ u............... the r..................
- numărul morţilor creşte mereu:– d................ t............ m.....................
- a-i lăsa pe locuitori fără acoperiş deasupra capului – l................. the i............
h...................
- a suporta undele seismice: – w................ the t.....................
- mistuit de foc: – g................ b............. f...................
153
LESSON 11
*Grammar: Contrast * Vocabulary: General – Tools and Technology * Phrasal
Verbs: OUT* Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Avalanches
***
I. GRAMMAR - CONTRAST48
*But, yet, although, though, even though:
but – more informal speech
Maria felt ill, but she went to school.
although – careful or formal speech or writing
Maria went to school although she was ill.
- can come at the beginning
Although she was ill, Maria went to school.
We can emphasize but and although with still and anyway:
Maria felt ill, but she went to school anyway.
Maria felt ill, but she still went to school.
Although she was ill, Maria went to school anyway.
We can use yet instead of but in writing
Maria felt ill, yet she went to school.
*Although often becomes though in speech. Though can come at the end of a
sentence, although cannot.
Although I asked her, she didn’t come.
(speech and writing)
Though I asked her, she didn’t come.
(speech)
I asked her, (but) she didn’t come, though. (speech)
Even though gives a stronger contrast than although:
Even though I asked her, she didn’t come. (which
was
really
surprising)
48
154
*While, whereas: While and whereas are used in formal speech and writing. They
compare two facts and emphasize the difference between them.
While United were fast and accurate, City was slow and careless.
*However, nevertheless, on the other hand: However is a way of expressing contrast
in formal speech or writing. It can go at the beginning, middle or end of the sentence,
and is separated by a comma (or a pause in speech):
Normally we don’t refund money without a receipt. However, on this
occasion I’ll do it.
Normally we don’t refund money without a receipt. On this occasion,
however, I’ll do it.
Normally we don’t refund money without a receipt. On this occasion, I’ll
do it, however.
Nevertheless is a very formal way of expressing however.
I’m not happy with your work. Nevertheless, I’m going to give you one
last chance.
on the other hand – introduces a contrasting opinion; more common in formal
speech and writing
Television has many advantages. It keeps us informed about the latest
news, and also provides entertainment in the home. On the other hand,
television has been blamed for the violent behaviour of some young
people, and for encouraging children to sit indoors, instead of taking
exercise.
*Despite and in spite of: They are followed by a noun (including the –ing form used
as a noun).
In spite of the rain, we went out. (Although it was raining, we went out).
Despite losing, we celebrated. (Although we lost, we celebrated)
Despite her illness, Maria went to school.
Despite being ill, Maria went to school.
In spite of her illness, Maria went to school.
In spite of being ill, Maria went to school.
155
a) I read the book you suggested. I didn’t enjoy it, although/however.
b) In spite of/Although we warned him, Harry still got lost.
c) Although/ However I like it here, I won’t stay here long.
d) Cars are convenient. On the other hand/Whereas, they cause pollution.
e) I didn’t have much time, but/however I managed to visit lots of places.
f) Catherine won the race, although/despite falling over.
g) Although/ In spite of the delay, the train arrived on time.
h) I didn’t manage to jump over the wall, although/yet I tried twice.
2. Complete each sentence with one suitable word:
a) Although Tim felt tired, he stayed up to finish his homework.
b) Sam didn’t like skating, ……………………he went with his friends all the same.
c) I found French hard at first. ……………………………, I soon started to enjoy it.
d) Jane kept running, ……………………………..though she knew she couldn’t win.
e) Mike was lost, but he …………………………………...refused to look at the map.
f) Carol went to see the film, …………………………………..she had seen it before.
g) ……………………………………..the rain, the school sports were a great success.
h) Helen won the swimming competition, in ………………………………of her cold.
3. Rewrite each sentence beginning as shown. Do not change the
meaning:
a) Although it was snowing, we went out for a walk.
Despite the snow, we went out for a walk.
b) Some experts think prices will fall, but others disagree.
While …………………………………………………………………………..
c) Even though they were losing at half-time, City won in the end.
Despite …………………………………………………………………………
d) Despite the heat, Diana wore her winter clothes.
Although ……………………………………………………………………….
156
e) Whereas last summer was good, this summer it’s rained all the time.
Last summer was good …………………………………………………………
f) James had a headache, but he still read until late.
In spite of ……………………………………………………………………….
g) Although Jon hadn’t studied, he did well in the test.
Jon hadn’t studied………………………………………………………………
a) I couldn’t run fast enough to catch the shoplifter.
b) They were…………............................good roads that we could drive at high speed.
c) It was……………………………………………….dark that I couldn’t see a thing.
d) The trousers were…………………………………………...long enough to fit Jean.
e) We had……......................................a good time that we decided to go there again.
f) It was…………………………………………late that we couldn’t get a bus home.
g) I took a taxi as it was…………………………………………………….far to walk.
h) The ladder wasn’t tall………………………………………….to reach the window.
i) There are…………………………...lovely fish that you don’t feel like eating meat.
j) There were……………………..…..many dishes that I couldn’t make up my mind.
5. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown. Do not change the
meaning. Two sentences should be rewritten as one:
a) Despite the cold weather, we all went for a walk.
Although it was cold, we all went for a walk.
b) John has done well in French, but not so well in Maths.
While…………………………………………………………………………..
c) I tried to persuade her. I didn’t succeed, however.
Although………………………………………………………………………
d)It was raining, but I went swimming anyway.
In spite of………………………………………………………………………
e) Ann felt ill, but insisted on going to work.
Despite…………………………………………………………………………
157
f) In spite of his early lead, Hudson lost his race.
Although………………………………………………………………………
g) I’m not going to pay, although I know that I should.
While………………………………………………………………………….
h) We expected Larry to accept the job, but he didn’t.
Even though Larry…………………………………………………………….
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGY49
a) In the UK it’s ‘mobile phone’, but in the US it’s a cell phone/ pocket phone.
b) In Britain most private cars run on gas/petrol or diesel.
c) Ann’s friends bought her an electric/electrical mixer for her birthday.
d) Peter had to push his bike when he got a flat tyre/wheel.
e) This car has got a really powerful engine/machine.
f) When the machine is on, a little red light/torch comes on.
g) The noise of the workmen banging in nails/screws was disturbing.
h) The radiators will have to be fitted by a heater/plumber.
answering machine
camera
dishwasher
mobile phone
sewing machine
a) Use this if you can’t stay in to take your calls.
photocopier
vacuum cleaner
answering machine
b) Use this to make calls when you’re out and about.
…………………..
c) Use this to do your own dressmaking.
…………………..
d) Use this to get rid of dust and dirt.
…………………..
e) Use this to take a snapshot for your album.
…………………..
f) Use this to deal with dirty cutlery and crockery.
…………………..
49
158
g) Use this if you need several pages all the same.
…………………..
3. Complete each phrase in italics with a verb from the box:
blow
break
cut
go
plug
ring
run
turn
warm
wear
a) I’m sorry I can’t talk now, but I’ll ring back in half an hour.
b) The police think that a car bomb was used to ……………………up the building.
c) These tyres are strong, and won’t ……………………………………...out for ages.
d) Jane’s old car used to …………………………………………….down all the time.
e) You can ……………………………..in the computer to the socket by the window.
f) If you don’t pay the electricity bill they will ……………………………….you off.
g) I think it’s time to ………………………………….off the television and go to bed.
h) Whenever there is a thunder storm, all the lights ……………………………….out.
i) It’s not necessary to……………………….up the engine first, although it’s so cold.
j) If you leave the radio on all night the battery will……………………………….out.
4. Complete the sentences about computers with a word from the
box:
button
cursor
hard disk
highlight
print out
memory
modem
website
icon
a) The computer stores large amount of information on its hard disk.
b) When a program is running, it is using the computer’s ……………………………..
c) A small picture that represents a program is called an ……………………………...
d) The flashing symbol that shows where text will appear in the ……………………...
e) When you’ve finished writing text you often want to ………………………………
f) You can click the left or right mouse………………………………………………...
g) Organizations use the internet to provide information about themselves- they put
the information on their……………………………………………………………...
h) You connect the computer to the internet via a ……………………………………..
159
i) Hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor across any text that you want
to …………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Replace the group word in italics in each sentence with an
example word from the box:
car
ladder
cello
electric
toothbrush
oven
frying pan
gun
saw
a) The police discovered the vehicle more than twenty miles away. – car
b) My sister bought me this gadget to clean my teeth as a present - …………………...
c) The builders left their equipment outside the house. - ………………………………
d) The cost of the kitchen includes an electrical appliance. - ………………………….
e) This kitchen utensil is lightweight and non-stick. - ………………………………….
f) I had to use a tool to cut the floorboards in half. - …………………………………..
g) One of the robbers was carrying a weapon. - ………………………………………..
h) This instrument is rather heavy to carry. - …………………………………………..
battery
handle
key
lock
plug
socket
switch
wire
a) Lisa turned the door handle, opened the door and entered the room.
b) My watch stopped working because the ………………………………..had run out.
c) The television won’t work in this room, as there isn’t an electric…………………...
d) Bill pressed the light ………………………..., but none of the lights were working.
e) To wind up this old clock you need a special kind of……………………………….
f) Mary put the key in the ………………………………………., but it wouldn’t turn.
g) I’ve bought an electric kettle, but the lead hasn’t got a ………………………..on it.
h) The electric bell didn’t work because the……………………………...had been cut.
160
7. Match each sentence with the necessary object from the box:
binoculars
compass
hairdrier
iron
lawnmower
pump
razor
scissors
thermometer
tin-opener
a) There is no air in either of these tyres. – pump
b) Do you fancy some tinned beans for lunch? - ………………………………………
c) The grass in the back garden is awfully long. - ……………………………………..
d) Sam has been letting his beard grow but now he’s going to shave - ………………..
e) When it’s long like this you need more than a towel. - ……………………………..
f) I’ve got to cut the ends off the legs of my new jeans. - …………………………….
g) Do you think I’ve got a temperature? - ……………………………………………...
h) It’s difficult to see wild animals when they’re so far away. - ……………………….
i) Jean was completely lost, and needed to know where north was. -………………….
j) You can’t go out with all those creases in your shirt. - ……………………………..
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS - OUT50
A. Out meaning ‘not in’:
Many phrasal verbs with out have an association with the basic meaning of out, i.e.
‘not in’:
phrasal verb
meaning
example
leave out sth or
not include something or For homework do exercise 8
leave sth out
someone
cut out sth or cut
remove by cutting, usually She
sth out
from paper or cloth
but leave out number 10.
cut
some
interesting
articles out of the newspaper
for us.
show out sb or
lead a visitor who is leaving Let me show you out – it’s
show sb out
to the door of a room or quite hard to find the exit from
building
50
here.
161
see out sb or see sb
go with someone to the door Don’t worry, I can see myself
out
of a room or building when out.
they are leaving
let out sb/sth or let
allow a person or animal to The door will be locked but the
sb/sth out
leave, usually by opening a receptionist will let you out.
locked or closed door
lock out sb or lock
prevent
someone
sb out
entering
a
from I forgot my keys and was
building
by locked out of my own house!
locking the door
lock yourself out
accidentally prevent
I’ve locked myself out so often
yourself from getting into a
that I’ve hidden a spare key in
building by leaving the keys
the garden now.
inside when you shut the
door
B. Out meaning ‘to the end’ or ‘completely’:
Sometimes out in phrasal verbs gives an idea of completing or doing something to the
end.
I sorted out my room on Sunday. [arranged things that were untidy]
I cleared out [made tidy by removing unwanted things] all my wardrobes and threw
away my worn out shoes [used so much that they had become damaged]
Unfortunately, I’d run out of furniture polish, so I couldn’t do any polishing, but I’ll
do that next weekend. [there was none left because it had all been used]
C. Other uses of out
He spread out the photos on the table so everyone could see them. [arranged on a flat
surface]
The band has a new album coming out next month. [available for people to buy]
Madam, would you like to try out the bike before deciding whether to buy it? [test to
find out if it works or decide whether you like it]
162
My husband’s business is so busy at the moment that I’m helping out in the office.
[helping especially by doing work or giving money]
I always feel I lost out because I never learnt a musical instrument as a child. [did not
have an advantage that others had]
1. Rewrite these sentences using phrasal verbs:
1. I’ll take you down to the exit, if you like.
2. For some reason my name was omitted from the guest list.
3. My keys are inside the car and I can’t get into it.
4. He can find his own way to the exit – there’s no need to take him there.
5. She collected pictures of her pop idol from the music magazines.
6. The security guard opened the gate so we could leave the building site.
2. Complete these sentences using phrasal verbs. Write the verbs in the correct
form.
1. I……………………….out by not learning a foreign language at school. I meet so
many people I just can’t communicate with.
2. Would you like to ……………………out my tennis racket? It’s a new model.
3. Our business at the shop is growing so fast we need someone to ………………..out
at weekends.
4. I got…………………… out yesterday. I left home without my keys and my
flatmate had gone away for the day.
5. I…………………..out a job advertisement from the paper last night and now I
don’t know where I put it.
6. Rana: Right, Miles, I’m leaving now.
Miles: I’ll come with you and ………………..you out. Our new office building is a
bit complicated.
Rana: Oh, it’s OK, I can …………………myself out.
Miles: Well, actually you can’t. They lock the street door at 6 p.m. so I’ll have to
come and ………………..you out.
163
3. Choose which sentence from a-e below best fits the gaps 1-5 in
the text.
I wanted to find out more about the history of my town for a college project. (1) So I
decided to go to the local library. I got out some books, newspapers and some old
maps which they had. (2) I decided to make a pile of things to photocopy. (3) There
was a huge amount of material, too much in fact. (4) So I hurried and just chose the
most important things to copy in the time I had left. (5) I will go back and do them
some other time.
a) So I sorted out the most important items.
b) Unfortunately, I had to leave out the very big maps.
c) I’d cut out some articles from the local paper but I needed more information.
d) Time was running out; the library closed at 4 p.m.
e) I spread them all out on a big table.
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – THE NEWS - AVALANCHES51
Eight climbers, two of them girls, were swept to their deaths yesterday when
an avalanche of ice and snow thundered down Mount Bloor. It hit the party of two
guides and six teenagers shortly after they had made a dawn start to assault the peak,
despite both adverse weather conditions and official warnings. They were swept down
the slopes from a mist-covered mountain ledge, and buried under thousands of tons of
debris.
It is not yet known what triggered this avalanche. Severe frost has delayed the
rescue operation and the teams are finding it increasingly hard to reach the disaster
site. A rescue worker is quoted as saying that there is no chance of finding any
survivors. He even doubted whether they would be able to find the bodies as three feet
of snow fell during the night. If the bad weather persists, the search for the missing
climbers will have to be abandoned until early spring when the snows begin to melt.
51
Educational, 2001.
164
Meanwhile, the authorities have requested extra snowploughs to clear the tracks and
free scores of tourists stranded in mountain villages.
Just two days ago, rescue teams at a nearby resort were alerted when a skier
strayed off the piste. When he was unable to avoid the surging wall of snow, he was
buried in the cascade. Sniffer dogs were brought in and his body, thrown 1,200 feet by
the impact, was found under a heap in a ravine. It was dug out, although near-zero
visibility made the rescue operation extremely difficult. Following this tragedy, a
warning has been issued to skiers to keep to established runs and, by no means, to
venture onto steep, unmarked slopes. In January alone, avalanches caused fourteen
deaths.
The increase in the number of avalanches is believed to be the result of the
widespread deforestation of the mountain slopes to make way for ski resorts. The
resulting serious erosion of topsoil has substantially multiplied the incidence of
avalanches and endangered skiers’ lives.
1. There were six men in the group of climbers.
2. The group had left for the peak early in the morning.
3. When they were setting out the weather was fine.
4. The avalanche is believed to have been started by the climbers.
5. It is possible that some of the climbers are still alive.
6. The search will continue provided the weather does not get worse.
7. Sometimes bodies of the victims are found months later, in spring.
8. Some mountain villages have been cut off by recent snowfalls.
9. It wasn’t the skier’s fault that he was killed.
10. The rescue operation was difficult because it was very cold.
11. Death by avalanche is not rare in that region.
12. If there were more trees on the slopes, there would be fewer avalanches.
165
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
adverse ..........................
conditions
bad
deforestations
............................
dawn ..............................
dogs
disaster ...............................
frost
mountain ............................
ledge
rescue ............................
site
severe ...........................
operation
sniffer ............................
slopes
steep ...............................
start
widespread ............................
weather
ON – AVALANCHE – SLOPES – REPORTED – MORE – THE – DEATHS
……………………………………………………………………………………..
-a fi strivit de avalanşă: b.............. s................. b.............. an a...........................
-condiţii meteorologice proaste: a................... w......................... c........................
-îngropat sub zăpadă: b.................... u................. the s..................
-acţiune de salvare: r................. o.......................
-locul tragediei: d................. s.........................
-căutarea celor care au supravieţuit: s................. f............... s.....................
-a opri căutările: a................... the s......................
-a avertiza, a da un semnal de alarmă: i................. a w......................
-în nici un caz: b................ n................... m...................
-a multiplica numărul cazurilor: m........................ the i..........................
-a ameninţa viaţa – e................... one’s l..............
166
LESSON 12
*Grammar: Relatives – who, whom, which, that, what, whose * Vocabulary:
General – Everyday Objects * Phrasal Verbs: Off* Vocabulary: Specific - The
News – Volcanic Eruptions
***
I. GRAMMAR - RELATIVES – who, whom, which, that, what,
whose52
*who(m), which, that
- join sentences to nouns – who (for people), and which (for things)
I’ve got a friend. He collects stamps >
I’ve got a friend who collects stamps.
There’s a problem. It worries me. >
There’s a problem which worries me.
Holly’s lost the watch. I bought it for her.>
Holly’s lost the watch which I bought for her.
- who, which instead of he, him, she, it. Don’t use both!
The man who lives opposite has been ill. (not “who he lives”)
This is the report which you wanted. (not “which you wanted it”)
- that – instead of “which”, “who” – in informal style
There’s a problem that you don’t understand.
I know some people that could help you.
- we normally use that, not which, after all, everything, nothing, the
only ….and superlatives
I told you everything that I know.
The only thing that matters to me is your happiness.
- whom – object for people; formal
What is the name of that nurse whom we met last week? (formal)
52
167
What’s the name of that nurse who/that we met last week? (informal)
- always used after prepositions
the woman with whom I travelled
*when, where – after words for time and place
I’ll never forget the day when I first met you. (= ‘…the day on
which…’)
Do you know a shop where I can find sandals? (= ‘…a shop at
which…’)
1. Join the sentences in the places marked*. Change he, it etc. to
who or which:
E.g.: I know a shop*. It sells good coffee.
I know a shop which sells good coffee.
Most of the people* work in London. They live in our village.
Most of the people who live in our village work in London.
1. The tomatoes* were mostly bad. You bought them.
………………………………………………………………………………..
2. The flowers* are doing well. I planted them.
……………………………………………………………………………….
3. A lot of people* want a change of government. I know them.
………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Three of the prisoners* are still on the run. They escaped last night.
……………………………………………………………………………….
5. There’s some cheese in the fridge*. It needs to be eaten.
……………………………………………………………………………….
6. I want some plates*. They can go in the microwave.
……………………………………………………………………………….
7. They haven’t got the shirt* in your size. You wanted it.
………………………………………………………………………………
8. The boy* has asked my sister out. He lives next door.
………………………………………………………………………………
168
2. Make these sentences more formal:
1. He’s one of those people that everybody likes.
………………………………………………………………………………
2. There were three boys at my school that I’ll never forget.
……………………………………………………………………………….
3. The woman that I didn’t recognise was my old dentist.
……………………………………………………………………………….
4. The man who the police arrested said that he’d never met the woman.
………………………………………………………………………………..
*leaving out relative pronouns
- we can leave out object pronouns who(m), which, that, but not usually
subject pronouns.
Where’s that letter that I saw this morning? >
Where’s that letter I saw this morning?
BUT NOT Where’s that letter that was on the table? >
Where’s that letter was on the table?
3. Is the relative pronoun the subject or object in these clauses?
E.g.: That’s the woman who lives next door. – S
Our doctor is a person whom I really respect. – O
1. He had a simple idea which changed the world. ………..
2. I’ve lost that nice ring which Bill gave me. ………..
3. It’s a book that everybody talks about and nobody reads. …..
4. Once there were three rabbits that lived near a river. ………
5. That’s the man who I wanted to see. …..
6. An orphan is a child who hasn’t got any parents. ……
7. He keeps telling you things which you already know. ……
8. They never thanked me for the money that I sent them. ……
169
4. In which three of sentences 1-6 can the relative pronouns be left
out?
E.g.: The strawberries which I bought weren’t very good. – NO which
1. The job that he got wasn’t very interesting.
2. A woman who(m) my sister knows has just bought the house next door.
3. The doctor who treated me didn’t know what he was doing.
4. I’m sorry for people who haven’t got a sense of humour.
5. Have you got anything that will clean this carpet?
6. Have you got a typewriter that I can use?
5. Join the sentences in the places marked* without using who(m),
which or that:
E.g.: You asked me to get you a paper. Here’s the paper*.
Here’s the paper you asked me to get you.
1. You recommended a film. We went to see the film*, but we didn’t think much of
it.
………………………………………………………………………………
2. My sister bought a new car last month. The car* has broken down four times
already.
……………………………………………………………………………..
3. You didn’t recognise an actor on television last night. The actor*was Jake McLean.
………………………………………………………………………………
*what = the thing(s) that’: Take what you like
What she said made me angry.
Help yourself. Take what you like.
I gave him what he needed.
170
- + singular verb
What I learnt at school was mostly useless.
- that – after anything, something, nothing, everything, all, the only thing
I’ll give you anything that you need. (NOT what you need)
Music is the only thing that interests her.
All that I could do was listen to her.
They had nothing that was useful.
6. Rewrite the words in italics, using what:
E.g.: The things that she did that morning weren’t helpful. what she did; wasn’t
1. The things that he said made everybody angry. …………………………………..
2.The date – that’s the thing that I forgot to tell them! ………………………………..
3. I’ll do anything that I like. ……………………………………………………..……
4. The things that it said in the paper were worrying. …………………………………
5.Schoolchildren should read anything that interests them.……………………………
7. Complete the definitions using what and the words in the box:
advertising
cheese
grass
gravity
happiness
imagination
money
petrol
philosophy
power
honey
E.g.: Cheese is what people make from milk.
1. ……………………………………………………………………………bees make.
2. ……………………………...........................................................................cows eat.
3. ……………………..........................................................................everybody wants.
4. …………………………………………………………………...philosophers study.
5. ………………………………………………………………………politicians want.
6. ……………………………………………………………...economists know about.
7. ………………………………………………………………....................poets need.
8. …………………………………………...makes people buy things they don’t want.
9. ………………………………………………………………………..makes cars go.
171
10. ……………………………………………………………………makes things fall.
8. Put in that or what:
1. I don’t believe anything ……………………………………………………she says.
2. …………………………………………………………………..he did shocked me.
3. The only thing ……………………………………………………I forgot was soap.
4. I don’t have time to read everything………………………………………I want to.
5. They told us…………………………………………………….we needed to know.
*whose: a girl whose beauty……….
-formal
I saw a girl. Her beauty took my breath away. >
I saw a girl whose beauty took my breath away.
He went to a meeting. He didn’t understand its purpose.>
He went to a meeting whose purpose he didn’t understand.
+ noun
9. Complete the sentences with whose. The words in the box will
help:
books
children
students
tourists
are happy
are read
learn
is enjoyed
food
houses
patients
plants
die
fall down
get lost
grow
E.g.: A good builder is one whose houses don’t fall down.
1. A good parent is one ………………………………………………………………
2. A good gardener …………………………………………………………………..
3. A good doctor ……………………………………………………………………..
4. A good writer ……………………………………………………………………...
5. A good teacher …………………………………………………………………….
6. A good tourist guide ………………………………………………………………
7. A good cook ………………………………………………………………………
172
*Prepositions in relative clauses: the girl I was talking about
- who/whom/which/that + verb + preposition
OBJECT
VERB
+
PREPOSITION
something
(that)
you can
write with
the girl
(whom)
I was
talking about
the music
(which)
we
listened to
- before their objects – very formal
something with which you can write
the girl about whom I was talking
a cup
a picture
a tap
a toy
a vase
a window
1. …………………………………………………is something that a child plays with.
2. …………………………………………………….is something water comes out of.
3. ……………………………………………………is something that you can look at.
4. …………………………………………………..is something you can look through.
5. …………………………………………………...is something that you drink out of.
6. ………………………………………………...…...is something you put flowers in.
11. Put the words in the correct order. Which description goes with
which word in the box?
teeth
coat-hanger
toothbrush
table
bed
safe
detergent
match
E.g.: bite you with things that
things that you bite with – teeth
1. in something you sleep that
…………………………………
2. on you that something put things.
…………………………………
173
3. valuables in you that put something
…………………………………
4. teeth with you that thing a your clean
…………………………………
5. on a thing hang that clothes you
…………………………………
6. with liquid dishes you wash that
…………………………………
7. can a fire start with you that something
…………………………………
*reduced relative clauses: luggage left unattended
- leave out who/which/that + is/are/was/were before participles (-ing and –ed
forms)
Do you know that man standing near the door? (= ‘….who is
standing….’)
The man accused of the killing said that he was at the cinema at the time
(= the man who was accused……’)
Letters posted before twelve noon will usually be delivered by the next
day.
12. Change the words in italics as shown in the example:
E.g.: Paper that is made from rice is sometimes used for stationery.
Paper made from rice
1. Who’s that good-looking man who is talking to Alison?
………………………………………………………………………………......
2. Luggage that is left unattended will be taken away by police.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. The driver who was sent to collect me at the airport went to the wrong terminal.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. The nurse who is looking after my aunt is very kind to her.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
5. All the rubbish that is floating in the sea is a real danger to health.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
174
13. Join the sentences without using who/which/that:
E.g.: There was a man. The man was seen running from the burning building.
There was a man seen running from the burning building.
1. I keep dreaming about a woman. The woman is standing with her back to me.
………………………………………………………………………………….
2. James says he heard a shot. The shot was fired in the street.
………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Are those your trousers? The trousers are hanging over the balcony.
………………………………………………………………………………….
4. They live in a beautiful old house. The house was built 300 years ago.
………………………………………………………………………………......
5.The Navajo create beautiful jewellery. The jewellery is made of silver and
turquoise.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
*non-identifying relative clauses: Kelly, who does my hair, …..
- some relative clauses identify – they say who or what we are talking about.
- others do not identify, because it is already clear who or what we are talking
about.
-the use of which to refer to a whole clause.
He took out the teeth which/that were causing the trouble. (which/that
= ‘the teeth’)
He took out two teeth, which was a real pity. (which = the clause ‘He
took out two teeth’)
- what cannot be used in this way
He got the job, which surprised us all. (NOT – what surprised)
14. Which relative clauses identify? Circle A or B:
E.g.:
A. The woman who/that does my hair has just had a baby.
B. Kelly, who does my hair, has just had a baby.
175
1.
A. She married a man (that/who/whom) she met on a bus.
B. She married a nice architect from Belfast, whom she met on a bus.
2. A. Have you got a book that’s really easy to read?
B. I lent him “The Old Man and the Sea”, which is really easy to read.
3. A. What did you think of the wine (that) we had last night?
B. I poured him a glass of wine, which he drank at once.
15. Change who/whom/which to that, or leave it out, if possible:
E.g: This is Peter Taylor, who works with my sister.
no change
People who don’t answer letters annoy me.
that
1. What happened to the oranges which I bought yesterday?
……………..
2.This room, which isn’t used any more, belonged to our eldest son.
……………..
3.My Uncle Sebastian, who travels a lot, has just gone off to Thailand. ………….....
4.We live in a village called Netherworld, which has 150 inhabitants.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
5. I like a film which has a beginning, a middle and an end – in that order.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
6. I’ve had a card from Sally, who used to live next door.
…………………..
7. Do you remember those awful people who we met in Corfu?
…………………..
8.We had good advice from James, whom we consulted about investments.
………………………………………………………………………………….
16. Put in which or what:
1. She cycles to work every day, …………………………………..keeps her healthy.
2. I very much liked………………………………………….you said at the meeting.
3. They gave me ………………………………………………………….I asked for.
4. The lights suddenly went out, …………………………frightened Granny terribly.
5. This is ………………………………………………………………………..I need.
176
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – EVERYDAY OBJECTS53
a) I have to do some sewing. Do you have a pin/needle?
b) You need special glue/sticker when you make model aeroplanes.
c) I always carry a carving knife/penknife in my pocket.
d) Paul keeps his papers together with a rubber band/rubber ring.
e) Sheets of paper can be fastened together with a paper clip/zipper.
f) I wrapped up the parcel using brown paper and rope/string.
g) Helen took the cutters/scissors and started trimming Mary’s hair.
h) Oh bother! One of my shirt bottoms/buttons has fallen off.
i) As David was tying his shoelace/shoestring, it broke.
j) Little Susie usually ties up her hair with a red ribbon/strip.
2. Match each sentence with the necessary object from the box:
diary
dictionary
envelope
correction fluid
notice
ruler
sharpener
stamp
file
notepad
a) It’s important to let everyone know what time the meeting starts. - notice
b) Hang on a minute, I’ll just write down those details. - ……………………………...
c) Oh dear, I’ve written my name in the wrong place. - ……………………………….
d) Write down the date of the next match so you don’t forget. - ……………………..
e) I’ve written my letter but I’ve got nothing to put it in. - ……………………… ……
f) I keep losing the sheets I wrote my homework on. - ………………………………..
g) How long is this piece of paper exactly? - ………………………………………….
h) What a nuisance! My pencil has broken. - …………………………………………
i) My letter’s ready for the post. How much will it cost? - …………………………...
j) I’m not really sure what this word means. - ………………………………………...
53
177
3. The words in italics are in the wrong sentence. Find the correct
sentence for each one:
a) You can hang your coat on the fireplace behind the door. - hook
b) It’s time for lunch. Can you put the doormat on the table? - ………………………..
c) I’ve bought a beautiful hook with long leaves for your room. - ……………………..
d) Don’t forget to pull all the rubbish from the kitchen into the broom. - ……………..
e) Cathy pulled back the plant and looked out at the street. - ………………………….
f) You can sweep the floor with the curtains in the cupboard. - ……………………….
g) My mother insists that we all wipe our feet on the tablecloth. - …………………….
h) Some logs were blazing and crackling in the dustbin. - ……………………………..
alarm
comb
gown
hanger
slippers
table
toothpaste
towel
mirror
pillow
a) My hair is an awful mess. Have you got a comb?
b) When I get up I put on my dressing……………………………...and go downstairs.
c) It’s sometimes a shock to see your face in the ………………………………………
d) Helen always sits at her dressing ……………………………...and brushes her hair.
e) When I’m in the house I take off my shoes and put on my …………………………
f) I want to clean my teeth but I can’t find any ……………………………………….
g) Every morning at 6.30 the …………………………...clock goes off and I wake up.
h) You can wash your hands here, and there’s a ……………………..behind the door.
i) I can’t get to sleep unless I have a really comfortable………………………………
j) You can put your coat in the wardrobe on a coat …………………………………..
178
street sign
hedge
pedestrian crossing
kerb
lamp post
gate
subway
pavement
a) This is a safe place to go from one side of the street to the other.
- pedestrian crossing
b) This has a light at the top in the street. - …………………………………………….
c) This is where people walk in the street. - ……………………………………………
d) This is a kind of wall made of a living plant. - ……………………………………...
e) This closes the opening in an outside wall. - ………………………………………..
f) This is a line of stones between the footpath and the road. - ……………………….
g) This helps you know where you want to go. - ………………………………………
h) This is a way of crossing under the road. - ………………………………………….
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS - OFF54
A. Leaving places:
Off sometimes combines with verbs to express the idea of something or someone
leaving a place.
example
meaning
The space shuttle will lift off at 9.00 leave the ground (of a spacecraft or aircraft)
hours.
We should head off at about six start a journey or leave a place
tomorrow.
I’ve sent off that letter you wrote to the send a letter, document, or parcel by post
newspaper.
Let’s try and slip off before the meeting leave a place quietly so that other people do
finishes and go for a drink.
54
not notice you going.
Michael McCarthy & Felicity O’Dell. English Phrasal Verbs in Use. Intermediate. CUP, 2011
179
Why did he just clear off without saying leave a place quickly (informal)
goodbye?
Clear off! This is private property.
B. Ending or changing state
Off sometimes expresses the idea of moving towards an ending or a change of state.
I’ll come and see you off at the airport tomorrow. [go to the airport in order to say
goodbye]
My cousin has sold off his share of the Internet company he started with a friend.
[sold part of a business]
After lunch Grandpa dozed off on the sofa. [gradually started to sleep, especially
during the day]
Mr. Prosser suddenly look very pale and broke off in the middle of his lecture.
[suddenly stopped speaking]
She’s so clever. She can run off a 1,000-word essay in an hour. It takes me all day!
[quickly and easily write something that is usually difficult to write]
C. Other expressions with off
What he said has put me off the idea of going to Blandville for a holiday altogether!
[made me not like something]
His description of the hotel was very off-putting. [made something sound unattractive
or unpleasant]
Maybe we should hold off and go to Paris or somewhere in the spring? [delay doing
something]
I think I’ve managed to turn him off the idea of building a model railway track in the
back garden. [make someone decide that they are not interested in
something]
She didn’t get offended by the comments; she just laughed it off. [laughed about
something unpleasant in order to make it seem less important or serious]
180
1. Complete these sentences. Write the verbs in the correct form.
1. The company is not doing very well – isn’t it time you ……………….off your
shares in it?
2. We were talking to Janice when she suddenly………………of in the middle of a
sentence and ran out of the room.
3. I thought it was very rude of him just to ………………off like that without saying
goodbye.
4. Would you like me to come and …………………you off at the station?
5. I thought I’d ………………..off fairly soon – I’ve got to get up early tomorrow, but
thank you for a lovely party.
6. I was so tired that I just …………………off in front of the television.
7. You mustn’t forget to …………………off that birthday card this afternoon.
8. A large crowd gathered to watch the rocket………………….off.
2. Replace the underlined words in these sentences with phrasal
verbs:
1. It won’t take her long to do the letters you asked her to do.
2. I often fall asleep in boring lectures.
3. Let’s try and leave quietly before the others wake up.
4. In the middle of a long speech the actor suddenly stopped and ran off the stage.
5. I’ve put all the students’ exam results in the post.
6. The school disco has given her quite negative feelings about discos in general.
7. Tell that boy in our front garden to leave at once – he’s annoying the dog.
8. Fortunately, he didn’t take the criticism of his acting seriously.
3. Answer these questions using full sentences:
1. If someone criticized your hairstyle would you laugh it off or get very upset?
2. What kind of programmes are most likely to make you doze off in front of the
television?
3. If you go on a journey on your own, who usually sees you off?
181
4. Can you run off an English essay quickly or does it take you a long time to do?
5. Why might a lecturer break off in the middle of a talk?
6. If you plan to slip off during a party, how are you intending to go?
7. If someone tells some children to ‘clear off’, how do you think that person probably
feels about the children?
8. Name something that might put you off eating your dinner.
4. Rewrite these sentences using a phrasal verb that means the
opposite of the underlined verb. Many any other necessary
changes so that the sentences make sense.
1. I’m going to meet James at the airport tomorrow.
2. I’ve just received a letter from Pauline.
3. The rocket is due to land tomorrow at noon.
4. I hope I’ve managed to interest him in the idea of redecorating the house.
5. I woke up when all the others went off to play tennis.
6. We’re planning to arrive in the early evening.
III.
VOCABULARY:
SPECIFIC
–
NEWS
-
VOLCANIC
ERUPTIONS55
There is increased danger of fresh mudflows from Mount Araramo, according
to the latest reports from Anturia. Eruptions reached a height of 2.5 miles yesterday as
the volcano entered its eleventh week of violent activity, despite vulcanologists’
predictions that it was subsiding. Mt. Araramo, dormant for three centuries, erupted
for the first time this year on June 9th with the strength of a 20-megaton hydrogen
bomb. That upheaval sent rocks and plumes of hot ash twelve miles into the air. Large
amounts of lava have already been released and molten rock is continually oozing out
of cracks in the ground. Large pieces of floating pumice were found on the surface of
55
Educational, 2001.
182
the ocean 150 miles south of Mt. Araramo indicating a simultaneous underwater
explosion.
Thousands of trees snapped like twigs seconds after the initial blast.
Superheated gases melted ice and snow on the upper parts of the mountain which
resulted in an avalanche of boiling water and mud. Dust reached as far as 4,000 miles,
lengthening the glow of sunsets by almost two hours. Massive amounts of CO2
released into the atmosphere are believed to be adding substantially to the greenhouse
effect already threatening our planet.
One hundred people are said to have perished in various volcano-related
incidents. Some were killed by poisonous gases, others were buried alive by twelve
feet of volcanic ash, or hit by falling rocks. Forty thousand villagers have already fled
the area as heavy rains threaten to send more mud and debris further down the
mountain slopes. Several hundred cattle were killed and 100,000 acres of crops
destroyed. The damage is estimated to be in excess of two hundred million Anturian
dollars.
The world experiences an average of thirty major eruptions each year from
more than six hundred active volcanoes. Others, though believed to be extinct because
of centuries of dormancy, may be only waiting to thunder back to life.
1. Mount Araramo, in Anturia, is still active.
2. Vulcanologists had expected the volcano to continue to erupt for a much longer
period.
3. The last time it erupted was three hundred years ago.
4. The pumice found floating on the ocean’s surface came from Mt. Araramo.
5. Mt. Araramo is wooded and was covered by snow at the time of the eruption.
6. The effects of the eruption could be seen thousands of miles away.
7. Volcanic eruptions are responsible for the greenhouse effect.
8. One hundred people were killed by falling rocks.
9. What the villagers fear are mudflows rather than other eruption-related dangers.
10. An active volcano is one that has major eruptions.
11. If a volcano is extinct, it means that it will never erupt again.
183
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
active.........
activity
boiling.........
amounts
floating.........
ash
heavy.........
blast
hot...........
explosion
initial..........
gases
large..........
pumice
molten........
rains
superheated.........
rock
underwater............
volcanoes
violent.............
water
TO – MT. ARARAMO – MORE – ACTIVITY – BRING – FROM – VOLCANIC –
DESTRUCTION – STILL
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
-potrivit relatărilor recente: -a.................. t................. l.................... r.......................
-a atinge înălţimea: -r.................... a h......................
-activitate vulcanică violentă: -v..................... v.................... a......................
-a exploda cu forţa unei bombe: -e................... w................... a s........................
o....................... a b............................
-a contribui în mod considerabil: -a......................... s...........................
-îngropat de viu: -b..................... a...........................
-a părăsi în grabă zona: -f................... the a..........................
184
-pagube care depăşesc valoarea x: -d.................. is i..................... e...................... of
x
-secole de inactivitate: -c.................... o.............. d......................
185
LESSON 13
*Grammar: Questions (1)* Vocabulary: General – Travel and Holidays* Phrasal
Verbs: On and In* Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Gas Poisoning
***
I. GRAMMAR - QUESTIONS56
- in questions, we normally put an auxiliary verb before the subject.
Have you seen Isabel?
Why are those men laughing?
When can I pay?
- if there is no auxiliary verb, we use do.
What does ‘gaunt’ mean?
- we do not use do with other auxiliaries or with be.
Can you tell me the time?
- after do, we use the infinitive without to.
What does she want?
Did you go out last night?
1. Correct the mistakes:
E.g.: How you pronounce ‘write’?
do you
1. She is happy?
...........................
2. What he thinks?
………………...
3. Did you saw Max?
………………...
4. Where can I to sit down?
………………...
5. When the bus leaves?
………………...
6. Do you can speak Arabic?
…………………
7. What means ‘vast’?
…………………
56
186
8. Where you went?
…………………
9. Why she is crying?
…………………
10. What I must to do now?
…………………
- we only put an auxiliary verb before the subject, not the whole verb.
Is your father coming tonight?
Where are the President and his family staying?
2. Make questions:
E.g.: The 7.30 train for London leaves from platform 2.
Does the 7.30 train for London leave from platform 2?
1. Jane and her mother will be staying in Ireland.
Will……………………………………………………………………………...
2. John and Susan want to play golf on Saturday.
Do……………………………………………………………………………….
3. The Sunday newspapers have arrived.
Have…………………………………………………………………………….
4. The secretary from the accounts office has telephoned.
Has………………………………………………………………………………
5. The big man with the grey beard said something.
What……………………………………………………………………………
- note that do may come twice in questions: as an auxiliary verb and as a main
verb.
What does your father do?
What did you do at university?
- common question expressions before nouns: what colour, what size, what
make of, what sort/kind/type of
What colour eyes has she got? = What colour are her eyes?
What size shoes do you wear?
What make of car did you buy?
187
What sort of music do you like?
What time does the train get in – NOT at what time
3. Complete the questions with a suitable expression:
E.g.: What colour curtains shall we have in the kitchen?
1. …………………………………………………………………...jeans do you wear?
2. ………………………………………………………………..hair has the baby got?
3. …………………………………………………………………..books do you read?
4. ………………………………………………….mountain bike do you recommend?
5. …………………………………………………………………….food do you like?
- note the difference between how? and what….like?
#we use how? mostly to ask about things that change – moods, health,
work
#we use what….like? mostly to ask about things that don’t change –
people’s character and appearance
‘How’s Joe?’ ‘He’s very well.’
‘What’s Joe like?’ ‘Tall, good-looking, a bit shy’.
‘How does she seem today?’ ‘Much happier’.
‘What does your sister look like?’ ‘Short, dark and cheerfullooking.’
4. Make questions with how? or what….like?:
E.g.: (your flat) What’s your flat like?
‘Small and comfortable’.
1. (the new teacher)…………………………………………………..‘Not much good.’
2. (your mother?) ………………………………………………………..‘Fine, thanks.’
3. (work going?) ……………………………………….‘Not very well at the moment.’
4. (business?) ………………………………………………………………...‘Terrible.’
5. (Anne’s boyfriend?)………………………………………………….‘Not very nice.’
188
6. (school?)……………………………………………...………….‘Much better now.’
7. (Manchester?)
………………………………………….. ‘An interesting place.’
8. (things at home?) …………………………….................................‘Ok, I suppose.’
9. (your village)
……………………………………………………..‘Very quiet.’
10. (the neighbours) ……………………………………………….…‘A bit strange.’
- Yes/no questions
-asking for information
Are you ready? – Yes, nearly. / No, not quite.
Has anyone seen my bag? – Yes, it’s on the chair./ No, I don’t
think so.
- other uses
Shall we eat out tonight? – making a suggestion
Can/Could you write the address down for me, please? –
requesting
Can I carry something for you? – No, it’s OK, thanks – offering
Would you like to come to a party? – Yes, I’d love to. –
inviting
May I use your phone? – Yes, of course. – asking permission
5. Write down the use of each question. Choose from these uses:
asking for information (x3), asking permission, inviting, making a suggestion,
offering, requesting (x2)
E.g.: Could you post this letter for me?
requesting
Can we get a number 35 bus from this stop?
asking for information
1. Can I help you with those bags?
………………………..
2. Shall we stop for a rest?
………………………..
3. Is it Tuesday today?
………………………..
4. Could you wait a moment, please?
………………………..
5. Would you like to have tea with us?
………………………..
189
6. Will your friend be here next weekend?
………………………..
7. May I sit down?
………………………..
6. What would you say in these situations?
E.g.: You want to know if Mark has been to Los Angeles. Ask Sarah.
Has Mark been to Los Angeles?
1. You aren’t sure if Rachel and Vicky are going to America. Ask them.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2. You want to know if Laura plays tennis. Ask Trevor.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. You are wondering if Claire enjoyed her holiday. Ask her.
………………………………………………………………………………….
4. You want to suggest to Rachel that you both go for a walk.
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. You need to know if David will be at the club tonight. Ask him.
………………………………………………………………………………….
- short answers – Yes, it is./ No, it isn’t.
QUESTION
SHORT ANSWER
Auxiliary
Pronoun
Auxiliary
Are
you working tomorrow?
Yes,
I
am
Has
Emma got a computer?
Yes,
she
has
Will
I need my passport?
Yes,
you
will
Did
they repair your phone?
Yes,
they
did
QUESTION
SHORT ANSWER
Auxiliary
Pronoun
Auxiliary
the photocopier working now?
No,
it
isn’t
Have
the children gone to sleep?
No,
they
haven’t
Will
there be food at the party?
No,
there
won’t.
Is
190
Does
this train stop at Derby?
No,
it
doesn’t
- to answer a request, suggestion, etc, we normally use a phrase
like ‘Yes, of course’ or ‘Yes, please’ rather than a short answer. If we answer in the
negative, we have to give some explanation
Request:
Could you help me move these chairs, please?
Yes, of course.
I’m afraid I’m rather busy.
Suggestion:
Shall we have a coffee?
Yes, OK.
Sorry, I can’t. I have to go.
Offer:
Can I give you a hand?
Yes, please. That’s very kind of you.
It’s OK, thanks. I can manage.
Invitation:
Would you like to come to the barbecue?
Yes, please. I’d love to.
I’d love to, but I’ll be away.
7. Which would normally be the best answer?
E.g.: Are you busy today? a) Yes, busy./ b) Yes, I am.
1. Is it too hot in here for you? a) No, it isn’t./ b) No, I’m fine, thanks.
2. Do you know Emma? a) Yes./ b) Yes, we live in the same building.
3. Tell me, did you steal my money? a) No./ b) No, I didn’t steal your money.
4. Do you live on the campus? a) Yes, I do./ b) Yes, I live on it.
5. Would you like to come out with us for the day? a) Yes, I would like./ b)Yes,
please.
6. Is it the eighteenth today? a) Yes, it is./ b) Yes, it is the eighteenth of November
today.
7. Did you bring my CD? a) No./ b) No, sorry. I forgot it.
8. Can I carry your bags? a) No, you can’t./ b) It’s all right, thanks.
191
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – TRAVEL AND HOLIDAYS57
1. Decide which answer best fits each space:
Holidays
Most people enjoy going (1) out/forward/abroad/foreign for their holidays, and
having the opportunity to (2) remain/pass/spend/stay in an interesting city or a seaside
(3) resort/post/too/one. If you speak (4) strange/stranger/foreigner/foreign languages,
you can make new friends, and (5) fetch/take/go/get home some interesting (6)
memories/souvenirs/memoirs/recollections as presents. But before you can do that,
you have to (7) reach/arrive/go/travel your destination, and that is often a problem! If
you fly, then you may find that your flight has been (8) waited/reversed/
delayed/booked. (9) Journeys/Travels/Voyages/Passes by train can also be difficult,
since trains are often (10) filling/occupied/overdone/crowded in the summer, and you
might have to reserve a (11) post/chair/seat/position in advance. Whichever way you
(12)
voyage/travel/trip/tour,
you
can
have
problems
with
your
(13)
baggages/luggage/goods/sacks, and it is often difficult to find good (14)
staying/homes/lodges/accommodation. Apart from this, you might not be able to
afford the (15) fare/fair/far/fur.
2. Complete each sentence with a word from the box. Use each
word once only:
after
down
for
off
in
out
up
a) The car broke down in the mountains, and we couldn’t find a garage.
b) James had to set…………………………………….at dawn to catch the early train.
c) Sue’s bike passed me, and I had to ride fast to catch………………………with her.
d) I arrived at the airport, checked ……………………….., and then had some coffee.
e) We were heading …………………....Paris, but we were not in a hurry to get there.
f) Jill ran ………………………………..of money after a week, and had to go home.
g) Our next-door neighbours looked …………………...our dog while we were away.
57
192
bold:
a) They told me to ask at the information desk.
inform
b) The plane gathered speed as it roared along the ……………
run
c) The ……………………of our plane has been delayed.
depart
d) The plane made a bumpy ………………….and I felt ill.
land
e) The clerk asked me if I had made a ………………….
reserve
f) I got a seat because of another passenger’s …………………
cancel
g) We arrived late at the ………………, and missed the plane.
air
h) We fastened our seatbelts and prepared for ………………..
take
4. Complete each part sentence (a-j) with one of the endings (1-10)
and make a compound word:
a) I sent my friend a post ……
1. suit with you to the beach.
7
b) I fastened my seat………….
2. table turned out to be wrong.
c) We stayed on a small camp ………..
3. belt, and waited for takeoff.
d) I always forget my guide…………..
4. port, you must tell the police.
e)Don’t
forget
to
take
your
swim 5. hiking can be dangerous.
………….
f) If you lose your pass……….
6. side when I was little
g) We stayed in a quiet guest……….
7. card of the town where I stayed.
h) The train time…………..
8. book when I visit old cities.
i) I used to like going to the sea……….
9. house down the river.
j)Nowadays I’m afraid that hitch………
10. site just outside the town.
a) In Greece we visited several ancient/antique temples.
b) Whenever Lucy travels by boat she feels seasick/dizzy.
c) Holidays in the mountains are always more relaxed/relaxing.
193
d) We always eat the local/topical food when we’re abroad.
e) On my summer holidays I like getting suntanned/sunburnt.
f) It may not be easy to find accommodation at reasonable/logical prices.
g) After cycling all day, Bill was completely exhausted/tired.
h) The owner of the hotel gave us a hospitable/warm welcome.
i) Jack likes spending most of his holiday in the open/plain air.
6. The words in italics are in the wrong sentences. Find the correct
sentence for each one:
a) We spent two weeks in a lovely seaside station.
resort
b) Jim stayed the night in a small bed and hostel.
……………
c) Karen was exhausted after her fifteen-mile holiday.
……………
d) Martin and Carol had a great time on their camping cards.
……………
e) As it was cheaper, I bought a return stop.
…………....
f) We managed to find some petrol at a remote filling village.
……………
g) The bus made an overnight breakfast in a town near the border.
……………
h) The family rented a cottage in a country walk for the summer.
……………
i) If you’re a student, you can save money by staying in a youth ticket.
……………
j)David never carried
cash on holiday.
He always takes credit resort
.………………………………………………………………………………............
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS – ON AND IN58
A. ON
*On in phrasal verbs sometimes has a clear link with the basic physical meaning of
on.
Never buy shoes without trying them on! [putting a piece of clothing to see whether it
fits and whether you like it]
58
194
Ray: Do you think Dan’s really feeling better or is he just putting on a brave face?
[pretending to have a particular feeling or behave in a way that is not real or
natural for you]
Joe: No, I think he’s fine now. I don’t think his cheerfulness is put-on. [pretend or not
genuine]
Sam: I’ve got something weighing on my mind at the moment. Could you give me
some advice? [worrying, upsetting]
Deb: No problem. Tell me all about it and I’ll do what I can.
*On is also used with verbs where there is an idea of dependence.
You can always rely/depend/count on Jim! [be confident that someone will help
you]
*On in phrasal verbs also often contains an idea of further.
Just because you’ve failed one driving test, you mustn’t stop having lessons. You
must keep on trying. [continue to do something]
When you’ve finished with the magazine, just pass it on to someone else [give]
B. IN
phrasal verb
meaning
example
call in
visit a place or person for a Please call in and see us when
short time, usually when you you are next in town.
are going somewhere else
take sth in or make a piece of clothing This skirt is too big for me now –
take in sth
narrower
I’ll have to take it in
rub sth in or put a substance on the surface Rub the cream in gently with the
rub in sth
of something and rub it so that tips of your fingers.
it goes into the surface
lock sb in or prevent someone from leaving Make sure you leave the office
195
lock in sb
a room or building by locking by 6.30 p.m. or you’ll be locked
the doors
in.
push in
rudely join a line of people It’s so annoying when people
(informal)
who are waiting by going in push in at the bus stop.
front of some of the people
who are already there
start to be believed (used about Be patient with Jenny – it’ll take
sink in
something
unpleasant
or a long time for the terrible news
surprising, which usually has to sink in.
implications)
1. Rewrite the underlined parts of these sentences using phrasal
verbs:
1. I read the gardening article you gave me then gave it to a friend who’s also
interested in plants.
2. Do you think she’s really angry, or do you think she’s just pretending?
3. He looks very pale and tired. Something is clearly worrying him.
4. It’s a lovely jacket. See if it fits you and how it looks on you.
5. I’m not going to stop working until I’ve finished this report.
6. You can be sure that Brian will be there when you need him.
2. Look at these remarks by different people and the read the
statements 1-5 below. If the statement is true, tick (v) the box. If the
statement is false, put a cross (x) in the box and explain why it is
false:
Richard: I was working late and didn’t realise it was 8 p.m. The main door out of the
office had been closed for the night and I had no key.
Louise: I’ve got some mosquito bites. Have you got any cream that’ll stop them
itching?
Alice: My new skirt was far too loose so I reduced the waistband by three centimetres.
196
Bob: I’ve always been able to ask my parents to help me when I have had financial
problems.
Anwar: Oscar seems to be not answering his phone. I’ll tell him the news when I see
him tomorrow.
Jan: I’ve got a lot of problems which are worrying me at the moment.
1. Anwar has decided to keep on phoning Oscar.
………………….
2. Alice decided not to take her skirt in.
………………….
3. Jan has a number of things weighing on her mind.
………………….
4. Louise wants to rub in some cream.
………………….
5. Bob can’t really count on his parents’ support.
…………………..
6. Richard got locked in.
………………….
3. Correct the mistakes in these sentences. There is one mistake in
each sentence:
1. Hey, that man just pushed on – that taxi should have been ours!
2. Mary’s bad news has been weighing my mind on all day.
3. I need time for to sink in the news.
4. I couldn’t leave the room because someone had locked me out.
5. Phrasal verbs may seem hard but you must keep upon trying.
6. You’ll never guess who called at the office in today!
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS – GAS POISONING59
A geological explosion cracked the bottom of a volcanic lake in a remote
region of northern Arehon two days ago, releasing a cloud of toxic gas that is
estimated to have killed at least 1,200 people. The casualty figures are incomplete and
the death toll may be much higher. The gas is believed to have escaped at night. The
wind blew the toxic fumes over villages scattered on the hillside, and caught people in
their sleep, in several cases wiping out whole families. The cloud, a mixture of
59
Educational, 2001.
197
unspecified lethal gases of volcanic origin, was apparently trapped in the sediment at
the bottom of the lake and might have been released by a small tremor. It then rose to
the surface and exploded. Although the gas is said to have dispersed by now, many
residents have fled the area, fearing for their lives.
A relief operation is now under way. Hundreds of people injured by the fumes
are being treated in hospitals, which are ill-equipped to deal with the blistered and
paralyzed survivors. The site has been isolated and army teams are searching the foursquare-mile disaster area for more victims. As the temperature soars, the soldiers have
been instructed to bury the dead immediately in mass graves so as to head off the
threat of epidemics. A stench of decay hangs in the air while the decomposing animal
bodies have already contaminated the water supply, endangering the lives of those
who refused to be evacuated.
The disaster reportedly caused unprecedented emotion among the tragedystricken population and the evacuees were offered all that was available. The
President has called for international assistance to cope with the catastrophe. Several
countries have already responded to the call and offered to fly in help, donations and
supplies during the emergency. Doctors in many countries are on standby ready to fly
to Arehon at three hours’ notice. An air-strip has been improvised to facilitate the
relief operation.
1. The gas was volcanic in origin.
2. It was released as a result of a volcanic eruption.
3. People did not realize what was going on.
4. The mixture consisted of carbon monoxide and hydrogen sulphide.
5. Most of the survivors had left the area in panic.
6. One can still smell the deadly gas in the air.
7. Those who were injured by the fumes have found expert help in local hospitals.
8. There was no time to bury the bodies separately.
9. There was no drinking water.
10.The inhabitants of Arehon have shown their generosity towards the victims of the
calamity.
198
11.Doctors from other countries have already arrived in Arehon to assist their
colleagues in the hospitals.
12.There was no airport in the affected region.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
blistered ………………..
explosion
casualty ………………….
figures
death …………………..
fumes
geological …………………
gases
lethal ………………………
graves
mass …………………….
lake
relief ………………………
region
remote ……………………..
operation
scattered ………………………
survivors
toxic …………………………
toll
volcanic ……………………..
villages
PEOPLE – KILL – DEADLY – MYSTERY – IN – 1,200 – FUMES – DRAMA
………………………………………………………………………………………..
-a elibera un nor de gaz: - r…………….. a c……………….
o…………..
g…………..
- cifrele sunt incomplete: - f……………. are i…………………
- a-i surprinde pe oameni în timpul somnului: - c……………. p……………… i……
their s………………
- gaz de origine vulcanică: - g………… of v……………. o……………….
199
-acţiunea de salvare este în toi: - the r……………
o………….. is u………….
w……….
- a-i trata pe cei care au suferit leziuni: - t…………… the i………………..
- a izola locul accidentului: - i……………… the d……………. s…………………..
-a înlătura pericolul epidemiei: - h…………. o………… the t……………
of
e………..
-a
solicita
ajutor
international:
-
c…………..
f…………….
i………….
a………………
- populaţia afectată de nenorocire: - t…………. –s……………. p……………..
- la trei ore de la notificare: - a three h………….. n…………….
- a facilita acţiunea de salvare: - f…………… a r…………… o…………..
200
LESSON 14
*Grammar: Questions (2) * Vocabulary: General – Work and Employment *
Phrasal Verbs: Down and Over* Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Surrogate
Motherhood
***
I. GRAMMAR – QUESTIONS (2)60
*Wh – questions
- question word + auxiliary verb + subject
QUESTION WORD AUXILIARY
SUBJECT
VERB
What
is
Kitty
doing?
Where
have
you
put the map?
When
can
we
travel safely?
QUESTION WORD AUXILIARY
SUBJECT
VERB
Where
do
people
meet?
How
does
the radio
work?
What
did
the guerrillas
say?
- question phrases – what, how
What time is your friend arriving? - Half past eight.
What kind of/ What sort of club is it? – A nightclub.
How often do you go out? – About once a week, usually.
How long will the meeting last? – An hour or so, I expect.
How much money did you spend? – About a hundred pounds.
What colour is your toothbrush? – Yellow.
How old is your sister? – She’s twenty.
How far is the beach? – Only five minutes’ walk.
How many televisions have you got? – Three.
60
John Eastwood. Oxford Practice Grammar. OUP, 2011.
201
E.g.: You are talking to a man at a party. Ask him where he works.
Where do you work?
1. You want to know what the date is today. Ask your friend.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. You’ve forgotten when the course finishes. Ask your friend.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Your friend is having a party. You’d like to know who he has invited. Ask him.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Your favourite band are going to give a concert. Ask how you can get tickets.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. You are in town with a friend, and you are wondering where the two of you are
going to have lunch. What do you ask?
……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Guy is interviewing a guest on his chat show. It’s the actress
Melissa Livingstone, who is in the TV soap opera ‘Round the Corner’.
Put in Guy’s questions:
Guy:
How often do you record ‘Round the Corner’?
Melissa:
Oh, we record it every day. It’s a full-time job, you know.
1. Guy:
Melissa:
2. Guy:
Melissa:
And …………………………………………………………it?
In Birmingham, at the BBC studios.
…………………………………………………………………
How many? Well, let me see, I think we’ve done a thousand
programmes.
3. Guy:
Melissa:
…………………………………………………………………..
I’m not going to tell you. How much money I earn is my
business.
202
4. Guy:
Melissa:
5. Guy:
Melissa:
OK, I’m sorry. ………………………………………………….
Oh, a long time ago. I started acting when I was twelve.
…………………………………………………………………...
My plans for the future? I just want to go on with ‘Round the
Corner’.
- subject/object questions – who, what
SUBJECT
OBJECT
Who rang you?
Who did you ring?
(Someone rang you.)
(You rang someone.)
Who is helping you?
Who are you helping?
(Someone is helping you.)
(You are helping someone.)
What will happen next?
What will they do next?
(Something will happen next.)
(They will do something next.)
Who was talking to you?
Who were you talking to?
(Someone was talking to you.)
(You were talking to someone.)
What wine goes with fish?
What does this colour go with?
(Some wine goes with fish.)
(This colour goes with something.)
- subject/object questions – which, whose, how many, how much
SUBJECT
OBJECT
Which program will work best?
Which program will you use?
(One of the programs will work best.)
(You will use one of the programs.)
Whose dog is barking over there?
Whose dog is Melanie walking?
(Someone’s dog is barking over there.)
(Melanie is walking someone’s dog.)
How many people came past?
How many people did you see?
(Some people came past.)
(You saw some people.)
How much oil got into the river?
How much oil did you buy?
(Some oil got into the river.)
(You bought some oil.)
203
3. Read about the situations and answer each question in a single
phrase:
E.g.: The morning after his party, Tom was cleaning up. David came along and took
away some empty bottles for him. Nick had just woken up after spending the night on
Tom’s sofa. He watched them for a while.
a) Who helped Tom? – David
b) Who did Nick help? - No one.
1. Nick wants to marry Rita. She’s been out with him a few times, but really she’s in
love with Tom. Unfortunately he isn’t in love with her.
a) Who is Nick in love with? - ……………
b) Who is in love with Tom? - ………………..
2. Mark met Sarah at the airport. The plane was two hours late. On the way out they
passed Mike standing at a bus stop, but they didn’t notice him.
a) Who met Sarah? - ……………
b) What was Mike waiting for? - ……………..
3. There was an accident at the crossroads. A lorry crashed into a van that was waiting
at the lights. The van slid forward and crashed into a car. The van driver had to go to
hospital.
a) What hit the van? - ……………
b) What did the van hit? - …………………
4. Harriet is visiting her grandmother, Mrs Evans. It’s Mrs Evans’s
birthday. She can’t hear very well, and she sometimes gets
confused. Complete her questions:
Harriet:
Mrs Evans:
So ten people have sent cards.
Pardon? How many people have sent
cards?
I met David’s friends yesterday.
What? Whose friend did you meet?
204
1. You can keep those photos.
Photos? Which…………………………..
2. Those flowers look lovely.
Do they? Which………………………….
3. Fifty pounds went missing.
Missing? How much……………………..
4. I passed Mark’s house earlier.
Pardon? Whose ………………………….
5. The doctor has four children.
Really? How many………………………
6. Doctors earn lots of money.
I don’t know. How much………………..
7. Mike’s uncle has died.
What’s that? Whose……………………..
8. Trevor’s wife is coming later.
Oh? Whose………………………………
5. Choose the correct form61:
E.g.: Who works/does work in that office?
What means catalyst?/ does catalyst mean?
1. What caused/did cause the explosion?
2. How many people came/did come to the party?
3. What sort of music helps/does help you to relax?
4. What mean you/do you mean?
5. Who told/did tell you?
6. What happened/did happen to your arm?
7. Which car costs/does cost more?
8. What colours suit/do suit your best?
9. What says the letter/does the letter say?
6. Make questions. Ask about the words in italics:
E.g.: a) Sam loves computers.
b) Sam loves computers.
a) Who loves computers?
b) What does Sam love?
1. (a) Alice broke her arm.
(b) Alice broke her arm.
……………………………...
…………………………………
2. (a) Paul found a necklace.
(b) Paul found a necklace.
……………………………
…………………………………
61
205
3. (a) The bomb destroyed a school.
(b) The bomb destroyed a school.
……………………………..
………………………………..
4. (a) Fred lost the map.
(b) Fred lost the map.
…………………………….
…………………………………..
5. (a) Julie teaches Japanese.
(b) Julie teaches Japanese.
…………………………….
…………………………………..
- prepositions in questions – what + for/about62
What are you looking for?
(You are looking for something)
What are you worrying about?
(You are worrying about something)
- in the same place as in a statement: looking for, worrying
about; in more formal English – the preposition – before the question word
In which warehouse were the goods stored? (more formal)
Which warehouse were the goods stored in?
- in formal English – preposition + whom
From whom did you obtain the information? (formal)
Who did you obtain the information from?
Who are we waiting for? – Rachel.
What’s Nick laughing at? – Oh, one of Tom’s jokes.
Where are you from?/ Where do you come from? – Sydney.
What kind of holiday are you interested in? – A package holiday.
Who did you go out with last night? – Just a friend.
- what….for, what….like
- purpose - what….for
What did you buy this computer magazine for?
To read about business software.
What are these bricks for?
We’re going to build a wall.
62
206
What are they digging the road up for?
They’re repairing a gas pipe.
= Why
- something is good/bad/interesting/boring - what….like
What was the party like?
Oh, we had a great time.
What’ s the place like where you live?
It’s pretty quiet.
- look like
What does your friend look like?
She’s very tall and blond.
- someone’s well-being - how
How are you?
I’m OK, thanks. And you?
How are you getting on in your new job?
I’m really enjoying it.
- compare:
How’s Melanie?
Oh, she’s fine, thanks. (She is happy/ in good health.)
What’ s Melanie like?
She’s very nice. (She’s a nice person.)
7. Put in the question. Use what and put the preposition in brackets
at the end:
Melanie:
Tom is smiling. He’s pleased. (about)
David:
Yes, he is. What is he pleased about?
207
Laura:
I’m busy today. I’m getting ready. (for)
Trevor:
What are you getting ready for?
1. Jessica:
I’ve done something awful. I’m ashamed. (of)
Andrew:
2. Trevor:
Ilona:
3. Sarah:
Claire:
4. Matthew:
Daniel:
5. Vicky:
Rachel:
8.
Trevor
…………………………………………………………………………..
Haven’t you heard of Kitty Beamish? She’s famous. (for)
No, I haven’t. ………………………………………………………….
Mark is annoyed. He’s going to complain. (about)
…………………………………………………………………………..
Emma’s in a hurry. She’s going to be late. (for)
…………………………………………………………………………..
I don’t feel very relaxed. I feel nervous. (about)
…………………………………………………………………………..
has
just
come
home
from
work.
Complete
the
conversation. Put in for, how, like, what:
Trevor: Hello, my love. How are you?
Laura: Hello. I’m all right, but I’m in a bit of a rush getting ready for the barbecue.
Trevor: Er, I forgot to tell you that I invited two more people.
Laura: (1)…………………are you telling me now (2)…………..? I’ve bought all the
food. I just hope there’s enough. Anyway, who are these people?
(3)…………….are they (4)……………….?
Trevor: They’re friends of Harriet’s. They’re very nice people. And after all,
(5)……………are parties (6)…………….? To meet new people.
Laura: It isn’t a party, it’s a barbecue. (7)……………..’s the weather going to be
(8)……………?
Trevor: The forecast said it’s going to be perfect. Warm and dry.
Laura: Good. And (9) ……………was your day?
Trevor: Oh, not too bad. Busy as usual.
208
9. Complete the conversation with two-word questions63:
E.g.: ‘I’m writing a poem.’ ‘What about?’ ‘Lost love’
1. ‘I’ve had a strange letter.’ …………………………………. ‘My American friend’.
2. ‘I’ve bought some chocolates.’ ……………………………………………... ‘You’.
3. ‘We’re thinking of moving.’ ……………………………………………... ‘Ireland’.
4. ‘Joanne’s in love again.’ …………………………………………… ‘A policeman’.
5. ‘Carola’ s got engaged.’…………………………………… ‘To my cousin Robert.’
- who, what, which64
+ noun:
What sport do you play?
What books do you read?
(wide choice of possible answers = lots of different sports)
Which way do we go here?
Which finger did you break?
(limited nr of possible answers = only two or three ways)
+ possible answers
Which café did you go to, Snoopy’s, the Coffee Pot or the Tea
Gardens?
Which phone shall I use, this one or the one in the office?
+both possible
What day/ Which day is your evening class?
What platform/ Which platform does the train go from?
What train/ Which train will you catch?
What part/ Which part of Italy are you from?
63
64
209
- without a noun
Who sent the fax?
What do you think of our plan?
Which is quicker, the bus or the train?
- before a noun
Which secretary sent the fax?
+ one, ones, of
You can have a photo. Which one would you like?
You can have some of the photos. Which ones…..?
Which of these photos would you like?
Which of the secretaries?
-who = person
Who did you see? (a person)
- what = thing; person = before a noun
What did you see? (a thing)
What doctor/ What film did you see?
-which = person or thing
Which doctor/ film did you see?
10. The questions you are asking have a number of possible
answers. If the list of answers is incomplete, ask a question with
what. If the list is complete, use which:
E.g.: (Do you play the piano, or the violin, or the guitar, or…..?)
What musical instrument do you play?
(Did you go to the Little Theatre or the Theatre Royal?)
Which theatre did you go to?
210
1. (Did you take the morning flight or the afternoon flight?)
…………………………………………………………………………………
2. (Did you stay at the Grand Hotel or the Bristol?)
…………………………………………………………………………………
3. (Do you like classical music, or jazz, or rock music, or…..?)
…………………………………………………………………………………
4. (Did you buy ‘Time’ magazine, or ‘Newsweek’, or a computer magazine, or….?)
…………………………………………………………………………………
5. (Do you work for EuroChemicals, or ICM, or SenCo, or…..?)
…………………………………………………………………………………
6. (Are you learning English, or Spanish, or Arabic, or Japanese, or….?)
…………………………………………………………………………………
11. Rita is moving into a new flat. Trevor has come to see the flat
and help her move in. Complete his questions. Put in what or which:
E.g.:
Trevor: What number is this building?
Rita: Forty-two.
1. Trevor: I didn’t realize there were only three floors. ……………….floor is your
flat on?
Rita: The first floor.
2. Trevor: It’s a very nice flat. ……………………….room will be your living-room?
Rita: This one here, I thought.
3. Trevor:……………………………………………..colour are you going to paint it?
Rita: Oh, I don’t know yet.
4. Trevor:…………………….time is your furniture arriving?
Rita: Three o’clock, they said.
5. Trevor: I’ll need some petrol. …………………..way is the nearest petrol station?
Rita: Turn left at the end of the street.
211
12. Detectives Wilson and Taylor are looking into the murder of Lord
Weybridge at his country house. Put in who, what, which:
Wilson:
Which of the guests in this house is the murderer, do you think,
Taylor?
Taylor:
I don’t know yet. (1)……………… had the opportunity? (2)
……………. of the guests had the chance to do it?
Wilson:
(3) ……………happened after dinner last night? That’s what we have
to find out.
Taylor:
There must be a motive for the murder. (4) ……………motive could
the murderer have?
Wilson:
Love or money – they’re the usual motives. (5)…………..of them is it,
I wonder?
Taylor:
(6)……………..did Lord Weybridge leave his money to? That’s the
question, Wilson.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – WORK AND EMPLOYMENT65
1. Match each job in box A with a place in box B:
A: cashier
farmer
hairdresser
miner
musician
porter
mechanic
photographer
pilot
vicar
garage
studio
kitchen
hotel
office
surgery
salon
church
dentist
cook
librarian
waiter
B: bank
restaurant
receptionist
coal-mine
cockpit
field
concert-hall
library
cashier/bank,……………………………………………………………………………
…………..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
65
Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. First Certificate Language Practice. English Grammar and
212
2. Match each job from the box with the sentence which best refers
to the job:
accountant
chef
firefighter
carpenter
estate agent
plumber
refuse collector
vet
a) Yesterday I had to give an injection to an injured bull.
vet
b) I get rather tired of picking up rubbish all day.
………..
c) I can help you sell your house.
………..
d) I can make new doors for the wardrobe if you like.
………..
e) Make sure that the fish is fresh by looking at the eyes.
………..
f) I’ll come round and replace all the pipes in the kitchen.
………..
g) Unless you keep the receipts you’ll pay more tax.
………..
h) The cause was either an electrical fault or a cigarette.
………..
3. Which person from 1 and 2 above would you need in each
situation?
a) One of the radiators has burst and flooded your bedroom.
plumber
b) You have to carry a lot of heavy bags at the airport.
………..
c) You think you need three fillings.
………..
d) Your fringe is too long and you want a perm.
………..
e) The floorboards in the living room need replacing.
………..
f) Your pet goat has started sneezing.
………..
g) You have read the menu twice and you are feeling hungry.
………..
h) Your car makes a funny whistling noise.
………..
213
4. Complete each sentence with a word from the box. Use the words
more than once:
business
job
living
work
a) Jack makes his living working as a journalist.
b) She has just left to go to ………………………………………………, I’m afraid.
c) They worked very hard and now have their own …………………………………
d) There are still nearly two million people without …………………………………
e) The cost of …………………………………….has risen greatly over recent years.
f) Stop interfering! This is none of your ……………………………………………..
g) Lucy has a very good…………………………………in an international company.
h) I can’t come out tonight. I’ve got too much ………………………………….to do.
i) Some ……………………………….-men came and dug a hole in the road outside.
j) An early………………………………………..by Picasso was sold for £3,000,000.
call
draw
fall
get
take
come
face
fill
go
turn
a) I think we should go over our plan again before we tell the managing director.
b) Have you……………………...up with any ideas for advertising the new products?
c) Our deal with the Chinese company may ……………….through, but we can sell
the machinery to the German firm if necessary.
d) You have to………………………………in this form, and return it to the manager.
e) She didn’t ……………………………….on with her boss, so she left the company.
f) If they don’t give us a better price, we’ll ………………………….down their offer.
g) I’m afraid we have to ……………………..up to the fact that we are losing money.
h) Our lawyers are going to ……………………………..up a new contract tomorrow.
i) A multinational company is trying to ……………..over our firm, but we want to
stay independent.
j) We had to …………………..off the office party because of the economic situation.
214
6. Complete each sentence (a-h) with a suitable ending (1-8). Use
each ending once:
a) If you work hard, the company will 1. qualifications for a job of this kind.
give you.....4
b) In a different job I could get a higher
2.advertisement in the local press on
Friday.
c) The best way to find new staff is to put 3.application for the job as soon as
a/an….
possible.
d) Because he had stolen the money, we 4.promotion
decided that
to
a
more
responsible
position.
e)She has a pleasant personality but 5.references
hasn’t got the right.
from
your
previous
employer.
f) In the meeting we are going to discuss 6.dismissing him was the only possible
the
action we could take.
g) I think it would be a good idea to send 7.salary
and
in your
employment.
h) We cannot give you the job without
8.appointment
better
of
conditions
a
new
of
sales
representative.
7. Use the word given in capitals to form a word that fits in the
space in the same line:
Leaving a job
I recently left my job in an (ADVERTISEMENT) advertising agency after a
disagreement with my boss. She accepted my (RESIGN)…………………but warned
me that because of the (3) (ECONOMY) …………………situation, I might have to
get used to the idea of being (4) (EMPLOY) …………………….for a while. I
thought that she was trying to make a point, but after I had made over fifty (5)
(APPLY) …………………..to other companies, I realised that she was right.
Although I am a (6) (QUALIFICATIONS)………………………..designer, I didn’t
receive any offers of a job. After that I tried working from home, but it was not very
(7)
(PROFIT)
……………………
Then
215
I
became
an
(8)
(EMPLOY)
………………….. in a fast-food restaurant, even though my (9) (EARN)
……………………were extremely low. I wish I had accepted early (10) (RETIRE)
…………………….from my old job. That is what I disagreed with my boss about!
Choosing a job
One of the most difficult decisions is choosing what to do for a (1) salary/living/
employee/work.
For
example,
do
you
want
to
company/training/business/career,
and
(3)
money/profit/cheque/salary
the
beginning,
at
follow
a
earn/gain/win/take
but
have
definite
a
low
good
(2)
(4)
(5)
hopes/prospects/futures/promotions in a company that trains its (6) employers/crew/
staff/persons? Or are you more interested in taking any kind of work, because you
need a/an (7) money/cash/account/income? You may have to (8) face up to/go
over/come up with/call off the fact that a good (9) work/labour/job/seat can be
difficult to find. In that case, why not take a (10) temporary/overtime/profitable/short
one? You will gain some useful (11) experiences/experienced/experience/
experiencing. Remember that even if you have the right (12) qualifications/exams/
letters/degrees, you may have to (13) fall through/get on/turn down/fill in lots of
application forms before you are asked to (14) be/attend/make/advertise an interview.
But don’t worry if you don’t know what you want to (15) work/job/do/employ
exactly. You’ll enjoy finding out!
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS – DOWN AND
OVER66
A. Different meanings of ‘down’
General meaning of
example
meaning of phrasal verb in
example
down
move in the direction
66
We’ll have to chop/cut cut through it so that it falls to
216
of the ground
down that old tree. It’s the ground
dead.
heaviness which
We were weighed down carrying too much.
causes difficulty
with
luggage,
so
we
couldn’t run to catch the
train.
I was loaded down with carrying too many things.
library books, so I took the
bus home.
put on paper
Just take down the main write
something,
especially
points, not everything the something that someone says
lecturer says.
I’ll
write
down
your write something on a piece of
phone number, or else I’ll paper, so that you do not forget
forget it.
it
reduce a number or
I’m taking these tablets to stop the number, level, or size
amount, or not let it
keep my blood pressure of something from increasing
rise
down.
I’m trying to cut down on eat or drink less of a particular
burgers and chips as I’ve thing,
started to put on weight.
stop an activity
usually
in
order
improve your health.
The car factory has shut closed and stopped working
down, and 2,000 people
have lost their jobs.
That nice Italian restaurant stopped doing business
in town has closed down.
What a pity!
B. Over
Read Ali’s e-mail to Karen about a report at work.
217
to
Could you please read over [read something from the beginning to the end in order to
find any mistakes or to understand it better] Philippa’s latest report and just look over
[quickly examine something] the figures in the appendix? We can go over [talk or
think about something in order to explain it or make sure that it is correct] it together
when we meet tomorrow. Then I’ll add our comments and hand the whole thing over
[give something to someone else] to the sales team.
Listen to this answerphone message:
Hi, mum. I’m staying over [spending the night somewhere rather than going home] at
Sheila’s tonight – she’s a bit miserable because she didn’t win the tennis
championship. I’m sure she’ll get over [recover from an illness or disappointment] it
soon, though. She also fell over [fell to the ground] and hurt her knee quite badly.
Anyway, I’ll see you tomorrow. Bye.
1. Read these sentences with phrasal verbs and answer the
questions:
1. Jamie is weighed down with luggage.
What do we know about Jamie’s luggage?
2. She’s trying to cut down on chocolate.
Does she still eat chocolate?
3. Sid took down everything we said.
Did Sid tape or write what was said?
4. The garage has shut down.
Has the garage shut for the evening?
5. They chopped down the bushes in front of their house.
Why might they have decided to do this?
218
2. Complete these newspaper headlines with the correct verbs from
the box. Write the verbs in the correct form:
chop
cut
go
hand
keep
shut
1. Local café ………………………………………………down by health inspectors.
2. Doctors warn teenagers to……………………………………..down on cigarettes.
3. Rebel troops ………………………………………………………...over weapons.
4. Twenty oaks ……………………………………….down to make way for bypass.
5. Government promises to …………………………………………..down inflation.
6. Cabinet of ministers to …………………………….over report in detail tomorrow.
3. Answer these questions about phrasal verbs with down and over:
3.1. Match each of the phrasal verbs below with the correct general
meaning of down from the table in A:
a) I need a holiday. Stress and overwork are wearing me down.
b) Let me note down your e-mail address on this slip of paper.
c) A lot of fences blew down in the hurricane last night.
d) The police are trying to crack down on street crime.
e) The government is doing all it can to hold prices down.
3.2. Explain what these phrasal verbs with over mean in the
sentences below:
a) Sally is very good at putting her ideas over in meetings.
b) I haven’t got enough room. Can you move over, please?
c) Can you check over these figures for me, please? It’s important that there are no
mistakes.
d) Don’t put your glass of wine on the floor. Someone is sure to knock it over.
e) Make sure the milk does not boil over.
219
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS – SURROGATE
MOTHERHOOD67
Commercial surrogate motherhood has created a legal stir. In full surrogacy, a
fertilized egg is taken from one woman, physically unable to have a child, and
implanted in the uterus of another, who agrees to bear it for an agreed sum of money.
In other words, the commissioning couple leases the womb of the surrogate mother.
Has a woman got the right to do this? Problems may arise when the father is the only
true biological parent, donating his sperm to the surrogate mother. Occasionally, the
surrogate mother changes her mind, claiming that the child is hers and that she wants
to keep it. Who is the baby’s legal mother in such a case? Most children born under
such contracts are wanted very much by the commissioning parents. Condemning
surrogate motherhood is easy for those who are fertile, or wealthy enough not to have
to consider offering their bodies for money. Whatever the outcome of the debate, it
will always leave someone emotionally hurt.
1. The courts are not certain how to rule in cases concerning surrogacy.
2. Full surrogacy involves one man and two women.
3. The commissioning couple are people who are buying another’s woman child.
4. When the commissioned child is born it goes to the woman who wants it more.
5.The childhood of commissioned children is often happier than that of other children.
6. Surrogate contracts may be a way of making money for some people.
7. The issue is too emotional to find a successful solution in the courts.
67
Barbara and Marcin Otto. Engleza pentru jurnalişti. Here is the News. Vol
Educational, 2001.
220
2. Bucureşti: All
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
biological ………………….
couple
commissioning ………………….
mother
legal …………………………..
parent
surrogate ……………………….
stir
3. Rearrange the words to form the headlines to the story:
CREATES – MOTHERHOOD – LEGAL – SURROGATE – QUESTIONS
………………………………………………………………………………………
- a produce o controversă (agitaţie): - c……………… a s…………………
- incapabilă de a naşte un copil: - u…………… to h…………… a c……………….
- a schimba intenţia: -c………….. one’s m…………………
221
LESSON 15
*Grammar: “It” and “There”; Place and Position * Vocabulary: General – Sport
and Leisure * Phrasal Verbs: Around and About * Vocabulary: Specific - The
News – Cosmetic Surgery
***
I. GRAMMAR – IT AND THERE68
*Introducing new information
- there – something exists:
There are many possibilities.
- something happens:
There’s a football match every Saturday.
- number or amount:
There are twelve students in this class.
- modals:
There could/may/shouldn’t be a problem.
There seems/ appears to be: There seems/ appears to be a mistake.
- it – times, days, dates:
It’s one o’clock. It’s Tuesday.
- the weather:
It’s raining. It rained all night.
- opinions:
It was a difficult choice.
- adjectives:
It’s strange that we’ve never spoken
before.
It looks like:
It looks like the sun is going to come out
this afternoon.
It seems/appears:
It seems/appears (that) our new teacher
is Jane.
=> look + as if + subject + verb – It looks as if Carol has won.
=> look + like + noun phrase – She looks like a real champion.
=> seem/ appear (that) + subject + verb – It seems (that) the Brazilians are
going to win.
- It appears (that) one of the
customers called the police.
68
Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. Intermediate. Certificate Language Practice. English Grammar
and Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003.
222
*Referring back
- something already mentioned.
There is a shop at the end of the street. It is open every day.
*Referring to a place
- there
A famous writer used to live there.
Who is that over there?
*it’s and its
- it’s < it is/ it has
- its < possessive form of it
I like this hotel. It’s (= it is) comfortable and its restaurant is good.
It’s ( = it has) got a lovely swimming-pool, too.
*they’re and their
- they’re < they are
- their < possessive form of they
Nancy and Dominique have arrived. They’re both wearing the same
dress!
Ask them to leave their coats in the hall.
a) Are their/there any eggs in the fridge?
b) It’s/Its really cold this morning.
c) Peter says they’re/there arriving at about 5.00.
d) I like this bike but its/it’s wheels are too small.
e) Is there/they’re anybody their/there?
f) It’s/Its a pity we missed the opening of the film.
g) Patrick and Bridget have sold their/they’re house.
h) What a lovely dog. What’s it’s/its name?
223
2. Put it or there in each space:
a) There is a tree in the garden. It is an apple tree.
b) …………………………looks as if…………………………………is going to rain.
c) …………………………is strange that ……………are no restaurants in this town.
d) ‘Who’s that at the door?’ ‘……………………………………………...is only me!’
e) ‘Which house is yours?’ ‘……………………….is the one at the end of the street.’
f) ……………seems to be something under the cupboard, but what is …………….?
g) …………………appears that……………….was nobody…………when I phoned.
3. Rewrite each sentence, ending as shown, so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence, and so that it contains it or there:
E.g.: a) Near the hotel is a small restaurant.
There is a small restaurant near the hotel.
b) You went to Thailand for your holiday too, which is strange.
………………………………………………..to Thailand for your holiday too.
c) My road has a big tree at the end of it.
……………………………………………………………………………..road.
d) Brian seems to have left.
…………………………………………………………………………..has left.
e) Today is really cold!
…………………………………………………………………………....today.
f) Budapest is a long way from here.
……………………………………………………………………..to Budapest.
g) Your torch hasn’t got any batteries in it.
…………………………………………………………………………….torch.
h) We appear to be lost again!
……………………………………………………………………….lost again!
224
- PLACE AND POSITION69
*in, inside, out, outside
- in = something contained by something else
There are some cups in that cupboard.
-inside = same meaning; emphasis
Luckily there was nobody inside the burning house.
-out = away from the inside; not in the place where you usually are
Close the door on your way out.
I’m sorry, Kate’s not here right now. She’s out. (= she’s not at home)
- outside = ‘out of a particular room or building, but still near it’.
Kate’s outside in the garden. I’ll just call her.
*Expressions with ‘in’
countries
My parents are in Canada at the moment. (no article)
cities
My sister lives in Madrid. (no article)
streets
Jack lives in Garden Avenue. (no article)
roads
She was walking in the road, not on the pavement.
‘the mirror’
Tony could see his face in the mirror.
‘hole/crack in’
There was a hole in my shoe.
‘hand’
Ellen had a bunch of flowers in one hand.
‘armchair’
She sat in an armchair.
‘the country’
Paul and Mary live in the country, not in the city.
‘hospital’
Sally is ill and is in hospital. (no article)
‘prison’
Keith stole some money and ended up in prison. (no article)
*Expressions with ‘on’
-a thing touching the surface of another thing
Don’t leave your bag on the floor.
There’s a photograph of London on the wall.
69
Michael Vince & Paul Emmerson. Intermediate. Certificate Language Practice. English Grammar
and Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003.
225
transport
There were few passengers on the plane/bus/train.
‘chair’
She sat on a chair.
‘television’
What’s on television/the radio this evening?
‘wall’
Let’s hang this picture on that wall.
injuries
Tim cut his foot on a piece of glass.
‘left’/ ‘right’
There a cinema on the left.
‘side’
There are small houses on this side of the street.
‘pavement’
She was walking in the road, not on the pavement.
*at, in, to
at – general location at a point or place
in – the name of a container, place or area – someone or something is inside it.
We met at the airport.
(the place in general)
We met in the airport building.
(inside the building)
I’ll see you at the cinema.
(the place in general)
I’ll see you in the cinema.
(inside the building)
We arrived at Prague Airport.
(the place)
We arrived in Prague.
(the city)
to – + verbs of motion
Last night we went to the cinema.
Could you take this letter to the post office?
I sent a parcel to my sister.
at – ‘the beginning’/’the end’ There’s a café at the end of the street.
‘the front’/ ‘the back’
Do you sit at the front or at the back of the
class?
‘school’
John isn’t at school.
(no article)
‘home’
He’s at home.
(no article)
‘work’
Mr King wasn’t at work yesterday. (no article)
*above/below, over/under
above/below = ‘higher/lower than’
You can see the top of the tower above the trees.
226
From the mountain, I could see the lake below.
over/under = ‘directly above/below’
The alien spaceship hovered over the building.
I keep my suitcase under my bed.
= ‘across’ or ‘covering’
There is a footbridge over the motorway. (= across)
There was a plastic sheet over the hole in the roof. (= covering)
*next to/beside, near/by
next to = ‘exactly at the side of’
beside = ‘more formal’
Maria sits next to Paula.
Come and sit beside me on the sofa.
near = ‘close to’
by = ‘at the side of’ – descriptions of rooms
Tom’s house is near the sports center.
There was a table by the window. He was standing by the door.
We had a holiday near the sea. (close to the sea – a few kilometres
away)
*opposite
‘exactly on the other side of’ a space
There is a baker’s opposite our house.
a) There’s a small shop at/by the end of the road.
b) Paula was standing on/with one foot.
c) Laura has moved at/to Barcelona.
d) Don’t walk at/in the road! It’s dangerous!
e) From the plane we could see the mountains below/under.
f) Brian spent his holiday at/in Hungary.
g) When the horse came to a small stream it jumped above/over it.
227
h) Julia’s house is at/on the other side of the street.
i) Lisa cut her foot at/on some broken glass.
j) Tim was sitting in/on an armchair.
5. If the word underlined is not appropriate, write a new word in the
space. Tick (v) the space if the word is correct:
a) Jane’s sister has a job at Manchester Airport.
V
b) I met David yesterday by the city centre.
……….
c) Ellen had a large hole at her left boot.
……….
d) Jack sits in the back of the class.
……….
e) There was a small table at the bed.
……….
f) The robber was holding a gun in one hand.
………
g) There was a beautiful portrait hanging at the wall.
………
h) William didn’t feel well and his doctor sent him to hospital.
………
i) The children usually sit at the back of the car.
………
j) To reach our village we take a road above the mountains.
………
6. Complete each sentence with one suitable preposition:
a) Maria lives in Bellingham Road.
b) Can you put the plates back ………………………………………..the shelf please?
c) Please don’t stand ……………………………………………………….your desks!
d) I’d really like to live …………………………………………………….the country.
e) Go down this street, and you’ll see the cinema ……………………………the right.
f) The police searched the building but there was no one ……………………………..
g) I met Anna ……………………………………………………….the bus yesterday.
h) Sorry, George isn’t here at the moment. He’s ………………………………………
i) Alice wants to know what’s ………………………………....television this evening.
j) Just as Tom arrived ………………………………………..the bus stop, the bus left.
228
a) The statue was holding a sword in one hand.
b) What’s on …………………………………………………...the cinema this week?
c) When I look…………………………………..the mirror, I don’t recognize myself!
d) What have you got ……………………………………………………….your bag?
e) Pete found someone’s wallet …………………………………………the pavement.
f) My family moved from the country…………………………………………the city.
g) You’ve got a small hole ………………………………………………your pullover.
h) The burglar climbed…………………………………..the fence and into the garden.
a) Karen is living at/in London Street.
b) Maggie sits by/next to Sally in the physics class.
c) I want to send this letter at/to Brazil.
d) When I opened the box, there was nothing in/inside.
e) Exactly by/opposite the cinema, there’s a really good restaurant.
f) We had a holiday in a small village by/near Monte Carlo.
g) Paula lay down at/on the floor to do her exercises.
h) We had a lovely meal in/on the plane.
a) Bye for now. I’ll see you at school tomorrow.
b) We put a blanket ……………………………….the injured man to keep him warm.
c) It’s not far. We’re getting …………………………………………………………...
d) We found our cat hiding ……………………………………………………….a car.
e) Daniel hung his coat …………………………………………….the back of a chair.
f) I decided to go to the shops………………………………………………...my bike.
g) What time is the news ……………………………………………………the radio?
h) I decided to visit my grandmother ………………………………………….hospital.
229
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – SPORT AND LEISURE70
handlebars
racket
rope
glasses
whistle
saddle
gloves
rod
net
club
costume
ice
a) When Brenda entered the swimming competition she bought a new costume.
b) I learned to ride a horse without using a …………………………………………….
c) Gemma tried to hit the golf-ball with her ……………………………, but missed it.
d) After the tennis match, one of the players jumped over the ………………………...
e) Diana’s bike crashed into a tree, and she was thrown over the ……………………..
f) A mountain-climber’s life may depend on their …………………………………….
g) Open-air skating can be dangerous if the ………………………………..is too thin.
h) Peter put his ……………..in front of his face to protect himself from his
opponent’s punches.
i) Suddenly the referee blew his………………………and pointed to the penalty spot.
j) Skiing can be dangerous if you don’t wear dark ……………………………………
k) I had to play the doubles match with a borrowed …………………………………..
l) Terry went fishing with the new………………………………his parents gave him.
2. Match the words in the box with a suitable comment (a-h):
billiards
crossword
gambling
cards
embroidery
hiking
draughts
model-making
a) Catherine dealt, and gave me the ace, king and queen of hearts.
cards
b) You need a small needle, and threads of different colours.
………………
c) I couldn’t do ten down, so I used the dictionary.
………………
d)Ian glued the parts together wrongly because he didn’t read the instructions.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
e) When Ellen is losing, she knocks the pieces off the board.
70
………………
230
f) The path we want doesn’t seem to be on the map.
………………
g)Nigel missed the red, and put the pink in the pocket by mistake.
………………………………………………………………………………….
h)I want to put $20 on ‘Ealing Comedy’ to win in the 4.30 at York.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Choose the most suitable word:
a) Sue came first in the 5000 metre competition/game/race.
b) Jack and Eddie arranged to meet outside the football ground/field/pitch.
c) Brenda goes jogging every morning to keep exercised/fit/trained.
d) Our team beat/defeated/won the match by two goals to nil.
e) The local stadium isn’t large enough for so many audience/viewers/spectators.
f) I’m afraid I don’t find basketball very interested/interesting.
g) The final result was a/an draw/equal/score.
h) Norman won first media/prize/reward in the cookery competition.
i) All competitors/rivals/supporters for the race should make their way to the track.
j) Collecting matchboxes is Rebecca’s favourite leisure/occupation/pastime.
4. Replace the word or words in italics in each sentence with a word
from the box:
arranged
outdoors
record
second
referee
side
champion
professionally
captain
score
a) Mary plays tennis as a way of earning her living.
b) Tomorrow’s hockey match has been put off for another time.
postponed
spare
professionally
………………
c)In motor racing last year William Green was the best driver of all.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
d) The player with the lowest number of points wins the game.
………………
e)A match between the two top teams has been fixed for next month.
………………………………………………………………………………….
f) I like going swimming in my free time.
………………
g) Jane Briggs was the runner-up in the 100 meters hurdles.
……………….
231
h) Who is the player in charge of your football team?
……………….
i)She won all her matches this season, which is a best ever performance.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
j)Charles was sent off for punching the person who controls the match.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
k)We decided to hold this year’s dancing competition in the open air.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
l)Everyone
agreed
that
United
were
the
best
team.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
space in the same line:
How a hobby can make you angry!
Recently I decided to take up (1) photography (PHOTOGRAPH) as a hobby. I like
taking snaps, but I am not very (2) ………………..(SKILL). My snaps are either a
complete (3) ……………….. (FAIL) for technical reasons, or are just not very
(4)……………….. (IMAGINE). First I decided that to be (5) ………………..
(SUCCESS), I would have to buy new equipment. Just then I had an (6)
………………….. (EXPECT) piece of good luck. A friend who works in a camera
shop said she could sell me a (7) ………………. (VALUE) camera. A customer had
left it at the shop to be repaired, but there had been a (8) ……………..
(UNDERSTAND), and it was actually for sale. I thought this was a rather (9)
………………. (BELIEF) explanation and so I asked her some more questions. She
said she had had a (10) ………………. (AGREE) with the customer and he had
thrown the camera at her because she disliked his photos!
6. Choose the most suitable word of phrase to complete each
sentence:
a) Mary stopped swimming and just sank/floated/dived/poured on the surface.
b) Jack turned the last corner and approached/arrived/waited/ headed for the finishing
line.
232
c) David was trying to overpass/overcome/overtake/overcharge another cyclist when
he crashed.
d) You have to chase/rush/jump/drop the person with the ball until you catch them.
e) The fans climbed over the fence to avoid/prevent/abandon/refuse paying.
f) I fell over while skiing and my sister had to bring/take/fetch/carry a doctor.
g) It’s very easy to slide/skid/skate/slip over when the snow is hard.
h) Don’t pass/cross/across/pass by the road until all the runners have gone by.
i) The swimmers fell/crawled/rolled/leaned forward as they waited to begin the race.
j) When I was hiking in the mountains, I tripped/stepped/surprised/carried on a
snake.
anywhere
dinner
ready
through
back
lost
right
together
better
off
stuck
used
a) After Paul’s leg was injured, it took him a long time to get better.
b) Unfortunately Sally rode her bike into the mud and got ……………………………
c) Before the race I went to the stadium to get ………………………………………..
d) Some of the competitors got ………………………………because of the thick fog.
e) I tried learning to do embroidery but I didn’t get ………………………………….
f) She worked on her stamp collection and he got the ………………………………...
g) I didn’t get …………………………from the match till late because of the crowds.
h) David practised hitting the golf ball until he got it ………………………………….
i) Kate enjoyed riding the horse but found it hard to get ……………………………..
j) I tried to phone the tennis club but I couldn’t get …………………………………..
k) We have a great time whenever our rugby team gets ……………………………….
l) I can’t get ……………………………………....to playing football on plastic grass!
233
Sport
Someone once said that there are three kinds of people who are (1)
playing/really/interested/succeed in sport: people who (2) take/have/make/get part,
people who watch, and people who watch (3) on/with/by/from television. It’s very
easy to make fun of stay-at-home-sports (4) people/centres/programmes/fans, but on
the other hand, television does enable us to enjoy all kinds of (5)
the/future/sports/athlete events. We can watch a racing car (6) cross/overtake/or/ from
another, see a cyclist (7) overtake/and/cross/professional the finishing line, or enjoy
the goals of our favourite football (8) group/class/band/team. The first time I watched
a tennis (9) match/it/which/that was on television, and I found it (10) valuable/
imaginatively/unexpectedly/real interesting. It’s not always easy to (11) trip/tour/
pass/travel long distances to football (12) areas/grounds/teams/fans, and television is a
good solution. Of course, you can (13) or/which/get/is used to sitting indoors all the
time, and this is dangerous. We should all try to (14) keep/make/do/have fit, and have
other interests and (15) customs/habits/pastimes/leisure.
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS: AROUND AND
ABOUT71
Around and about are often interchangeable in phrasal verbs: both particles are
equally possible with all the verbs in A below and with some of the verbs in B. Note
also that round can sometimes replace around.
Phrasal verbs with around and about often express the idea of acting in a relaxed
way, without a particular purpose or without concentrating.
Most of the verbs in this unit are informal.
71
234
A. Spending time:
phrasal verb
meaning
example
wait about /
stay in one place without If you can wait around for about
around
doing anything as you wait an hour, we should be able to tell
for something to happen
you your results.
laze about /
relax and enjoy yourself For the first week of our holiday
around
by doing very little
we usually just laze about on the
beach.
sit about/around
spend time sitting down Please let me help you. I don’t like
(somewhere)
and doing very little
hang about
spend
/around
without doing very much
time
just sitting about all day.
somewhere There are always a lot of rather
(somewhere)
suspicious-looking men hanging
round outside the bar.
(informal)
mess about/
spend time playing or Tim spends his weekends messing
around
doing
things
with
no around in the garage repairing
particular purpose
behave
stupidly,
things.
waste The pupils were given extra
time doing unimportant homework for messing around in
things
class.
mess sb about /
treat someone badly or He’s been messing her around for
around (informal)
waste their time, e.g. by ages and just won’t commit to the
changing your mind or not relationship.
doing what you promised
lie about/around
spend time lying down I hate the way he just lies around
doing very little
all day watching TV while I’m
working.
235
B. Being in a place
Fans were milling about/around/round the hotel hoping to see the film star and get
her autograph. [walking around a particular place or area, usually while waiting for
something]
Meanwhile
photographers
and
journalists
were
standing
about/around/round chatting to each other. [spending time standing in a place
waiting for someone or doing very little]
Mick: Can you stick around this afternoon? [informal: stay somewhere for a period
of time] If so, I’ll take you around/round the office and introduce you to the
other secretaries if you like. [visit a place with someone showing them the
most interesting or important parts]
Anne: No, it’s all right, thanks. The boss has already shown me around/round. [gone
with someone to a place that they have not visited before and shown them the
interesting parts]
1. Match the verbs in the left-hand column with the best definitions
in the right-hand column:
1. mess
a) lie down doing very little
2. hang
b) spend time sitting down and doing very little
3. lie
c) relax, enjoy yourself and do very little
4. sit
d) behave stupidly or waste time
5. laze
e) spend time somewhere not doing very much
Example: mess about/(a)round = behave stupidly or waste time
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
……..................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
236
2. Now use the verbs from exercise 1 to fill the gaps in these
sentences. Write the verbs in the correct form and use each verb
once only:
1. She just………….........around on the sofa all day reading magazines. I wish she’d
get a job.
2. We could be…………………….round here for hours waiting for a taxi. Let’s walk.
3. After the meeting we were just ………………………..around chatting for a while.
4. My idea of a perfect weekend is just ………………..around at home with a good
book.
5. I wish the kids would stop ………………….about.
3. Rewrite the underlined words in these sentences, using phrasal
verbs:
1. Do you want to stay here after the meeting? I finish work at 5 p.m. and I could go
with you and show you the most interesting places in the old town.
2. Nothing much happened at the demonstration. We just stood in one place not doing
much and held our banners up.
3. They spend most weekends just doing things without much purpose in their boat;
they don’t really sail it seriously.
4. On my first day, the boss went with me through the workshop and introduced me to
various people I’d be working with.
5. At the drinks party people were just wandering here and there hoping to find
someone they knew.
6. Look, I’m sorry, I don’t want to cause you problems and waste your time, but I
wonder if we could postpone our meeting till next week?
237
4. Here are some other phrasal verbs with about/around. Read these
sentences and try to explain in your own words what they mean:
1. I’ve got to go now but I’ll see you around.
2. Don’t order me about! I’m not your servant, you know.
3. Shop assistant:
Customer:
Can I help you?
No thanks. I’m just looking around.
4. My suitcase got a bit bashed about on the plane.
5. He told the kids to stop fooling around.
III.
VOCABULARY:
SPECIFIC
–
NEWS
–
COSMETIC
SURGERY72
Clinics which perform corrective cosmetic surgery are enjoying a real boom as
more and more people seek assistance in improving upon nature. The range of
procedures available to meet the demand for the beautiful body is comprehensive,
including both breast reduction and augmentation, facelifts, the elimination of
wrinkles, “bat ear” correction and hair transplants to reverse baldness.
One of the most common procedures reshapes the nose. Advertising leaflets
claim that the nose is the key to a beautiful face; it is central to the way one feels
about one’s appearance. They say that this procedure is a must to create “a new
confident you”. Suction lipectomy is another intrusion into one’s own body for which
there is considerable demand. This painful technique, otherwise known as the fat
vacuum, involves removing the fat from the abdomen, bottom and/or thighs, sucking
it off with a thin tube attached to a vacuum-cleaner type device. It does away with
bulges, which are virtually impossible to eliminate through diet and exercise.
However, this technique is a means of body contouring, not of weight reduction. The
success of the operation depends on how elastic and resilient the patient’s skin is.
Recuperation lasts a week and medication is prescribed to minimize discomfort.
72
Barbara and Marcin Otto. Engleza pentru jurnalişti. Here is the News. Vol 1, 2. Bucureşti: All
Educational, 2001.
238
Achieving physical perfection, that is, making essentially normal people look
better merely for aesthetic purposes, may seem unethical. It could be argued that the
money spent on such procedures, not to mention the surgeons’ time and efforts might
be put to a better use. But for women, who make up almost all of the clinics’ clientele,
the motivation behind the quest for a new look and an improved self-image is largely
psychological. If some feature is discomforting enough to affect one’s mental wellbeing, the operation can be regarded as part of a psychiatric therapy. Still, unless real
deformities justify surgery, it remains a matter of human vanity.
1. Very few people are dissatisfied with the way they look.
2. Corrective cosmetic surgery is solely intended for people who are disfigured
because of an accident.
3. If a woman wishes so, she may have her breasts made to look bigger or smaller.
4. Nose reshaping is one of the most popular procedures.
5. If one wants to feel satisfied with one’s appearance a beautiful nose is essential.
6. Suction lipectomy is done with the use of a vacuum cleaner.
7. If one is too fat, suction lipectomy is the answer to his problem.
8. The success of suction lipectomy is not always guaranteed.
9. Some people maintain that medicine is meant to serve purposes other than
corrective surgery.
10. Men are as much interested in corrective surgery as women are.
11.There are people who seek cosmetic surgery on the recommendation of their
psychiatrists.
12. Corrective surgery is generally performed to make people happier.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
advertising ………………….
feature
aesthetic ……………………..
leaflets
239
common ………………………
perfection
comprehensive ……………………
procedures
corrective …………………………
purposes
discomforting …………………….
range
painful ………………………….
reduction
physical ………………………….
surgery
psychiatric ………………………….
technique
weight ……………………………
therapy
POPULARITY – VANITY – OF – HUMAN – SURGERY – REFLECTS –
INCREASED – COSMETIC
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
- a căuta ajutor: - s…………….. a………………..
- a corecta natura: - i……………… u…………….. n………………..
- a veni în întâmpinarea – m…………….. the d………………….
- o cerere considerabilă: - c………………. d………………….
- a scăpa de ceva: - d…………… a…………… w……………. something
- a minimaliza proasta dispoziţie: - m…………. d…………………
- atingerea perfecţiunii fizice: - a…………….. p…………. p……………….
- în scopuri estetice: f……………. a…………….. p…………….
- a găsi o mai bună utilizare: - p…………….. to a b………….. u……………..
- a avea influenţă asupra bunei dispoziţii a cuiva: - a……………. one’s w……………
- b……………..
- a considera drept……- r………….. a……………
-a justifica intervenţia chirurgicală: - j………………. s…………………..
240
LESSON 16
*Grammar: Revision – Purpose, Reason and Result, Contrast, Relatives,
Questions, “It” and “There”, Place and Position * Vocabulary: General – Clothes
and Appearance * Phrasal Verbs: For and With* Vocabulary: Specific - The
News – Teenage Gambling
***
I. GRAMMAR – REVISION – PURPOSE, REASON AND RESULT,
CONTRAST, FUNCTIONS, RELATIVE CLAUSES, QUESTIONS,
‘IT’ AND ‘THERE’, PLACE AND POSITION73
1. Choose the correct word of phrase in each sentence:
a) We arrived early, so that we/in order to get tickets.
b) It was too/enough long to wait, so we went home.
c) Tim and Helen have arrived, and they’re/there waiting outside.
d) The boy which/whose bike I borrowed had forgotten about it.
e) We went to the beach for/so that a swim.
f) Ann felt lonely because/so no one had invited her to the party.
g) Despite/Although I felt tired, I worked until late.
h) We spent a lovely holiday in/into the country.
i) Yesterday was so/such cold that I stayed at home.
j) However/In spite of the rain, we went for a walk.
E.g.: a) Although it was late, we decided to go for a walk.
It was late but we decided to go for a walk.
73
241
b) John is someone with whom I used to work.
John is someone I …………………………………………………………with.
c) The exam was so difficult that I couldn’t finish it.
It was …………………………………...difficult exam that I couldn’t finish it.
d) Although it was raining, we worked in the garden.
Despite …………………………………………….., we worked in the garden.
e) Let’s spend the afternoon at the beach.
How………………………………………………...the afternoon at the beach?
f) Ann’s house has got four large bedrooms.
……………………………………………four large bedrooms in Ann’s house.
g) We might feel hungry, so we’ll take some sandwiches.
We’ll take some sandwiches so that we ………………………….. feel hungry.
h) The cat hasn’t come home, which is strange.
………………………………………………….that the cat hasn’t come home.
i) Harry can’t afford to go on holiday.
Harry hasn’t got ………………………………………………... to go on holiday.
j) Where’s the National Museum?
Would………………………………...telling me where the National Museum is?
3. Decide the correct answer:
A case of mistaken identity
When Diana got off the train, (1) who/there/whose/it was a woman waiting for her (2)
below/to/on/in the platform. ‘(3) You Diana, are you?/You’re Diana, isn’t it?/Are you
Diana?/You aren’t Diana?’ she asked. ‘(4) There’s/Theirs/Its/It’s a car waiting for you
(5) out/in/inside/outside.’ Diana was not very surprised, (6) so/despite/to/as she
thought that her aunt must have been (7) so/too/enough/marry busy to meet her (8)
at/too/in/for the station. (9) However/Since/In spite of/Although she did not recognize
the woman, (10) she/who/and/whose was dressed very formally, and had a small
briefcase (11) at/in/under/by her arm, she was (12) enough/so/too/very tired after the
journey that she was happy to get (13) with/by/at/into the car. The woman, (14)
however/despite/although/in spite of, just said a few words to the driver, and then
walked away. Diana wondered (15) whether//there/who/however she was. ‘It’s
strange that she didn’t even introduce herself,’ she thought.
242
There was another woman (a) on the bus, and Kate sat (b)…………..her and started chatting.
She said she was going (c) …………..Forbes Road too. ‘I’ve got an interview (d) ………….a
place called Murcott House,’ said Kate. ‘Is it (e) ……………..the bus stop?’ ‘It’s not far. It’s
(f) ……………..the right (g) ……………..the end of the street,’ the woman replied. ‘In fact, I
live (h) ………………When I look out of my window, I can see people working
(i)
……………’ When they arrived (j) ………….the stop, they got off and walked up the street
together.
E.g.: a) You want to know if Andrew has ever been to America. Ask him.
Have you ever been to America?
b) You want to know if Andrew has ever been to America. Ask Amanda.
Has Andrew ever been to America?
c) You want to know if Rita likes rap music. Ask Isabel.
…………………………………………………………………………………
d) You want to know if Rita likes rap music. Ask her.
…………………………………………………………………………………
e) You want to know if Nigel enjoyed the film. Ask him.
…………………………………………………………………………………
f) You want to know if Nigel enjoyed the film. Ask Petra.
…………………………………………………………………………………
g) You want to know if Maria is going to London next summer. Ask her.
…………………………………………………………………………………
h) You want to know if Maria is going to London next summer. Ask Patricia.
…………………………………………………………………………………
i) You want to ask Patricia if you can borrow her mobile phone. Ask her.
…………………………………………………………………………………
j) You want to ask Patricia if she could lend you her mobile phone. Ask her.
………………………………………………………………………………..
243
6. Complete each sentence, using the verb given where necessary:
a) ‘(have got) You’ve got a book, haven’t you?’ ‘Yes, thanks.’
b) ‘They’ll be back by 6.00, …………………………………………………..?’ ‘I expect so.’
c) ‘(go)…………………………………………………..for a walk, shall we? ‘Good idea!’
d) ‘You (leave)………………………………………...now, are you? Stay a bit longer.’
‘Sorry, I can’t. I have to catch the bus.’
e) ‘Jim and Sara have seen the film, …………………………………...?’ ‘Yes, I think so.’
f) ‘You can meet Helen at the station, ………………………….?’ ‘Yes, of course I can’.
g) ‘(be)………………………………………….here yesterday, were you?’ ‘No, I wasn’t.’
h) ‘You don’t happen to know the time, ………………………………..?’ ‘Sorry, I don’t.’
i) ‘Both drivers were driving too fast, ……………………………….?’ ‘Yes, that’s right.’
j) ‘You (forget) ……………………………………….the milk, did you?’ ‘No. Here it is.’
7. Rewrite each pair of sentences as one sentence. Do not change
the meaning:
E.g.: a) Sue read a book. She really enjoyed it.
which
Sue read a book which she really enjoyed.
b) Some friends visited me. They brought me a present.
who
The friends ………………………………………………………………….present.
c) I stayed in a hotel. It was cheaper than this one.
that
The hotel……………………………………………………………………this one.
d) I borrowed a friend’s bike. He wanted it back.
whose
The …………………………………………………………………………….back.
e) I saw the vase in the shop. I wanted to buy it.
that
I wanted……………………………………………………………………….shop.
244
f) A girl sings in the group. She’s got green hair.
who
The girl…………………………………………………………………..green hair.
g) I met a girl. He brother is in my class.
whose
………………………………………………………………………………..class.
h) We’re taking the train. It leaves at 4.30.
that
The train…………………………………………………………………….at 4.30.
i) A man knocked at the door. He was selling brushes.
who
The man ……………………………………………………………………brushes.
j) I saw a film with Luke. It was interesting.
which
The film………………………………………………………………….interesting.
8. Look carefully at each line. Some lines are correct but some have
a word which should not be there. Tick (v) each correct line. If a line
has a word which should not be there, write the word in the space:
A case of mistaken identity
After a few minutes, the car stopped in front of
1 …v….
a large hotel. The driver who opened the door, and
2. who
said, ‘Please follow me’. They went up in to a lift.
3………
Then there was a long corridor with two or three
4………
doors. Although it seemed strange so that the car hadn’t
5………
taken her to her aunt’s house, Diana who wasn’t surprised.
6. ………
Her aunt, who she was very rich, owned several large
7………..
hotels, which she often stayed in them. I suppose she felt
8………..
so much bored at home that she decided to stay here.
9……….
‘Please you wait here, will you?’ said the driver, and
10………
disappeared into a room at the end of the corridor.
11………..
There seemed to be a lot of people that in one of the
12……….
245
rooms. Then the driver, who he hadn’t been gone long,
13…………
came back at and asked Diana to follow him. They went
14……….
into a large room full of people, who all started clapping.
15……….
There was a poster that it said, ‘Diana Harris, Supermodel.’
16…………..
‘Oh, dear’, said Diana, ‘I think so there’s been a mistake!’
17…………
II.
VOCABULARY:
GENERAL
–
CLOTHES
AND
APPEARANCE74
1. Choose the most suitable word or phrase:
a) At Harry’s school, the children have to wear a special style/uniform.
b) If we go to the Embassy ball we’ll have to wear fashion/formal/polite clothes.
c) I really like Jack’s new dress/suit/trouser.
d) In the summer I always wear shirts with short collars/cuffs/sleeves.
e) Paul answered the door wearing his pyjamas and his dressing gown/nightdress.
f) You get really dirty repairing a car unless you wear overalls/underwear.
g) I didn’t get wet in the rain because I put on my plastic mac/overcoat/tights.
h) When it snows, Freda always wears a/an anorak/glove/scarf around her neck.
i) David had to stop three times to tie up his small daughter’s shoelaces/soles.
j) My hands were cold so I put them in my pockets/turn-ups.
k) The waitresses in this restaurant all wear white aprons/dungarees/robes.
l) When Tom goes to a party he always wears a bow/butterfly/knot tie.
space:
Father and son
My next-door neighbour has a very unusual (1) (APPEAR) appearance. He has long
hair with a (2) (PART)………………..in the middle, and usually wears and old pair
of jeans and a (3) (STRIPE)………………shirt. His clothes are very (4) (SUIT)
74
246
………………for working in a bank, but that is what he does! Unless he (5)
(DRESS)…………………when he gets to work and changes his clothes! His clothes
are usually filthy and I am sure he never washes them or takes them to the (6)
(CLEAN)……………….When he wears a coat it is always old and (7)
(WEAR)……………., and even on very cold days it is (8) (BUTTON)……………..
all
down
the
front.
The
funny
thing
is
that
his
son
is
very
(9)
(FASHION)…………………, always wears the latest styles, and never wears casual
clothes, even on an (10) (FORMAL)……………….occasion.
3. Correct any errors in these sentences. Some sentences contain
no errors:
a) This shirt is too small, it’s not my number.
size
b) You have so many clothes. Why did you buy this cloth as well?
…………..
c) What costume did you wear to the fancy dress party?
…………..
d) Joan was dressed completely in white.
…………..
e) I like your new trouser. How much was it?
…………..
f) As far as I can see, the man in this photograph wears a suit.
…………..
g) What are you wearing to the party this evening?
…………..
h) You’re soaked! Put out your clothes immediately!
…………..
4. Complete the word in each sentence. Each space represents one
letter:
a) It’s cold today. I’m going to put on a thick sweater.
b) Graham usually wears a leather j_ _ _ _ _ .
c) My trousers are falling down! I must buy a b_ _ _.
d) It’s too hot for trousers. I’m going to wear my s_ _ _ _ _.
e) Let’s roll up our shirt s_ _ _ _ _ _ and start work.
f) I can’t wear these jeans! They are too t_ _ _ _.
g) I bought this lovely s_ _ _ scarf in Japan.
h) Don’t forget to put your clothes away in the w_ _ _ _ _ _ _.
247
a) My hands were so cold that I couldn’t open/remove/put out/undo my coat buttons.
b) Those trousers are far too big. Why don’t you have them taken in/let out/taken
up/let in?
c) I don’t think that purple shirt suits/fits/goes/wears with your yellow skirt.
d) This jacket is the kind of thing I want. Can I wear it/dress it/take it off/try it on?
e) You look really silly! Your pullover is on upside down/inside out/round and round/
side by side.
f) I don’t want a pattern. I prefer just a/an plain/simple/clear/only colour.
g) You look hot in that coat. Why don’t you put it on/take it off/put it away/take it
out?
h) I went shopping today and bought a new winter costume/outfit/suit/clothing.
a) If I wear a long-sleeved shirt, I usually put up/take up/roll up/get up the sleeves.
b) That skirt is very short. Why don’t you have it left out/set in/let down/taken round?
c) The thief wore gloves so that his fingerprints didn’t give him in/give him
away/give him out/give him up.
d) I can’t walk in these high-heeled boots. I keep falling off/falling back/falling
out/falling over.
e) Why is my swimming costume too small? What are you seeing to/getting
at/making up/putting out?
f) I’m making for/getting over/putting aside/turning in money every week to buy a
new sports jacket.
g) Some of the young people in my town go out with/go in for/go through with/go
back on very strange haircuts!
h) Before we choose a dress for you, let’s look into/look through/look up/look around
all the shops.
248
Choosing clothes
Are you one of the thousands of people who eagerly follow every new (1)
appearance/fashion/uniform/dress that appears? Or are you one of those who go to the
shops and just buys whatever they can find in their (2) place/price/size/self that (3)
suits/makes/takes/likes them? Or perhaps you order from a mail-order catalogue, and
then have to send everything back because nothing (4) sizes/styles/fits/measures ?
Whatever (5) means/typical/idea/kind of shopper you are, one thing is certain.
Everyone finds (6) out/clothes/dresses/vests important. According to a recent survey,
people spend more time either buying clothes, or thinking about buying them, or
looking at them in shop (7) centres/sale/times/windows, than they do on most other
products, (8) apart/or/according/taken from food. And the reason is obvious. Clothes
are an important part of our (9) nowadays/appearance/looking/events. At work, you
may need to impress a customer, or persuade the boss that you know what you are
doing, and clothes certainly help. (10) Well/Good/Best/Fancy dressed people, so they
say, get on in the world. And as far as attracting the opposite sex is concerned, clothes
also play a vital role. If a friend who has been (11) dressing/putting on/carrying/
wearing the same old jacket or the same old dress suddenly appears in the (12)
last/minute/latest/complete fashion, you can be sure that romance is in the air. And
apart from work and romance, there are the influences of sport, music and leisure on
the way we (13) clothes/have/dress/go. So excuse me while I (14) put/dress/wear/have
on my tracksuit and training (15) fit/shoes/tonight/again. I’m just dashing off for some
fast window-shopping.
VOCABULARY – GENERAL - PHRASAL VERBS: FOR AND
WITH75
Note that with all the verbs in this unit the particles for and with must go before the
object of the verb.
75
249
A. FOR
Each response in the dialogues below contains two phrasal verbs with for.
Nina: I’ve been the chance to apply for that new post in Head Office. What do you
think?
Gary: I think you should go for it [try to get or achieve it]. We’ll all be rooting for
you [informal: showing support for you in a competition, or hoping that you will
succeed]
Melanie: How’s your new babysitter?
Brad: We couldn’t ask for a better babysitter [the new babysitter is the best of her
kind]. She just lives for our kids and they just adore her. [believes that the kids
are the most important people in her life]
Val: I saw you going into Betty’s flat with her this morning. Is anything wrong?
Irene: Her washing machine has flooded the kitchen. She sent for a plumber and got
fixed but it left a terrible mess [send someone a message asking them to come to
see you]. We had planned to go into town and I was calling for her on the way
there, but in the end we stayed at home and tidies the mess in the kitchen.
[visiting her place in order to collect her].
Joe: What does ‘R’ mean on that sign?
Ray: I think it stands for ‘restaurant’ [is the first letter of a word or name and is used
to represent it]. Let’s stop. You must be dying for something to eat. [informal:
wanting something very much, especially food or drink]
B. With
phrasal verb
meaning
example
could do with sth/ need or want something or I could do with a cup of tea.
sb
someone (informal)
deal with sth
if something [e.g. book, His latest book deals with the
250
film, article] deals with a civil war of 1984-1989.
particular subject or idea,
it is about that subject or
idea
stick with it
continue doing something I know studying for a PhD is
even though it is difficult hard, but I think you should stick
(informal)
go with sth
with it.
if one thing goes with That shirt goes really well with
another, they suit each your blue jacket.
other or they look or taste
good together
put up with sb/sth
accept unpleasant
I don’t know how she puts up
behaviour or an unpleasant
with his bad temper.
situation, even though you
do not like it
catch up with sb
meet someone you know,
I hope to catch up with Freda
after not seeing them for a
when I’m in Berlin. I haven’t
period of time
seen her for years.
1. Look at the phrasal verbs in A. Then match the questions 1-6 with
the appropriate answers a-f below:
1. Do you think I should buy these shoes a)Couldn’t have asked for anything
– they’re a bit expensive?
better!
2. Oh dear, look at that accident.
b) Yes, go for it!
3. What did you think of the restaurant?
c) Quick! Send for an ambulance!
4. Do you know what CV means?
d) Yes, I’m dying for an ice cream.
5. Would you like to go to a café?
e) We’re rooting for the Reds, as usual.
6. Who are you supporting in the league?
f) Sure! It stands for curriculum vitae.
251
2. Complete these sentences with an appropriate verb. Write the
verb in the correct form:
1. He……………………………...for a doctor as soon as he felt the pains in his chest.
2. Martha…………………..for her work so she’s going to find it very hard when she
has to retire.
3.These boots don’t really……………………..with this skirt, but they’re comfortable.
4. You…………………………………...for a nicer teacher. She’s so patient and kind.
5. I’ll have to have a word with Gina. I can’t ……………..up with her rudeness any
longer.
6. Your hair is too long – you……………………………………………with a haircut.
7. You should ………………….with the course. It would be a shame to give up now.
8. I love going back to my home town and ……………….up with all my old friends.
3. Use a phrasal verb from the opposite page to complete these
dialogues:
1. Anne: This fish tastes delicious with your tomato sauce.
Jenny: Yes, they do…………………….well………………each other, don’t they?
2. Bob: Shall we go to the concert together?
Tina: Good idea. I’ll …………………………………………you on the way there.
3. Tessa: I’ll go and put the kettle on.
Tony: Great, I’m ………………………………………………………a cup of tea.
4. Joan: I thought the film was great.
Ivan: Yes, I thought it………………………….the theme of love really sensitively.
5. Mark: Let’s meet for a coffee and a chat next week.
Karen: Yes, I can’t wait to………………………………………………………you.
4. Rewrite these sentences, using phrasal verbs:
1. I couldn’t tolerate such noisy neighbours as yours.
2. It’s been such a busy week. I can’t wait for the weekend.
3. Jean’s shoes match her handbag perfectly.
252
4. All the students at his university were hoping Kyle would win the golf
championship.
5. I have the best job you could imagine.
6. Her grandson is the most important person in Stella’s life.
III.
VOCABULARY:
SPECIFIC
–
NEWS
–
TEENAGE
GAMBLING76
Having a bit of fun on a slot machine can soon become a real fixation for some
unaware teenagers, leading psychologists warned today. According to specialists,
gambling is a kind of addiction and can be as compelling as drugs. Amusement
arcades, with their machines and flashing lights, can mesmerize youngsters and form
a compulsion which they are unable to resist. It is the noise when the machine starts
paying out, the thrill, which really gets teenagers hooked on the game. Soon the game
becomes the only thing on their minds: they start playing truant from school, they
steal from their parents, they lie and do anything to get money for gambling; their sole
purpose in life is to return to the “one-armed bandit” to have another go!
Although the law forbids admission to the places in question to anyone under
16, underage gambling is on the increase. It has now been proved beyond any doubt
that playing these machines can create a kind of dependence. This, in turn, causes
behavioural problems, such as lack of interest in any other activity, and in school in
particular. Not everyone will become a problem gambler but, when a person realizes
that he is one, it is already too late.
Every addiction leaves mental scars. Therapy takes a long time and the process
of adaptation to normal life is gradual. Violence and aggression are typical withdrawal
symptoms. Teenagers are not allowed to handle money for several years. They are
encouraged to take up new interests, make new friends and get a job. Apart from this,
parents of young gamblers are organizing themselves to help young victims kick the
habit and straighten out their lives. But, above all, they are campaigning to have slot
machines removed from all venues to which children have access in order to reduce
76
Barbara and Marcin Otto. Engleza pentru jurnalişti. Here is the News. Vol
Educational, 2001.
253
1. Bucureşti: All
the temptation to play the game. They also seek penalties for those arcade owners who
admit youngsters below the age of 16.
1. Playing the slot machines can become an addiction.
2. Teenagers take this for a fact.
3. Amusement arcades can have a mesmerizing effect.
4. The excitement of the game is too high and teenagers run away.
5. The only thing they can think of is how to go back and play again.
6. They have the money because they are given more and more by their parents.
7. The problem concerns only those who are over 16.
8. Young gamblers have better results at school.
9. One can always quit playing the machines any time one likes.
10. It takes a lot of time to free oneself from the habit.
11. At first young patients may behave very violently.
12. The purpose of the parents’ organization is prevention and offering help to young
gamblers.
13. Teenagers should have as little contact with slot machines as possible.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
behavioural …………………
fixation
flashing …………………….
gambling
mental ………………………
lights
real ……………………….
machine
slot ………………………..
problems
unaware …………………….
scars
underage …………………….
symptoms
withdrawal ……………………
teenagers
254
GAMBLING – FIGHT – OF – PARENTS – TEENAGE – GROWING – WAVE
………………………………………………………………………………………
- a se distra: - h……………… a b………… of f………………
- a forma deprinderi comportamentale – f…………….. a c………………….
- a trage chiulul – p…………….. t……………. f…………… s……………..
- fără urmă de îndoială – b……………. a…………….. d…………………..
- lipsă de interes faţă de orice activitate: - l…………… of i………….. in a…………
a………………..
-simptome de reacţie în timpul curei de dezintoxicare: - w…………….. s……………
- a se folosi de bani: - h………….. m………….
-a dezvolta noi preocupări – t…………….
u………….
i………………
- a abandona viciul: -k……………… the h………………..
- a diminua ispita: - r…………….. the t……………….
255
n……………
LESSON 17
*Grammar: Nouns (1)* Vocabulary: General – Towns and Buildings* Phrasal
Verbs: Into and Away* Vocabulary: Specific - The News – School Violence
***
I. GRAMMAR – NOUNS (1)77
English nouns can be countable (we can say two dogs) or uncountable (we can’t say
two waters).
Countable nouns have plurals (dogs), and we can use a/an with them (a dog, an
apology)
Uncountable nouns have no plurals, and we can’t use a/an before them.
We can join two nouns:
#with a possessive ‘s or s’ (for example my sister’s car, my parents’ neighbours)
# with a preposition (for example the top of the hill)
# directly one after the other (for example orange juice, a flower shop)
*Countable and uncountable nouns
- countable – plurals; can be used with a/an
a chair - chairs
a house – houses
an idea – ideas
- uncountable - no plurals; not a/an
air, water, sand, intelligence, English, weather
Can you open a window? I need air.
She speaks good English.
It’s terrible weather. (NOT – a terrible…..)
77
256
1. Can you divide these words into countable and uncountable?
book, cup, dust, flour, flower, happiness, knowledge, love, milk, meat, mountain,
music, oil, piano, rain, river, snow, song, table, wall
COUNTABLE…………………………………………………………………………..
.………………………………………………………………………………………….
UNCOUNTABLE………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
-some nouns can be countable or uncountable, with different meanings.
Paper is made from wood.
I’m going out to buy a paper. (= a newspaper)
Did you remember to buy coffee?
I’ll have a (cup of) coffee, please.
My mother never drinks wine.
Spain produces some wonderful wines. (= kids of wine)
2. Uncountable, singular countable (with a/an) or plural? Complete
these sentences:
1. Could you pass me…………………………………………………………..? (glass)
2. This table is made of…………………………………………………………. (glass)
3. I need a piece of ……………………………………………………………...(wood)
4. The house was near …………………………………………………………..(wood)
5. She looked at him with …………………….......................................................(pity)
6. It’s …………………………………………………………….Ann isn’t here .(pity)
7. ………………………………………………………………..goes so quickly.(time)
8. She phoned six …………………………………………………….yesterday. (time)
9. Three …………………………………………………………………, please. (beer)
10. ………………………………………………………………..makes you fat. (beer)
257
11. He hasn’t got much ……………………………………………………(experience)
12. It was …………………………………………….. …..I won’t forget. (experience)
13. There’s ……………………………………………….........in the garden. (chicken)
14. Do you want ………………………………………………..........or beef? (chicken)
- the following words are normally uncountable in English (but countable in
some other languages). They are normally only singular. We can use some with
them, but not a/an. (NOT a travel, an information)
advice
baggage
bread
furniture
hair
knowledge
luck
luggage
news
research
travel
work
spaghetti (and macaroni etc.)
information
I need some information.
This bread is too expensive.
Her hair is very long.
Travel teaches you a lot.
3. Put ‘a’ with the countable nouns and ‘some’ with the uncountable
nouns:
……....baggage ……....bread ………bus ……...dishwasher …………furniture
………holiday ………house ………luck ……..knowledge …………magazine
………problem ……….research ………table ……….travel …………work
-sometimes uncountable and countable nouns have similar meanings
food – a meal
clothing – a coat
crockery- a plate
4. Can you put these words in pairs (one uncountable, one
countable) expressing similar ideas?
accommodation
advertisement
luggage
bread
cars
dollar
fact
flat
furniture
information
job
journey
loaf
money
publicity
suitcase
table
traffic
travel
work
258
E.g.: accommodation, a flat
…………………………
…………………………….
…………………………
……………………………
…………………………
…………………………….
…………………………
…………………………….
…………………………
……………………………
………………………....
5.
Fixed
expressions.
The
nouns
in
the
box
are
normally
uncountable. They can be made countable by adding other words.
Find out which words go with which:
advice
bread
chess
chocolate
luck
news
soap
thunder
grass
lightning
a piece or word of advice
a blade of ………………………..
an item or piece of ………………
a bar of ……………OR …………
a flash of ………………………..
a loaf of…………………………..
a stroke of ………………………
a game of ………………………..
a clap of…………………………..
-with a few uncountable nouns referring to emotional and mental activity, we
use a/an where there is an adjective or other description
a love of music
a good education
an excellent knowledge of German
*Plurals of nouns: special cases: aircraft, sheep, arms
6. Here are seven groups of nouns. Look in the box and find two
more nouns to add to each group:
aircraft
crisis
dozen
mathematics
means
mouse
news
police
scissors
sheep
shelf
thousand
tooth
wolf
259
1. COUNTABLE NOUNS WITH SINGULAR (AND PLURAL) IN –s
series crossroads
analysis-analyses
…………. - ………… ………………….
2. NOUNS WITH SINGULAR AND PLURAL THE SAME
trout
deer
fish
salmon
………… ……………….
3. NOUNS THAT HAVE A PLURAL WITHOUT –s AFTER A NUMBER
hundred (e.g. two hundred) million
………………
…………………..
4. NOUNS WITH SINGULAR IN –f(e), PLURAL IN –ves
calf-calves
half
knife
leaf
life
loaf
………….. - …………………
self
thief
wife
……………….- ………………
5. NOUNS WITH IRREGULAR PLURALS
child-children
criterion-criteria
foot-feet
fungus-fungi goose-geese
man-men
medium-media
ox-oxen
penny-pence
phenomenon-phenomena
woman-women
………………….. - …………………
……………………..-……………
6. UNCOUNTABLE SINGULAR NOUNS ENDING IN –s (NORMALLY NO
PLURAL)
athletics
billiards
economics
gymnastics
politics
…………..
……………
measles
physics
7. PLURAL NOUNS WITH NO SINGULAR
arms
belongings
cattle
clothes
congratulations
earnings
goods
outskirts
people
thanks
troops
trousers
………………
260
remains
contents
surroundings
…………………
*Mixed singular and plural: My family are angry with me
#singular nouns for groups of people often have plural verbs and pronouns
in British English, especially when we are talking about personal kinds of action.
Compare:
My family are very angry with me: they think I should go to
university.
The average family has 3.5 members: it is much smaller than in 1900.
The team are going to lose again. They’re useless.
A cricket team is made up of eleven players, including its captain.
7. Choose the best expressions from the box to complete the
sentences:
class is
club has
orchestra is
school has
staff do
class are
club have
orchestra are
school have
staff does
1a. In England, a state……………………………..to give time to religious education.
1b. My daughter’s ……………………decided to hold their sports day next Saturday.
2a. The………………………………………………given $5,000 to charity this year.
2b. The …………………………………fifty per cent more members than a year ago.
3a. The ……………………………………............................not like the new manager.
3b. The ………………………………………………………not need to be increased.
4a. Jane’s …………………………………………………………………..in Room 6.
4b. Our ………………………………………………………………planning a party.
5a. The …………………………………………………just tuning up – let’s hurry in.
5b. An ……………………….composed of string, wind, and percussion instruments.
#the following singular expressions can be followed by plural nouns and
verbs:
261
a number of
the majority of
a lot of
the rest of
a couple of
a group of
A number of us are worried about it. (NOT A number of us is)
The majority of teachers disagree.
There are a couple of children outside.
The rest of the members are ill.
#some plural expressions (names of quantities, and expressions joined by
and) have singular verbs.
Ten pounds is too much to pay.
The United States is smaller than Canada.
Fish and chips costs $8.
8. Choose the right verb:
1. A number of people has/have complained about the noise.
2. Do you think three pounds is/are a big enough tip?
3. Hamburger and chips is/are not a very healthy lunch.
4. In the latest rail union vote, the majority has/have voted to go on strike; the rest of
the members is/are expected to support the strike fairly solidly.
5. Two kilos is/are pretty small for a newborn baby.
6. Our teenage son thinks there is/are a number of good reasons for staying up late and
having a good time.
7. A couple of dangerous-looking men is/are waiting for you outside.
8. Six weeks is/are a long time to wait for news of your family.
9. The majority of the children’s parents is/are unemployed.
10. A lot of shops is/are opening on Sundays now.
11. The United States has/have serious economic problems.
12. Tom and Rosie were late, but the rest of us was/were on time.
13. Is/Are bacon and eggs what you usually eat for breakfast?
14. We’ve just learnt that a couple of our club members has/have been chosen for the
national team.
262
*Revise the basics: possessive ‘s
#SINGULAR noun(s) + ‘s: my mother’s car; Sarah and Henry’s house
#PLURAL noun + ‘: my parents’ home
#IRREGULAR plural + ‘s: the children’s names
9. Make possessive forms from the expressions in List 1, to combine
with expressions from List 2. Make fifteen combinations:
List 1:
List 2:
your sister
Jonathan
Emily and Claire
those women
my teachers
Katie
our dog
Simon and Jill
most people
doctors
address
car/cars
father/fathers
ideas
nose/noses
health
legs
clothes
education
fear of heights
Ex:
your sister’s address
8………………………………….
my teachers’ clothes
9………………………………….
1. ………………………………
10………………………………...
2. ………………………………
11 ………………………………..
3. ………………………………
12………………………………...
4. ………………………………
13. ……………………………….
5 ……………………………….
14 ………………………………..
6 ……………………………….
15………………………………...
7………………………………..
#Possessives usually replace articles before nouns. We can say the car
or Sue’s car, but not Sue’s the car or the Sue’s car. But a possessive word can have its
own article: the boss’s car.
Note also: that car of Sue’s; a friend of Joe’s (like a friend of mine)
263
10. Right or wrong? Correct the mistakes or write ‘Correct’:
E.g.:
my mothers car
mother’s
Anna’s sister.
correct
1. Is this the teacher’s pen?
…………………….
2. Are you the Al’s daughter?
…………………….
3. Do you know Lesley’s last name?
…………………….
4. Here’s the Barry’s address.
…………………….
5. Here’s my parents’ address.
…………………….
6. It was the school’s responsibility.
…………………….
7. What’s the Wilson’s number?
…………………….
8. That’s an old habit of Marion’s.
…………………….
9. It’s a crazy idea of Alice.
…………………….
10. Where is that brother of Carol?
…………………….
Note: We spent the evening at Cathy’s ( = at Cathy’s house)
She’s at the hairdresser’s.
I bought it at Harrod’s.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – TOWNS AND BUILDINGS78
1. Choose the most suitable world:
a) As you can see, the garden has two ornamental iron doors/gates and there is a stone
path/pavement leading to the house.
b) This is the front entry/entrance, but there is another door at the edge/side of the
house.
c) All the rooms have covered/fitted carpets.
d)All the cupboards/wardrobes in the kitchen and the bookshelves/library in the living
room are included in the price.
78
264
e)There is a beautiful stone chimney/fireplace in the living room, and there are
sinks/wash-basins in all the bedrooms.
f) At the top of the stairs/steps there is a coloured/stained glass window.
g) The bathroom has a shower/washer and modern mixer pipes/taps.
h)At the top of the house there is a/an attic/cellar and the garden contains a
glasshouse/greenhouse and a garden hut/shed.
i) There is a wooden fence/wall on one side of the garden, and a bush/hedge on the
other.
j) This is a fine single/detached house in a quiet neighbourhood/suburb.
2. Match the words in the box with a suitable explanation (a-i). Not all
words given are possible:
curtains
drive
parking
shelf
central heating
dishwasher
furniture
radiator
stool
cook
landing
rug
door knocker
letterbox
a) Rectangular hole in the front door.
doormat
settee/sofa
letterbox
b) Long narrow rectangular piece of wood or metal fixed to the wall.
……………
c) Short road between the street and a house of its garage.
……………
d) Use this if you want someone to open the front door.
……………
e) Put the dirty dishes in this.
……………
f) This system make the house warm.
……………
g) A small carpet.
……………
h) More than one person can sit on this.
……………
i) An area at the top of some stairs.
……………
j) Wipe your feet on this before you enter the house.
……………
k) Pull these to cover the windows.
……………
l) Small seat without back or arms.
……………
265
3. Complete each sentence (a-j) with a suitable ending (1-10) so that
the meaning of the word in italics is clear. Use each ending only
once:
a) I would prefer to live in a cottage 6
1) on the third floor of a modern block.
b) The shopping centre has a multi-storey 2) and he commutes to work in the centre.
car park
c) My grandmother bought a bungalow
3) with room for over 2000 vehicles.
d) Jenny lives in a small flat
4) but the rent is so high that she cannot
afford much furniture.
e) This street is only for pedestrians
5) which has a beautiful garden in the
middle.
f) Helen and John live in a square
6) in a small village in the country.
g) Peter has moved to a London suburb
7) and the neighbours often bang on the
wall.
h) This village is surrounded by lovely 8)because she had difficulty climbing
countryside
stairs.
i) Sue’s new house is unfurnished
9) with fields, woods, streams and a small
lake.
j) My house is semi-detached
10) and cars and lorries are not allowed.
4. Complete each sentence with the words home, house or a word
formed from one of these words:
a) The old couple decided to live in an old people’s home.
b) Jane can’t stand washing and ironing and other ……………………………………
c) Graham bought a terraced ……………………………………. in a quiet city street.
d) Many……………………………………….. people sleep on the streets of London.
e) Jack was unable to look after his children so he employed a ……………………….
f) I come from Newcastle. It’s my ……………………………….town, you could say.
g) Paul used to live on the river on a ……………………………………………...boat.
h) When I went to boarding school I felt very …………………………….sick at first.
266
i) Our first home was on the …………………………………estate on Oakwood Hill.
j) Pour yourself a drink and make yourself at………………………………………….
5. Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each
sentence:
a) The view from the skyscraper shows up/sees about/stands up/looks out over New
York harbor.
b) The old houses opposite are going to be broken down/knocked down/put down/
taken down.
c) Hang up/Stop off/Get away/Look out! You’re about to push the wheelbarrow over
my foot!
d) Please take in/make up/put out/tie down the rubbish because the dustman is coming
tomorrow.
e) Please come and unblock our drains! I’m doing without/counting on/seeing to/
waiting for you!
f) I can’t put these plants in pots. I’ve run out of/put up with/given up/come up with
earth.
g) We fell out/got in/ended up/set off through the window by climbing up a ladder.
h) I’ve been planting trees all day and I’m worn out/taken in/run down/grown up.
6. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a
word that fits in the space in the same line:
A house in the country
When Ann decided to move house, it was mainly because
she was tired of the (1) neighbourhood she lived in. It was
NEIGHBOUR
crowded, there was a (2) ………………of parking places, and
SHORT
the view from her (3)…………………windows was of distant
STAIRS
factory chimneys. Luckily she arranged the (4)………………..
SELL
of her house very easily, and with a small (5) ………… from
LEND
the bank, was able to buy a house in the country. It was an
267
old farm building, which had been (6)…………and turned into
BUILD
a modern house. After loading all her belongings in a van,
Ann managed to get them into the new house (7) ……………..
DAMAGE
She (8)……………..most of the rooms with what she already
FURNITURE
owned. Even her curtains were the right (9)……………for the
LONG
windows and she only had to buy a new (10)………………for
COOK
the kitchen. It seemed too good to be true. Surely something
would go wrong!
a) Laura was sitting beside the fire in a comfortable armchair/sofa.
b) We drove out of the village along a winding lane/path.
c) Steve redecorated his room with flowery posters/wallpaper.
d) Put the meat in the cooker/oven for two hours.
e) These plums are ripe. They need picking/picking up.
f) Peter was in the garden mowing the flowers/lawn.
g) We used to keep the coal downstairs in the cave/cellar.
h) Why don’t you put the car in the car park/parking?
i) Kate lives in a flat on the first floor/storey.
j) Put your wet socks on the central heating/radiator to dry.
k) Let’s take the runway/motorway, we’ll get there faster.
l) Go and get the lawnmower. The grass is/are very long.
m) I like the painting but I don’t like the frame/surrounding.
n) Mary has a lot of small ornaments on her window shelf/sill.
o) There’s someone at/on the door. Can you see who it is?
268
8. Match the words in the box with a suitable explanation (a-o):
shutters
ceiling
chimney
pillow
kennel
blind
cushion
roof
rubbish
urban
bunk
duvet
kerb
litter
rural
a) Put this over you if you are cold in bed.
duvet
b) Put this behind your back if you are sitting uncomfortably.
…………
c) This describes city places.
…………
d) These protect your windows outside and can be closed in bad weather. ………….
e) This is paper dropped in the street.
………….
f) This is the top of the room.
………….
g) This is a bed with others above it.
………….
h) This describes country places.
………….
i) This is the top of the house.
………….
j) Put this under your head when you go to sleep.
………….
k) Close this to keep the sunlight out of your room.
…………
l) This is anything you throw away in the dustbin.
…………
m) This is home for your pet dog.
…………
n) This is the stone edge of the pavement at the side of the road.
…………
o) The smoke goes up this from the fireplace.
…………
Moving in
The entrance to the flat was at the (1) side/inside/beginning/garden of the house. Jane
had to walk along a (2) road/way/path/stairs across the lawn and past a (3)
room/shed/cellar/floor full of gardening equipment. Inside the back door there was a
flight of (4) ladder/upstairs/rooms/stairs and then another door on the (5) roof/
landing/balcony/bottom. It was a (6) multi-storey/semi-detached/furnished/cottage flat
with a bedroom, living room, kitchen and bathroom. There was not a lot of (7)
furniture/rent/neighbours/housing but certainly enough for a student like Jane. There
was a/an (8) oven/fireplace/cooker/cooking in the living room with an electric fire,
269
and the kitchen had a small (9) cook/cookery/cooker/cooking and a fridge. The
bathroom did not have a bath, only a (10) waterfall/shower/splash/sink and a basin,
but Jane didn’t mind. She was thinking about other problems. There wasn’t a washing
(11) machine/up/room/powder, and there was no (12) central/much/radiator/good
heating. It was raining outside, and the flat felt damp and chilly. On the bed there
were some (13) wrappings/rugs/carpets/blankets and a duvet, but no (14)
whites/sheets/spreads/cloths. It was lucky that Jane had brought a sleeping bag. As
she was wondering what to do next, there was a knock (15) for/behind/to/at the door.
VOCABULARY: GENERAL - PHRASAL VERBS: INTO AND
AWAY79
A. INTO
Read the entries in Diana’s personal diary. Each entry has a phrasal verb with into.
7 Mon - Ran into Mary W in town today. met someone I know when I did not
Nice to see her again.
expect to meet them
8 Tue – Car problems again today! Must investigate and examine the facts about a
look into getting a new one.
problem or situation
9 Wed – Poor old Eileen! The boss told suddenly started to make a noise,
her he didn’t like some work she’d done especially to start crying, laughing or
and she burst into tears
singing
10 Thu – The boss wants to have lunch believe that an action, remark or situation
with me. Anne says I shouldn’t read has a particular importance or meaning,
anything into it, but I’m suspicious of his often when this is not true
motives
11 Fri – Met Liam today. He went into described and discussed something in a
his marriage problems into great detail. detailed way.
Felt sorry for him.
12 Sat – Decided to throw myself into start doing something with a lot of
79
270
doing some gardening now that spring is enthusiasm and energy
here!
13 Sun – Saw Liam again. Told him I start to become involved in something,
was busy as I didn’t want to enter into especially a discussion. (Note that you
another discussion about his private life
enter a room, not enter into a room)
B. AWAY
phrasal verb
meaning
example
tidy away sth or tidy put things in cupboards Mum told me to tidy away all
sth away
and drawers, etc. after you my things before my aunt came
have been using them
to visit.
pack away sth or put something into a bag The scouts packed away their
pack sth away
or
container,
or
put tents and left the camping
something in the place ground.
where it is usually kept
tear sb away (usually force someone to stop I’m sorry to tear you away
+ from)
doing
something
enjoy in
order
they from your computer, but I need
to
do your help.
something else
stay away from sth
avoid something that has a I think I should stay away
bad effect on you
from desserts. I’m putting on
weight.
send away for sth
write to an organization to I’ve sent away for a brochure
ask them to send you about holidays in New Zealand.
something
lock yourself away
go to a room or building I decided to lock myself away
where you can be alone, in my room till I’d finished my
usually so that you can essay.
work
run away (often + secretly
from)
leave
a
place Did you ever run away from
because you are unhappy home as a child?
there
271
1. Match the beginning of each sentence with its ending:
1. At the supermarket yesterday Julia ran
a) into his words.
2. Kim is getting over his broken heart by throwing b) into Martin.
himself
3.When she saw me dressed up as a pirate she burst
c) into the causes of the war.
4. He doesn’t think before he speaks so don’t read too d) into the argument.
much
5. In your essay you should have gone more fully
e) into what happened.
6. We were disagreeing about the film and then Jo f) into laughter.
entered
7. The police are doing all they can to look
g) into his studies.
2. Complete these sentences using a phrasal verb with away. Write
the verb in the correct form and add, if necessary, a reflexive
pronoun (e.g. myself, yourself):
1. I once terrified my parents by …………………………………………...from home.
2. Please ………………………………….your games and books. It’s time for dinner.
3. You really should …………………………....Stanley. He’s a bad influence on you.
4. She was so upset that she ………………………in her room until the next morning.
5. Adam has ………………………………….an application form for that job he saw.
6. Please could you …………………….from the TV, I need some help in the garden.
3. Complete these sentences in any way that makes sense using one
of the phrasal verbs from the opposite page:
1. I was very surprised when Helen burst………………………………………………
2. It makes sense to stay………………………………………………………………...
3. My best friend always throws………………………………………………………..
4. Sometimes I’d really like to run ……………………………………………………..
5. I find this job so stressful. I really should look ……………………………………...
272
6. When I went to the town centre last week, I ran …………………………………….
7. Before moving house, I spent weeks packing ……………………………………….
8. Whenever visitors are coming, I usually tidy ………………………………………..
4. Here are some more phrasal verbs with into and away. Read the
sentences 1-5 and match the phrasal verbs with the definitions a-e:
1.As soon as Joe saw me, he launched a)knock against something, usually by
into a long account of his travels.
accident
2.Because it is so expensive in this b)meet someone you know when you
country at the moment, tourists are have not planned to meet them
keeping away.
3.Trying to cross the room in the dark, he c)start doing or saying something (e.g. a
banged into a small table and knocked speech or a story) in a very enthusiastic
over.
way
4.It isn’t a person in that field, it’s a d)make a person or animal so frightened
scarecrow- the farmer wants to scare the that they go away
birds away.
5. I bumped into your sister in town this e) not go to a place
morning.
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS – SCHOOL VIOLENCE80
The Teachers’ Union has published a report which provides substantial
evidence as to why scores of discouraged teachers are leaving the profession seeking
less stressful alternative employment. Five hundred men and women were surveyed
for the report, and as many as 40% revealed that they had been subjected to daily
verbal abuse, intimidation, threats and physical violence from their pupils. The
deterioration in children’s behaviour is manifested by foul language and appalling
manners. The badly-paid profession is held in very low esteem. Teachers say that
80
Educational, 2001.
273
there is a limit to the enthusiasm one can generate for the job on a tiny salary. For
many, the strain is too high and it is driving them out of the classroom for good.
The teachers report a horrifying degree of classroom violence, with children as
young as eight being suspended for being disruptive. Vandalism, graffiti, arson and
theft are commonplace, and few schools manage successfully to tackle rowdies who
disrupt school life. Parking outside a school means finding scratched paintwork,
twisted aerials and punctured tyres. The violence involves knifing, punching and
beating. In one case, a boy turned on a teacher, grabbed him by the throat and
threatened him with a broken bottle. But even in such drastic cases, there is little
support from the headmasters who are reluctant to pass details to local authorities
because such reports reflect badly on their schools.
A breakdown in discipline at home has affected students’ behaviour at school.
Bad behaviour has increased dramatically since corporal punishment was abolished.
Many young people drink excessively and parents turn a blind eye to it. If a teacher
tries to correct or reprimand an unruly student, he or she risks physical assault and
severe verbal abuse. On top of it, there is no support from the parents who rather
come and tell the teacher off for trying to keep their children in order. Pupils know
they can get away with assaulting teachers because no-one takes such acts seriously.
1. The report explains why fewer teachers nowadays are doing their job.
2. Teachers find their job very stressful.
3. More than half of those interviewed for the report have been victims of classroom
violence.
4. The profession of a teacher is highly respected in society.
5. They are paid inadequately for the work they have to do.
6. Eight-year-olds are being thrown out of school for violent behaviour.
7. Most schools do not know how to deal with the problem.
8. Teachers’ cars are often vandalized by pupils.
9. Headmasters are helpful in solving disciplinary problems because they do not want
to lose their teachers.
274
10.Students behave at school just as they must be behaving at home towards their
parents.
11.Many parents would rather pretend not to notice their children drinking alcohol.
12.Pupils moderate their language when they address their teachers.
13.Parents who cannot control their children are grateful to teachers for bringing them
up properly.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
appalling ………………..
abuse
corporal …………………..
cases
discouraged ………………..
degree
drastic …………………….
evidence
foul …………………….
language
horrifying …………………
manners
physical …………………..
punishment
substantial…………………..
students
unruly ……………………..
teachers
verbal………………………..
violence
MORE-CLASSROOM-OF-TEACHERS-TO-DISCIPLINE –OVER-LACK-RESIGN
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
-a căuta un alt post: – s…………… a……………… e………………
-limbaj vulgar şi maniere îngrozitoare: - f……………
l…………… and
a………………. m…………….
-a stima foarte puţin: - h……………. a l……………. e……………..
275
-a se descurca cu golanii: - t………….. r…………
-a reflecta negativ asupra: - r…………. b…………….. o………….. something
-a închide ochii la ceva: - t………….. a b…………… e…………….. t…………….
something
-a ţine pe cineva la respect – k…………….. somebody i…………… o…………….
-a scăpa nepedepsit: - g……………….. a………….. w…………. something
276
LESSON 18
*Grammar: Nouns (2)* Vocabulary: General – Vehicles and Transport* Phrasal
Verbs: Time – Spending Time* Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Soccer
Hooliganism
***
I. GRAMMAR – NOUNS (2)81
*possessive ‘s or of: my father’s name; the name of the book
#we use the possessive’s structure especially when the first noun is the name
of a person, group of people, organisation, country or animal.
In other cases we generally prefer a structure with of. Compare:
my father’s name
the name of the book
the firm’s structure
the structure of plastic
America’s influence
the influence of alcohol
the dog’s head
the head of the bed
#we also use the possessive’s structure with common ‘time when’
expressions, and in expressions of measurement of time.
today’s paper
tomorrow’s weather
a month’s holiday
three hours’ delay
yesterday’s news
1. Join the expressions in the box to make expressions with
possessive ‘s or , ’ or with of:
the club + its monthly meeting
Angela + her leg
his parents + their car
the trees + their highest branches
your dog + its mouth
the bank + its branch in Paris
the river + its mouth
my family + its name
81
the world + its end
my suitcase + its lock
your office + its floor
the town + its atmosphere
277
our company + its best sales manager
next week + its timetable
E.g.:
the police force + its main problem
last night+ its party
today + its news
the club’s monthly meeting
……………………………………….
his parents’ car
……………………………………….
the end of the world
.....................................................
………………………………..
………………………………….
………………………………..
………………………………….
………………………………..
………………………………….
………………………………..
………………………………….
………………………………..
………………………………….
…………………………………
……………………………….....
2. Make two noun groups from each set of words:
E.g.: file: your secretary, legal documents:
your secretary’s file, the file of legal documents
1. story: Helen, the French Revolution
………………………………………………………………………………......
2. bed: the stream, the patient
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. policy: full employment, the company
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. style: my favorite author, the 1930s
……………………………………………………………………………..........
5. place: language education, women
……………………………………………………………………………..........
6. ideas: modern physics, my son
………………………………………………………………………………......
7. rules: the club, football
……………………………………………………………………………..........
278
8. view: the committee, the lake
…………………………………………………………………………………
9. head: the cat, the queue
…………………………………………………………………………………
10. arm: the chair, John
…………………………………………………………………………………
*revise the basics: noun + noun
#we often put one noun in front of another. The first noun is rather like an
adjective, and is usually singular, even if the meaning is plural.
a horse race (a kind of race)
a race horse (a kind of horse)
a shoe shop
a Lancashire man
a ten-mile walk
#articles belonging to the first noun are dropped in this structure.
Officers in the army = army officers (NOT the army….)
3. What do you call these?
1. a shop that sells music………………………………………………………………..
2. a man from Birmingham……………………………………………………………..
3. a frame for a picture………………………………………………………………….
4. tea made from mint…………………………………………………………………..
5. the clock in the station ……………………………………………………………....
6. a rocket that goes into space………………………………………………………....
7. a factory that makes biscuits…………………………………………………………
8. powder made from soap……………………………………………………………..
9. furniture for the garden ……………………………………………………………..
10. a sign in the road …………………………………………………………………..
11. a brush for teeth ……………………………………………………………………
12. programmes about wildlife ………………………………………………………..
13. a bottle for wine……………………………………………………………………
14. a play produced by a school……………………………………………………….
279
15. a paper that is sold in the evening…………………………………………………
4. Put these words into pairs to make noun + noun expressions.
Change plural to singular if necessary:
antique
bicycle
bus
cowboy
kitchen
map
newspapers
shop
station
door
film
publisher
grapes
race
juice
roads
…………………………………………..
……………………………………...
…………………………………………..
……………………………………...
…………………………………………...
……………………………………...
…………………………………………...
……………………………………...
#Note the difference between, for example, a water bottle (a bottle for water, which
may be full or empty) and a bottle of water (a bottle with water in).
*noun + noun or preposition: road signs; signs of anger
#we use the noun + noun structure for well-known everyday combinations.
#to talk about things that do not go together so often, we usually prefer a
structure with a preposition.
Compare:
a war film
a film about a dog (NOT a dog film)
a history book
a book about violins (NOT a violin book)
a postman
a man from the bank (NOT a bank man)
road signs
signs of anger (NOT anger signs)
a corner table
the girl in the corner (NOT the corner girl)
5. Eight of these ideas can naturally be expressed by ‘noun + noun’.
Which are they? Rewrite them:
1. a cake made of chocolate
…………………………………………………...
2. a child in the garden
…………………………………………………...
280
3. a cupboard in the kitchen
…………………………………………………..
4. a box for matches
…………………………………………………...
5. paste for cleaning teeth
…………………………………………………...
6. discussions about furniture
………………………………………………….
7. the door to the kitchen
………………………………………………….
8. a bottle designed for wine
………………………………………………….
9. a timetable of trains
………………………………………………….
10. a book about the moon
………………………………………………….
11. chairs for the garden
………………………………………………….
12. a man with a hat
………………………………………………….
#Newspaper headlines often save space by using the noun + noun structure
instead of the preposition structure. Strings of three or four nouns are common.
Channel ferry safety drill leaves 18 injured.
Decision day in rail dispute.
Football club burglars cut home phones.
*one (s): a big one with cream
#we use one (s) to avoid repeating a countable noun.
‘What sort of cake would you like?’ ‘A big one with cream’.
I’d like some shoes like the ones in the window.
‘Could you lend me a pen?’ ‘Sorry, I haven’t got one.’
#we don’t use one for an uncountable noun.
We haven’t got fresh cream. Would you like tinned? (NOT tinned
one)
281
6. Put in words and expressions from the box with or without one(s):
Chinese
cold
small metal
long sunny
solid practical
new
that I’ve read
red woollen
sharp
unsweetened orange
white cotton
E.g.:
‘What colour cardigans would you like to see?’
‘Red woollen ones, please.’
1. There’s my suitcase, the …………………………………………………………….!
2. I’ve lost my jacket. It’s a …………………………………………………………….
3. ‘What kind of juice is that?’
‘…………………………………………………’
4. I’ve got too many books. I’m giving away the ……………………………………..
5. She doesn’t sell used cars, only ……………………………………………………...
6. ‘What sort of holiday are you having this year?’ ‘A………………………………...’
7. This isn’t Thai food, it’s …………………………………………………………….
8. I don’t want pretty shoes, but ……………………………………………………….
9. Hand me a knife, will you – a ……………………………………………………….
10. Don’t wash this in warm water. Use ……………………………………………….
#If there is no adjective, we do not use a with one.
‘What sort of cake would you like?’ ‘One with cream.’
#we use some/any without ones. We use mine etc instead of my one etc.
‘Could you lend me some stamps?’ ‘I haven’t got any’
‘Which car shall we take?’
‘Mine’
7. Put in one, some, any or mine/yours etc:
1. ‘What sort of job would you like to do?’ ‘…………………….where I travel a lot.’
2. I haven’t got a train timetable, but ask Adrian – he may have ………………………
3. ‘Is that your car or Anna’s?’
‘………………………...- Anna hasn’t got a car.’
4. There aren’t any matches here, but there may be …………………….in the kitchen.
5. I need a watch - ……………………………………………………….with an alarm.
282
6. ‘Where are the forks?’
‘Oh, no! We didn’t bring ……………………………...!
7. Barry has put his name on this book, but Liz says it’s………………………………
8. If you haven’t got enough plates, I’ll be happy to bring……………………………
*nouns: more practice
8. Irregular plurals. See if you can remember the plurals of these
nouns:
criterion………….
fish………………..
thief……………
fungus……………
phenomenon………………….
series……………
analysis……………
tomato……………….
goose…………..
9. No singular; no plural. Seven of these nouns are normally singular
with no plural; seven are plural with no singular; seven are normal.
Write S, P or N:
athletics: S
belongings: P
end: N
clothes: …… congratulations: ……
gymnastics: …. hand: …..
physics: …..
billiards: ……
economics: …..
idea: …..
meal: …..
research: ….. scissors: ….
thanks: …..
cattle:….
exam: ….. glass: ……
measles: …… paper: …
trousers: ….
10. Mixed singular and plural. Choose the best forms:
1. The missing group of climbers has/have radioed to say that they are safe.
2. A number of people has/have written to Professor Taylor to show their support for
his plan.
3. Ten euros is/are a lot to pay for one coffee.
4. Fish and chips is/are a traditional British supper.
5. Most of the people here agrees/agree with me.
6. A couple of policeman is/are outside and wants/want to speak to you.
7. A rugby union team has/have fifteen players.
283
8. My family thinks/think I’m crazy.
9. Eight months is/are a long time to wait for a visa.
10. The majority of us wants/want a change of government
11. Mixed structures. Choose the correct forms:
1. I’d like one/a one with long sleeves.
2. Have you got a bus timetable/timetable of buses?
3. Do you know school’s/the school’s phone number?
4. Here’s a photo of Mark’s/Mark and Sylvia’s baby.
5. I’m reading a Napoleon book/ book about Napoleon.
6. I can hear the postman’s van/ the van of the postman.
7. She’s a John’s friend/ a friend of John/ a friend of John’s.
8. Please don’t put your cup on the chair’s arm/ the arm of the chair.
9. There was an empty wine bottle/wine’s bottle/bottle of wine under his bed.
10. That was a really good idea of Maggie/Maggie’s.
12. Grammar and vocabulary: words beginning with sun. Complete
the sentences with the words in the box. There is one expression
too many – it doesn’t exist!
sunburn
suncream
sundial
sunfall
sunflowers
sunrise
sunset
sunspots
sunstroke
suntan
sunglasses
1. Let’s just sit here and look at the ……………….………………….until it gets dark.
2. Those ……………………………………………………………are taller than I am.
3. If you don’t put on more…………………….., you’ll get ………………………….
4. John got……………………………….during the race. He’s been taken to hospital.
5. Apparently there are more……………………………than usual every eleven years.
6. I’ve lost my ………………………………………. Have you seen them anywhere?
7. That’s not a real……………………………………….She puts it on out of a bottle.
8. Do you think that………………………………………………..tells the right time?
9. What time is …………………………………………………….tomorrow morning?
284
13. Grammar in a text. Complete the news story with expressions
from the box. Don’t forget to add ‘s or ‘:
a man
children
girls
the other children
Josie and Cara
local people
the shopkeeper
their grandmother
their grandparents
Police looking for two young girls
The two girls disappeared from their grandmother’s garden in Ilkley yesterday
evening.
Josie and
Cara Sharp,
aged
7
and
9,
were staying at
(1)
……………………… house for a week. They were in Ilkley for a (2)……………….
theatre
course.
The
police
have
asked
the
course
teachers
for
(3)
……………………names and addresses, and they have also put (4)……………….
photos on local television. The two (5) ………………mother, Mrs Jenna Sharp, has
appeared on TV as well. A shopkeeper thinks she saw Josie and Cara getting into (6)
…………………….car; police officers have asked for (7) ……………..help with a
photofit picture of the man. The police have also got (8) ………………… help in
looking for the girls near the town.
*nouns: revision test
1. Put a/an before the countable nouns, and some before the
uncountables:
………advice
……..artist
………bread
………company
……….curtain
…….furniture
………information
………job
……….joke
…….journey
………money
……....publicity
……….traffic
…….train
………travel
285
2. Write the plurals:
baby: babies
boy……….
bus……….
city………
crossroads……………
deer……….
echo……..
loaf………
gas………………
half………..
kilo……….
monkey…………..
phenomenon………………
series……………..
watch………………..
piano…………..
3. What do you call these?
1. a shop that sells flowers ……………………………………………………………...
2. juice made from raspberries …………………………………………………………
3. a brush for shoes ……………………………………………………………………..
4. a radio in a car ……………………………………………………………………….
5. a paper that you buy in the morning …………………………………………………
6. bottles for water………………………………………………………………………
7. poison for rats ……………………………………………………………………….
8. exams in universities…………………………………………………………………
9. a factory that makes marmalade …………………………………………………….
10. a cupboard in a bathroom ………………………………………………………….
E.g.: Are those Johns’ glasses?
John’s
I need some advice.
correct
1. I’m going to buy some new furnitures.
…………………….
2. Athletics are my favourite kind of sport
…………………….
3. My Parker’s cattle have got out again.
…………………….
4. My family are planning to move to Scotland.
…………………….
5. The majority of the voters wants a change.
…………………….
6. The United States are having serious economic problems.
…………………….
7. Those keys are yours. My ones are on the kitchen table.
…………………….
8. I’d really like some juice of fruit.
…………………….
286
9. Do you know the basketball’s rules?
…………………….
10. I’ve lost Sue and Andy’s phone number
…………………….
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – VEHICLES AND TRANSPORT82
captain
crew
guard
pedestrian
cyclist
mechanic
flight attendant
motorist
traffic warden
chauffeur
conductor
driver
a) The company chairman has a Rolls-Royce driven by a chauffeur.
b) When my car broke down a passing …………………………...towed it to a garage.
c) The police wanted me to describe the …………………………………….of the car.
d) The four passengers on the ship had dinner with the ……………………………….
e) The train couldn’t leave until the ……………………………. waved his green flag.
f) Hilary was given a parking ticket by a ………………………………………………
g) Before take-off, the ………………………………….told me to fasten my seat belt.
h) When I got on the ship, one of the ……………………….helped me find my cabin.
i) There isn’t a …………………………………………on this bus, you pay the driver.
j) Eddie is a keen ……………………………….and rides his bike to work every day.
k) The bus mounted the pavement and injured a ……………………………………..
l) Jim works as a …………………………………………………….in a local garage.
2. Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each
sentence:
a) The ship stopped because two passengers had fallen upside down/overboard/
underground/inside out.
b) The platform/quay/runway/pavement was crowded with passengers waiting for the
train.
82
287
c) We had to stop for petrol at a filling garage/service/pump/station.
d) Mary looked up the fastest train to Glasgow in the catalogue/timetable/dictionary
/programme.
e) The train was very crowded because there were only four coaches/wagons/trucks
/cars.
f) Peter’s car crashed/collided/hit/skidded off the icy road and fell into a ditch.
g) I dropped my wallet from the boat but luckily it drifted/floated/sank/rescued.
h) Everything went dark when the train entered a/an underground/tunnel/tube/metro.
i) David missed his train because of the queue in the ticket office/agency/room/
lounge.
j) To get to our hotel we had to cross the railway road/route/rails/line.
A letter of apology
I am writing to apologise for the (1) cancellation of your Happy
CANCEL
Holiday Coach Tour to Aberdeen. (2) ……………..our luxury
FORTUNE
coach was involved in a (3) …………….in France a week ago,
COLLIDE
and our driver has been (4) …………….obliged to remain there
EXPECT
for the moment. The coach was travelling on a road (5)…………
SUIT
for heavy traffic, and the accident was (6)……………Luckily
AVOID
none of the passengers suffered any (7) ……………, and we have
INJURE
complained to the authorities that the road needs (8)…………….
WIDE
Our new coach will be fitted with (9) ……………..seat belts for
ADJUST
the safety and comfort of passengers. We will of course
return the (10)……………you have made for your holiday as
soon as possible.
288
PAY
5. Complete each sentence with sail or ship, or a word formed from
one of these words:
a) Jack has been working as a sailor for ten years.
b) We’re all flying home but our furniture is being ……………………………………
c) What time does the ferry set ………………………………………………………..?
d) We are expecting a ……………. ………………….of coffee from Brazil this week.
e) We have decided to go for a …………………………………..tomorrow afternoon.
f) When Paul was young, he ………………………………………….round the world.
g) It’s time you were aboard …………………………………….. We’re leaving soon.
h) Do you like………………………………………..? Or do you prefer water-skiing?
i) Graham works in the harbour as a ……………………………………………..clerk.
j) The boats on the lake had brightly coloured…………………………………………
6. Match the words in the box with a suitable description (a-j):
chain
gear
parachute
bonnet
cockpit
handlebars
brakes
deck
oars
wings
a) An aeroplane has two of these:
wings
b) Change this in a car to change speed.
…………….
c) Hold these when you ride a bicycle.
…………….
d) This will save your life if you fall from a plane.
…………….
e) You need these to row a boat.
…………….
f) This might be on a bicycle or around your neck.
…………….
g) Put these on if you want to stop.
…………….
h) Your car engine is usually under this.
…………….
i) Walk on this when you are on a ship.
…………….
j) The pilot of a plane sits in this.
…………….
289
a) I’m really looking forward to sailing in Jean’s new yacht.
b) In cities, cars and other vehicles……………………………….up most of the space.
c) We’ll come with the van and ……………………………up the rest of the furniture.
d) When the storm began, the small boat………………………for the nearest harbour.
e) How can you ………………………………………up with all those exhaust fumes!
f) We can’t ………………………………...up with that speedboat in the rowing boat!
g) Jane likes………………………...off by driving her sports car at 100 miles an hour.
h) A fire engine arrived and soon………………………………………….out the fire.
i) Little Johnny is in the garden…………………………………..out his new tricycle.
j) One way of ……………………………….with pollution is to use unleaded petrol.
Past, present and future
A hundred years ago, most people travelled (1) by/on/with/to foot, by train, or on
horseback. (2) Tracks/Lines/Ways/Railways had made it possible to travel rapidly
over long distances. Bicycles were also becoming (3) popular/invented/then/
handlebars, after the invention of the air-filled (4) boot/brake/tyre/engine, which made
cycling a lot more comfortable. Buses, trams and (5) metro/buried/underground/
submerged railways had already been invented, and cities all over the world already
had traffic (6) blocks/sticks/knots/jams. There were very few private cars, and city (7)
streets/pavements/lawns/carts were still full of horses. What a difference a hundred
years have (8) taken/done/made/got! (9) Presently/Nowadays/Then/Later we have got
(10) more/them/motorists/used to the problem of private cars, and some cities are so
noisy and (11) even/polluted/so/poisoned that in many places (12) vehicles/traffic/
transport/trips have been banned from the city centre. How will we be travelling in a
hundred years’ time? Perhaps (13) cars/by/even/transport then there will be only
personal helicopters. There may be no need to (14) have/transport/decide/commute to
work or school in the future, since everyone will have a computer at home. There
might even be more people walking and horse-riding, for pleasure and (15) exercise/
keep fit/energy/healthy.
290
VOCABULARY:
GENERAL
–
PHRASAL
VERBS:
TIME–
SPENDING TIME83
A. AT WORK
Florence works as a nurse. When she starts work she has to clock on [record
the time she arrives at work, usually at a machine with a clock] and when she leaves
she clocks off [record the time she leaves work]. If the machine shows that she has
worked an extra long shift, the she is able to take time off [spend time away from
work] at a later date. She was planning to take a holiday in July this year but has had
to bring it forward [change the date or time of something so that it happens earlier
than expected] as July is going to be a particularly busy time for her hospital this year.
Florence loves her work, but her hospital is understaffed and she hates to always be
pressed for [not have enough of something, usually time or money] time. She finds it
almost impossible to fit in [find time to do something or see someone] time to talk to
the patients although she feels that is an important part of her job. She can chat for a
few minutes, but then she has to press on [continue doing something in a determined
way] with her other duties. The hospital employs many nurses from overseas; but
when their work permits run out [come to an end (of the period of time of a
document or agreement); more formal equivalent is expire)] after two years they have
to leave.
B. AT LEISURE
When Florence does have spare time, she likes to relax. She usually hangs out
[spends a lot of time (informal)] with friends she was at school with. They have
knocked around together [spent a lot of time with one another because they are
good friends (informal)] for years and love whiling away [spending time in a relaxed
way either because they are waiting for something, or have nothing special to do] their
days off, going round the shops of just chatting at one of their homes. Sometimes they
go away for a weekend and muck about [waste time doing silly things (informal)] at
Florence’s aunt’s cottage in the countryside. Last time they did that, a colleague of
83
291
Florence’s latched on to [spent time with them, especially when they did not want her
with them] them. The others didn’t really like her at first, especially as they always
had to hang on [wait, usually for a short time (informal)] while she got ready, but
now they all like her very much.
1. Complete these sentences with a verb from A:
1. I’m afraid I’m a bit ………………………for cash today. Could you lend me some?
2. Oh dear! My passport has ……………………...out. I must renew it before our trip.
3. I usually ……………………on at 9 a.m. every day, but if my train is late it might
be 9.15. I……………………off at 5 p.m., but sometimes I can finish a bit earlier
on Fridays.
4. Mr Chan wants to …………………….the meeting forward to this week, as he’s
busy all next week. I’m not sure if we can………………….it in this week as we’re
ever so busy too.
5. If we ……………………on after lunch we can probably finish the report by 5 p.m.
6. I’m going to………………….some time off next month and go and stay with my
parents.
2. Write an appropriate question to fit each answer:
1. …………………………………………………………………………………….?
Oh, I usually just hang out with friends, or sometimes I do some sport.
2. …………………………………………………………………………………….?
Well, he never studied; he just spent all his time mucking about, so it’s no surprise.
3. …………………………………………………………………………………….?
Oh, about ten years. We used to knock around together as teenagers.
4. ……………………………………………………………………………………...?
No, she’s not a friend. She just latched on to our group and followed us.
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………?
Oh, it’s great for whiling away the time if you’re waiting for a plane or a train.
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………?
Let’s just hang on for five minutes. I want to speak to someone.
292
3. Correct the mistakes with the phrasal verbs in these sentences:
1. We had to wait an hour for the next train, so we went for a walk to while off the
time.
2. A young French woman latched to me at the party last night. I think she wanted to
practise her English.
3. I clock on work at 7.30 a.m. every morning.
4. We have to finish this job by six o’clock. We’d better press up with it.
5. I just don’t know how we’re going to fit three meetings on before the summer
break.
III.
VOCABULARY:
SPECIFIC
–
NEWS
-
SOCCER
HOOLIGANISM84
1. Fighting broke out shortly after a football match between two rival clubs ended
with the guests winning 4 to 1. Tension had been high for over an hour before the
violence erupted. Fans rampaged through streets, smashing windows, tearing up
fences and clashing with rival supporters. Trouble also broke out in pubs and at the
station, as coachloads of fans were assembling to make their way home. Coaches had
windows smashed and seats ripped. Twenty-five men, who were arrested by the
police and now await trial, deny causing violent disorder. They were released on bail
but barred from going within a mile’s radius of any football ground on a match day.
2. Football supporters who took part in the “fire bombing” of a train, endangering the
safety of passengers, will be charged today. They are members of a gang of football
hooligans who threw milk bottles full of petrol at a train carrying rival supporters.
Four hundred fans damaged cars and hurled missiles during a spate of violence, when
gangs of youths from opposing sides met each other near the station. The police
charged the rioting supporters, many of whom were carrying offensive weapons. A
number of officers were assaulted during the scuffle. It took police two hours to
restore order and the match was put off till the next day.
84
Educational, 2001.
293
3. New measures will be introduced today in an effort to stamp out the current wave
of soccer hooliganism. Known offenders will be barred from going abroad on the day
the team they support plays a match in a foreign country. They will have to report to
their local police and make their presence known. Both police and football clubs are
determined to gain control of unruly fans. The new laws mean that thugs may face up
to ten years in jail for causing an affray.
British supporters in particular are notorious – they get drunk on cheap whisky
bought on the ferry to the Continent and then roam round towns in drunken packs.
Those who indulge in violence and vandalism and who bring disrepute to the game
are warned that they can expect no mercy.
1. Trouble erupted because the fans were unhappy with the score.
2. The fighting started immediately after the match.
3. Coaches were vandalized in the scuffle.
4. Those who were arrested are now back on the streets.
5. Hooligans wanted to set the train on fire.
6. The reason was that rival supporters were on that train.
7. More violence erupted at the stadium.
8. Some policemen were hurt because the rioters were well-equipped for fighting.
9. The match was played two hours after the police had restored order.
10. Known hooligans will not be allowed to travel abroad to support their team.
11. On that day, they will be locked up in jail.
12. Soccer violence is alcohol related.
13. Offenders will be severely punished as a warning to other thugs.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
high…………….
disorder
offensive…………….
fans
294
rival………………….
hooliganism
smashed……………….
supporters
soccer………………..
tension
unruly………………..
weapons
violent…………………
windows
3. Rearrange the words to form the headline to the third story:
TRAVELLING – TO – LAW – THUGS – CONVICTED – BY – BE – ABROAD –
FROM – BARRED – SOCCER
………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………….
- a pleca acasă: - m……………… w………………. h………………………
- a produce tulburări violente: - c…………….. v…………….. d…………………..
- a elibera pe cauţiune: - r……………. o……………. b…………………….
- a ameninţa securitatea: - e…………… the s………………
- a restabili ordinea: - r……………. o…………………….
-a amâna pentru a doua zi: - p…………….
o……………
t………….. the
n……………….. d………………
- a introduce norme noi: - i………….. n……………. m…………………..
- a confirma prezenţa – m…………… one’s p……………. k……………………..
- a nu te aştepta la clemenţă: - e…………. n……………. m…………………..
295
LESSON 19
*Grammar: Adjectives and Adverbs (1)* Vocabulary: General – Food,
Restaurants and Cooking* Phrasal Verbs: Time – Passing of Time* Vocabulary:
Specific - The News – The Homeless
***
I. GRAMMAR – ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS85
Adjectives are words like easy, slow, sorry, important. They can go before nouns, or
after some verbs (e.g. be, seem, look, appear, smell, taste). Some kinds of adjective
normally go before others (e.g. opinion before description).
an interesting old cathedral
The exact rules are complicated (and not very important).
Adverbs are words like easily, slowly, yesterday, there. Different kinds of adverb go
in different positions, for example with the verb, or at the end of a sentence.
Harry often goes to Denmark.
I’ve never seen a rhinoceros.
I only play tennis with Gary.
The team played badly last night.
You are probably right.
Some words (e.g. fast, loud, daily) can be both adjectives and adverbs.
Many adverbs end in –ly (e.g. carefully). But a few words ending in –ly are
adjectives (e.g. friendly)
*revise the basics: adjectives, adverbs of manner
ADJECTIVES: kind, shy, cold, angry, wonderful, bad, unusual, mad
ADVERBS OF MANNER: kindly, shyly, coldly, angrily, wonderfully, badly,
unusually, madly
85
296
#we use adjectives after some verbs, to say how something is, seems,
becomes, looks, feels, sounds, tastes or smells
She is kind.
She seems/appears shy.
He felt angry.
That smells wonderful.
It’s getting cold.
#we use adverbs of manner with other verbs to say how something happens
or is done.
She spoke kindly but shyly.
He answered me coldly.
He closed the door angrily.
1. Complete the sentences with words from the box:
beautiful
beautifully
calm
calmly
terribly
unhappy
unhappily
slow
slowly
terrible
1. I suppose I should be nervous, but I’ve never felt so ……………………. in my life.
2. ‘I suppose we’ll never see each other again,’ she said……………………………….
3. The house is small and rather simple, but Anne has decorated it……………………
4. This soup tastes ……………………………………………………………………...
5. He spoke very………………………………, but she heard every word like a shout.
6. The train was very…………………………; perhaps they were working on the line.
7. This is a ………………………...house. I enjoy looking at it every time I walk past.
8. The team played……………………………………………………….last Saturday.
9. Time seemed to go so……………………………………… When would he arrive?
10. He looks really…………………………………………….I wonder what’s wrong.
#we also use adverbs before adjectives, past participles, other adverbs and
prepositional expressions.
It’s terribly cold.
This is very badly cooked.
You’re driving unusually fast.
He was madly in love with her.
297
2. Choose the right word:
1. Angela is amazing/amazingly good with animals.
2. As soon as I saw him I was sure/surely he had been drinking.
3. Do you think that’s a real/really diamond in her ring?
4. I read an amazing/amazingly thing in the newspaper this morning.
5. One leg of the chair was slight/slightly damaged.
6. The door was bad/badly painted.
7. The food was wonderful/wonderfully, but the service was awful/awfully.
8. The room is clever/cleverly organised so three of us can work there.
9. We’re all complete/completely on your side.
10. He’s acted unbelievable/unbelievably stupidly in the past year.
- some verbs are used with both adjectives and adverbs, with different
meanings.
You look angry. (= ‘You seem angry.’)
He looked angrily at the manager. ( = ‘He turned his eyes…’)
His plan appeared impossible. (= ‘His plan seemed….’)
She suddenly appeared in the window. ( = ‘She was visible….’)
*interested and interesting etc.
#interested, bored, excited etc. say how people feel.
interesting, boring, exciting etc. describe the people or things that cause
the feelings
I was very interested in the lesson.
His lessons are always interesting.
Do you ever get bored at work?
My job’s pretty boring.
298
3. Complete the words:
1. I was surpris……... to see Ann there.
2. It was surpris……… to see her.
3. I find this work very tir……
4. It makes me tir…….
5. Her exam results were disappoint…….
6. She was pretty disappoint………
7. She was excit……….. about her new job.
8. It was an excit……….. new challenge.
9. We were shock……….to hear about your brother.
10. The news was really shock………….
11. This explanation is very confus………….
12. Reading it, I got confus……………..
13. I get annoy……….. when people break promises.
14. It’s annoy………… when that happens.
4. Grammar and vocabulary: specialists. What are the people
interested in? Make sentences with words from the two boxes:
astronomer
botanist
cook
doctor
explorer
fashion designer
geographer
historian
linguist
mathematician
zoologist
animals
clothes
food
languages
medicine
numbers
places
plants
the past
the stars
unknown places
E.g.: An astronomer is interested in the stars.
1. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
299
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
9. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. …………………………………………………………………………………........
*adjectives without nouns: in the country of the blind
#we can use the + adjective (without a noun) to talk about some social
groups.
the young
the old
the rich
the poor
the sick
the disabled
the blind
the deaf
the mentally ill
the homeless
the unemployed
the dead
#these expressions are plural: the blind means ‘blind people’. Compare:
I’m collecting money for the blind.
Do you know the blind person next door?
I met a blind man on the train.
#we can’t use all adjectives in this way: we don’t normally talk about the
foreign or the greedy, for example.
the blind
the dead
the living
the living
the old
the poor
the rich
the rich
the young
the young
the poor
1. In the country of ………………………….the one-eyed man is king. (Anonymous)
2. Love, like youth, is wasted on ……………………………………...(Sammy Cahn)
3. When the rich make war on each other, it’s …………...who die. (Jean-Paul Sartre)
4. It’s all that……………....can do for……………, to shock them and keep them up
to date. (George Bernard Show)
300
5. ‘Let me tell you about………………………...They are different from you and me.’
‘Yes, they have more money.’ (F Scott Fitzgerald and Ernest Hemingway)
6. We owe respect to the dead; to ……………………….we owe only truth. (Voltaire)
7. …………...have more children, but …………….have more relatives. (Anonymous)
8. Pray for ………………….and fight like hell for …………………..(Mother Jones).
#the structure is also used with the following nationality words: Dutch,
English, French, Irish, Spanish, Welsh.
The Welsh have a very old literary tradition.
But: I like the Welshman who works in the garage.
#Note: Most other nationality words are nouns, not adjectives.
The Brazilians speak Portuguese.
*order of adjectives: a terrible little boy; old and grey
#this is a complicated (and not very important) point of grammar. The
following rules have exceptions. Words for colour, origin/place, material and
purpose go in that order. Other adjectives come before these.
OTHER
COLOUR
ORIGIN/PLACE MATERIAL PURPOSE
Noun
old
red
Spanish
riding
boots
a funny
brown
German
beer
mug
leather
7. Here are descriptions from a newspaper, a journal, a biography
and a novel. Rewrite each description in the right order:
E.g.: club: jazz, local: local jazz club (place before purpose)
1. buildings: modern, industrial: ……………………………………………………….
2. dress: evening, silk, red: …………………………………………………………….
3. eyes: narrow, colourless: ……………………………………………………………
4. trunks: black, swimming, nylon: ……………………………………………………
5. frame: gold, flat: …………………………………………………………………….
301
6. tie: blue, woolen: ……………………………………………………………………
7. jacket: short, leather: ………………………………………………………………..
8. boots: French, ski: …………………………………………………………………..
#opinions often come before descriptions
OPINION
DESCRIPTION
NOUN
funny
old
buildings
a terrible
little
boy
nice
new
clothes
8. Rewrite these descriptions in the right order:
Ex: books: old, terrible: terrible old books (opinion + description)
1. city: Belgian, beautiful, little: ………………………………………………………..
2. dinner: excellent, cold: ………………………………………………………………
3. furniture: old, lovely: ………………………………………………………………..
4. ideas: strange, new: …………………………………………………………………
5. university: grey, concrete, depressing: …………………………………………......
# we use and with adjectives that refer to different parts of something.
Compare:
a long green dress
a long green and black dress
# when adjectives come after a verb, we usually put and before the last.
He was tall, dark and handsome.
I’m cold, tired and hungry.
9. Rewrite the words in italics, adding and if necessary:
E.g.: The brick was rough/pink:
a narrow/brown room:
rough and pink
narrow, brown
302
1. hot/breezy weather: …………………………….. ……………………………... ……
2. untidy/red hair: ………………………………………………………………………
3. The man was young/bearded: ……………………………………………………….
4. The sea was cold/rough: …………………………………………………………….
5. The church was old/ugly: ……………………………………………………………
6. a quiet/tense woman: ………………………………………………………………..
7. yellow/grey sand: ……………………………………………………………………
8. The badges were red/blue: ………………………………………………………….
#first, next and last usually come before numbers.
the first three weeks
my last two holidays
*adverbs with the verb: I can never wake up in time
#adverbs that go with the verb include words expressing frequency (e.g.
always, often, usually, never) and certainty (e.g. definitely, probably). Note the exact
position:
AFTER AM/ARE/IS/WERE
AFTER AUXILIARY VERBS
You are usually right.
She has probably forgotten.
It was certainly cold.
I can never wake up in time.
BEFORE OTHER VERBS
NOT BETWEEN VERB AND OBJECT
He always forgot my birthday.
NOT: He forgot always
I often get headaches.
NOT: I get often
10. Make ten sentences about yourself and people you know, from
the box:
I am
always
usually
……………..is
sometimes
……………..are
occasionally
often
not often
never
happy
late
friendly
bad-tempered
depressed
in love
303
tired
worried
in trouble
E.g.: My father is often bad-tempered.
1…………………………………………………………………………………………
2…………………………………………………………………………………………
3…………………………………………………………………………………………
4…………………………………………………………………………………………
5…………………………………………………………………………………………
6…………………………………………………………………………………………
7…………………………………………………………………………………………
8…………………………………………………………………………………………
9…………………………………………………………………………………………
10……………………………………………………………………………………….
11. Say how often you do some of the following things:
stay in bed late
have bad dreams
eat chocolate
get headaches
play tennis
read poetry
fall in love
go to concerts
play the piano
forget people’s names
go to the doctor
write letters
get depressed
feel happy
go skiing
E.g.: I sometimes stay in bed late.
go to the cinema
cook
go swimming
I don’t often go to the doctor.
1. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
2…………………………………………………………………………………………
3…………………………………………………………………………………………
4…………………………………………………………………………………………
5………………………………………………………………………………………....
6………………………………………………………………………………………....
7………………………………………………………………………………………....
8…………………………………………………………………………………………
9…………………………………………………………………………………………
10………………………………………………………………………………………..
304
12. These sentences are all taken from real recorded conversations.
Can you put the adverbs in the right places?
E.g.: You are here when something happens. (usually): are usually here.
1. Her mum cooks a meal in the evenings. (always): ………………………………….
2. We book that April holiday in January. (usually): ………………………………….
3. They think that we have got bread. (probably): ……………………………………..
4. You should look where you’re going. (always): …………………………………….
5. She is going to stay overnight. (probably): ………………………………………….
6. Chocolate cakes are the best. (definitely): …………………………………………..
7. I will be able to get it cheaper. (probably): ………………………………………….
8. I have had an illness in my life. (never): …………………………………………….
9. We saw sweets in those days. (never): ………………………………………………
10. I remember buying some. (definitely): ……………………………………………..
#if there is more than one auxiliary verb, adverbs of frequency and certainty
usually go after the first auxiliary.
The roof has never been repaired.
I will definitely be seeing him tonight.
#adverbs go before or after not, depending on the meaning. Compare:
It’s definitely not raining.
She’s not often late.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – FOOD, RESTAURANTS AND
COOKING86
a) Waiter, could you bring me the account/bill/ addition, please?
b) It’s a very popular restaurant – we should apply for/book/keep a table.
c) If you’re hungry, why not ask for a large dish/plate/portion?
86
305
d) Please help/serve/wait yourself to salads from the salad bar.
e) Waiter, can I see the catalogue/directory/menu, please?
f) This fish is not what I called/commanded/ordered.
g) This dish/plate/serving is a speciality of our restaurant.
h) Have you tried the crude/raw/undercooked fish at the new Japanese restaurant?
i) Paul never eats meat, he’s a vegetable/vegetarian/vegetation.
j) Have you decided what to have for your main course/food/helping?
2. Complete each sentence (a-j) with a suitable ending (1-10). Use
each ending once:
a)Dinner’s nearly ready. Can you lay…6
1.up if you dry and put the dishes away.
b)There’s some meat in the fridge. Just 2.it up in the microwave oven for a few
warm….
minutes.
c)Keep an eye on the milk or it might 3. coffee you made for me this morning.
boil….
d)Jake likes his steak rare but I prefer 4.meal
mine well….
at
the
pub
opposite
the
supermarket.
e)When we finish lunch, I’ll do the 5.knife as it makes really thin slices.
washing….
f)I always cut roast beef with an electric 6.the small table in the dining room?
carving…
g)Mary bought a lovely set of cups 7.saucers in the sales last week.
and….
h)They serve a very cheap three course…
8.done, but not burnt if you see what I
mean.
i)I really enjoyed that freshly ground….
9.away the plates and bring the next
course.
j) If you have finished eating I’ll clear….
10.over and make a mess on the cooker.
306
3. Complete each phrase with the most suitable word from the box:
bacon
butter
forks
pepper
beer
grapes
saucers
bread
chocolate
instant coffee
chips
wine
a) cups and saucers
g) a loaf of………………………..
b) fish and ………………
h) a bottle of ……………………..
c) knives and ……………
i) a can of ………………………..
d) bread and …………….
j) a bar of…………………………
e) eggs and ………………
k) a jar of ………………………..
f) salt and ………………..
l) a bunch of……………………..
a) I’m trying to cut down on fatty food.
b) Don’t worry! The smell of garlic wears ……………………………….after a while.
c) Let’s look………………………………...the market before we buy any vegetables.
d) I can’t understand this recipe. Can you work……………………….what it means?
e) I’m afraid I don’t feel up ……………………………….eating another cream cake.
f) I visited a farm once, and it put me ………………………. eating meat for a week.
g) I haven’t got………………………………………………..to cleaning the fish yet.
h) Why don’t we warm……………………………….last night’s leftovers for lunch?
i) Keith usually makes…………………………………..his recipes as he goes along.
j) The waiter seemed a bit put…………………………....when we didn’t leave a tip.
a) Would you prefer poached/ground/mashed/powdered potatoes or chips?
b) I bought this bread four days ago and now it’s stale/off/bad/rotten.
c) Don’t forget to buy a packet of chilled/frozen/frosted/chilly peas.
d)Can you give me the prescription/instructions/ingredients/recipe for this pie? It’s
delicious.
307
e)There was a wonderful smell of cooking/roasting/baking/grilling bread in the
kitchen.
f) Don’t buy those fish, they aren’t very fresh/new/recent/young.
g) I’d like to eat more of this cake, but it’s very fat/fatty/fattened/fattening.
h) Waiter, I can’t eat this meat. It’s under-done/developed/nourished/weight.
i) Is the hamburger for you to eat here, or to go out/take away/carry on/sit down?
j) That was fantastic. Could I have a second plate/course/helping/service, please?
6. Make a word or compound word to match the description:
a) A spoon used for putting sugar in tea.
teaspoon
b) A cloth put on the table at meal times.
………………..
c) A metal device for opening bottles.
………………..
d) A pot in which tea is made.
………………..
e) An electrical appliance for making toast.
………………..
f) A cup specially made for coffee.
………………..
g) An omelette containing mushrooms.
………………..
h) An electrical appliance for mixing food.
………………..
i) A napkin made of paper.
………………..
j) The amount contained in a tablespoon.
……………….
k) An electrical appliance for washing dishes.
……………….
Chickpea soup
This recipe is both (1) expensive/tasty/worth/cold and cheap. If you use dried
chickpeas, (2) soak/bury/wash/water them for at least twelve hours in cold water.
Drain them and put them in a large (3) kettle/mug/sink/saucepan with plenty of water.
Bring them to the boil, and then let them simmer gently (4) when/until/if/enough the
chickpeas are soft. I find it easier to use (5) the/to/canned/crude chickpeas, which are
already cooked. This (6) makes/takes/saves/gives time, and also guarantees that the
chickpeas will be soft, since it can take hours of boiling before they (7) soften/harden
/widen/lengthen. Two small 450 gram cans are usually (8) much/enough/mine/few.
308
Strain the chickpeas, but keep some of the liquid for the soup. (9) Grate/Peel/Beat/
Pour three tablespoons of olive oil into a saucepan, and gently heat a chopped (10)
onion/up/one/water, two or three cloves of garlic and some (11) melted/beaten/
poached/sliced carrot. (12) One/Then/Add/Serve half the chickpeas and then turn
them in the oil over a low heat. Meanwhile blend the remaining chickpeas in a food
(13) just/not/dish/mixer until they make a smooth cream. Add about half a litre of
water to the vegetables and bring to the boil. Mix in the creamed chickpeas and cook
slowly. Add salt and (14) paper/puppy/pepper/poppy and a pinch of mixed herbs.
Some (15) cookers/cooks/cookery/chiefs and lemon juice at the end.
VOCABULARY: GENERAL: PHRASAL VERBS: TIME – PASSING
OF TIME87
A. THE PAST
Journey into the past at the Charnbury Folk Museum:
If you’re young, come on a journey into the past before you were born. If you’re
senior, let us take you back [make you remember a period or an event in the past] to
your childhood. Think back [think about things that happened in the past] to what
everyday life was like 50, 60, 100 years ago, before TV, before computers, before
fridges and washing machines. Many of our exhibits date back [have existed since a
particular time] to the early 19th century.
Is that old vacuum cleaner in your attic just a leftover [something which exists from
an earlier time] from a bygone [from a time which does not exist any more] era or is it
a piece of industrial history?
Come and find out.
*Leftover and bygone are formed from the verbs be left over and go by.
We used some balloons that were left over from the Christmas party to decorate the
house for her birthday. [still existed / were unused from an earlier time]
As time goes by you realise that your parents’ advice was in your best interest.
[passes]
87
309
*Note that bygone also exists as a noun, but it is usually always in the plural
bygones.
B. TIME MOVING
I’m sorry to hold you up but you must sign these forms before you go in. [delay
you]
If there are no hold-ups, we should arrive by about seven o’clock. [delays]
Jim, can you hurry the kids up. The coach is about to leave. [make them act more
quickly]
Mum walks so fast. It’s quite hard to keep up with her. [go at the same speed as
someone]
The meeting dragged on and everyone got irritable. [continued for too long]
I’m sorry I’m late. My French lesson ran on, so I didn’t leave school till 4.30 p.m.
[continued for longer than expected]
Three weeks passed by before I got a reply to my letter of complaint. [went past]
It’s difficult to plan for the future. Nobody knows what lies ahead [will happen in
the future]
1. Write the best phrasal verb expression from the options below to
complete the text:
The film is a time travel adventure and I found it very entertaining though my
companion felt that it (1) passed by/dragged on/held up/dated back a bit. At the
beginning it (2) thinks back/hurries you up/takes you back/holds you up to the Iron
Age where the hero is living an ordinary Iron-Age life. He eats a mysterious plant,
however, and the years suddenly start (3) going by/lying ahead/hurrying up/keeping
up like minutes. Suddenly he is in the future and, as he is now a (4) bygone/holdup/bygones/leftover from a (5) bygone/hold-up/bygones/leftover era, he finds it very
hard to understand what is going on. This results in a number of amusing incidents.
Although the plot is occasionally a little difficult to follow I would certainly
recommend it.
310
2. Explain the difference in meaning between these pairs of
sentences:
1. a) The lecture ran on./ b) The lecture dragged on.
2. a) John held us up./ b) John hurried us up.
3. a)This song takes me back to my childhood./ b) This song dates back to my
childhood.
4. a) It was not easy to keep up with the children as we went through town. / b) It was
not easy to hurry up the children as we went through town.
3. Here are some things people might say relating to time. What
does the speaker mean in each sentence?
1. The older you get, the faster time goes by.
2. Music and smells have great powers to take you back.
3. Mr Jones is a leftover from a bygone age.
4. We should let bygones be bygones!
5. You never know what lies ahead.
4. Rewrite these sentences using the words in brackets. Write the
words in the correct form:
1. The old oil lamps in my grandfather’s house looked like things that had survived
from a different era. (LEFTOVER, BYGONE)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. The smell of chalk always reminds me of my schooldays. (TAKE BACK)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. The traffic was delayed on the motorway because of an accident. (HOLD-UP)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Sometimes, if the textbook is boring, the lesson seems to last longer than it should.
(DRAG ON)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
311
5. We can never know what the future will bring. (LIE AHEAD)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
6. These pizzas were from the party. Nobody ate them. Would you like one?
(LEFTOVER)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS – THE HOMELESS88
A group of squatters have taken possession of a derelict building under the
slogan “The Homeless Help Themselves”. Although the commandeered building is in
an appalling condition, they promise to make the hovel habitable again. They will do
it up and turn it into a place where the homeless can have a warm bed and a hot meal.
The deserted property had remained disused and boarded up for the last year. Even in
its present state, the squatters say, it is much better than sleeping rough. At the
moment, there are seventy people housed there, their ages ranging from twenty to
seventy-six.
In a press interview, the man behind the project talked about how easy it is to
end up on the street and, describing the meagre resources now at his disposal,
appealed for donations and voluntary work. Impressed by his determination to keep
the project going, many people have responded. Donations of bedding, clothes and
food are slowly coming in.
The action raises the question of the government’s responsibility to provide
cheap rented accommodation for people who need assistance in this respect. Too
many of the nation’s poor are unable to find an affordable place to rent. However,
among them are people who have made themselves intentionally homeless. These
cases are not top priority on the housing list. It is widely felt that the government
money, which is desperately needed to finance shelters for the desolate and the
dispossessed, is being misused. Most of the “meals-on-wheels” programmes and soup
kitchens are funded by charity organizations.
The current action offers more than just a roof over people’s heads. It is a
means of helping the homeless to move back into the social system. Yet, despite their
88
Educational, 2001.
312
efforts at self-help, the squatters may still face eviction, as the city council is reluctant
to give up its plans to pull the building down. A demolition contractor has already
surveyed the building, which is scheduled for demolition next month.
1. The building that was commandeered by the squatters is in a terrible condition.
2. The squatters want to turn it into a hotel.
3. They occupied the building because it had been abandoned for a year.
4. The building looks so bad that, for the time being, it is still better to sleep in the
park.
5. At the moment, there are 76 people staying there.
6. The organizer of the squat has asked for public financial support.
7. Many people are contributing whatever they can to keep the place going.
8. The government is failing in its responsibility to help people on the streets.
9.There are many cases where people are homeless because they do not want to return
to their homes.
10. Soup kitchens are being financed by the government.
11. The only problem that the homeless have is where to stay for the night.
12. It is likely that the squatters will soon have to find another place to stay.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
affordable ……………..
bed
appalling…………………
building
charity………………….
condition
derelict…………………
interview
deserted……………….
list
hot………………………
meal
housing…………………
organization
meagre…………………
place
313
press……………………
property
voluntary………………..
resources
warm……………………
work
SQUATTERS – HOMELESS – FOR – CLAIM – SCHEDULED – SHELTER –
DEMOLITION
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
- a lua în posesiune: - t…………….. p…………….. of
- a dormi sub cerul liber: - s…………… r…………………
- a rămâne fără casă: - e…………… u…………. o………… the s……………..
-a face apel pentru donaţii şi muncă voluntară: - a…………..
d…………..
f………….
and
v………….
w………………
- a ridica o problemă: - r……………… a q……………..
-locuinţă de închiriat la un preţ accesibil: - a…………… p…………… to r………….
- finanţat de instituţii de binefacere: - f…………. by c……………. o……………….
- a nu fi dispus să abandonezi un plan: - be r……………. to g………… u………….
p…………………
-a demola o casă: - p………….. d…………. a b………………
314
LESSON 20
*Grammar: Adjectives and Adverbs (2)* Vocabulary: General – Shops and
Shopping* Phrasal Verbs: Location* Vocabulary: Specific - The News –
Experiments on Animals
***
I. GRAMMAR - ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS (2)89
*even and only; end-position adverbs
#even and only can go just before the words that they emphasise
He plays tennis even in the rain.
They’ve lived here only a few weeks.
He eats anything – even raw potatoes.
Only you could do a thing like that!
#but they most often go with the verb when they focus on words later in the
sentence
He even plays tennis in the rain.
They’ve only lived here for a few weeks.
He’s rude to everybody. He’s even rude to me.
I only liked the first part of the concert.
1. Put in even or only:
E.g.: She talks to her brother. (only)
She only talks to her brother.
1. He sings in his sleep. (even)
………………………………..
2. I am doing this because I love you. (only)
………………………………..
3. She gets up at six on Sundays. (even)
………………………………..
4. He wears a suit on holiday. (even)
………………………………..
89
Michael Swan &`Catherine Walter. Oxford English Grammar Course. Intermediate. OUP, 2011.
315
5. She ate a piece of dry toast. (only)
………………………………..
6. I can play very easy music. (only)
………………………………..
7. He can’t write his own name. (even)
………………………………..
8. They make you pay for a carrier bag. (even)
………………………………..
9. I’m sorry. I was trying to help. (only)
………………………………..
10. You can ski there in summer. (even)
………………………………..
#at the end of a sentence we often put words and expressions which say how,
where, when. They most often go in that order.
She sang very well at the concert last night.
The children were playing quietly in the garden.
He works in the garage on Tuesdays.
He’s working there now.
Let’s go to bed early.
#we do not normally put adverbs between a verb and its object.
You speak English very well.
Can you repair my watch now?
2. Put the words in brackets into the sentences (not before the
verb):
E.g.: I work at night. (best):
I work best at night.
1. I don’t think she plays tennis. (very well)
……………………………
2. He always moves very slowly. (in the morning)
……………………………
3. She was crying in her room. (quietly)
……………………………
4. We talked about it briefly. (at lunchtime)
……………………………
5. I’m going to break the eggs into the bowl. (carefully)
……………………………
6. Ann works at the village shop. (on Saturdays)
……………………………
7. I paid at once. (the bill)
……………………………
8. She speaks Japanese. (fluently)
……………………………
9. I can’t explain my feelings. (clearly)
……………………………
316
10. The team played yesterday. (brilliantly)
……………………………
#after verbs of movement, the order can be different: we must often put an
expression of place first
He went upstairs quietly.
*confusing adjectives and adverbs: fast, hard, late…..
#Some words can be both adjectives and adverbs.
If you’ve got a fast car, why don’t you drive fast?
More examples:
daily
early
well
yearly
hard
late
loud
monthly
weekly
3. Put in suitable words:
1. It’s getting ……………………………………………, so I’m going to stop work.
2. The Times is a ………………………….paper (but it isn’t published on Sundays).
3. The postman’s …………………………..I wasn’t expecting him for another hour.
4. She speaks English very …………………………… She must have spent time in
an English-speaking country.
5. We usually have ………………..meetings, but there were only two in September.
6. Don’t talk so………………………………………………………It hurts my head.
7. If you want me to work………………………………, you’ll have to pay me more.
8. Fresh milk is delivered…………………………………………...to the local shops.
9. I’m sorry I’m ………………….. My train arrived very……………………………
10. I can’t stand ………………………………………………………………...noises.
#some words that end in –ly are adjectives, not adverbs.
She’s a very friendly person.
She always speaks in a friendly way. (NOT: She always speaks friendly)
317
More examples:
cowardly
deadly
likely
lovely
silly
ugly
lively
lonely
4. Put in suitable words:
1. Curare is a ……………………………………………………………………poison.
2. I don’t think rain is very ……………………………………………………....today.
3. What………………………………………………………………………....flowers!
4. Why does he wear such a ……………………………………………………….hat?
5. She was……………………………………………………, so she got herself a dog.
6. This music is really depressing. Can you put on something more………………….?
7. He was too…………………………………………..to tell the boss he was leaving.
8. Cinderella was beautiful, but she had two……………………………………sisters.
*adjectives and adverbs: more practice
5. Adjective or adverb? Choose the correct word:
1. I haven’t got much money. If I travel this year, I’ll have to do it cheap/cheaply.
2. I felt her arm gentle/gently to see if any bones were broken.
3. Her hair is so soft/softly – like a baby’s hair.
4. Mary doesn’t speak very clear/clearly. I often have trouble understanding her.
5. You’re looking very happy/happily today.
6. I’m sorry, but you’re complete/completely wrong.
7. He may appear stupid/stupidly, but in fact he’s extreme/extremely intelligent.
8. That fish smells bad/badly.
9. Please carry this very careful/carefully.
10. John was in an accident yesterday, but he wasn’t bad/badly hurt.
318
6. Mixed structures. Right or wrong? Correct the mistakes or write
‘Correct’:
E.g.: Please don’t drive so fastly.
fast
I’m not well today.
correct
1. She spoke to me very cold.
…………….
2. The soup tastes wonderfully.
…………….
3. The play was brilliantly performed.
…………….
4. I feel lonely these days.
…………….
5. There’s a deaf in the downstairs flat.
……………..
6. You speak very well Japanese.
……………..
7. The secretary always smiles at me friendly.
………………
8. Don’t talk so loud – I’m not deaf.
………………
9. He always wears blue old jeans.
………………
10. I was very boring in the maths lesson today.
………………
7. Focusing adverbs. Complete the sentences with expressions from
the box. Put in only or even.
brush their teeth
for a few minutes
on Sundays
really understands me
she likes rats
watch tennis
the cat thinks
the clock
the guides got lost
E.g.: My mother: Only my mother really understands me.
1. I work every day, …………………………………………………………………..
2. They do everything together. They………………………………………...together.
3. She likes all animals: ……………………………………………………………….
4. Everybody thinks you’re wrong. …………………………………….you’re wrong.
5. Everything went quiet. :…………………………………………...broke the silence.
6. You can borrow it, but………………………………………………………………
7. They all got lost in the fog.: ………………………………………………………..
319
8. I don’t like sport much. I ……………………………………………….sometimes.
8. Grammar and vocabulary: personality. Choose one word from each
pair in the box to complete the definitions:
bad-tempered/good-tempered
open/reserved
practical/not practical
generous/mean
optimistic/pessimistic
shy/self-confident
hard-working/lazy
patient/impatient
slow-thinking/quick-thinking
sociable/unsociable
1. An……………………………………………………….person doesn’t like waiting.
2. A………………………………………………………….. person easily gets angry.
3. A………………………… ………... person is good at making and mending things.
4. A……………………………………………………….. person doesn’t like giving.
5. A…………………………... person often doesn’t like to be talked to or looked at.
6. A………………………………………………………………. person likes parties.
7. A……………………………………. person doesn’t like to talk about him/herself.
8. A………………………………………………………… person doesn’t like work.
9. An……………………………..person thinks that things will probably be all right.
10. A……………………………………. person can soon find solutions to problems.
9. Confusing adjectives and adverbs. Choose the best words to
complete the quotations:
1. ‘Say it loud/hard/friendly, I’m Black and proud.’ (Title of song by James Brown)
2. ‘Once the toothpaste is out of the tube, it’s awfully fast/silly/hard to get it back in’.
(H R Haldeman)
3. ‘People tell me there are a lot of guys like me, which doesn’t explain why I’m
lovely/lonely/lively’. (Mort Sahl)
4. ‘Give us this day our daily/weekly/friendly bread.’ (The Lord’s Prayer)
5. ‘The universe is not hostile, nor is it lonely/silly/friendly. It is simply indifferent.’
(J B Holmes)
320
6. ‘It is better to be beautiful than to be good. But….it is better to be good than to be
loud/ugly/lovely.’ (Oscar Wilde)
*adjectives and adverbs: revision test
1. Write the sentences with the adverbs in the correct positions:
1. That girl spends hours in the bathroom. (always) …………………………………..
2. I have been to Jamaica. (never)
…………………………………..
3. We got home very late. (last night)
…………………………………..
4. Somebody was trying to open the door. (definitely)…………………………………
5. He puts tomato ketchup on cornflakes. (even)
………………………………….
6. Life is hard. (sometimes)
………………………………….
7. I know some French, and I speak Russian. (very badly) ……………………………
8. We have been invited to Jamie’s parties. (never)
……………………………
9. Alice needs somebody to help her. (probably).
……………………………
10. The water was too cold for swimming. (usually)
……………………………
E.g.: She works too hardly.
hard
I’m terribly happy.
correct
1. I’m collecting money for the blind.
……………
2. Jake always is so optimistic.
……………
3. ‘Hi!’, she said friendly.
……………
4. I’m really not interesting in that woman’s problems.
……………
5. Alex has never been to my house.
……………
6. The thieves took even my old clothes.
……………
7. Your hair looks beautifully.
……………
8. The work isn’t complete finished.
……………
9. I only believe half of what he says.
……………
10. Please put the glasses away careful.
……………
321
II. VOCABULARY – GENERAL – SHOPS AND SHOPPING90
a) That new clothes shop has a lot of very good bargains/sales.
b) It costs $9, so give her $10, and she’ll give you $1 change/rest.
c) I don’t go to that supermarket because it’s a bit priced/pricey.
d) You cannot return goods without the original recipe/receipt.
e) Supasoft Soaps are for sale/on sale here.
f) A carrier bag is free with each buyer/purchase over $10.
g) If you pay cash, we can give you a 10 per cent cutting/discount.
h) How much did you pay/spend for your new shoes?
i) This is a good show shop, but the costs/prices are very high.
2. Rewrite each sentence so that it includes the word given in
capitals:
Ex: a) I can’t manage to see what the price is. Let’s ask inside.
MAKE
I can’t make out what the price is. Let’s ask inside
b) Is this coat the right size? Can I check?
TRY
……………………………………………………………………………………
c) Two masked men robbed the supermarket yesterday.
HELD
……………………………………………………………………………………
d) You need a new coat. Your old one is too small.
GROWN
……………………………………………………………………………………
e) I’ve been shopping all morning. I feel exhausted.
WORN
……………………………………………………………………………………
f) I’ll come and collect the goods on Thursday.
PICK
……………………………………………………………………………………
90
322
g) Sorry, we don’t have any bread left.
RUN
……………………………………………………………………………………
h) Are you going to the chemist’s?
CALLING
……………………………………………………………………………………
i) I don’t like supermarkets. I can’t bear the queues.
PUT
……………………………………………………………………………………
j) I don’t know whether to buy this car. I’ll consider it.
OVER
……………………………………………………………………………………
word once only:
change
deliver
find
fit
go
help
order
pay
queue
serve
try
wrap
a) You have to queue for ages to pay in this supermarket.
b) In the London area, we …………………………furniture free of charge in our van.
c) The trousers I bought are the wrong size. I’d like to…………………………..them.
d) Could somebody…………………….me, please? I’ve been waiting for ten minutes.
e) Is this a present? Would you like me to …………………………………..it for you?
f) I like the colour of this skirt, but it doesn’t ………………………………………me.
g) Good morning, madam. Can I…………………………………………………..you?
h) We don’t have your size at the moment, but we can ……………………. it for you.
i) Can you………………………………………………..at the other cash desk, please.
j) Would you like to…………………………………………………on this green pair?
k) I went shopping but couldn’t ………………………………..exactly what I wanted.
l) Food is so expensive now. Prices seem to …………………………...up all the time.
323
each ending once:
a)I bought my new television from a 1.centre near the public library?
department …. 5
b)Don’t forget to write a shopping….
2.register doesn’t work.
c)Can you pay over there? This cash….
3.of that new shop next to the post
office.
d)Most of the tourists went bargain….
4.size box of paper tissues.
e)Why don’t we go to the new shopping….
5.store in the town centre.
f) Quite late at night the little corner …..
6.shop down the road is still open.
g)It would be much better to buy an 7. assistant in a shoe shop.
economy….
h)Don’t forget that we have to stop at the 8.list before we go to the market
filling….
tomorrow.
i)There’s a very nice suit on display in the 9.station to get some petrol.
window…
j)Mary has just started work as a shop….
10.hunting in the old part of the city.
a) I bought these jeans very cheaply in the bargains/reductions/sales/discounts.
b) The washing instructions for this shirt are given on the label/badge/notice/mark.
c)All the small shop assistants/shoppers/shopkeepers/shop stewards closed their shops
in protest at the price rises.
d) We don’t have the CD, I’m afraid. It’s out of order/stock/shelf/sale.
e)The street market was full of counters/boutiques/tables/stalls selling fruit and
vegetables.
f)The shop opposite my house sells a variety of objects/purchases/goods/productions.
g)I’m sorry, but the dress you want is not possible/economical/suitable/available in
red.
h) Every Friday you can buy cheap vegetables in the market street/place/store/sales.
i) I like street markets, because you shop in the open prices/sunshine/bargains/air.
324
j) I like your new car. What brand/make/name/label is it?
word once only:
baked beans
chocolates
jam
breakfast cereal
flowers
a) a tube of
toothpaste
b) a bunch of
………………
c) a pot of
………………
d) a tin of
………………
e) a box of
………………
f) a box of
………………
g) a packet of
……………….
h) a bar of
……………….
i) a carton of
……………….
j) a tub of
……………….
orange juice
margarine
soap
paper tissues
toothpaste
7. Match the words in the box with a suitable description (a-j):
advertisement
bargain
catalogue
deposit
purse
receipt
trolley
wallet
list
manager
a) You push this in the supermarket and fill it with food.
trolley
b) You are given this as proof of buying something.
………
c) This tries to persuade you to buy something.
………
d) You put money, especially banknotes, in this.
……….
e) This person is in charge of a shop.
……….
f) You might make this before you go shopping.
………..
g) Leave this if you can’t pay now but want to buy later.
………..
h) Do this if you want to get a better price.
………..
i) Coins are usually carried in this, especially by women.
………..
325
j) Read this to find descriptions of goods.
………..
Supermarkets
Nowadays, a great (1) variety of different food is available
VARY
from large supermarkets. There are rarely any (2)…………….
SHORT
of fresh food, and there is far less (3)…………….of our having LIKELY
to rely on (4) …………………products. Does this mean that
FREEZE
supermarkets have become the most (5) …………….shops of
SUCCESS
all time? Certainly they seem to have made some kinds of
food less (6) …………….and most people enjoy shopping in
EXPENSE
them. There has been a (7) ……………in the number of
REDUCE
(8) …………….made against supermarkets in recent years.
COMPLAIN
The assistants are no longer (9) ………………., but smile and
POLITE
try to be helpful. Above all, supermarkets have shown a
(10)………………to listen to their customers, and to adapt to
WILLING
customers’ needs.
Street markets
Most people enjoy looking for (1) cheap/sale/inexpensive/bargains in street markets.
It can be very enjoyable walking around the (2) tables/stalls/boxes/stores, among the
crowds of (3) shoppers/public/buys/goods, and trying to spend as (4) little/soon/late/is
as possible. Of course it depends (5) from/with/on/to the market. In fruit and
(6)salads/green/farm/vegetable markets, there is usually a wide variety of (7)
new/fresh/young/early produce, but it may not be cheap. There may be goods at (8)
half/bottom/reduced/down prices at the end of the day, however. Clothes markets can
be a problem, as it is difficult to (9) look/try/have/take on new clothes in the open (10)
time/shop/light/air! My favourite are antique markets, where although there is not
much (11) likelihood/instead/in spite/luck of finding valuable objects which are also
326
cheap, you can enjoy yourself looking at all the things for (12) that/all/sale/others.
Whatever kind of market you look (13) round/for/up/out, and whether you buy things
or not, you usually (14) shut/bring/get/end up feeling completely worn (15) clothes/
however/out/through. Still, it is an interesting way of shopping.
VOCABULARY: GENERAL: PHRASAL VERBS: LOCATION91
A. Describing where places are:
example
meaning
We stayed in a lovely hotel which was was in a quiet or hidden place that not
tucked away in a little valley.
many people see or go to
Our room opened onto a balcony with opened in the direction of the countryside
lovely views of the countryside.
or had a view of it
Fields and woods stretched away to the continued over a long distance
horizon.
We could see a few farmhouses which were in different parts of a large area and
were spread out over the landscape.
not close together
We felt we were completely cut off from very far away from other places and
the busy modern world!
people
B. People in locations:
Read this conversation between two students:
Deb: Come in, John.
John: What a great room!
Deb: Well, I like it. It was a bit dull when I moved in, but I bought these nice curtains
which help to brighten it up [make more attractive, often by adding colours]! In
fact, I like it so much here that I’d rather stay in [remain at home, especially in
the evenings] than go out most evenings.
John: You’re lucky! The room I rent is so miserable that I stay out [come home late
or not come home at night] as long as I can! I even stayed on [stayed in a place
91
327
longer than planned] in the library tonight until it closed! Anyhow, I’ve come to
bring you your file – you left it behind [left a place without taking something
with you] at the seminar this morning.
Deb: Oh, thanks. How silly of me. I’m glad you noticed it.
John: Well, I stayed behind [did not leave a place when other left it] to ask the Prof
some questions and then saw it lying here.
Deb: Thank you very much. Would you like a coffee now you’re here?
John: Well, I can’t stay now. But I’d love to call back [go back to a place to visit
someone] another time if that’s OK?
Deb: Sure, that’d be nice.
1. Which phrasal verb from B opposite means….
1. the opposite of go out, as in meet friends or go to a restaurant?
2. not come home at night or come home late?
3. forget to take something with you when you go away from a place?
4. stay in a place when other people have left?
5. make something which is dull or boring more attractive or colourful?
6. stay somewhere longer than you planned?
7. go back to a place to see someone, often to visit someone briefly or to collect
something?
2.Use the phrasal verbs from exercise 1 to complete these
sentences. Write the verbs in the correct form:
1. I………………my floppy disk………………..at the computer class. I’ll have to go
back and see if it’s still in the machine.
2. When you were a teenager, did your parents allow you to ……………………..late?
3. Shop assistant: I’m afraid your photographs aren’t ready yet. It will be another
couple of hours.
Customer:
Okay. I’ll ……………………..tomorrow.
4. We’ve decided to paint the kitchen to………………….it……………………. a bit.
It’s so gloomy and dull at the moment.
328
5. I’m really tired. I think I’ll …………………..tonight and not go to the party after
all, sorry.
6. The teacher asked the naughty boy to ……………………after the lesson.
7. We loved the resort so much we decided to …………………..another week, even
though our friends had gone home.
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS – EXPERIMENTS ON
ANIMALS92
Animal rights’ activists staged a demonstration in front of a research
laboratory yesterday as part of a massive campaign now being mounted to combat the
abuse of animals and condemn those scientists who perform experiments on them. It
has been revealed that a staggering number of creatures are slaughtered annually in
laboratories, among them popular pets like cats and dogs. Brochures distributed
during the demonstration describe the horror and torment these animals experience at
the hands of scientists.
The public is not aware of how the animals suffer convulsions, vomiting, loss
of balance, sores and skin rashes. Creatures, which also include rats, mice, guinea
pigs, rabbits and monkeys, are subjected to electric shocks, doses of radiations and
induced infections. Toxic chemicals are injected into their bodies and tablets are
mixed with their food in order to screen medicines for effectiveness and safety. Drugs
are force-fed, and then the animals are closely monitored for side-effects even though
their metabolisms are different from that of humans. Unbearable pain is inflicted,
especially when testing cosmetic products to see if they are safe for people. A
common practice is to squirt irritants into the eyes of rabbits to measure safety levels.
Activists reveal that these horrifying experiments often leave animals blind, burned
and mutilated before their suffering is mercifully put to an end by a lethal injection.
Demonstrators carried placards reminding the public that animals also deserve
human treatment. A human being, they maintain, has no right to usurp its dominance
over other animals, no matter how justifiable that action may seem. To communicate
the message effectively, heart-breaking posters were displayed depicting animals in
92
Educational, 2001.
329
whose eyes one can see an appeal for mercy. Bearing these pictures in mind, we must
never forget that they are living creatures that have every right to coexist alongside
human beings.
1. Yesterday’s demonstration was an isolated event.
2. The place where the demonstration was staged had nothing to do with what it was
all about.
3. The current campaign is directed against experiments on animals.
4. Cats and dogs are dying at the hands of scientists.
5. Leaflets were distributed during the demonstration to inform the public about the
cruelty of scientists.
6. People are well-informed about what is going on behind the research laboratories’
doors.
7. One of the aims of the experiments is to determine safe levels of chemicals in
medicines and cosmetics.
8. Animals do not take the drugs willingly.
9. When the experiments are over, the animals undergo treatment.
10.Animal rights activists do not want animals to be treated differently from human
beings.
11.Posters displayed at the demonstration showed how happy animals can be when
looked after by men.
12.The message of the demonstration was that every living creature has a right to live
in peace.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
common ……………..
action
electric……………….
chemicals
horrifying……………..
experiments
330
humane……………….
infections
induced……………….
injections
justifiable……………..
laboratory
lethal…………………
levels
research………………
pain
safety………………..
practice
toxic………………..
shocks
unbearable……………
treatment
END – FOR – ANIMAL – CALLS – MEDICAL – DEMO – TO – AN –
EXPERIMENTS –RIGHTS
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………….
- a organiza o demonstraţie: - s……………. a d…………….
- a desfăşura o campanie intens susţinută: - m…………….. a m…………………
c……………..
- a efectua experienţe: - p……………… e……………….
- a injecta substanţe chimice toxice: - i…………… t………….. c…………………..
- a monitoriza efectele secundare: - m…………….. f…………. s………………….
e……………..
- a produce durere: - i…………… p……………..
- a măsura nivelul de siguranţă:- m………….. s……………. l…………..
- a merita un tratament umanitar: - d…………. h…………… t………………..
- implorare pentru clemenţă – a………….. f………… m…………………
- a avea în minte: b………….. l……………… m……………………
331
LESSON 21
*Grammar: Comparison (1)* Vocabulary: General – Crime and The Law*
Phrasal Verbs: Cause and Effect* Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Curbs on
Dogs
***
I. GRAMMAR – COMPARISON (1)93
We can compare people and things with each other using as….as, -er than or
more…than.
You’re as silly as me.
Luke’s younger than me.
The second problem was much more difficult than the other three.
We can use the –est or the most to compare people and things with all of their group.
Carl is the fastest of the young sprinters.
Ramona is the most sociable person in the class.
We use –er and –est with shorter adjectives and some short adverbs. We use more
and most with other adjectives and adverbs.
Double comparatives
It’s getting colder and colder.
The children are more and more difficult these days.
the….the…
The more money she has, the more she wants.
The warmer it gets, the happier I am.
93
332
Some colorful and unusual comparisons:
as slow as a broken down snail
as nervous as a brick wall
as dirty as a dustbin lid
as brave as the first man who ate an oyster
as thick as two short planks (= prost as cold as an ex-wife’s heart
ca noaptea)
as black as two o’clock in the morning as big as the little end of nothing
as ugly as home-made soap
as welcome as a wet shoe
as happy as a dog with two tails
as noisy as two skeletons dancing on a tin
roof
as poor as a church mouse
as dark as the inside of a wolf
as crooked as a dog’s hind leg
as scarce as hen’s teeth
as crooked as a barrel of fish hooks
as exciting as watching paint dry
*revise the basics: comparative and superlative adjectives
#forms
more/most beautiful more/most careful
easier, easiest
faster, fastest
more/most distant
happier, happiest
more/most intelligent
later, latest
nicer, nicest
older, oldest
Comparative adjectives are forms like younger, more expensive.
Superlative adjectives are forms like youngest, most expensive.
1. Look at the examples above and then complete rules 1-5 from the
box:
put more and most in front
add –er, -est
put more and most in front
add –r, -st
change y to i and add –er, -est
To make the comparative and superlative of:
1. one-syllable adjectives ending in –e, ………………………………………………..
2. other one-syllable adjectives, ………………………………………………………..
333
3. two-syllable adjectives ending in –y, ………………………………………………..
4. other two-syllable adjectives, ………………………………………………………..
5. longer adjectives, …………………………………………………………………….
2. Look at the examples in the box and choose the correct way of
completing the rule:
bigger
fatter
hottest
longest
plainer
shortest
sweeter
thinnest
oldest
meaner
Before -er and –est, we double the last letter of…..
1. all adjectives
2. adjectives that have three letters
3. adjectives that have one vowel
4. Adjectives that end in one vowel + one consonant
5. adjectives that end on one consonant.
6. adjectives that end in –g or –t
3. Write the comparatives and superlatives:
1. boring…………………….
8. interesting……………………
2. cheap…………………….
9. lazy…………………………..
3. fine………………………
10. nervous……………………..
4. funny…………………….
11. sad………………………….
5. green…………………….
12. silly…………………………
6. handsome………………..
13. slim…………………………
7. hard………………………
18. wet………………………….
#A few words have irregular comparatives and superlatives:
good-better-best
bad-worse-worst
old-older/elder-oldest/eldest
far-farther/further- farthest/furthest
little-less-least
334
much/many-more-most
Farther/further and farthest/furthest are both used to talk about distance.
We use further to mean ‘additional’ in some expressions. (NOT farther)
She lives three miles farther/further away from the office than I do.
further education
further information
further discussion
Elder and eldest are used with brother, sister, son, daughter, grandson,
granddaughter.
John’s my elder brother. (I have one brother older than me.)
Sarah’s my eldest sister. (I have more than one sister.)
4. Complete the sentences with irregular comparatives:
1. ‘My computer keeps crashing.’ ‘Get a……………………………………computer.’
2. ‘Why did your song win the competition?’ ‘It was the………………………………
3. It takes me the longest to get to work because my house is the ……………………..
from here.
4. My cold was getting……………………………………………….., so I went home.
5. I used most of the old apples, but I had to throw away the three…………………….
6. Megan was born in 1990. Her sisters Sarah and Rachel were born in 1992 and
1993. So Megan is Sarah’s …………………… sister, and she’s Rachel’s
……………………………………………………………………………………….
7.Jacob and Ryan were born in 1991 and 1994. So Jacob is Ryan’s
……………………………………………………………………………….brother.
8. The doctors don’t know what’s wrong, so they’re going to do…………………tests.
9. I took the job that paid the …………………money for the …………………..work.
10. We’ve got………………...money than Andy and Tara, but we’re happier. Maybe.
11. It’s nicer to drive if you go there through the mountains, but it’s much……………
#using comparatives and superlatives
We use a comparative (with than) to compare one person, thing, action or group with
another person, thing etc.
We use a superlative to compare one person, thing etc. with the whole group that
he/she/it belongs to.
335
Mary’s taller than her three sisters.
Mary’s the tallest of the four girls.
Your accent is worse than mine.
Your accent is the worst in the class.
Before a superlative we normally use the or a possessive.
the best singer
my oldest friend
John’s most attractive quality.
Some people use a comparative instead of a superlative when the whole group has
two members.
I like them both, but Sally’s the nicer/nicest of the two.
You can have the bigger/biggest steak if you like – I’m not very hungry.
*revise the basics: comparative and superlative adverbs
Comparative and superlative adverbs normally have more and most. We
can put the before superlative adverbs, but we often leave it out.
Could you drive more slowly?
French is the language that he speaks (the) most easily.
The following adverbs have –er, -est like adjectives: early, fast, hard, late,
near, soon.
Better, best, worse and worst can be used as adverbs.
5. Complete the sentences with the comparatives or superlatives of
words from the box:
beautifully
clearly
early
fast
fluently
hard
late
peacefully
1. If we don’t walk……………………………………….., we’ll never arrive on time.
2. She sings…………………………………………..than anyone else I’ve ever heard.
3. Andy’s the most intelligent, but Sue works …………………………………………
4. Eight is late – could you possibly get here any……………………………………..?
336
5. Off all the children, Helen writes…………………………………………………….
6. I would sleep………………………………………..if I weren’t worried about Tom.
7. For the 10.20 train, ………………………………………..we can leave home is 10.
8. Mark speaks French……………………………………...of all the boys in his class.
*as…as: as many people as possible
#We use as…as to say that people or things are equal in some way.
She’s as tall as her brother.
Is it as good as you expected?
She speaks French as well as the rest of us.
#After not, we can use so…as instead of as….as.
He’s not so/as successful as his father.
#Other useful structures: as much/many as, the same as
I haven’t got as much time as I thought.
We need as many people as possible.
She earns twice as much money as me/as I do.
He went to the same school as me/as I did.
6. Look at the information about Jake and Susie, and then write
sentences comparing them using as…as, not so/as….as and the
same….as:
JAKE
SUSIE
UNIVERSITY
Manchester
Liverpool
SCHOOL
Leeds H.S.
Leeds H.S
HEIGHT
1.92 m
1.70 m
WEIGHT
87 kg
56 kg
JOB
accountant
accountant
BORN: WHEN? WHERE?
27.7.84 Leeds
31.3.84 Leeds
SALARY
$26,000
$52,000
337
WORKS FOR
IBM
Rolls Royce
HOLIDAY
5 weeks
3 weeks
ADDRESS
3 Ross Street, Manchester
3 Ross Street, Manchester
CHILDREN
2
1
LANGUAGES
Fluent
READING
French,
some Fluent
French,
fluent
German
German
Newspapers
Newspapers, magazines,
non-fiction
E.g.: Susie went to the same school as Jake.
Jake’s not as old as her.
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Here are the beginnings of some traditional expressions with
as….as. See how many can you put together correctly from the box:
a beetroot
a mouse
grass
night
a pancake
a picture
Ex: as cold
as ice
the grave
a rake
the hills
ice
a sheet
6. as pretty…………………….
1. as black ………………….
7. as quiet……………………..
2. as flat…………………….
OR…………………...
3. as green…………………..
8. as red……………………….
4. as hard……………………
9. as thin………………………
5. as old……………………..
10. as white…………………...
*more on comparatives: taller and taller; the more the better
#we can use double comparatives to say that things are changing.
We went more and more slowly.
338
iron
It’s getting colder and colder.
8.Complete
the
sentences
with
is/are
getting
and
double
comparatives of words from the box:
bad
boring
dangerous
hard
long
young
difficult
expensive
good
Ex: My mother’s driving is getting more and more dangerous as the years go by.
1. My daughter’s maths homework……………………………………...to understand.
2. Jeremy’ s doing well. His piano playing……………………………………………..
3. It seems as if police officers………………………………………………………….
4. My temper……………………………………………………………………………
5. It………………………………………..to find time for everything you want to do.
6. Professional tennis………………………………………………………….to watch.
7. Restaurants…………………………………………………………………………...
8. School holidays………………………………………………………………………
#we can use the…the with comparatives to say that things change or vary
together. Note the word order:
The older I get, the happier I am.
The more dangerous it is, the more I like it.
The more money he has, the more useless things he buys.
‘Can I invite some friends over?’
‘Sure. The more the better.’
9. Complete the sentences with expressions from the box. Use
the…the:
faster/louder
longer/more
more/angrier
more/less
more/more
older/darker
older/more
warmer/more
Ex: The older Mark gets, the more he looks like his grandfather.
1. …………………………….he talked, ……………………………………I listened.
339
2. …………………………….I live here, ……………………………………..I like it.
3. …………………………..it got, ……………………….time we spent on the beach.
4. ………………………….I get to know you, ……………………...I understand you.
5. ………………………….money he lost, ……………………………….it made him.
6. …………………………he drove, ………………………………………he laughed.
7. …………………………clothes she buys, ……………..…clothes she wants to buy.
8. ………………………..….I get, ……………………………………….my hair gets.
Before comparatives, we can use much, far, very much, a little, a bit (informal), a
lot/lots (informal), any, no and even.
He’s much/far older than her.
She’s very much happier in the new job.
I feel a little/a bit better.
These grapes are a lot sweeter than the others.
The train’s no quicker than the bus.
You look even more beautiful than usual.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL- CRIME AND THE LAW94
a) Sally didn’t realize that she had broken/countered/denied the law.
b) The police have banned/cancelled/refused parking in this street.
c) I must remember to get a/an agreement/licence/permission for my television.
d)The president admitted that there had been a breakdown of law and crime
/government/order.
e) Jim’s parents wouldn’t agree/allow/let him go to the demonstration.
f) Jake was arrested because he had entered the country falsely/illegally/wrongly.
g) Talking to other students is against the law/orders/rules of the examination.
h)The two men were arrested before they could commit/make/perform any more
crimes.
94
340
i) I had to take the company to court/justice/law to get the money they owed me.
j) Smoking is compulsory/prohibited/refused near the petrol tanks.
2. Match the word in the box with a suitable description (a-i):
blackmailer
burglar
forger
hijacker
hooligan
kidnapper
murderer
shoplifter
vandal
pickpocket
smuggler
witness
a) This person takes control of a plane or boat by force: hijacker
b) This person sees what happens during a crime or accident:…………………………
c) This person brings goods into the country illegally:…………………………………
d) This person might steal food from a supermarket:…………………………………..
e) This person kills someone on purpose: ……………………………………………..
f) This person takes people and demands money for their return: …………………….
g) This person makes illegal copies of paintings, documents, etc: ……………………
h) This person damages other people’s property: ……………………………………..
i) This person might steal your wallet in a crowd: …………………………………….
j) This person steals from houses: ……………………………………………………..
k) This person gets money from others by threatening to tell secrets: ………………...
l) This person causes trouble at football matches: ……………………………………..
each ending once:
a)I decided to buy a burglar alarm after 1)in by a salesman who cheated them out
someone broke….5
of their money.
b)When Alan was stopped outside the 2) away by stealing a car parked nearby.
supermarket he ended….
c)As it was Sheila’s first offence she was 3) up at the police station, charged with
let…
shoplifting.
d)After climbing over the prison wall, 4) it, although everyone suspected what
Peter managed to get…
had happened.
341
e)The old couple who live opposite were 5) into my house and stole my stereo.
taken…
f) At the end of the trial Hilary was found
6) off with only a warning
g)My neighbors admitted denting my car 7) with paying only $100 damages.
but got away…
h)The bank at the end of the street was 8)hostage and demanded $1,000,000
held…
from the authorities.
i)Nobody saw Jack cheating and he got 9)guilty and sentenced to six months in
away with…
prison.
j)The hijackers took fifteen people…
10) up by two masked men last week.
word once only:
accused
evidence
guilty
fine
jury
sentence
lawyer
statement
charged
suspect
a) The custom officers arrested Bob and charged him with smuggling.
b) The police spent all morning searching the house for ………………………………
c) Jean left her car in a no-parking area and had to pay a/an …………………………..
d) Unfortunately at the end of the trial my brother was found ………………………..
e) The trial took a long time as the …………………………...couldn’t reach a verdict.
f) George won his case because he had a very good defense…………………………..
g) The police visited Dawn and asked her to make a/an………………………………..
h) Because of his past criminal record, Brian was the main……………………………
i) Pauline decided to sue the police because she had been wrongly …………………..
j) The murderer of the children received a life…………………………………………
342
5)Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each
sentence:
a)Most schools in my country no longer have physical/capital/bodily/corporal
punishment.
b) The policemen following the robbers were in plain/ordinary/normal/simple clothes.
c) The two old ladies were stolen/attacked/robbed/snatched of their purses.
d) At the end of the story, the hero manages to arrest the offenders/villains/wrongs/
evils.
e) I had to answer question A because it was compulsory/necessary/a must/an
obligation.
f) Charles could not refuse/object/deny/alter having been at the scene of the crime.
g) As there was no evidence, the judge dismissed the trial/witness/court/case.
h) If your dog damages your neighbor’s property, you could be guilty/liable/payable
/illegal.
i) After ten years in prison, Stephen was pardoned/released/innocent/forgiven and set
free.
j) The detective inspector told the young officer/official/guardian/police to make some
tea.
6. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning
stays the same:
a) They said that John had stolen the money.
They accused John of stealing the money.
b) Ian said that he hadn’t punched anybody.
Ian denied……………………………………………………………………………
c) ‘Ok, Andy, you can go now’, said the detective.
The detective gave Andy…………………………………………………………….
d) ‘James Frogget, you will go to prison for ten years,’ said the judge.
The judge sentenced…………………………………………………………………
e) ‘I forged the signature,’ said Mary.
Mary admitted……………………………………………………………………….
343
f) Harry stole $60,000 and was arrested.
Harry was arrested………………………………………………………………..
g) ‘We saw the accused break into the car,’ said the witness.
The witness stated………………………………………………………………..
h) Graham said that he wouldn’t go to the police station.
Graham refused…………………………………………………………………..
i) ‘It’s true,’ said Norman, ‘I murdered Alan.’
Norman confessed to…………………………………………………………….
j) ‘Can you come with me, please,’ the detective said to Helen.
The detective asked……………………………………………………………...
Arthur’s life of crime
At his last trial, nobody believed in Arthur’s (1) innocence. He
INNOCENT
had been accused of the (2)……………...of a valuable Chinese vase THIEF
and was also charged with ten other (3)……………. ....The value of
OFFEND
the (4)……………...goods was said to be over $20,000. Arthur said
STEAL
in his own (5)………………..that the vase had been put into his car
DEFEND
(6)………………….He also pointed out that the Chinese vase was a ACCIDENT
fake, and was almost (7)………………….The judge did not believe
WORTH
Arthur’s story. He told Arthur he was a hardened (8)……………….
CRIME
and that he deserved a severe (9)……………………………….Then PUNISH
the judge sentenced Arthur to five years’ (10)………………………
Arthur just smiled. He had spent most of his life in prison and so he
was used to it.
a) Harry was told that fishing in the lake was against/by/over the law.
b) Catherine led a secret life for/in/of crime before she was caught.
c) Having trouble with your phone? Send at/for/to Fix-a-phone!
344
PRISON
d) I regret to tell you that you are for/in/under arrest.
e) I only attacked the young man from/in/with self-defense.
f) David was often at/in/with trouble with the police when he was young.
g) The robbers’ car was hidden below/by/from sight behind the bank.
h) The kidnappers have been caught, and the child is no longer at/in/on danger.
i) Tony was caught by a policeman who was off/out/away from duty and cycling to
work.
j)The thieves took the wrong painting by/in/under mistake.
k) The suspicious manager left the safe unlocked from/on/with purpose.
l) The robbers met to plan the bank raid from/in/with secret.
Inspector Crumb investigates
‘I think I know the identity of the murderer,’ said Inspector Crumb, ‘and at (1) last
/least/the/school one of the guests in the hotel was a/an (2) witness
/offender/guilty/verdict to the crime, probably by (3) now/damages/law/accident. I
believe that the same guest is also a (4) blackmailer/hostage/hooligan/forger, and has
been given money by the killer.’ ‘So whoever (5) confessed /committed /admitted
/performed this terrible crime is still here,’ I said. ‘But of course. In (6) crime/selfdefense/fact/danger he – or she – is in this room, and will soon be (7) to/having/
under/my arrest.’ There was silence for a moment. I noticed that everyone was trying
to look (8) accused/suspicious/ordinary/innocent, but they all looked guilty instead!
‘Do you have any (9) evidence/witness/permission/body, Inspector,’ asked Lady
Grimshaw finally, ‘or are you simply (10) suspecting/suing/denying/accusing people
for fun? If you intend to (11) trial/charge/sentence/confess someone, you should do it
now.’ The Inspector smiled. ‘I asked you here (12) with/for/on/by purpose, Lady
Grimshaw. I have been reading your (13) statement/biography/evident/history, you
see, and it is quite clear that you have told several (14) people/errors/times/lies.’ ‘How
dare you!’ Lady Grimshaw spluttered. ‘Do you (15) refuse/deny/contradict/suppose
that you were with Tim Dawson in the garden on the night of the murder?’ the
Inspector said. ‘You forgot about the security cameras, you see….’
345
VOCABULARY: GENERAL - PHRASAL VERBD: CAUSE AND
EFFECT95
A. VERBS WITH OFF
A number of phrasal verbs associated with cause and effect have the particle off.
The terrorists set the bomb off in the middle of the rush hour. [caused an explosion]
We accidentally set off the burglar alarm when we came into the house. [made the
alarm ring]
The scandal set off a series of events which caused the collapse of the government
and a general election. [caused a series of events or a lot of activity, often
without intending to do so]
You shouldn’t have mentioned flying saucers. You’ve set him off now. He’ll talk for
hours. [made him start to talk about something he often talks about]
The ending of the play really set her off. I didn’t know whether she was laughing or
crying. [made her start to laugh or cry]
The crisis sparked off a bitter civil war. [caused something to suddenly happen or
exist]
The Prime Minister’s speech triggered off violent protests in cities up and down the
country. [made something suddenly begin , often a difficult or violent
situation]
B. OTHER CAUSE AND EFFECT VERBS
Read these spoken extracts:
The new airport has brought about [made something happen] a lot of changes on this
island.
I don’t know what lies behind [is the real reason for] Mr Wild’s attack on me. Maybe
he’s trying to pay me back [do something unpleasant to me because I have
done something unpleasant to him] for something I said about him. Or maybe
95
346
he’s just stirring things up. [causing arguments or bad feeling between
people, usually on purpose]
This photograph brings back [makes me remember or think about something from
the past] memories of when we lived in Scotland, when I was a child.
The doctors still haven’t ruled out [decided that something is impossible] the
possibility that he might have cancer.
I think most problems teenagers experience spring from [are caused by] a feeling of
insecurity.
1.Choose the best phrasal verb from the box to complete each
sentence. Write the verb in the correct form:
bring back
lie behind
stir up
set off
spark off
spring from
1. That song always ………………………….wonderful memories whenever I hear it.
2. I think my problems at work……………………….the fact that I never really
wanted to go into accountancy as a career.
3. I wonder what really ………………………………………..Maria’s dislike of Paul.
4. I don’t like the way Maxine is always trying to ………………..trouble between us.
5. The film……………………………………………...a lively discussion in the class.
6. The tragic pictures of the earthquake victims…………………..her……………..and
she just couldn’t stop crying.
2. Fill the gaps in the paragraph below, using the correct verb or
particle:
There has been a lot of discussion in the newspapers about what triggered (1)
……………….. the recent explosion in the city centre. Some people believe that a
bomb was (2) …………………. off by a terrorist group who hope to (3)
…………………. about the downfall of the government. Others believe that the
explosion was probably sparked (4) …………………. by an electrical fault and have
(5) …………………. out any criminal activity. But the question still remains: was it a
deliberate explosion set (6) ……………….. by a group who wanted to (7)
347
…………………. things up in order to (8) ………………… the government back for
some injustice?
3.Which word from the box provides the best ending for these
sentences?
suspects
fireworks
memories
feelings
reforms
violence
1. At midnight on New Year’s Eve we usually set off some …………………………..
2. The police used fingerprint tests to rule out some …………………………………..
3. The political demonstration triggered off …………………………………………...
4. That music brings back ………………………………………………………………
5. The government plans to bring about ………………………………………………..
6. Violet’s comments stirred up a lot of bad …………………………………………...
4. Complete these sentences using a phrasal verb. Write the verb in
the correct form:
1.Take no notice of what he says. He’s always trying to ……………………...trouble.
2.She vowed that one day she’d ………………….for all the heartbreak he had caused
her.
3. I wonder what ………………………………………………...the protests last week.
4.The decision to increase taxes……………………..demonstrations all across the
country.
5. Detectives still haven’t …………………………………....the possibility of murder.
6. His therapist thought that his unhappiness…………………...a traumatic experience
in his childhood.
348
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC-NEWS – CURBS ON DOGS96
Curbs on dogs became law today as the Dangerous Dogs Act comes into
effect. It puts owners of the fighting dogs listed in the Act under an obligation to
ensure that their dog does not appear in public without a muzzle and a leash. Failure
to comply with the new rules will be treated as a criminal offense carrying a penalty,
upon conviction, of up to £2,000 or six months’ imprisonment. Yesterday, there was a
last minute run on muzzles at pet shops. Owners and breeders are also worried about
the cost of neutering and third-party insurance.
The new law gives the owners of the three breeds branded as killer dogs, pit
bull terriers, the Japanese Tosa, and the Dogo Argentino, a deadline by which they
must decide if they want them humanely destroyed or else neutered, insured and
officially registered. The law also aims to encourage responsible ownership. This
means that, as well as being registered, dogs should additionally be branded with an
identity mark, such as a microchip implant. In this way, their owners can be held
accountable. Dogs are also expected to be properly trained and obedient.
The listed breeds, which were developed specifically for fighting, have been
singled out after a series of savage attacks on people. Pit bull terriers, of which there
are about 10,000 in Britain, are fifty times more powerful than other breeds. This
increases the chances of attack being fatal. However, Rottweilers and Dobermann
Pinschers, exempt from the list because they are not bred specifically for fighting, are
also responsible for savage attacks, and there are calls for an extension to the new law
to cover these breeds, too. Opponents of the Act argue that there is no genetic reason
why a pit bull should attack humans.
Meanwhile, the police will be taking proper steps to make sure that the law is
obeyed. Dogs that are spotted by the police running loose and without a muzzle will
be caught and disposed of in a humane way. Their owners will be punished.
96
Educational, 2001.
349
1. The Dangerous Dogs Act concerns public safety.
2. Owners must decide for themselves if their dog is dangerous or not.
3. If a dog’s owner is found guilty of breaking the law he will go to prison.
4. Many dog owners waited till the last minute before buying a leash and a muzzle.
5. The only thing that the Act obliges people to do is to keep their dog muzzled and
leashed in public.
6. Unless the dogs affected by the Act are neutered, insured and registered, they
cannot stay alive.
7. Branding dogs with identity marks will enable the police to locate their owners.
8. The listed breeds are the only kinds of dogs that attack people.
9. If a person is attacked by a pit bull terrier, he may die because the dog is so strong.
10. Rottweilers are not on the list because they are not dangerous.
11.It is felt that the Dangerous Dogs Act stopped short of guaranteeing real protection.
12.If the dogs involved are spotted without a leash and a muzzle, they will be shot by
the police.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
criminal………………..
attacks
fighting………………..
dogs
humane………………..
implant
identity………………..
mark
microchip……………...
offense
pet……………………..
ownership
proper………………….
shops
responsible…………….
steps
savage…………………
way
350
BY- CURBED – LAW – ATTACKS – VIOLENT – TO – NEW – BE
…………………………………………………………………………..
-a intra în vigoare: c………….. i…………… e………………
-a obliga: p…………. u………….. an o……………………
-a apărea în locuri publice: a………….. in p………………
-a acţiona în acord cu normele: c…………… w………… the r………………….
-infracţiune: a c…………… o…………………
-a fixa ultimul termen: g……………… a d…………………..
-a trage la răspundere: h……………… someone a……………………
-a întreprinde măsuri corespunzătoare: t………………. p…………… s……………..
-a respecta legea: o…………… the l………………
-a vagabonda: r……………….. l………………..
351
LESSON 22
*Grammar: Comparison (2)* Vocabulary: General – Entertainment and The
Arts* Phrasal Verbs: Change* Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Race-related
Issues
***
I. GRAMMAR – COMPARISON (2)97
*more about superlatives: the best player of us all
#after superlatives, we often use of.
It was the most successful of his early plays.
She’s the best player of us all.
The nicest moment of the day.
#but we do not use of with a singular word for a place or a group.
I’m the happiest man in the world.
She’s the best player in the team.
1. Of or in after the superlative?
E.g.: the most interesting of all the suggestions
the most experienced general in the Army
1. the most famous actor ………………………………………………………them all.
2. the best restaurant……………………………………………………………..Rome.
3. the most expensive……….............................................................the books I bought.
4. the worst student……………………………………………………………the class.
5. the highest mountain ………………………………………………………...Europe.
97
352
6. the oldest person………………………………………………………….my family.
7. the most frightening……………………………………………………the four men.
8. the shortest day…………………………………………………………...of the year.
9. the most valuable ……………………………………….the paintings in the gallery.
2. Write sentences with superlatives:
E.g.: Where I live, August / quiet month / year:
Where I live, August is the quietest month of the year.
Which / high mountain / Africa?
Which is the highest mountain in Africa?
1. Who / young / your three sisters/?
…………………………………………………………………………………
2. Which / cheap / these three jackets/?
………………………………………………………………………………….
3. For a time, my grandfather / famous footballer / country
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Cassie and Louise / fast swimmers / team
…………………………………………………………………………………..
5. When I was a child, I / tall boy / my class
…………………………………………………………………………………..
6. For me, the early morning / good time / day
…………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Andy is very quiet, but he / interesting person / the group
…………………………………………………………………………………..
#we normally use the before a superlative when we are comparing one person
/thing/group with others.
It’s the longest day of the year.
This winter is the coldest in living memory.
353
#but we do not use the when we are comparing somebody or something with
him/her/itself in other situations.
He’s nicest when he’s had a few drinks.
England is best in spring.
3. Invent suitable beginnings for these sentences. The or not?
E.g.: The weather is usually worst in February.
Kathleen Ferrier was the best singer of her generation.
1. ……………………………………………………most beautiful city in my country.
2. ………………………………………………..most dangerous when they’re hungry.
3. …………………………………………………………………...best modern writer.
4. ……………………………………………….most interesting person I’ve ever met.
5………………………………………………………….quietest in the early morning.
6. ………………………………………………most efficient way to learn a language.
7. ………………………most comfortable when there aren’t too many people around.
*like and as; so and such
#we can use like and as to say that things are similar.
Like is a preposition, used before a noun or pronoun.
As is a conjunction, used before subject + verb or a prepositional
expression.
He runs like the wind.
She looks like me.
Nobody knows her as I do.
On Friday, as on Monday, we meet at eight.
Note the common expressions as I said, as you know, as you see, as usual
354
4. Like or as?
1. He died………………he lived, fighting.
6. My brother isn’t at all………me.
2. Being in love is……………….an illness.
7. She left….......she came, silently.
3. It’s mended, ……………….you can see.
8. You’re shy, …….....................me.
4. In Paris, ……...in Rome, traffic is heavy.
9. Your smile is ……….your sister’s.
5. His eyes are………………...........knives.
10. …………...I said, you’re too late.
#in informal speech (but not writing), many people use like as a conjunction.
Nobody loves you like I do.
Like I said, she wasn’t there.
#to talk about jobs, functions etc., we use as, not like.
He’s working as a waiter.
I used my shoe as a hammer.
Compare:
As your brother, I must warn you to be careful. (I am your brother).
Like your brother, I must warn you……(We both warn you).
#we use so before an adjective (without a noun), or an adverb.
we use such before (adjective +) noun. A/An comes after such.
She’s so babyish.
I’m so hungry that I could eat a horse.
…..your country, which is so beautiful.
I wish you wouldn’t drive so fast.
She’s such a baby.
I didn’t know you had such nice friends.
It was such a comfortable bed that I went straight to sleep.
5. Put in such or so:
1. The weather was…………………cold that all the football matches were cancelled.
2. The book was ………………………………………boring that I stopped reading it.
3. It was…………………………………...a good film that I went to see it three times.
4. They’ve got…………………………...a nice house that I always love staying there.
355
5. It was……………………………………a hot day that nobody could do any work.
6. Their garden is…………………………………………………………….beautiful!
7. His voice is………………………………pleasant that I could listen to him all day.
8. I don’t know why she talks in ………………………………………….a loud voice.
9. The canteen served……………………………….bad food that nobody could eat it.
10. The case was……………………………………………heavy that I couldn’t lift it.
*comparison: more practice
6. Forms. Write the comparatives and superlatives:
active: more active, most active
bad:……………………………….
clean:……………………………
dirty: ……………………………..
famous:…………………………
far:………………………………
OR: ……………………………….
fit: ………………………………
green:…………………………….
happy: …………………………..
lazy:……………………………...
modern: …………………………
nice: ……………………………..
red: ……………………………...
short:……………………………..
slim: …………………………….
sweet: ……………………………
tall: ………………………………
thin:………………………………
tiring: ……………………………
white: ……………………………
7. Mixed structures. Right or wrong? Correct the mistakes or write
‘Correct’:
E.g.: The weather’s gooder today.
better
I feel much happier now.
correct
1. My feet are cold like ice.
……………….
2. You’re the strangest man in the world.
……………….
3. Ann’s more late than usual.
……………….
4. This shirt’s not so expensive as the others.
……………….
356
5. More I learn, more I forget.
……………….
6. We need to ask further questions.
………………..
7. It’s getting more warm and more warm.
………………..
8. The more he has money, the more he spends.
………………..
9. Pete’s the fastest swimmer in the team.
…………………
10. I feel the same like you.
…………………
8. Comparisons. Make two sentences for each item:
E.g.: a tiger / large / a leopard
large / of all the big cats/?
A tiger is larger than a leopard.
Is it the largest of all the big cats?
1. this box / strong / that one/?
strong / you’ve got/?
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Alistair / tall / anyone else / the team
tall / the team
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. the state of Alaska / big / any of the other states / the US
big / the US
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4. this wine / expensive / that one
expensive / in the world
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Max’s party / good / Rob’s party
good / I’ve ever been to
………………………………………………………………………………….
6. this job / bad / my last one
bad / I’ve ever had
…………………………………………………………………………………
9. The….the…Circular situations: make sentences like the one in the
example:
E.g.: He drives fast; he gets nervous
The faster he drives, the more nervous he gets. And the more nervous he
gets, the faster he drives.
1. He eats ice cream; he gets fat.
357
The more ice cream……………………………………………………………..
2. He reads; he forgets.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. She ignores him; he loves her.
………………………………………………………………………………..
4. She buys shoes; she wants shoes. (Mind the word order.)
………………………………………………………………………………..
5. We spend money; we have friends.
………………………………………………………………………………..
6. I sleep; I’m tired.
………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Grammar in a text. Put in the superlatives of the words in the
box:
fast
fast
high
large
large
long
long
long
small
tall
The (1)………………….man in medical history was Robert Pershing Wadlow
(US). When he was measured in 1940, he was 2.72 m tall.
The world’s (2)…………………hair measured 5.62 m in 2004. It belonged to
Xie Qiuping (China), who had been growing her hair since 1973, from the age of 13.
The (3)…………….........ski lesson was given to 594 skiers by Hansjürg
Gredig at Sarn-Heizenberg, Switzerland, on 23 February 2008. The 16-minute lesson
extended over 1,300 meters. There were extra instructors for every 20-30 people to
help them follow the lesson correctly.
The (4) …………………windsurfing journey was made by Flavio Jardim and
Diego Guerreiro. They went from Chui to Oiapoque on the Brazilian Coast (8,120
km) between May 2004 and July 2005.
The (5)…………………motorized sofa was driven at 148 km/h in 2007 by
Marek Turowski (UK).
358
The (6)…………………time for a hundred-meter barefoot sprint on ice is
17.35 sec. The record was set by Nico Surings in Eindhoven, Netherlands, in
December 2006.
The world’s (7)…………………ruby measures 130 x 138 x 145 mm and
weighs 8184 g. It belongs to a Chinese jewellery company.
The (8)………………...ears on a dog belong to Tigger, a bloodhound, owned
by a couple in Illinois. The ears measured 34.9 cm (right) and 34.2 cm (left) in
September 2004.
The world’s (9)………………….. jump by a pig is 70 cm. It was made by a
Japanese pig called Kotetsu in 2004.
The (10)………………..dog measured in 2005 was a female Chihuahua who
lived in Florida. She was 15.2 cm long.
*comparison: revision test
11. Write the comparatives and superlatives:
boring:………………………………………
bright:……………………………
cheap:……………………………………….
clean:…………………………….
distant:………………………………………
exciting: …………………………
far:…………………………………………..
fit:……………………………….
funny:……………………………………….
honest:…………………………..
lazy:………………………………………...
nice: …………………………….
plain:………………………………………..
safe:……………………………..
short:……………………………………….
slim:……………………………..
thin:………………………………………...
well:……………………………..
wet:…………………………………………
12. Choose the right words:
1. I’ve got three sisters. Jane’s the older/elder/eldest.
2. Do you feel better that/than/as yesterday?
3. Your dress is same as/the same as/the same like mine.
359
4. The doctors are going to do further/farther/farthest tests.
5. This hotel is worse/the worse/worst/the worst I’ve ever stayed in.
6. I’ve got a more easy/an easier job this week.
7. I always feel best/the best about 11 o’clock in the morning.
8. Karen’s working as/like a secretary at the moment.
9. Rebecca is the more/the most/more/most remarkable singer I’ve ever heard.
10. More/The more/The most I listen to him, more/the more bored I get.
E.g.: The weather’s getting badder:
worse
The train’s even later than usual:
correct
1. Real life is stranger as novels or films.
………………
2. He’s the fastest man of the world this year.
………………
3. The older I get, the less hair I have.
………………
4. Holidays are becoming more and more cheap.
………………
5. I’ll see you this evening like usual.
………………
6. The more he gets tired, the more mistakes he makes.
………………
7. My father is a lot older than my mother.
………………
8. Did you receive any further information?
………………
9. The ticket wasn’t as expensive as I expected.
………………
10. This shirt’s not so expensive as the others.
………………
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – ENTERTAINMENT AND THE
ARTS98
a) I like this book, and I’ve read six capitals/chapters/prefaces already.
b) It’s not a proper drawing, only a rough/plan/sketch.
98
360
c) The play is very long but there are three breaks/intervals/rests.
d) At the cinema I don’t like sitting too near the film/screen/stage.
e) We heard a piece by Mozart performed by a German band/group/orchestra.
f) Her second book was very popular and became a best buy/seller/volume.
g) I like the painting but I can’t stand its ugly border/frame/square.
h) Robert’s new book will be broadcast/published/typed in August.
i) I liked the acting, and the costumes/dressing/outfits were good too.
j) The best act/place/scene in the film is when Jack meets Kate.
word once only:
announcer
composer
critic
editor
conductor
director
novelist
sculptor
playwright
author
a) The orchestra would not be so successful with a different conductor.
b) I want a book on art, but I don’t know the name of the ……………………………..
c) We must see the new film by that Italian ……………………………………………
d) The………………………………..said that the sports program is on after the news.
e) Harry writes for the theatre, but he is not only a……………………………………..
f) We saw some interesting metal objects made by a French …………………………..
g) That’s a nice piece of music. Who is the…………………………………………....?
h) Peter Smith was the only …………………………..who wrote in praise of the film.
i) Charles Dickens is probably the best known British ………………………………...
j) The………………………………of the newspaper usually decides what it contains.
3.Complete each sentence by putting in, on, at or out of in each
space:
a) Harry Smith is hard at work writing his new screenplay.
b) The music was terrible and the singer was……………………………………tune.
c) I can’t tell what that is………………………………the background of the picture.
d) Jane’s new book is coming out………………………………..paperback next year.
361
e) Is there anything good……………………………………..Channel 4 this evening?
f) The school put on Hamlet……………………………………………..modern dress.
g) The critics found Joe’s kind of writing rather………………………………………
h) In the last scene, all the actors are…………………………………..stage together.
4.Complete each sentence with a word from the box. Use each word
once only:
current
electric
humorous
modern
public
special
dull
gripping
live
popular
readable
still
a) No recording can be as good as a live concert in my opinion.
b) It was a very…………………………………………story and made me laugh a lot.
c) I couldn’t put that book down, it had such a ……………………………………plot.
d) Most people find it difficult to understand ……………………………………....art.
e) My favorite television programs are about…………………………………...affairs.
f) Of course it’s possible to like both classical and ……………………………..music.
g) Everyone enjoyed the………………………………..effects in the Star Wars films.
h) I don’t buy books because there’s a good …………………………..library nearby.
i) We both found it a very…………………………………………….film, I’m afraid.
j) George doesn’t pay people, but mainly does ………………………...life paintings.
k) It was an interesting book, and very………………………………………………..
l) Unfortunately the boy upstairs is learning the………………………………..guitar.
a) Susan’s first painting was a/an self/own/selfish/auto portrait.
b) We all enjoyed the play so much that we booed/screamed/applauded/handed for ten
minutes.
c) Peter sings every Sunday in the local church concert/chorus/opera/choir.
d) I bought this book mainly because it has a very attractive folder/cover/coat/
wrapping.
362
e) The play was a success and had very good reviews/critics/advertisements/notes in
the papers.
f) If you can’t find what you are looking for in the book, use the preface/directory/list
/index.
g) The average viewer/audience/spectator/observer watches television for about 15
hours a week.
h) First we see their faces from far away, and then we see a side by side/foreground/
replay/close up.
i) Please note that the next program is unusual/unsuitable/unmistakable/unreasonable
for children.
j) All the members of the scene/cast/circle/drama had a party after the play was over.
6.Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a
The school play
Congratulations to all involved with the school (1) production of
PRODUCE
The Woman Next Door. The (2)……………..was carried out by the
ADVERTISE
Art Department, and the posters were very (3)……………….. We
IMAGINE
certainly have some very (4) ………………..students in our school!
ART
Many people helped with building and painting the (5)…………..
SCENE
and the play was written by the English Department, who
managed to create an (6)………………..story, with excellent songs.
AMUSE
The music was written by Sue Porter, who also (7)……………...the
COMPANY
singers on the piano. Everyone enjoyed a thoroughly (8)…………
ENTERTAIN
evening, and there was a long round of (9)……………….at the end.
APPLAUD
Jim Barrett gave a brilliant (10)……………..as Sergeant Moss, and
PERFORM
Liz Aitken was a delightful Mrs Jump. Well done everyone!
363
7.Complete the compound word in each sentence with a word from
the box. Use each word once only:
back
book
ground
fair
piece
operas
rehearsal
biography
circle
scripts
a) Edward’s third book is usually considered his master piece.
b) A lot of people enjoy watching soap…………………………………..on television.
c) I found the Prime Minister’s auto…………………………………..very interesting.
d) Some of the actors still did not know their lines at the dress……………………….
e) I won’t buy the book until it comes out in paper……………………………………..
f) We had very good seats in the dress………………………………………………….
g) There is a black cat painted in the fore………………………………..of the picture.
h) Writing film …………………………………....is rather like writing for the theatre.
i) I was fined because I forgot to return my library…………………………………….
j) The scene showed them on a roundabout in a children’s fun………………………..
8. Replace the verbs in italics with a verb from the box. Do not
change the meaning. Change the verb form where necessary:
call off
go over
pick up
take over
look up
put on
take up
work out
turn up
come out
a) My radio doesn’t receive the BBC World Service very easily.
My radio doesn’t pick up the BBC World Service very easily.
b) Our school is going to do ‘The Tempest’ next month.
…………………………………………………………………………………
c) The management cancelled the performance an hour before the opening.
………………………………………………………………………………….
d) I searched for the reference in the index.
………………………………………………………………………………….
e) I can’t hear the radio. Can you make it louder?
………………………………………………………………………………….
364
f) Collin’s new book is published next week.
………………………………………………………………………………….
g) The conductor studied the music carefully before the concert.
………………………………………………………………………………….
h) The publishing company was bought by a Japanese firm.
………………………………………………………………………………….
i) I like detective stories where I can’t think who committed the murder!
………………………………………………………………………………….
j) Jim has started painting as a hobby.
………………………………………………………………………………….
Why read books?
Is it worth reading books, (1) in/or/why/since nowadays there are so many other
forms of (2) entertain/entertainment/entertained/entertaining? Some people say that
even (3) paperback/the/so/when books are expensive, and not everyone can (4)
borrow/buy/lend/take books from a library. They might add that television is more (5)
excited/excitable/exciting/excitement and that viewers can relax as they watch their
favorite (6) ones/programs/episodes/cereals. All that may be true, but books are still
very (7) too/public/live/popular. They encourage the reader to use his or her (8)
imagination/author/index/amusement for a start. You can read a (9) capital/head/
chapter/cover of a book, or just a few pages, and then stop. Of course, it may be so
(10) current/imagined/interest/gripping that you can’t stop! There are many different
kinds of books, so you can choose a crime (11) history/novel/booklet/poetry or an
autobiography, or a book which gives you interesting (12) advise/idea/information
/fact. If you find it hard to choose, you can read (13) announcements/gossip/reviews/
prefaces, or ask friends for ideas. Personally, I can’t (14) do/make/have/take without
books, but I can (15) pick/look/give/turn up television easily enough. You can’t watch
television at bus stops!
365
VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PHRASAL VERBS: CHANGE99
A. UP MEANING MORE OR BETTER
When up is used in a phrasal verb with an idea of change, it often adds an idea of
becoming ‘more’ or ‘better’:
The number of students getting good marks in their exams is going up. [increasing]
I was afraid no-one would come to my lecture, but the room is filling up nicely now.
[becoming fuller]
Things were bad last week but the situation is looking up now. [improving]
Business was down at the beginning of the year, but is picking up now. [improving
after a bad period]
Would you like me to heat up the rice or will you have it cold? [make warmer]
Simon’s been ignoring the situation for ages – it’s time he woke up to what’s
happening. [became more aware of a situation or problem]
B. OTHER PHRASAL VERBS RELATING TO CHANGE
When I look back over the last year I see an awful lot of changes in my life. For
instance at work, there has been an almost total changeover [a change from using or
having one thing to using or having another] of staff in the office. Then during the
year we have phased out [gradually stopped using] all the old computers and phased
in [gradually started using] a completely new system of office administration. I wasn’t
sure how things would pan out [develop or happen] at first and there were a few
problems to begin with. However, the arguments about the new system blew over
[became less important and were then forgotten] quite quickly.
At the beginning of the year, my girlfriend left me and it took me a while to
get over [begin to feel better after an experience that has made you unhappy] that. But
everything’s fine with my personal life too now. Best of all, of course, is the fact that
I’ve managed to give up [stop a habit or stop doing or having something unhealthy]
99
366
smoking this year. I didn’t feel too good for the first few weeks but that’s all worn off
[gradually disappeared] now. I stuck with [did as I had planned and did not change to
something else (informal)] my new regime and now I feel fitter than I have for ages.
1. Complete the word puzzle:
1. change from one thing to another: _ H_N_ _ O _ _ R
2. We can’t change it; we’re ...............................................................with it: (_ _ _ _ _)
3. I’m angry, but I’ll .................................................................................over it: (_ _ _)
4. The scandal will .....................................................over after a few months: (_ _ _ _)
5. The firm will......................................................in a new pension scheme: (_ H_ _ _)
6. I’m not sure how the situation will ..........................................................out: (_ _ N)
7. I think I’ll ..................................up soccer and start playing golf instead: (_ _ _ _)
8. I had an injection at the dentist’s and it hasn’t....................off yet, so I can’t eat
properly: (_ _ R _)
2. Correct the mistakes with the phrasal verb expressions in these
sentences:
1. The overchange to the new accounting system has caused endless problems.
2. There was a lot of trouble in the office last month, but it’s all blown up now and
things are back to normal.
3. Shall I hot up that pizza for you? I expect it’s gone cold by now.
4. All these old telephones will be faced out over the next year and we’ll get new,
digital ones.
367
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS – RACE-RELATED
ISSUES100
A huge rally was held yesterday in Gloomford in support of the neo-fascist
National Front, a political group which places national and racial issues at the top of
their agenda. Addressing the rally, the party chairman called for an end to coloured
immigration. “We believe in a mono-racial society”, he said. “All the blacks, Asians
and Hispanics should be sent back to the countries from which they originate”. Still,
he had no suggestion as to what to do with nearly 40 per cent of this population who
were born in this country.
The party is usually associated with hatred-inciting protest marches, with allwhite demonstrators chanting racist slogans like “No To Niggers” and “Wogs Go
Home”. However, the campaigns, which demand the expulsion of all “coloureds”,
have become less abusive and more open to dialogue. Primarily, the party calls into
question the effectiveness of the Government’s policies on race and immigration,
accusing it of ducking the delicate issue and avoiding open discussion. Despite antidiscrimination acts, racial prejudice in many communities, especially where
unemployment is high, appears to be growing. The Front argues that, for the benefit of
racial harmony, the number of incoming immigrants must be drastically curtailed.
Over the last decade, the coloured population has grown considerably and race-related
violence has steadily increased. Two hundred and fifty people were injured this year
alone in racial riots in which the coloured population crashed with police and gangs of
white youths.
With its overt racial prejudice, the party’s political platform does appeal to
certain elements in the electorate. Coloured communities, often alienated by language,
religion and culture, are concentrated in industrial cities. Many whites see them as a
threat to both their jobs and traditions. At the same time, members of ethnic minorities
are underpaid, poorly educated, and their urban ghettos overcrowded. They are as
dissatisfied with the existing policy of integration and assimilation as is the Front.
They accuse the authorities of neglecting cases of widespread discrimination and say
that the negotiated race equality policies are never put into action.
100
Educational, 2001.
368
1. People who joined the rally wanted to voice their protest about what the Front is
saying and doing.
2. According to the party chairman, all the countries of the world should be racially
segregated.
3. He proposed sending home all “coloureds” regardless of whether they are first
generation immigrants or not.
4. The Front puts into practice the ideals of racial harmony and peaceful coexistence.
5. “Wog” is an impolite word for a colored person.
6. The leaders of the Front are now prepared to discuss the problem of immigration
more rationally.
7. It is believed that the government is sweeping the issue of coloured immigration
under the carpet.
8. In practice, the anti-discrimination acts introduced by the government have helped
towards an easier assimilation of immigrants.
9. The more race-related violence there is, the fewer “coloureds” decide to come and
stay in this country.
10.Different languages, religions and cultures are obvious stumbling blocks on the
road to racial harmony.
11.Growing unemployment in industrial cities has got nothing to do with the existence
of urban ghettos.
12.Despite sporadic racial incidents, coloured minorities are happy with the quality of
their lives in this country.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
anti-discrimination…………………
acts
coloured……………………………
chairman
ethnic………………………………
ghettos
369
mono-racial………………………...
immigration
party……………………………….
marches
political…………………………….
minorities
protest……………………………...
platform
race-related………………………...
prejudice
racial……………………………….
society
urban……………………………….
violence
COLOURED – FRONT – CALLS – ON – IMMIGRATION – FOR – NATIONAL –
DIALOGUE
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
-a organiza un miting, o adunare: h…………… a r………………….
-a pune pe primul loc al programului (politic): p…………….
a………….. the
t…………
of
the
a…………………
-a cere (pentru) oprirea: c……………. f…………….. an e………………..
-a asocia cu marşurile de protest: a………….
w……………
p……………
m……………
-a pune la îndoială eficienţa: c…………. i………….. q………… the e……………
-a evita discuţiile deschise: a………….. o………… d……………
-a creşte considerabil: g…………….. c………………….
-violenţă în context rasial: r………….. –r…………….. v………………
-a considera drept ameninţare: s……………. a………….. a t……………….
-a fi nemulţumit (dezamăgit) de politica: be d……………. w………… p…………..
-a aplica în practică: p…………. i………… a……………..
370
LESSON 23
*Grammar: Articles – a/an and the (1)* Vocabulary: General – The Natural
World* Phrasal Verbs: Succcess and Failure* Vocabulary: Specific - The News –
Political Refugees – Economic Migrants
***
I. GRAMMAR – ARTICLES: A/AN AND THE (1)101
A/An shows that we are talking about one person or thing. We often use a/an.
*in descriptions
She’s a kind woman.
He’s got an interesting face.
*when we say what something is, or what somebody’s job is.
This is an earring.
She’s a farmer.
The usually means ‘You know which one(s) I’m talking about’.
Can I use the bathroom? (The hearer knows that this means ‘your bathroom’)
Nouns used without articles often have a special meaning.
I’m interested in birds. (This means ‘all birds’)
Sayings:
‘Writing about art is like dancing about architecture.’ (Anonymous)
‘A woman without a man is like a fish without a bicycle’ (Attributed to Gloria
Steinem)
‘A diplomat is a person who can tell you to go to hell in such a way that you actually
look forward to the trip’ (Caskie Stinnett)
101
371
‘Equality is a lie – women are better’ (Anonymous)
‘An optimist is someone who thinks the future is uncertain.’ (Anonymous)
‘Treat a work of art like a prince: let it speak to you first.’ (Attributed to Arthur
Schopenhauer)
‘The happiest time of anyone’s life is just after the first divorce.’ (John Kenneth
Galbraith)
‘I always pass on good advice. It is the only thing to do with it. It is never any use to
oneself.’ (Oscar Wilde)
‘An accountant is a man who is hired to explain that you didn’t make the money you
did.’ (Anonymous)
*revise the basics: a/an and one
#we use a before a consonant and an before a vowel
But it depends on the pronunciation of the following word, not the spelling:
a dog
a hat
an orange
a one-pound coin (/ə ‘wʌn…/)
an uncle
an hour (/ən ‘auə/)
a union (/ə ‘ju:niən/)
an MP (/ən em ‘pi:/)
1. A or an?
1. ……………elephant
10. …………SOS
2. ……………university
11. ………….X-ray
3. ……………umbrella
12. ………….European
4. ……………ticket
13. ………….hand
5. ……………VIP
14. ………….underpass
6. ……………honest man
15. ………….unit
7. ……………half-hour lesson
16……………CD
8. …………....one-hour lesson
17. …………..exam
9. …………… useful book
18. …………..school
372
#we use one, not a/an:
*in contrast with another or other(s)
*in the expression one day
*with hundred and thousand when we want to sound precise
*in expressions like only one and just one
One girl wanted to go out, but the others wanted to stay at home.
One day I’ll take you to meet my family.
‘How many are there? About a hundred?’ ‘Exactly one hundred and
three.’
We’ve got plenty of sausages, but only one egg.
2. A/An or one?
(1)……………..day last year – it was (2)…………….very hot afternoon in June – I
was hurrying to get home. I was about (3)……………..hour late – well, to be precise,
exactly (4)……………..hour and ten minutes: I had missed my train. Anyway, there
was (5)…………….woman standing under the trees, and there were several children
with her. I saw (6)…………….child clearly – she was (7)…………….lovely darkhaired girl – but I only heard the others. Suddenly (8)……………..strange thing
happened.
The
girl
took
some
stones
out
of
her
pocket,
and
threw
(9)……………stone after another into the air.
*revise the basics: a/an: She’s a farmer. He’s got a long nose
#we use a/an to say what job a person does, what kind of thing somebody or
something is, or what something is used as. A/An has no plural.
She’s a farmer.
They’re farmers.
He worked as a taxi-driver.
They worked as taxi-drivers.
Don’t use the plate as an ashtray.
Don’t use the plates as ashtrays.
373
#we use a/an in singular descriptions.
She’s got a small nose.
He’s got an interesting face.
*revise the basics: a/an: A spider has eight legs. A man called
#A/An can mean ‘any example of something.’
A spider has eight legs.
Have you got an Italian dictionary?
# A/An can mean ‘a particular one’ (if you don’t say exactly who or which).
A man called while you were out.
James married a doctor.
I’ve bought a new bike.
# NOTE:
We don’t use a/an with uncountable nouns. (NOT a rain)
We don’t use a/an with possessives. (NOT a my friend)
After kind of or sort of, a/an is usually dropped: a kind of tree. (NOT
a kind of a tree)
In exclamations with what, a/an is not dropped. What a pity! (NOT
What pity!)
A/An usually comes after quite, rather and such: quite/rather/such a
nice day.
In the plural, we use no article or some, not a/an.
They both married doctors.
*revise the basics: the: Please close the door
#The means ‘you know which (one/ones) I mean’.
374
Some men called.
I bought a TV and a radio, but the radio didn’t work.
(= the radio I just told you about – you know which one)
The women over there work with my sister.
(= the women I’m showing you – you know which ones.)
Please close the door. (You can see which one)
He’s been to the North Pole. (It’s obvious which – there’s only one.)
#we often use the with only and with superlatives.
3. Put in the if the speaker and hearer probably know exactly which
(one/ones). Put in a/an if not:
1. Who opened………………………………………………………………...window?
2. She lives in ………………………………………………………center of Glasgow.
3. I’d like………………………………………………………………...glass of water.
4. My sister is married to ……………………………………………………….farmer.
5. …………………………man in …………………………………next flat is French.
6. He’s ……………………oldest child in ……………………………………..school.
7. Who’s…………………..girl by………………………………………………piano?
8. There’s …………………strange man in …………..garden. What’s he doing there?
9. Today is ……………………………………………………...only day that I’m free.
10. ‘Which coat is yours?’ ‘…………………………………………………...red one.’
4. Put in the or a/an:
‘Do you see (1)…………...man standing near (2)………….door? He works as
(3)……………assistant in (4) ……………same shop as I do. Well, I saw him the
other day and he was driving (5)………………big red Porsche. And do you see
(6)…………………expensive
clothes
he’s
wearing?
Where
does
he
get
(7)………………..money to pay for it all? (8)…………….month ago he hadn’t got
375
(9) ………………..penny. I told you about (10)………………..burglary that we had
at (11)……………..shop, didn’t I? Do you think I should go to (12)………….police?
*revise the basics: generalizations without the: I like music
#The does not mean ‘all’
We do not use the in generalizations with plural and uncountable nouns.
Compare:
I like music.
Can you turn off the music?
She’s very interested in nature.
What is the nature of his illness?
People have to live in society.
I’ve joined the Poetry Society.
Books are expensive.
Put the books on the table.
5. Put the or- (= no article) in each blank:
There must be something wrong with me. (1)……………….people usually think that
(2)……………….babies are sweet and (3)……………..teenagers are annoying. Not
me. I think (4)……………..babies are boring. For me, (5)…………..children start
being
interesting
at
(6)…………….age
when
you
can
understand
(7)…………...things that they say. But (8) …………..years that I like best are
(9)………………..period between ages thirteen and twenty. Oh, it’s difficult at times,
but I still prefer talking about (10)……………..life with a teenager to cleaning a
baby’s bottom.
#we do not normally use the in generalizations with plural and uncountable
nouns, even if there is an adjective before the noun.
She’s studying Chinese history.
He collects antique clocks.
376
#but we use the when a description with of follows the noun.
She’s studying the history of China.
6. Use some adjectives from the box, or other adjectives, to write
true (or false!) sentences about yourself. Don’t use the:
air
casual
classical
historical
Italian
loud
romantic
spicy
stormy
detective
foggy
formal
really hot
pop
quiet
train
1. I (don’t) like eating …………………………………………………………….food.
2. I can’t stand listening to……………………………………………………….music.
3. I love…………………………………………………………………………..music.
4. I hate………………………………………………………………………...weather.
5. I love………………………………………………………………………...weather.
6. I (don’t) like wearing………………………………………………………...clothes.
7. I (don’t) like ………………………………………………………………….people.
8. I (don’t) like……………………………………………………………………travel.
9. I (don’t) like reading………………………………………………………….novels.
10. I often/sometimes/never go for ……………………………………………...walks.
II. VOCABULAR: GENERAL – THE NATURAL WORLD102
a) The fields were flooded after the river burst its banks/edges/sides.
b) After the rain the street was full of floods/lakes/puddles.
c) During the storm, the climbers sheltered in a cave/cliff/valley.
d) A small river/stream/torrent runs across the bottom of our garden.
e) It was difficult to swim because the waters/waves/tides were so high.
102
377
f) From the peak/summit/top of the hill you can see the sea.
g) You must carry a lot of water when you cross the desert/plain/sand.
h) In the middle of the square there is an old fountain/source/tap.
i) I think it’s going to rain. It’s very clouded/clouding/cloudy.
j) The church caught fire when it was struck by hurricane/lightning/thunder.
2.Complete each sentence (a-j) with one of the endings (1-10). Use
each ending once:
a) A large green snake…5
1. was spinning its web across the window.
b) A small brown duck …..
2. was plodding across the field, mooing loudly.
c)A large black and yellow wasp 3. was buzzing around the jar of honey on the
……
table.
d) A shiny green crab….
4. was sitting on a branch and miaowing.
e) An enormous black spider…..
5. was slithering across the floor towards me.
f) A bright green frog…
6. was sitting on a leaf and croaking.
g) A black and white puppy….
7. was following the flock, baaing softly.
h) A herd of cattle….
8.was swimming on the pond and quacking
loudly.
i) A dirty black lamb….
9. was barking furiously outside the gate.
j) A small ginger kitten….
10.was pinching Fiona’s toe as she stood on the
seashore.
once only:
forest
leaves
stone
twig
plant
seeds
trunk
lawn
peel
roots
a) We cut down the tree but then we had to dig up its roots.
b) The road goes through a beautiful pine………………………………………………
c) When Tom was eating a cherry, he accidentally swallowed the …………………….
d) In autumn, these paths are covered in fallen ………………………………………...
378
e) Who is going to cut the……………………………………………while I am away?
f) We bought Diana a beautiful indoor………………………………..for her birthday.
g) A tree fell, and its massive………………………………………...blocked the road.
h) Harry buys………………………………………..and grows all his own vegetables.
i) The bird was carrying a ……………………………………………..to build its nest.
j) Some people like eating orange………………………………………………………
a) The dog shook/wagged/moved/rubbed its tail furiously when it saw the children.
b) A large trunk/bark/twig/branch of the tree broke off in the storm.
c) There was field after field of golden corn/bushes/grass/herbs waving in the wind.
d) Before railways were built, many goods were carried on channels/water/canals/
river.
e) The children enjoyed rolling down the grassy mountain/cliff/stone/slope.
f) What kind of breed/race/mark/family is your dog?
g) Some wild animals will become peaceful/tame/organized/petty if they get used to
people.
h) There’s a house/home/cage/nest of blackbirds at the bottom of the garden.
i) Many people are interested in watching wildlife/wilds/wilderness/wildly.
j) You have to sleep under a net to avoid being bitten by lobsters/geese/cockroaches/
mosquitoes.
5. Use each word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a
A pet parrot
From early (1) childhood Jane had always wanted a pat parrot.
CHILD
Her parents told her that a parrot was an (2)……………..pet, but Jane
SUIT
insisted. She was worried about the (3)………………………….of the
DESTROY
rainforests where parrots live, and she felt that parrots needed more
(4)………………….Her father argued that a parrot would suffer from
PROTECT
(5)…………………….if it lived in a house. He also explained that pet
LONELY
379
parrots are caught by (6)…………………, who need money and don’t
HUNT
care about protecting species. ‘They catch the parrots and send them to
Europe in (7)…………………….boxes’, he told her. ‘And in any case,
WOOD
parrots are very (8)…………….and don’t make good pets.’ Jane soon
OBEY
made an interesting (9)……………………., however. She found a pet
DISCOVER
shop which bred parrots instead of importing them. So she took all her
(10)………………...and bought a tiny parrot, which she called ‘Pixie’.
SAVE
6. Complete the compound word in each sentence with a word from
the box. Use each word once only:
forecast
hive
skin
trap
house
side
top
fountain
hole
mower
a) There were so many mice we had to buy a mouse trap.
b) Paula was cutting the grass with an electric lawn …………………………………...
c) There’s a drinking……………………………………...on the other side of the park.
d) What’s the weather…………………………………………………...for tomorrow?
e) The hill ……………………………………...was covered in beautiful wild flowers.
f) You can see the mountain ………………………..among the clouds in the distance.
g) At the end of the field was a large stone farm……………………………………….
h) We collect honey from our own bee…………………………………………………
i) There’s a rabbit………………………………………….....in the corner of this field.
j) Martin was wearing imitation snake…………………………………………...boots.
a) I think this fruit juice has gone off. It smells funny.
b) Mind………………………………………………...! Our cat has very sharp claws!
c) I keep my dog on a leash, but I let it……………………………………..in the park.
d) I like the idea of camping, but I am put……………………………….by the insects.
e) Our dog never got used………………………………………..sleeping in its kennel.
f) I don’t think I want to find……………………….whether that bull has sharp horns!
380
g) My puppy managed to tear……………………………….three of my school books.
h) I’ve taken…………………………………..going for long walks in the countryside.
Pets
If you decide to buy a pet, you should (1) go/look/find/take out as much as possible
about the pet you (2) choose/decide/take/do. Cats are easy to (3) run/change/find/look
after and seem to be (4) singular/depended/independent/single, but also need the
company of people. If your cat finds someone who (5) feeds/cares/looks/loves for it
more than you do, it will change owners! A small puppy may look like a (6) suited/
suiting/suit/suitable pet, but don’t forget that it will (7) grow/get/stand/buy up. You
may not be able to (8) stay/live/put/feed up with a very large dog that is too big for its
(9) lodging/kennel/cupboard/box and which (10) relies/insists/carries/concentrates on
sleeping on your bed! Unless you (11) train/learn/lesson/educate it, it may attack
people, or (12) wag/quack/moo/bark loudly day and night. Nobody loves a (13)
disobey/disobeying/disobedient/disobeyed pet. Perhaps this is why so many people
(14) go/prefer/decide/take in for birds or fish as pets. Whatever you decide in the (15)
house/fact/first/end, think carefully before you make a decision.
VOCABULARY: GENERAL: PHRASAL VERBS: SUCCESS AND
FAILURE103
A. Read these extracts to understand the underlined phrasal verb expressions in
the headlines:
NORTHCORP BRINGS OFF $10M DEAL
Northcorp Telecommunications announced last night that the company had secured a
$10m dollar deal in the face of severe competition and despite many difficulties.
103
381
STARFINDER CD TAKES OFF
The first CD by the group which won the TV show ‘Starfinder’, where bands
competed for a record contract, has become instantly popular one day after it was
released, and is now number one.
TINA TAKES OVER AS NUMBER ONE POP IDOL
18-year-old singer Tina Hoogan has been voted number one female performer in a
national pop poll, replacing last year’s winner, Francie Moon as the country’s most
popular female artist.
MINI-BALLOON ATTEMPT COMES OFF DESPITE WEATHER
An attempt to fly a mini hot-air balloon under Tower Bridge in London has
succeeded, despite fog and rain which threatened to prevent the event.
UMBRELLAS FAIL TO CATCH ON WITH TEENAGERS
An attempt by a Japanese company to market a new range of jazzy umbrellas to
teenagers has failed. Sales show that they have not become as popular as the company
hoped.
DRUMA PULLS OFF RECORD ATTEMPT
ZAFI DRUMA yesterday succeeded in winning the 100m, 400m and 800m all on the
same day at the International Athletics Championships in Mexico City, despite fierce
international competition.
DOWNFALL OF REBEL GROUP MARKS END OF CIVIL WAR
The failure of the rebel army to hold on to the western part of Kahuba and the rapid
collapse of popular support for the rebels means the country’s civil war is at an end.
PLAN TO BUILD NEW STADIUM FALLS THROUGH
The President of the Football Association announced last night that the plan to build a
new £200m national stadium has failed and the stadium will not be built.
382
B. Read this speech by a headteacher to pupils who are leaving schools.
When you leave this school, we hope you will build on [use a success or achievement
as a base from which to achieve more success] what you have learnt here. You must
not expect to just walk into [get very easily] a highly-paid job, but most of you will,
with hard-work and self-discipline, succeed and achieve great things. Never be
content to just muddle through [succeed in doing something even though you have
difficulties because you do not really know how to do it] as so many people do,
always trying to catch up [reach the same quality or standard as someone] and failing
to do so. Hard work, dedication and commitment will, in the end, pay off [be
successful]. To keep up [make progress at the same speed as something or someone
else so that you stay at the same level as them] with the competition we all have to
give 100%, so that our country can stay ahead [continue to be more advanced and
successful than other people] in business and industry. It will be your job to make this
happen. Good luck.
1.Find phrasal verb expressions from A that match these definitions:
1. fail to happen ………………………………………………………………………...
2. replace someone in a position of success…………………………………………….
3. the sudden failure of a person or organization……………………………………….
4. suddenly become successful or popular……………………………………………...
5. succeed in achieving something difficult…………………………………………….
6. happen successfully or as planned……………………………………………………
2. Decide whether these phrasal verbs are mainly associated with
success or with failure, by writing S or F in the box:
1. bring off………
4. pay off……….
7. take off……..
2. come off………
5. catch up……...
8. fall through……
3. muddle through…….
6. stay ahead…….
9. walk into…….
383
3. Fill the gaps in this school report with phrasal verbs from B:
SUBJECT
History
COMMENT
Tina’s work in history is not very good, but she does manage to
…………………. somehow.
Maths
Tina has managed to successfully …………………the work she
did last year in order to make excellent progress this term.
English
Tina missed a lot of schoolwork through illness at the beginning
of term, but she has managed to …………………….and is
doing fine now.
Geography
Tina has always been top of the class in geography and she has
managed to …………………this year too.
Physics
Tina has never found physics easy but her hard work is
beginning to …………………….
4. Rewrite these sentences using the words in brackets. Write the
verb in the correct form:
1. Miranda immediately got a job in London. (WALK)
…………………………………………………………………………………
2. Jim’s hard work eventually brought him success. (PAY)
………………………………………………………………………………….
3. The company is hoping to make an important deal this week. (PULL)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4.Rachel never expected her singing career to meet with such instant success. (TAKE)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
5. The project may well not happen because of a lack of funds. (FALL)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Teri finds it hard to make as much progress as the other kids in her class. (KEEP)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
7. The new design of mobile phone has become successful almost overnight.
(CATCH)
………………………………………………………………………………….
384
8. Top software companies are finding it increasingly difficult to remain in front of
their competitors. (STAY)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
III. VOCABULARY : SPECIFIC – NEWS – POLITICAL
REFUGEES – ECONOMIC MIGRANTS104
1. Thousands of Ishmadic refugees are fleeing into neighbouring Anturia from
a massacre being carried out by government forces on the civilian population. The
bloodshed comes in retaliation for the support given to the rebels in the recent civil
war. Reliable reports speak of the exodus of eleven thousand people who are seeking
refuge from the troops. Vast areas in war-torn regions are now said to be depopulated,
as the newcomers pour into Anturia as a rate of more than one thousand a day.
Temporary shelters have been provided at border posts from which the exiles are
transported to makeshift camps. There they can wait for weeks before they are
permanently resettled. The medical condition of the displaced is described as
catastrophic and may result in many deaths due to starvation.
2. Refugees seeking political asylum in Mardonia claim they are persecuted in
their homeland and refuse to be turned back. Two hundred people, whose application
for asylum have been turned down, are now facing deportation to Agunda; only a
handful were given official entry permits and permanent residence. The Minister of
Interior is quoted as saying that the asylum-claimants are not genuine and their real
motivation is economic. Most of them tried entering the country with bogus papers.
Deportation orders have already been signed against the first fifty. Human Rights
organizations have called on immigration authorities to adopt a more lenient approach
and halt the expulsion.
3. Several thousand unemployed marched yesterday through the streets of
Mosterra demanding forced repatriation of economic refugees. The protest stems from
a growing exasperation over the unending stream of foreign nationals who are seeking
refugee status in Veldonia. Though claiming to be escaping political repression and
ethnic persecution in their homeland, they are also after better economic
104
Educational, 2001.
385
opportunities. The influx is creating an even tighter job market and is threatening the
economic well-being of many Veldonians. The marchers demanded a more through
screening of applications, and proposed that all jobless economic migrants should be
returned to their country of origin.
1. Anturian soldiers are killing Ishmadic civilians.
2. From the report we can conclude that Ishmad is a fully democratic country in which
the opposition can operate legally.
3. Thousands of people have decided to leave their homes and cross the border.
4. The Anturian authorities are not doing anything to help the refugees.
5. Refugee camps have inadequate facilities to deal with the number of exiles.
6.The people seeking asylum in Mardonia say they are members of the illegal
opposition in Agunda.
7.The Mardonian authorities have decided to send some of them back to Agunda
because they have an agreement with that country concerning the expulsion of
immigrants.
8. Fifty per cent of the applicants for refugee status will stay in Mardonia.
9. The decision to expel the Agundans is seen as a violation of human rights.
10. The march in Mosterra was organized by economic refugees demanding work.
11. The demand for work in Valedonia is greater than the number of jobs available.
12.The authorities are expected to examine more carefully the motivation of refuge
claimants.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
civilian………………..
asylum
deportation……………..
authorities
economic……………….
market
entry…………………..
minorities
386
ethnic…………………
nationals
forced………………..
orders
foreign…………………
permits
immigration………………
population
job…………………..
refugees
permanent………………
repatriation
political……………….
residence
temporary………………..
shelter
1. ANTURIA – ESCAPE – INTO – THOUSANDS – TO – FLOOD – REFUGEES –
PERSECUTION – OF
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. HUNDRED – FROM – ASYLUM – SEEKERS – TO – TWO – MARDONIA –
BE – EXPELLED
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. ECONOMY – MARCHES – OF – PROTEST – PROTECT – DEMAND –
WORKERS – TO – REPATRIATION – MIGRANT
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
-a masacra, a săvârşi un masacru: - c……………… a m…………………..
-a acorda sprijin: g……………….. s……………………
-a căuta refugiu, adăpost: – s…………….. r………………….
- a asigura adăposturi: - p……………… s…………………….
-a respinge cererea: - t………………. d…………… an a………………..
-a acorda permisiunea de intrare: - g………….. an e………….. p…………………
-a cita (pe cineva): – q…………… somebody a…………… s……………….
387
- a semna ordinul de expulzare: - s…………… a d…………… o…………………
- a solicita autorităţile: - c……………… o…………. a……………..
-a căuta posibilităţi mai bune: - be a…………. b…………….. o…………………..
- a restrânge şi mai mult piaţa de muncă: - c………….. a t………….. j…………….
m…………..
388
LESSON 24
*Grammar: Articles – a/an and the (2)* Vocabulary: General – People and
Behaviour* Phrasal Verbs: Starting and Finishing* Vocabulary: Specific - The
News – Computer Viruses
***
I. GRAMMAR - ARTICLES: A/AN AND THE (2)105
*the in generalizations: Who invented the telescope?
#we can use the in generalizations with singular countable nouns, to talk
about a whole class of things. This is common in scientific and technical language.
Who invented the telescope?
The tiger is in danger of dying out.
I can’t play the piano.
I hate the telephone.
1. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. Use the:
ballpoint pen
camera
computer
dog
train
violin
whale
wheel
novel
ostrich
wolf
X-ray machine
E.g.: Some birds can’t fly – for example, the ostrich.
1. Before people invented………………..., they couldn’t transport heavy loads easily.
2. In its early years, ………….......wasn’t thought to be good reading for young ladies.
3. Scientific calculations were much slower before the invention of…………………..
105
389
4. …………………………………………….is one of the hardest instruments to play.
5. What did people write with before…………………………………………………?
6. Is…………………………….descended from…………………………………......?
7. What can we do to save……………………………………………..from dying out?
8. …………………………is a valuable tool for doctors, but it has its dangers as well.
9. In the 19th century, ……………………………………………revolutionized travel.
10. Has…………………………………………....made portrait-painting unnecessary?
2. Grammar and vocabulary: musical instruments. Put in the correct
instruments from the box:
cello
guitar
harp
organ
piano
saxophone
trumpet
violin
1. It has four strings. You put one end under your chin and play it with a bow.
………………….
2. Children often learn this instrument. It has 36 black keys and 52 white keys.
…………………..
3. It has six strings. You hold it in front of your body; it can be played with both
hands.
…………………..
4. A big one can have 46 or 47 strings, stands on the floor, and is played with both
hands.
……………………
5. It has four strings. You put one end on the floor and play it with a bow.
…………………….
6. This is a wind instrument, often played by jazz musicians. It was invented by
Adolphe Sax in 1841.
……………………..
7. This is a very big wind instrument often found in churches, played with the hands
and feet.
……………………..
8. A wind instrument made of metal, widely used in traditional jazz.
……………………..
390
#some other common general expressions with the: the sea, the mountains, the
town, the country, the cinema, the theatre.
I love the sea.
Do you like living in the country?
I never go to the cinema or the theatre.
*place names: Lake Superior; the Atlantic
#PLACE NAMES WITH NO ARTICLE:
-continents, most countries: Africa, Germany, Peru (BUT The Netherlands)
-states, counties etc: Texas, Oxfordshire, Normandy
- towns: Ottawa, Prague, Sydney (BUT The Hague)
- most streets: Fifth Avenue, Westgate Street
- lakes, most mountains: Lake Superior, Everest, Mont Blanc
- town + building: Oxford University, York Airport, Reading Station
#PLACE NAMES WITH THE
-seas, rivers, deserts: the Atlantic, the Thames, the Sahara
-mountain and island groups: the Alps, the Himalayas, the West Indies
-name includes common noun: the Czech Republic, the United States, the Far
East
-most buildings: the British Museum, the Ritz, the Playhouse
3. Choose the correct expression:
E.g.: We went on a boat trip on the Mississippi/Lake Superior.
They’re hoping to drive across Africa/Sahara.
1. My brother works in China/People’s Republic of China.
2. There are four countries in the Great Britain/United Kingdom.
3. We’re going on holiday to the South America/Republic of Ireland.
4. Here’s a photo of Annie and me in USA/Oxford Street.
5. I’ve never been to Netherlands/Norway.
391
6. Joe has a small farm near the Marseille/Mediterranean.
7. There are a lot of European immigrants in the USA/America.
8. This is a piece of rock from the Himalayas/Mount Everest.
9. Our hotel is just opposite the Ritz/Victoria Station.
10. From the plane window we had a wonderful view of River Rhine/Mont Blanc.
4. Put in the or – (= no article):
E.g.: the British Museum
10………..River Seine
- Canterbury Cathedral
11………..Victoria Street
1. ………….California
12. ………Rocky Mountains
2. ………….Mount Kilimanjaro
13. ………Berlin
3. ………….Lake Garda
14. ………Morocco
4. ………….Australia
15………..Pacific Ocean
5. ………….National Gallery
16. ………Apollo Theatre
6. ………….Hilton Hotel
17. ………Cambridge Town Hall
7. …………Three Dragons Restaurant
18. ………White House
8. …………Geneva Airport
19. ………Yorkshire
9. …………Dominican Republic
20. ………Gobi Desert
*other special cases: in prison; She became Queen
#some common expression with no article after a preposition:
to/at/from school/university/college
at home
to/at/from work
to/in/out of church/prison/hospital/bed
on holiday
by car/bus/bicycle/plane/train/underground/boat
She’s in prison. (She’s a prisoner)
She works as a cook in the prison.
You should be in bed. (resting)
I found chewing gum in the bed again.
392
on foot
5.Choose a word or
expression for
each blank,
and add a
preposition:
bed
bicycle
bus
home
prison
school
bus
church
foot
underground
holiday
university
1.‘How do you usually go to the shops?’
home
work
‘Oh, I usually go…………….., but
sometimes if I have a lot to carry I go………………………………………………’
2.After a hard day…………………………, my mother used to come home and go
……………………………………… to rest for half an hour before making supper.
3. Children go………………………………………………..to learn to read and write.
4. Does your family usually go away………………..or do you stay…………………?
5.When Juliet was studying ……………………….., she broke her leg and had to stay
………………………………………………………………………..for two weeks.
6. My aunt goes…………………………………every morning and twice on Sundays.
7. If you’re travelling across London, it’s much faster………………….., but you can
see more …………………………………………………………………………….
8. Another way of getting across London is ………………..., but it’s quite dangerous.
9. My friend George spent three months……………..for something that he didn’t do.
#some other expressions with no article:
He was elected President.
She became Queen.
They made her Manager.
What’s on TV?
Let’s watch television.
(BUT on the radio, listen to the radio)
#note that we do not usually drop articles after with, without, as or what.
note also: the same, on the right/left, a hundred/thousand
You can’t eat soup with a fork.
I had to do the translation without a dictionary.
I worked as a guide last summer.
393
What a surprise!
Most of the government ministers went to the same school.
‘Where are the toilets?’ ‘Over there on the right.’
I’ve just planted a hundred tulips.
6. Put in a/an, the or – (= no article):
1. They appointed him……………………………...General Manager at the age of 23.
2. You can’t go there without ……………………………………………………..visa.
3. ‘What’s for lunch?’ ‘…………………………………………….same as yesterday.’
4. There’s absolutely nothing on……………………………………..TV this evening.
5. What…………………………………………………………………strange haircut!
6. Please don’t use your plate as……………………………………………….ashtray.
7. Did you hear the weather forecast on…………………………..radio this morning?
8. ‘I’m trying to learn……………….thousand new words every mouth.’ ‘Good luck.’
9. I don’t like writing with………………………………………………………pencil.
10. They didn’t elect him ……………………….Chairman – he gave himself the job.
*articles: more practice
7. Mixed article uses. Correct or not? Correct the mistakes or write
‘Correct’:
E.g.: I really like the Indian food.
Indian food
I’m learning the violin.
Correct
1. The life is sometimes difficult.
…………………………………...
2. You can’t go out in the rain without a coat!
…………………………………...
3. I go to cinema two or three times a week.
…………………………………...
4. We always go to mountains on holiday.
…………………………………...
5. Do your children go to school on Saturdays?
…………………………………...
6. I’ll see you at Dragon Restaurant at 8.00.
…………………………………...
7. I climbed the Mont Blanc last year.
…………………………………...
394
8. Do you think Foster will be elected the President? ………………………………….
9. Ann’s interested in sport and nature.
…………………………………...
10. About a hundred people came to the festival.
…………………………………...
8. Mixed article uses. Complete the quotations with a, an, the or – (=
no article):
1. When I was born, I was so surprised that couldn’t talk for ……… year
and…………..half. (Gracie Allen)
2. California is ………….great place – if you happen to be ………..orange. (F. Allen)
3. Never put anything on ………….paper, my boy, and never trust …………man
with…………….small black moustache. (P.G. Wodehouse)
4. …………dog is ………..only thing on earth that loves you more than you love
yourself. (Josh Billings)
5. ………...Americans like……….fat books and ……….thin women. (Russell Baker)
6. ………..actor’s ………..guy who, if you ain’t talking about him, ain’t listening.
(Attributed to Marlon Brando)
7. …………...death is……….nature’s way of telling you to slow down. (Anonymous)
8. ………….diplomacy is the art of saying ‘nice doggie!’ until you can
find………………stone. (Wynn Catlin)
9. ……..birds do it; …….bees do it; even……….educated fleas to it. Let’s do it.
Let’s fall in ………love. (Cole Porter)
10. I love acting. It is so much more real than ……………………..life. (Oscar Wilde)
11. Nothing’s illegal if …………hundred businessmen decide to do it, and that’s true
anywhere in ………world. (Andrew Young)
12. Remember that as……….teenager you are at………..last stage in your life when
you will be happy to hear that …………………..phone is for you. (Fran Lebowitz)
13. Save………………water, shower with………………………friend. (Anonymous)
14. When I was………..boy of fourteen, my father was so ignorant I could hardly
stand to have ………….old man around. But when I got to be twenty-one, I was
astonished at how much he had learned in seven years. (Mark Twain)
15. A banker is………..man who lends you……….umbrella when………..weather is
fair, and takes it away from you when it rains. (Anonymous)
395
*articles: revision test
9. Put a or an:
1. ………..uncle
6. ……….half-hour break
2. ……….X-ray
7. ……….one- hour break
3. ……….union
8. ……….hole
4. ……….bus
9. ……….useful idea
5. ……….hour
10. ………student
10. Put a/an or one:
1. It happened…………………………………………………...afternoon last summer.
2. Could I have …………………………………………………………………..knife?
3. The journey lasts exactly ……………………………………………………...hour.
4. Only ………………………………………………………………...person was late.
5. It was ………………………………………………………………………cold day.
6. If it’s not……………………………………………………….problem, it’s another.
7. I’m going to put on ………………………………………………………….sweater.
8. He went out wearing……………………………………………………………sock.
9. I’ve got to make…………………………………………………………..phone call.
10. I booked……………………………………………………………..room, not two.
11. Put a/an, the or -.:
1. Have you seen……………………………….........small blue bag anywhere around?
2. Can you lock …………………………………………..front door when you go out?
3. She’s interested in ………………….art and………………………..African history.
4. May I use………………………………………………………………….bathroom?
5. What’s that black stuff on …………………………………………………….floor?
6. Is there………………………………………………………...post office near here?
7. I’ll meet you at 8.00 outside………………………………………………….station.
8. I’ll drive you to………………..airport. What time is ………………………..plane?
396
9. …………………..people are more interesting than……………………….grammar.
10. I’ve had…………………………………………………………….interesting idea.
11. My brother is married to…………………………………………………….doctor.
12. You’ve got……………………………………………………………….nice smile.
13. …………………woman in …………………..next office comes from New York.
14. I work in ……………………………………………………center of Birmingham.
15. Do you like…………………………………………………………Chinese food?
16. I’m learning………………………………………………………………….guitar.
17. My youngest brother is …………………………………………………..engineer.
18. I don’t know how we managed before…………………...computer was invented.
19. What’s on ……………………………………………………….TV this evening?
20. You can’t get in here without………………………………………………..ticket.
12. Put in the or -.
1. ………Ritz Hotel.
11. ………Smithsonian Museum
2. ………Oxford Street
12. ………New Theater
3. ……....Czech Republic
13. ………Dublin Airport
4. ……....Cambridge University
14. ………Atacama Desert
5. ………Lake Geneva
15. ………River Nile
6. ………Mount Everest
16. ………Great Pyramid
7. ………North Sea
17. ………Netherlands
8. ………Wales
18. ………Hague
9. ………Washington
19. ………Alps
10. ……..Eiffel Tower
20. ………Yorkshire
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PEOPLE AND BEHAVIOUR106
a) Please don’t push. It’s very bad-tempered/rude/unsympathetic.
106
397
b) Jack hates spending money. He’s rather frank/greedy/mean.
c) Our teacher is very proud/strict/tolerant and won’t let us talk in class.
d) Helen never does her homework. She is rather gentle/lazy/reliable.
e) I didn’t talk to anyone at the party because I felt ambitious/lonely/shy.
f) When Harry saw his girlfriend dancing with Paul he felt jealous/selfish/sentimental.
g) I don’t like people who are noisy and aggressive/courageous/sociable.
h) Thanks for bringing us a present. It was very adorable/grateful/thoughtful of you.
i) Teresa never gets angry with the children. She is very brave/patient/pleasant.
j) Tom always pays for everyone when we go out. He’s so cheerful/generous/honest.
2. Match the words in the box with the descriptions (a-l). Use each
word once only:
bad-tempered
determined
lazy
reliable
cheerful
mean
considerate
honest
punctual
sympathetic
selfish
frank
a) You always arrive on time.
punctual
b) You are always happy.
…………………………..
c) You do what you say you will do.
…………………………..
d) You say exactly what you think.
…………………………..
e) You don’t think about the needs of others.
…………………………..
f) You have a strong wish to get what you want.
…………………………..
g) You are unkind, or not willing to spend money.
…………………………..
h) You easily become angry with others.
…………………………..
i) You think about the needs of others.
…………………………..
j) You tell the truth and obey the law.
…………………………..
k) You understand the feelings of others.
…………………………..
l) You try to avoid work if you can.
…………………………..
398
once only:
ambitious
stubborn
greedy
grateful
polite
sociable
brave
kind
snobbish
tolerant
imaginative
a) I think I’ll stay here on my own, I’m not feeling very sociable today.
b) Diana wants to get to the top in her company. She is very ………………………….
c) It’s not…………………………………………....to stare at people and say nothing!
d) I think you have to be very………………………………………….to write a novel.
e) Thank you for helping me. It was very……………………………………….of you.
f) Peter refuses to change his mind, although he is wrong. He’s so……………………
g) It was very………………………………….of Sheila to put out the fire on her own.
h) Our neighbors look down on us. They are a bit……………………………………..
i) Don’t eat all the cakes! You really are becoming…………………………………...!
j) If you lend me the money, I’ll be very………………………………………………
l) My parents don’t mind my crazy hairstyle. They are very………………………….
Jack’s real character
How easy is it to understand another person’s character?
My friend Jack, was once a rather (1) annoying person. He was
ANNOY
always getting into trouble at school because he was so OBEY
(2)………….
In class he was very (3)…………………and never stopped making
TALK
jokes. The teachers all told him he was (4)…………………because
POLITE
he interrupted them. When I met him he was very (5)………………
FRIEND
and didn’t want to talk to me at all. People told me that he
stole things, and that he was (6)……………………His school work
HONEST
was terrible. He didn’t take any (7)………………in his writing, he
PROUD
399
never spent enough time doing his homework, and he
was not at all (8)…………………. One day he saw a gang of boys
CONSCIENCE
attacking an old man. Jack hated (9)…………………and he fought
VIOLENT
them all until they ran away. He was awarded a medal
for (10)………………. ……After that, people changed their minds
BRAVE
about him.
5.Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each
sentence:
a) You can’t tell what someone is like just from their character/appearance
/personality/looking.
b) I was born in Scotland but I grew up/raised/brought up/rose in Northern Ireland.
c) Edward was named after one of his father’s distant family/brothers/members/
relations.
d) Jane and Brian got married a year after they got divorced/proposed/engaged/
separated.
e) Graham works well in class, but his rudeness/behavior/politeness/acting could be
better.
f) Julie had a terrible row/discussion/argue/dispute with her parents last night.
g) I got to introduce/know/meet/sympathize Steve well last year when we worked
together.
h) Is Brenda married or spinster/alone/bachelor/single? I don’t like to ask her.
i) Parents have to try hard to understand the younger generation/people/adolescents/
teenagers.
j) My father likes to be called a senior citizen, not an old age person/relative/
gentleman/pensioner.
400
6. Match the words in the box with a suitable definition (a-l). Use
each word once:
adult
colleague
nephew
toddler
best man
fiancé
niece
twin
bride
neighbor
sister-in-law
widow
a) The son of your brother or sister.
nephew
b) A woman on the day of her marriage.
…………………..
c) A young child who is learning to walk.
…………………..
d) What a woman calls the man she is engaged to.
…………………..
e) One of the two children born at the same time.
…………………..
f) A person who lives near you.
…………………..
g) The daughter of your brother or sister.
…………………..
h) A person who is fully grown.
…………………..
i) A woman whose husband has died.
…………………..
j) At a wedding, the friend of the bridegroom.
…………………..
k) The sister of the person you marry.
…………………..
l) A person you work with.
…………………..
a) After a few days they realized they were in love.
b) I went…………………………………………with a very interesting girl last week.
c) Andrew acts as ……………………..he was the most important person in the room.
d) After two years, their marriage broke……………………………………………….
e) John discovered that he was related………………………..his next-door neighbour.
f) My parents keep treating me………………………………..a child, but I’m not one!
g) I was brought……………………………………..by my aunt after my parents died.
h) It was very kind………………………………………………...you to give me a lift.
i) Teachers should be patient……………………………………………small children.
j) James was very disappointed…………………………………………….his new job.
k) It’s very…………………………………….of character for Bill to behave like that.
l) Most famous people behave quite normally………………………………….private.
401
8. Replace the words in italics with a verb from the box. Use each
verb once only:
call in
fall out
get on well with
give away
put up with
turn down
look up to
take after
turn up
a) The wedding was cancelled when the bride failed to arrive.
count on
turn up
b) Susan feels that her boss is someone to respect. …………………………………….
c) I’m sorry, but I just can’t stand your behavior any longer. ………………………….
d) My brother and I really have a good relationship with our parents. ………………...
e) Why don’t you visit my house on your way home from the shops? …………………
f) Tony felt that he could rely on his friend Mary. ……………………………………..
g) The millionaire decided to make a present of his money to the poor. ………………
h) Paula and Shirley are good friends but sometimes they quarrel. …………………...
i) Jean decided to refuse Chris’s offer of marriage. ……………………………………
j) All three children behave like their father and are very sociable. ……………………
Ann Johnson – A confidential report
Ann Johnson has worked at this college for three years. She is a (1) conscientious/
conscience/consciousness/conscious employee, and (2) goes/carries/gets/likes on well
with the other members of the department. We have all found her to be an excellent
(3) colleague/adult/employer/fellow. She has always been (4) times/late/hourly/
punctual for her lessons, and is an extremely (5) greedy/reliable/stubborn/lazy
member of staff who is able to work independently. I can always (6) request/
concentrate/take/rely on her to organize the end of term play, and she has put on some
extremely (7) imaginary/imagination/imaginative/imagined productions. Her students
often tell me how (8) tempered/cheerful/frank/proud she is, always ready with a smile,
and she has been very (9) kind/aggressive/polite/mean to many of them. In (10)
first/times/usual/private she is not very talkative and seems rather (11) but/
shy/however/alone at first, and might not show her true (12) person/behavior/
402
character/part in an interview. Her work is excellent, and she is (13) used/determined/
had/supposed to succeed. She is also quite (14) obedient/disappointed/grateful/
ambitious, and has applied for two other positions as Director of Studies. I think that
you can count (15) on/for/with/to Ann to make your school a success, and I
recommend her for the post of Director.
VOCABULARY:
GENERAL
–
PHRASAL
VERBS:
STARTING
AND
FINISHING107
A. STARTING:
If you…
then you….
Example
set about
start doing something that The kitchen looked as if it
something/ doing
uses a lot of time and energy
something
hadn’t been cleaned or tied for
months, but Jessica set about
making it look as good as new.
start a journey
set out
We set out at 7 a.m. and didn’t
return until after dark.
start off or start
begin life, existence or a Yvonne started out as a model
out
profession in a particular way
but soon realized that it was not
the career for her.
Note that the noun ‘the outset’, from the verb ‘set out’, means the beginning, e.g.
There were problems from the outset and things became progressively worse.
B. FINISHING
Joe called off [decided to stop an activity that had already started] the building
work his team was doing on the new company offices, because he had heard that the
company was going bankrupt. He knew the money was going to dry up [end or stop
coming], so he was not prepared to continue. Most of the team immediately broke off
[stopped or interrupted] what they were doing, but some of them first finished off
107
403
[completed the last part of what they were doing] the task they were working on. Joe
himself quickly polished off [finished something quickly and easily] the last of his
paperwork and then packed up [collected his things together, usually after finishing
doing something]
Suzanna is trying to give up smoking. At first she cut down [reduced the
amount or number] to five rather than fifteen a day, but she is finding it very hard. She
says that a cigarette helps her to wind down [gradually relax after something that has
made you feel tired or worried] after a hard day at work. She hopes her determination
won’t fizzle out [gradually end or disappear, usually in a disappointing way] after a
few weeks, as she is very anxious not to give up this new regime.
1. Complete these comments by various people with words from the
box below. Write the words in the correct form:
set
fizzle
break
dry
start
give
polish
pack
cut
finish
call
outset
1. I……………………..out as a chemist, but I knew from the ……………….that it
wasn’t what I wanted to do. So I ……………….it and joined the navy instead.
2. I had 50 exam papers to correct that day, and so I………………….about marking
them. I managed to …………………off about 20 by 12.30, so I ………………..
off for lunch and decided to ………………….the job off later.
3. I was putting on weight, so I decided to ………………… up fatty foods.
I………………… down on sweet drinks too, but I’m afraid my efforts
……………… out after a couple of weeks and now I’m back where I started.
4. Our research project was getting nowhere, and our funds were …………………..
up. We didn’t really want to …………………..the whole thing off, but we had no
choice. We’re very disappointed.
404
2. Answer these questions about yourself, using full sentences with
a phrasal verb:
1. What should you set about doing soon, even though you don’t really want to?
2. Can you think of something you were planning to do, but then were forced to call
off?
3. What helps you to wind down when you are tired or stressed?
4. What do you eat or drink too much of which you think you should cut down on?
5. What did you once start off doing but later gave up?
III.
VOCABULARY:
SPECIFIC
–
NEWS
–
COMPUTER
VIRUSES108
1. All over the world today, many computers are waking up crippled, with the
words “Frodo lives” illuminating their screens. The latest computer virus designed by
invisible computer saboteurs has been triggered. Frodo is called a stealthy virus
because it is very effective at hiding and lying dormant until activated. It is just one of
several thousand distinctive viruses worldwide which, like disease, are spread through
exchange of “infected” computer discs. The most dangerous ones, with sinister names
like Dark Avenger or Datacrime, are said to be on dramatic increase.
Electronic viruses are not always hostile. Some do no erase information; they
only irritate users by writing nonsense or playing tunes when activated. Trojan Horse,
so-dubbed because it infiltrates in disguise, may, for example, conceal erotic pictures
in business files. But computers can also be attacked by worms which move
information around. By multiplying, they eventually render the system ineffective by
filling up all available disc space.
2. The deadly Michelangelo virus is to strike on Friday, March 6th, computer
users were warned today, triggered by the date of the Italian artist’s birthday. Upon
switching the computer on, the virus suddenly bursts into life, repeatedly replicates
itself, and wipes out the existing software by overwriting hard discs. The remedy for
108
Educational, 2001.
405
computer users, who are bracing themselves for the attack, is to run anti-virus
software to detect and destroy the menace in time, or to bypass the virus’ trigger date
by moving a computer’s clock a day forward to March 7th.
The deletion of data can cause considerable disruption and financial loss to a
company which owns affected systems and many firms are believed to be carrying the
virus. Since the virus installs itself from “infected” floppy discs, unlicensed, pirated
software should never be run on company computers. Only by standing within the law
as far as copyright is concerned, can one avoid the often irreversible damage to
computer data. Companies are also advised to have a constantly updated backup
system to replace damaged files.
1. If the words “Frodo lives” appear on a computer screen, it means that the system
has been damaged.
2. Computer users know that their discs have been infected with the Frodo virus long
before it activates itself.
3. The several thousand viruses in existence have their own characteristic features.
4. A computer can become infected only from the outside.
5. Every computer virus means total damage to the system.
6. A worm’s job is to move erotic pictures from one disc to another.
7. The Michelangelo virus always strikes on Friday, March the 6th.
8. The virus has the ability to increase the area it occupies on the disc.
9. Anti-virus software works by changing the date on the computer’s clock.
10. The virus can be cheated by changing the date from the 6th to the 7th of March.
11. Pre-packed licensed software is guaranteed to be virus-free.
12.The virus simultaneously damages both hard discs and the backups stored on
floppy discs.
406
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
affected………………
damage
anti-virus……………..
date
business……………….
disc
disc……………………
files
erotic………………….
loss
financial…………………
names
hard……………………..
pictures
invisible………………….
saboteurs
irreversible……………….
software
sinister…………………..
space
trigger………………….
systems
1. FRODO – COMPUTER – VIRUS – USERS – THREATENS
………………………………………………………………………………………
2. PIRATED – MICHELANGELO – AGAIN – USERS – PUNISH – AND – TO –
STRIKE – SOFTWARE
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
-aici: a nu se manifesta, a dormita: - l……………….. d…………………….
-a răspândi boala: - s………………… d……………………
-a pătrunde sub altă formă: - i…………….. in d…………………
-a face (ceva) să fie inefficient: - r……………….. i…………………..
-a reînvia brusc: - b…………… into l……………..
-a lua măsuri pentru a preveni un atac: - b…………. f………… the a……………..
407
-a înainta, aici: a schimba (data cu o zi mai târziu): - m…………… f……………….
-a provoca perturbarea: - c……………….. d……………..
-a poseda sisteme virusate: - o……………. a……………. s…………….
-a respecta legea: - s……………. w………….. the l……………..
-a evita deteriorarea: a…………… d……………..
-a înlocui documentele deteriorate: - r…………… d……………… f………………
408
LESSON 25
*Grammar: Determiners (1)* Vocabulary: General – Technology and Machines
*Phrasal Verbs: Actions and Movement* Vocabulary: Specific - The News –
Abusive Phone Calls*
***
I. GRAMMAR – DETERMINERS (1)109
this, that, these, those
some, any, no
both, either, neither
much, many, a little, a few
too much/many
a lot, lots
all, each, every
enough
less, least
more, most
(articles a/an, possessives my, your etc.)
which, what
Determiners are words that come at the beginning of noun phrases, before adjectives.
Determiners help to show which or how much/many we are talking about.
this small dog
some new suggestions
all Scottish towns
enough time
*revise the basics: this, that, these, those
1.Study the examples and think about the difference between
this/these and that/those:
Come and look at this picture.
What’s that on the roof?
This isn’t a very good party.
He’s ill. That’s why he’s away.
Do you like this music?
Stop that noise!
109
409
Listen – this will make you laugh. Thanks – that was a great meal.
(on the phone) This is Emma.
(on the phone) Who’s that?
This is my friend Paula.
I didn’t like those stories he told.
These shoes are hurting my feet.
Do you remember those people we met in
Edinburgh?
These grapes are really sweet.
2. Look at the examples again. Which words and expressions in the
box go with this/these and which go with that/those?
finished
happening now
said before
just about to start
near
over there
distant
unwanted
here
THIS/THESE: ………………………………………………………………………….
THAT/THOSE: ………………………………………………………………………...
3. Put in this/that/these/those:
1. Why am I living in ………………………………………………………….country?
2. Get me…………………………………………………………....box from the table.
3. Ugh - …………………………………………………………...potatoes taste burnt!
4. What was………………………………………………………………………noise?
5. Who are …………………………………………………………..people over there?
6. Come……………………………………………………………………way, please?
7. Isn’t …………………………………………………………………..weather great?
8. Did you hear…………...........................................................explosions in the night?
9. Tell her to stop……………………………………………………………...shouting.
10. ………………………………………………………….was a great party – thanks.
11. Who said…………………………………………………………………………..?
12. Why did she marry…………………………………………………………...idiot?
13. Do it………………………….way, not like……………………………………….
14. Listen – you’re not going to believe……………………………………………….
15. Look at………………………………………….earrings. Jamie gave them to me.
410
*revise the basics: some and any
#some
vvvvvv
v SOME v
vvvvvv
#Some means ‘a certain (not large) number or amount of’.
- We use some mostly in affirmative sentences.
-we also use some in questions when we expect or invite people to say ‘Yes’
(for example, in requests and offers)
She’s got some interesting ideas.
‘Could I have some coffee?’
There’s some mud on the carpet.
‘Sure. Ann would you like some biscuits?’
#any
xxxxxx
x ANY ?
? ?????
#we use any instead of some in negative sentences, in most questions and with
if.
Do you know any good jokes?
He hasn’t got any money.
If you find any mistakes, please tell me.
#the difference between somebody/anybody, someone/anyone, something
/anything etc. is the same as the difference between some and any.
There’s somebody outside.
Would you like something to drink?
Does anybody understand this?
411
She didn’t say anything.
4. Put in some, any, somebody, anybody, something or anything:
1. I can’t find …………………..butter, but we’ve got ……………………..margarine.
2. Did you meet………………………………………………..interesting at the party?
3. Emma has got ……………………………………………..old pictures of the house.
4. Can I offer you……………...............................................................................wine?
5. Do you know……………………………………………………………….German?
6. Helen brought me…………………………………………………….beautiful roses.
7. Is there……………………………………………………………………..I can do?
8. There’s ……………………………………………………………...waiting for you.
9. I haven’t got …………………………………………………………………to wear.
10. Shall we listen to…………………………………………………………….music?
11. If you have………………………………………………..problems, just phone me.
12. Have you got………………………………………………………………children?
13. Would you like ………………………………………………………..to help you?
14. There aren’t ……………………………………………………...buses on Sunday.
#we use any with words like never, hardly, without, refuse, doubt (which have
a negative kind of meaning).
She never has any fun.
We got there without any difficulty.
I refuse to give him any help.
5.Here are some sentences with any. Which word in each sentence
gives the ‘negative kind of meaning’?
E.g.: He never listens to anyone.
3. There was hardly anybody in town.
We’ve hardly got any cat food.
4. You never get any sense out of her.
1. The baby refuses to eat anything
5. You seldom hear any birds here.
2. I doubt if you’ll find any bread now.
6. I left the house without any money.
412
6. Choose the right word:
1. Have you got some/any time free on Wednesday afternoon?
2. There’s something/anything strange about the way Pete’s acting today.
3. Nobody can find out something/anything about when the exams will be.
4. Is there something/anything we should bring to the meeting?
5. Shall I bring you something/anything to read while you wait?
6. Do you know if some/any of the Morrises are coming on Sunday?
7. Can I get you some/any coffee? I’ve just made some/any.
8. She refuses to have something/anything to do with her family now.
9. If there’s some/any soup left, could you put it in the fridge, please?
10. I doubt if there’s something/anything we can do now.
*some/any or no article: Have some toast. I don’t like toast.
#We use some and any to talk about limited numbers or quantities. Compare:
LIMITED NUMBERS/QUANTITIES
NOT LIMITED
‘Have some toast.’ (one or two pieces)
‘No thanks. I don’t like toast.’ (toast in
general)
I need some new clothes.
She always wears nice clothes.
Is there any water in the fridge?
Is there water on the moon?
#We don’t normally use some in descriptions.
She’s got black hair. (NOT some black hair)
#we don’t use some when we say what people/things are.
Andy and John are students. (NOT some students)
413
7. Join the beginnings and ends:
‘What are those?
A. ‘Chocolates.’
1. ‘What did she give you?’
B. any money with you? …….
2. Cheese is made from
C. some milk in my coffee? ……
3. Could I have
D. ‘Some chocolates.’ ……
4. Why does she always talk about
E. milk. ……..
5. Have you got?
F. money? ……..
6. Her children are both
G. air. ……..
7. In the pub we met
H. students. …..
8. Let me show you
I. good photos. ……
9. Open the window and let in
J. some fresh air. …..
10. This camera takes
K. some photos of the children. ……
11. You can’t live without
L. some students. ……
0
*any, not any, no and none
#No is a more emphatic way of saying ‘not a’ or ‘not any’. Note the sentence
structure.
Sorry, I’ve got no time. (NOT….I haven’t got no time)
There were no letters for you this morning.
#At the beginning of a sentence, no is almost always used.
No cigarette is completely harmless. (NOT Not any cigarette…)
No tourists ever come to our village.
8. Change not…any to no, or no to not…any:
E.g.: I haven’t got any American friends.
I’ve got no American friends.
There’s no bread.
There isn’t any bread.
1. She speaks no German.
She doesn’t …………………………
2. He’s written no letters to her.
………………………………………
3. We don’t get any rains here.
………………………………………
414
4. There isn’t any post on Sundays.
……………………………………….
5. She hasn’t got any brothers or sisters.
……………………………………….
#Before of, or without a noun, we use none, not no (often with a singular verb).
None of his friends likes his wife.
There’s none in the house.
9. Put in no or none:
E.g.: None of these telephones works.
I had no difficulty understanding her.
1. ‘How many children has he got?’ ……………………………………………………
2. There are ………………………………………………………trains after midnight.
3. Did you buy milk? There’s …………………………………………….in the fridge.
4. ……………………………………………………………...of us can play the piano.
5. There are…………palm trees in Antarctica, and there are……………in Greenland.
#Nobody, nothing etc. are used in the same way as no.
Nobody loves me.
I’ve got absolutely nothing to say.
10. Put in no, none or nobody:
1. ‘Why can’t I have toast for breakfast?’
‘Because there’s …………………bread.’
2. ‘My students expect me to know everything.’
‘……………….knows everything.’
3. ……………………………………………………...newspaper tells the whole truth.
4. ‘What were your photos like?’ ‘I’m afraid……………………..of them came out.’
5. ‘Do you think he’s honest?’ ‘…………………….politician is completely honest’.
6. …………………………...of the people there remembered seeing anything unusual.
7. I’ve got………………………………………………..patience with people like her.
8. There’s ……………………………………………………I can talk to in this place.
9. ……………………………………………………………...of you care what I think.
10. He had…………………money, ……………….job and …………….place to live.
415
*any = ‘one or another – it’s not important which’
#We can use any to mean ‘one or another – it’s not important which.’
With this meaning, any is common in affirmative sentences.
‘When shall I come and see you?’ ‘It doesn’t matter – any time.’
‘What newspaper do you want?’ ‘I don’t mind. Any paper is ok.’
#In negative sentences, we can use just any to make this meaning clear.
I don’t do just any work: I choose jobs that interest me.
11. Complete each sentence with any and a word from the box:
bank
boy
question
bus
colour
day
doctor
problems
supermarket
E.g.: Any doctor will tell you to stop smoking.
1. He gets angry with ………………………………………who talks to his girlfriend.
2. ‘Would you like red, blue, …?’ ‘It doesn’t matter…………………………..is Ok.’
3. You can get this kind of rice in ……………………………………………………..
4. I think she knows everything. She can answer……………………………..you ask.
5. If you have…………………………………………….., come and ask me for help.
6. ‘When shall we meet?’ ‘I don’t mind. ………………………………….this week.’
7. ‘Where can I change money?’ ‘In ………………………………………………..’
8. You can’t take just …………………………………………...- you need a 4 or a 16.
#We can use anybody, anything and anywhere to mean ‘it’s not important
who/what/where.’
It’s easy. Anybody can do it.
That dog eats anything – meat, bread, shoes, …..
416
‘Where shall I sit?’
‘Anywhere you like.’
She doesn’t go out with just anybody.
12.Put the beginnings and ends together and put in anybody,
anything or anywhere:
It’s not hard to dance.
A. ‘I don’t mind. I’m so hungry I’ll
eat……………..’ ……..
1. ‘Where would you like to live?’
B. ‘It’s true. Ask…………….’ ……..
2. ‘What would you like for lunch?’
C. ‘Yes. Put it……………….you like.’ ……
3. ‘I don’t believe you.’
D. Anybody can do it. 0
4. ‘Can I park the car behind your E. He can play ………………. …….
house?’
5. Joe’s a brilliant pianist.
F. ‘…………….in America.’ ……
#Any is not negative – it is the opposite of no or not any. Compare:
That’s easy: anybody can do it.
That’s too hard: nobody can do it.
I’m really hungry – I’ll eat anything.
I’m not hungry – I don’t want anything.
13. Choose the best word or expression in each sentence:
1. Any/No doctor can tell you if you’ve got flu.
2. Any/No doctor can tell you how long you’re going to live.
3. Just say anything/nothing, so we can see if the microphone works.
4. If the police arrest you, say anything/nothing until your lawyer gets there.
5. What do you mean, music? I can’t hear/can hear any music.
6. You can hear any/no kind of music you like at the Reading Festival.
7. Anna’s very secretive: she talks to anybody/nobody about her problems.
8. Jim tells his problems to anybody/nobody who will listen.
417
*revise the basics: much, many, a lot (of)
#We use much with singular (uncountable) nouns and many with plurals.
How much time have we got?
How many tickets do we need?
#Much and many are most common in questions and negatives. In informal
affirmative sentences, we generally prefer a lot (of), lots (of) or plenty (of). These
can be used with both uncountables and plurals:
‘Do you have much trouble with English?’
I don’t have much trouble speaking, but I have lots of difficulty writing.
‘Are there many opera houses in London?’
‘Not many, but a lot of theaters and plenty of cinemas.’
#After so, as and too, much and many are normal in affirmative sentences.
That child makes so much noise!
Take as much time as you like.
There are too many people here.
14. Put in much/many with so, as, too:
1. It was nice to have………………………………………………..time to talk to you.
2. Are there……………………………………………………………chairs as people?
3. You can never have……………………………………………………………..love.
4. I don’t have …………………………………………………………..friends as you.
5. She’s got…………………………………………………………………....relatives!
6. Get………………………………………………………………...tickets as you can.
418
#In a formal style, many and much are more common in affirmative sentences:
Many commentators have already thrown much darkness on this subject, and
it is probable that if this continues we shall soon know nothing at all about it.
(Mark Twain)
*revise the basics: enough, too and too much
15. Look at the examples:
This isn’t hot enough.
Am I going fast enough?
There is never enough time.
Have you got enough rice?
Now choose the correct forms of the rules:
Enough normally comes before/after an adjective or adverb.
Enough normally comes before/after a noun.
16. Pot in words from the box together with enough:
big
friends
champagne
clever
confidence
good
hard
money
time
old
E.g.: In the art the best is good enough. (Goethe)
1. There was………………………………………………....to give everybody a glass.
2. This town isn’t ………………………………………………………..for both of us.
3. I never had…………………when I was young: now I never have…………… ……
4. Susan hasn’t got ……………………………………………….to play football with.
5. Daniel’s not………………………………………………………...to travel himself.
6. If you work…………………………………., you don’t have to be very intelligent.
7. She was………………to do anything she wanted, but she didn’t have……………
419
17.Too much/many or too? Look at the examples and complete the
rules:
Examples: He’s too old.
She’s driving too fast.
My problem is too much work and too many late nights.
Rules: Before an adjective without a noun, or an adverb, we use………………………
Before a noun (with or without an adjective), we use…………………………..
18.Invent answers to the questions, using too, too much or too
many:
E.g.: Why did Jack leave his car at the pub and take a taxi home? (beer)
He’d drunk too much beer.
1. Why did they drive to the cinema in two cars? (people)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Can you understand what he’s saying? (quickly)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Why didn’t Joanna stop for lunch yesterday? (busy)
………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Why don’t we go to the Caribbean for our holiday? (expensive)
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Why don’t you let the children cycle to school? (traffic)
………………………………………………………………………………….
6. What went wrong in your exam? (slowly)
………………………………………………………………………………….
7. Why did you have the phone installed in the other room? (noise)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
420
#We can use infinitive structures with enough and too.
She’s old enough to vote.
I’m too tired to go out tonight.
#A structure with for + object + infinitive is also possible.
It’s not warm enough for me to swim.
The box was too heavy for us to lift.
#We can drop for + object.
It’s not warm enough to swim.
The box was too heavy to lift.
19. Complete the sentences with enough or too:
E.g.: Sally’s not old enough to take the dog for a walk. (old/ take)
The food was too spicy for the children to eat. (spicy/children/eat)
1. There’s someone in the garden, but I can’t see ……………………………if it’s
Emma. (well/decide).
2. I’ll work on this tomorrow – I’m ……………………...it tonight. (tired/think about)
3. I don’t understand Arabic……………………………to Egyptian radio. (well/listen)
4. I’m not ……………………………………………………..the piano. (strong/move)
5. I was……………………………………………..on the lecture. (bored/concentrate)
6. They were speaking…………………………….what they were saying. (quietly /me
/ hear)
7. Near some beaches the sea’s not ……………………………in. (clean/people/swim)
8. The room was………………………………………………..anything. (dark/us/see)
9. He drove……………………………………………………..him. (fast/police/catch)
10. This shirt isn’t ………………………………………………………. (clean/wear)
421
II.VOCABULARY:
GENERAL
–
TECHNOLOGY
AND
MACHINES110
a) This is a small car, but it has a powerful engine/machine.
b) Do you use an electric/electrical toothbrush?
c) I can’t see anything. Where’s the light plug/switch?
d) I’m going to buy a new notebook/desktop PC that I can take to work.
e) You can’t use the lift. It’s out of order/work.
f) If you don’t press this button, the washing machine won’t go/move.
g) Use this torch. The other one doesn’t act/work.
h) The lights have gone out. It must be a powerful break/cut.
i) A car factory/industry has just been built in our town.
j) Who exactly discovered/invented the computer?
2.Complete the sentences with a word from the box. Use each word
once only:
icon
download
website
cursor
highlight
pull-down menu
paste
reboot
scroll down
engine
a) The text appears at the position of the flashing cursor.
b) Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse over the text that you want to
……………………………………………………………………………………….
c) If your computer crashes, you may have to………………………………………….
d) To open a document, click on the relevant…………………………………………..
e) To transfer text to another document you can copy and ……………………………
f) If the text you want is below the part you can see, you can ………………………..
g) Look at the toolbar at the top of the screen and select the option you want from the
……………………………………………………………………………………….
110
422
h) Connect to the Internet and type out the address to go straight to the ……………..
i) If you can’t find the information you want on the website, try typing out a key word
into the search ……………………………………………………………………….
j) If you need to get a whole program from the Internet, it can take a long time
to……………………………………………………………………………………..
3.Complete each sentence with a suitable word from the box. Use
each word once only:
axe
file
screwdriver
needle
scissors
spade
corkscrew
hammer
saw
spanner
a) You can make the edges smooth with a file.
b) You need a ………………………………………………to open this bottle of wine.
c) I’ve split my trousers. Do you have a …………………………………...and thread?
d) I can’t open the back of the television without a special…………………………….
e) You can cut that plank in half with this……………………………………………...
f) We would chop this tree down if we had a sharp…………………………………….
g) I was going to dig the garden but I can’t find the …………………………………...
h) Oh bother! I’ve hit my thumb with the ………………………….instead of the nail!
i) You can cut this cardboard if you have some sharp………………………………….
j) This nut is impossible to undo. I need a larger……………………………………….
a) James is going to be late. His car has broken out/broken up/broken in/broken down.
b) If your camera is faulty, you should return it to the creator/manufacturer/inventor
/builder.
c) It is hard to get extra/spare/additional/emergency parts for this car if something
goes wrong.
d) I bought this electric drill from a do/repair/make/fix –it-yourself shop.
e) This clock goes/works/runs/moves on two small batteries.
f) Lift the microphone/dial/receiver/number and listen for the dialing tone.
423
g) Don’t touch the wire! You’ll get an electric surprise/current/charge/shock.
h) It’s difficult to repair the car unless you have the right gadgets/instruments/
appliances/tools.
i) This knife is really blunt/dull/flat/frank. I’ll have to sharpen it.
j) Don’t forget to put/set/ring/go off your alarm clock for 6.30.
How does the DVD work?
When I was young, I always dreamed of becoming a
famous (1) scientist. When I was at school I decided to study
SCIENCE
(2)……………………, and then become a millionaire by inventing
ENGINE
a wonderful new (3)…………...........which would make the world
PRODUCE
a better place. Unfortunately, I wasn’t very good at technical
subjects. Any time I operate any kind of (4)……………………….
EQUIP
something terrible happens. Machines which use (5)……………..,
ELECTRIC
such as computers or televisions, always seem to give me a
(6)……………………..shock. The instruction booklets are always
POWER
(7)………………… They never help me at all. Nowadays you need
USE
to have (8)…………………….knowledge just to use the DVD. To
SPECIAL
my great (9)………………it is always a child of six who helps me
EMBARRASS
out of my (10)……………………………………………………….
DIFFICULT
a) There’s nothing good on the television. Why don’t you turn it off?
b) Can you plug the electric fire ……………………………………………….for me?
c) Hurry up, sir. We’re just going to lock…………………………………for the night.
d) The machine is quite automatic – it does everything ………………………….itself.
e) We’d better stop for some petrol. We’ve nearly run………………………………...
f) The parts come from Japan, but we put them…………………………..here in Italy.
g) The workstation consists……………………….a keyboard, a monitor and a printer.
424
h) This looks like wood but actually it’s made ………………………………....plastic.
i) What exactly is a file used…………………………………………………………..?
j) These two metal sections are then bolted……………………………….to make one.
k) Have you saved your accounts file………………………..my directory by mistake?
7. Replace the words in italics with a verb from the box:
break down
go off
keep up with
pick up
run out
do without
hang up
look out
put off
stand for
a) My car isn’t as fast as yours. I won’t be able to star near you.
knock down
keep up with
b) This torch doesn’t work. The batteries must have been used up.
…………………
c) This radio doesn’t receive the BBC World Service very well.
…………………
d) The car is making a funny noise. I think it’s going to stop working. ………………..
e) I was going to buy a motorbike, but I was discouraged by my parents. …………….
f) People call me on the phone, but then put down the receiver.
……………………
g) Be careful! You’re going to give yourself an electric shock!
……………………
h) It’s difficult to manage if you don’t have a washing machine.
……………………
i) The letters DVD mean digital versatile disc, actually.
……………………
j) Without a fridge, fresh food will become bad very quickly.
……………………
k) They used special equipment to demolish that block of flats.
……………………
Do it yourself
What do you do when something (1) falls/repairs/breaks/runs down? Are you the kind
of person who knows how things (2) do/make/fix/work? Or do you prefer to have
them (3) repaired/out/sometimes/operated by an expert? Personally, when I use a (4)
drill/scissors/hammer/spade I always hit my finger, and I can never (5) drive/
unscrew/cut/unwind anything with my screwdriver because I can never find it.
Despite having all the wrong (6) equipment/contents/instruments/gadgets, and despite
being a useless (7) technician/engineer/machine/mechanic, I recently decided to take
my bike to pieces and (8) make/fix/build/construct it. I had (9) spent/paid/run/fallen
425
out of money as usual, and as I use my bike (10) and/because/by/for getting to
college, I had no choice. It was making a terrible noise, and the front tyre was (11) flat
/empty/over/bad. I had a few (12) chances/tools/information/advice but I didn’t have
any (13) spare/emergency/renew/repair parts. I managed to (14) remove/smooth/fill/
undo the wheel and take it off, but then I lost my (15) saw/plug/spanner/file, and
couldn’t put the wheel back on properly. At least I am taking more exercise, as I now
have to walk to college.
VOCABULARY: GENERAL - PHRASAL VERBS: ACTIONS AND
MOVEMENT111
A. ACTIONS AND MOVEMENT WITH DOWN AND UP
Down in phrasal verbs about actions can mean ‘towards the ground’, ‘towards a lower
level’, or ‘less intense’.
example
meaning
She fell down and broke her arm.
fell to the ground
Can you reach the book down for me, get something that is above your head by
please?
reaching with your hand.
Slow down! There’s a police care behind drive slower
us.
Up in phrasal verbs about actions can mean ‘towards a higher level’, ‘in a complete
way’, or ‘to a greater degree’:
example
meaning
I must wrap up Stella’s birthday present. cover in paper, especially in order to give
Do you have any nice paper?
as a present
Can you help me to tie up this package? I put string or rope around something so
don’t want it to get damaged in the post.
111
that it is fastened together
426
Will you help me blow up three balloons fill with air
for the party?
Could you pick up that box and follow lift using your hands
me, please? It has the exam papers in it.
He felt very angry and tore her letter up.
tear into a lot of small pieces
Could you move up and let Christine sit move slightly so that there is enough
next to you?
space for someone else
I have a bad leg. I don’t want to slow you make someone or something slower
up, so go ahead and don’t wait for me.
B. OTHER ACTION AND MOVEMENT VERBS:
Move over! I need to sit down. [change the place where you are sitting or standing so
that there is space for someone else to sit or stand]
I’m just popping out for a newspaper. Do you want anything from the shop?
[informal: leaving the place where I am, to go somewhere for a short time]
I reached out for the light switch but couldn’t find it in the dark. [stretched my arm in
front of my body, usually in order to get or touch something]
Can you help me on/off with these boots, please? [help me put on/ take off a piece of
clothing]
1. Read these sentences and answer the questions:
1. Could you reach down that saucepan for me, please?
Where do you think the saucepan is?
2. Emily has just popped out of the office.
Is Emily going home for the day?
3. If Charlie moves up a bit, there’ll be room for all of us.
Where does Charlie have to move – a bit higher or closer to someone?
4. If Sonia moves over, the Natasha can sit next to Nicholas.
Does Sonia have to move more or less than Charlie in sentence 3?
5. Tear the cloth up into small pieces and soak them in the dye for a couple of hours.
Is it necessary to use scissors to make the cloth into small pieces?
427
6. Help your grandmother on with her coat, Julie.
Is Julie’s grandmother about to go outside or inside?
2. Rewrite these sentence using phrasal verbs which have the
opposite meaning to the underlined verbs:
1. The children helped me to unwrap the parcel.
2. Can you untie Billy’s shoe laces for him?
3. Put down the ball at once.
4. Hurry up – it’s beginning to snow and there’s ice on the road.
5. Jill loves bursting balloons!
3. Choose the correct verbs to complete these sentences:
1. Their heavy rucksacks ……………………………………………...the climbers up.
2. In the darkness of the cinema, he ……………………………out and took her hand.
3. I’m just going to……………………………..out to the post office. I won’t be long.
4. Your bike tyres are flat. Let me…………………………………….them up for you.
III.VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS – ABUSIVE PHONE
CALLS112
A new device has been launched on the market which will enable telephone
subscribers to know who is at the other end of the line even before they pick up the
receiver. The device comes as part of a telephone identity system aimed at fighting the
epidemic of abusive phone calls. Although it is a criminal offence to make obscene
calls, the abusers get away with impunity when the subscriber is unable to identify
and trace the culprit. The calls remain largely unreported as the authorities have so far
been unable to deal adequately with this massive invasion of privacy.
112
Educational, 2001.
428
The malicious calls, usually sexual in content, vary from heavy breathing and
panting to shockingly offensive language used to make indecent proposals. What
causes the most nuisance and distress is repetitive abuse, often going on for years,
aimed specifically at one person. In the worst of cases, there are life threats which
often leave their victims petrified with fear. The harassed victims resort to frequent
changes of their telephone number and to ex-directory listings. However, statistically,
75% of the phone pests are known to the recipient of the malicious calls who may,
unsuspectingly, reveal the new number to them and so the torment begins anew.
“Every time the phone goes, I am physically afraid. I feel so violated”, says one of the
desperate victims who has suffered mental anguish and marked personality changes as
a result of this off-going harassment. Those who are persistently persecuted feel
hunted and can even become paranoid.
The new device is called a tracer. It consists of a visual display which is
mounted on the telephone. It allows one to see, for twenty seconds, from which
number someone is calling while the phone is still ringing. All unwanted callers will
thus become traceable. It is hoped the device will play a role as a successful deterrent
and an aid in prosecuting offenders in court. It will also enable subscribers to screen
calls from tele-marketeers, insurance agents, and all those who make their lives a
daily nuisance.
1. Thanks to the new device callers will cease to be entirely untraceable, even if they
do not introduce themselves.
2. The number of abusive phone calls is increasing.
3. Making an obscene phone call is punishable by law.
4. So far subscribers have been totally helpless in coping with the problem.
5. Many victims of telephone harassment do not even bother to tell the police because
there is little they can do.
6. Sometimes a person who makes an obscene phone call does not say anything.
7. People who receive life threats do not take them seriously.
8. Making one’s phone number unavailable to the general public gives an absolute
guarantee of doing away with abusive calls.
429
9.Some recipients of the abusive phone calls require psychiatric treatment as the result
of the harassment.
10.On the visual display, the subscriber can see the name of the person who is making
the call.
11.People will now be afraid to use their listed phones to make jokes or harass others
for fear of being traced and punished.
12.People will also be able to use the device to protect their privacy from people who
use phones to sell things.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
criminal……………..
abuse
daily…………………..
anguish
harassed……………….
calls
indecent……………….
deterrent
life…………………..
language
mental………………..
nuisance
obscene……………….
offence
offensive……………….
proposals
repetitive……………….
subscribers
successful…………………
threats
telephone………………..
victims
CALLS – NEW – EPIDEMIC – TO – MALICIOUS – DEVICE – ERADICATE –
PHONE – OF
…………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………….
430
-a lansa un dispozitiv pe piaţă: - l………….. a d……………. on the m………………
-a ridica receptorul: - p……………… u……………. the r………………..
-a lupta împotriva epidemiei: - f……………. the e…………………..
-a rămâne nepedepsit: - g………….. a………….. with i…………………..
-pe teme sexuale: -s……………. in c……………..
-a solicita ca numărul de telefon să fie confidential: - r…………….. t……………
e…………..-d……………….
l……………….
-a reîncepe: b…………… a…………….
- schimbări evidente de comportament: - m…………… p…………….. c…………
-a persecuta systematic (persistent): - p…………….. p……………….
-mijloc auxiliar la acuzarea vinovatului în timpul judecăţii: - an a………… in
p……………. o…………. in c…………….
431
LESSON 26
*Grammar: Determiners (2)* Vocabulary: General – Problems* Phrasal Verbs:
Destroying and Reacting to Destruction* Vocabulary: Specific - The News –
Traffic Jams
***
I. GRAMMAR – DETERMINERS (2)113
*revise the basics: (a) little, (a) few
#(A) little is used with singular (uncountable) nouns and (a) few with plurals.
We’ve got a little coffee left, and a few biscuits – not really enough if your
mother’s coming.
1. Write little or few:
1. There is……………friendship in the world, and least of all between equals.
(Francis Bacon).
2. A…………………………………..learning is a dangerous thing. (Alexander Pope)
3. Men of……………………words are the best men. (William Shakespeare, Henry V)
4.Never in the field of human conflict was owed by so many to so ……………….
(Winston Churchill).
5. Never before have we had so……………time in which to do so much. (Franklin
Roosevelt)
6. A country having …………….inflation is like a woman being a little pregnant.
(Leon Henderson)
113
432
7. Death is one of the ……………things that can be done as easily lying down.
(Woody Allen)
8. ……………..people can be happy unless they hate some other person, nation or
creed. (Bertrand Russell)
#Little and few are rather negative: they mean ‘not much/many’
(A) little and (a) few are more positive: their meaning is more like ‘some’:
Cactuses need little water.
Give the roses a little water every day.
His ideas are very difficult, and few people understand them.
His ideas are very difficult, but a few people understand them.
2. Little or a little? Few or a few?
1. There is………………………………………………use trying to change her mind.
2. Could you possibly give me…………………………………………………....help?
3. …………………………………………………..teenagers in the village could read.
4. Slowly, …………………………………………....children began coming to school.
5. I only need……………………………………………………..minutes to get ready.
6. She only wanted ……………………love, ………………………………..kindness.
7. Nadia drank…………………………………………………..coffee and no alcohol.
8. Unfortunately, he had ……………………………………………………….friends.
#Little and few (without a) are rather formal; in a conversational style we more
often say only a little/few or not much/many.
Cactuses only need a little water.
Not many people understand his ideas.
433
3. Rewrite these sentences in a more conversational style:
E.g.: I have little time:
I’ve only got a little time OR I haven’t got much time.
1. We have few friends:
………………………………………………………….
2. There is little that I can do for you. ………………………………………………..
3. Few people wanted to help her.
………………………………………………….
4. They had little money, but they were pretty happy. ..................................................
………………………………………………………………………………….......
5. Few children are as difficult as Robert. …………………………………………….
6. I dislike few people. …………………………………………………………………
7. My father does little exercise. ……………………………………………………….
8. I need little sleep. ……………………………………………………………………
9. Vermeer painted few pictures. ……………………………………………………….
10. I speak little Japanese. ……………………………………………………………...
*less and least, fewer and fewest
#Less and fewer are comparative: they are the opposite of more.
Least and fewest are superlative: they are the opposite of most.
Less and least are used with singular (uncountable) nouns.
Fewer and fewest are used with plural nouns.
I’ve got less money than I thought.
Of all my friends, Jake does the least work.
There were fewer problems than we expected.
Mandy was the person who made the fewest mistakes in the translation
exam.
434
4. Write less/the least/fewer/the fewest:
1. Of all British cars, this one uses ……………….petrol. It also needs………………
repairs.
2. …………….girls than boys do mathematics at university. This may be because
girls get……………..encouragement to study maths at school.
3. As the years went by, they had ……………. things to say, and……………….
interest in talking to each other.
4. Do you want more time and ……………..money, or more money and …………….
time?
5. Liz is very clever, but she has got………………..self-confidence of anyone I know.
6. I’ve had …………………………………….days off work of anybody in the office.
7. There are ……………………………………………….apples on the trees this year.
8. I earn………………………….money in our family, and my brother earns the most.
9.Annie always has………………things to say, but what she does say is usually
interesting.
10.Now that we’ve got two children we’ve got much ………………. spare time than
we used to have.
# Less and least can also be used with adjectives and adverbs.
Amy’s less shy than Jessica.
He drives less carefully than I expected.
It was the least successful party we’d given.
435
5. Complete the sentences with less or the least and some of the
words from the box:
boring
confident
intelligent
quickly
confidently
interesting
religious
dangerous
optimistic
selfish
shy
easily
pessimistic
shyly
fluently important
politely
prosperous
worried
1. I feel…………………………………………..about the future than I did a year ago.
2. My mother/father/brother/sister is/was ……………………person you can imagine.
3. I spoke English…………………………………………..a year ago than I do today.
4. I think this country is………………………………………....than it was a year ago.
5. People from the north of my country speak…………………..than people from the
south.
6. My home town is………………………………………………………place I know.
7. Most of my friends are ……………………………………………………than I am.
8. Some people say that money is the ……………………..thing in my life, but I’m
not so sure.
9. I think TV gets ………………………………………………………….late at night.
10. ………………………...intelligent people often think they are the most intelligent.
#Many people use less with plurals (ex. There were less problems than we
expected). This is also correct, but some people think it isn’t (including some teachers
and examiners), so be careful!
*revise the basics: all
#All can go with a noun or with a verb:
All the rooms cost the same.
All cats climb trees.
The rooms all cost the same.
Cats all climb trees.
436
6. Change the sentences:
E.g.: All the family got flu. The family all got flu.
The trains all stop at York. All the trains stop at York..
1. All the marketing people like Oliver. ………………………………………………..
2. Our children all speak French.
……………………………………………......
3. The tourists all went back home.
………………………………………………..
4. All these cars cost too much.
………………………………………………..
5. All meetings take too long.
………………………………………………..
6. My friends all thought I was crazy.
………………………………………………..
7. All my friends live a long way away. ………………………………………………..
8. The classes all started late.
……………………………………………......
#Note the word order when all goes with a verb. All goes:
-before one-word verbs
Our children all speak French.
The papers all arrived yesterday.
We all went home.
-after auxiliary verbs (will, have, can etc) and after are and were:
Our children can all speak French.
The papers have all arrived.
We were all tired.
7. Put all in the right place with the verb:
E.g.: Babies all cry………sometimes.
Our visitors………have all gone home.
The apples ……….. are all bad.
1. The museums…………………..close…………………………………on Tuesdays.
2. The interviews………................will…………………start……………...next week.
437
3. We ………….. ………………stopped…………………………………… for a rest.
4. Your clothes ………………....are……………………………………………..ready.
5. We ……………………………went …………………………….to Paris for Easter.
6. Sorry, the buses……………….have……………………………………………..left.
7. These children………………...can…………………..speak………………..English.
8. The apples…………………….have………………....gone…………………….bad.
8.Grammar and vocabulary. Cities and countries. Which one is
different? Write sentences using the expressions in the box:
Asia
Australia
German-speaking countries
China
England
Europe
Italy
South America
seaports
the United States
E.g.: Rome, Florence, Milan, Paris
They are all in Italy except Paris.
Sydney, Seoul, Brisbane, Canberra
They are all in Australia except Seoul.
1. Melbourne, Tokyo, Beijing, Delhi
…………………………………..
2. Beijing, Shanghai, Delhi, Hong Kong
…………………………………..
3. Japan, Austria, the Czech Republic, Poland
…………………………………...
4. Oxford, London, Birmingham, Edinburgh
…………………………………...
5. Vienna, Berlin, Zurich, Athens
…………………………………...
6. Rio, Mexico City, Buenos Aires, Lima
…………………………………...
7. Chicago, Boston, Toronto, Los Angeles
…………………………………...
8. Copenhagen, Rio, Madrid, Genoa
…………………………………...
*revise the basics: all, every, everybody, everything
#we can use all with plural nouns and verbs. We use every with singular nouns
and verbs.
All birds lay eggs.
Every bird lays eggs.
438
# we can use other determiners (the, my, this etc.) after all, but not after every.
All the shops were closed.
Every shop was closed.
9. Rewrite the sentences with every:
E.g.: All the players were tired.
Every player was tired.
1. Not all birds can fly.
……………………………..
2. I’ve read all the newspapers.
……………………………..
3. Please listen to all the words.
……………………………..
4. All the roads were under water.
……………………………..
5. All languages are difficult in one way or another.
……………………………..
6. All London trains are cancelled today.
……………………………..
7. The police have interviewed all the employees.
……………………………..
8. All the plates are dirty.
……………………………..
9. Not all changes are good.
……………………………..
10. All the computers are down today.
……………………………..
#we don’t normally use all without a noun to mean ‘everybody’.
Everybody was tired. (NOT All were tired)
10. Put in all or everybody:
1. ………………women become like their mothers. That is their tragedy. No man
does. That’s his. (Oscar Wilde)
2. In the future, …………………. ..will be famous for fifteen minutes. (Andy Warhol)
3. ………………. human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights.
(Universal Declaration of Human Rights)
4. I am free of ………………..prejudices – I hate …………….equally. (W. C. Fields)
5. He who praises…………………………………..praises nobody. (Samuel Johnson)
439
6. Justice is open to ……………..people in the same way as the Ritz Hotel. (Judge
Sturges)
#we can use all to mean ‘everything’ or ‘the only thing’, but only with a
relative clause (all that….).
She gave me all/everything (that) she had.
All (that) I want is a place of my own.
The thieves took everything.
11. Put in all if possible; if not, put in everything:
1. ………………I need to make a comedy, a policeman and a pretty girl. (Charlie
Chaplin)
2. I hurry to laugh at ………………………, for fear of having to cry. (Beaumarchais)
3. I can resist ………………………………………..except temptation. (Oscar Wilde)
4. ……………………………………….I want is a room somewhere. (My Fair Lady)
5. You can only have power over people so long as you don’t take ………………
away from them. (Solzhenitsyn)
6. They say………………………...in the world is good for something. (John Dryden)
7. [A cynic] knows the price of …………………and the value of nothing. (Oscar
Wilde)
8. Life is like nothing, because it is …………………………………(William Golding)
9. ……………………………………………………………..I want is you. (song title)
*every and each; every one
#Every and each mean the same. They are both used with singular nouns and
adverbs. Every is more common.
Every/Each day brings a new problem.
440
#We use every for three or more. We use each for two or more.
She had a ring on every finger.
She had a bag in each hand.
E.g.: You get more beautiful every day.
correct
I paid separately for each books.
book
1. Every passenger have to show his or her passport.
……………….
2. There’s a mistake in each line.
……………….
3. Cars are parked on every side of the road.
……………….
4. Every children are different.
……………….
5. Please say each word slowly and clearly.
……………….
6. The doctor made him sit down and looked into every ear.
……………….
#we often prefer each when we want to say that things are separate or
different. Compare:
We asked every politician the same question.
Each politician gave a different answer.
13. Both answers are correct, but one is a little better. Which?
E.g.: I work each/every month except August.
1. Each/Every day is new and different.
2. Not each/every Canadian speaks English.
3. I looked for my keys in each/every pocket, one after the other.
4. She wrote a different personal message on each/every card.
5. The doctor examined each/every patient very carefully.
6. Each/Every house in this village looks the same.
441
7. But inside, each/every house is quite different.
#before of, or with no noun, we use every one, not every.
She knows every one of her students by name.
He’s got hundreds of books, and he’s read every one.
14. Put in every or every one:
1.………………..........................................................................of these oranges is bad.
2. I learnt Latin for seven years at school, but I’ve forgotten…………………….word.
3. ‘Can I have one of these chocolates?’ ‘Sorry, I’ve eaten…………………………...’
4. ………………of his teachers said he was stupid; but he did well in ……………….
of this exams.
5. When the soldiers left the town they burnt down…………………………….house.
6. The questions were easy: I could answer…………………………………………….
7. We’ve won…………………………………………………....match so far this year.
8. …………………………………………of my friends has got more money than me.
*both, either and neither
#we use both, either and neither to talk about two people or things.
Both (* + * = ‘one and the other’) has a plural noun.
Either (*/* = ‘one or the other’) has a singular noun.
Neither (Ø Ø = ‘not either, not one and not the other’) has a singular
noun
Do you speak French or Spanish?
I speak both languages.
Which one is easier for you?
Either language is OK.
How about writing?
No, I can’t write very well in either language.
And your wife?
No, she speaks neither language
442
15. Put in both, either or neither:
1. ……………………………………………………...sisters are studying engineering.
2. ‘Do you want to come round tomorrow or Friday?’ ‘…………………...day is fine.’
3. ‘Do you like Brussels and Amsterdam?’ ‘I don’t know……………………….city.’
4. Use …………………………………………… hands to carry the vase – it’s heavy.
5. ………................films looked interesting, but………...........was much good, in fact.
6. ………………....her sons studied physics, but ……………….boy works in science.
7. …………………...shirt would look good on you. Why don’t you buy one of them?
8. I don’t like…………………camera. And ……………..cameras are very expensive.
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – PROBLEMS114
a) Many people were injured when the building demolished/collapsed.
b) The ship radioed to say that it was in difficulties/dangers.
c) The government has announced plans to help the poor/poverty.
d)There was a large demonstration/manifestation against nuclear power in Manchester
yesterday.
e) Everyone agrees that the environment/nature must be protected.
f) There has been another increase/rising in the level of crime.
g) There are few jobs here and many people are away from work/unemployed.
h) The train was in a/an accident/collision with a bus on a level crossing.
i) The driver of the bus admitted that he had done/made an error.
j) No ships are sailing today because of the high/storm winds.
114
443
once only:
disaster
emergency
hooliganism
living
injuries
rubbish
earthquake
floods
disease
invasion
famine
slums
a) Food has been sent to areas in Africa suffering from famine.
b) Many people live in overcrowded …………………………on the edge of the city.
c) The cost of ………………………………………………has risen steadily this year.
d) Thousands of buildings fell down during a severe ………………………………….
e) ……………………………………...at football matches has been reduced this year.
f) The ………………………of Ruritania has been condemned by the United Nations.
g) The eruption of the volcano was a terrible…………………………………………...
h) Hundreds of people drowned during the …………………………………………...
i) Two of those involved in the crash had serious ……………………………………..
j) Large cities face the problem of what to do with household………………………...
k) Doctors announced that there was now a cure for the ………………………………
l) During the storm there were hundreds of……………………………………….calls.
a) Most young people want to look up/find out/deal with/make out more about green
issues.
b) Everyone knows about pollution problems, but not many people have thought over
/got round to/looked into/come up with any solutions.
c) Many factories break the anti-pollution laws and put up with it /take it over/get
away with it/come round to it.
d) Disposing of waste and rubbish is a hard problem to carry out/put up/get away/deal
with.
e) More people in cities should rely on/take up/set up/get around to cycling instead of
using cars.
f) Most governments seem to put off/make up for/do without/take after dealing with
environmental problems.
444
g) In some countries environmental organizations have been set off/make up/set out
/set up to inform people and gain their support.
h) Unless we face up to/look up to/turn up to/get up to the problem, many animals
could become extinct.
i) Quite soon, the world is going to run out of/get into/keep up with/come up against
energy resources.
j) We must believe that problems can be solved, and not just make up/look up/give up
/put up.
4. Replace the words in italics with a word or phrase from the box:
banned
ignored
improved
overpopulated
increased
polluted
protected
solved
flooded
unemployed
a) Smoking has been made illegal in public places in some countries.
banned
b) Famine is a serious problem, and it hasn’t been dealt with yet.
……………
c) Many kinds of wild animals need to be guarded by the law.
……………
d)Living conditions have been made better in some parts of the world
……………………………………………………………………………………….
e) Our local lake has been made dirty by nearby factories.
…………….
f) A problem which is not thought about does not simply go away.
…………….
g) A lot of people in industrial areas are without work.
…………….
h) After the recent storms, the town was filled with water.
…………….
i) Some countries are inhabited by too many people.
…………….
j) Recently the number of people riding bicycles has grown larger.
…………….
5.Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each
sentence:
a) I’m glad I lost/refused/missed/altered my plane! I’ve just heard that it’s broken
down.
b) The cruise ship hit a rock and sank/drowned/flooded/crashed .
c) I lost the keys to my house and had to climb in by/to/through/with the window.
445
d) The village was completely collapsed/destroyed/ruined/broken in an earthquake.
e) The bus driver couldn’t protect/control/provide/prevent the accident.
f) After police found drugs there, the disco was closed down/banned/ignored/
abolished.
g) During the match, someone set/put/opened/caught fire to the stadium.
h) We decided not to go camping because of the great/amount/heavy/extra rain.
i) I had to shut the window because the noise outside was shouting/unbearable/in
danger/enormous.
j) When the fire broke out, an electronic alarm came in/opened up/went off/put out.
A modern Robinson Crusoe
After a (1) collision between two ships in the Atlantic, Alan
COLLIDE
Connaught from Dundee ended up (2)…………………….living on a
EXPECT
desert island. ‘I fell (3) ……………………………and no-one noticed.
BOARD
A few hours later I found myself lying (4)………………………..on a
EXHAUST
beach after swimming for miles. It was (5) …………………...too, not
FREEZE
warm and sunny, like Crusoe’s island. The only (6)…………………..
SOLVE
I could find was to dig a hole in the sand as a shelter.’
After an (7) ………………in the weather, Alan waited to be rescued.
IMPROVE
‘There was little food and no fresh water. It was an (8)……………….
HEALTH
life, and I felt ill most of the time. I suffered from (9)…………………
LONELY
too, but then I found a village on the other side of the island!’
he said. ‘The people had moved there after the (10)…………………of
their homes by a volcano. Luckily they had a radio, and a ship
soon came to rescue me.’
446
DESTROY
7. Match the words in the box with the definitions (a-j):
aid
conservation
emergency
pile-up
drought
famine
riot
charity
demonstration
strike
a) An organization which collects money to help those in need.
charity
b) When an area is desperately short of water.
…………………...
c) The act of protecting animals, or parts of the environment.
…………………...
d) When people march through the streets to show their opinions. …………………..
e) A collision involving several vehicles.
…………………...
f) When an area is desperately short of food.
…………………...
g) Something unexpected which must be dealt with quickly.
…………………...
h) When people stop working through disagreement with their employers. …………...
i) Help (money, food, etc.) given by governments or other organizations. …………….
j) When a crowd of people is violent and out of control.
…………………...
a) The fireman put his life at risk to rescue the child.
b) Teachers have decided to go ……………………………………strike next month.
c) Sue has a lot of work to do and is ……………………………stress at the moment.
d) The coach driver went through a red light………………………………….mistake.
e) Many people are dying…………………………………….hunger in the desert area.
f) The boat which sank was crowded …………………………………………..people.
g) The two countries are now …………………………………….war with each other.
h) ……………………………………………………….an emergency, break the glass.
i) When the fire brigade arrived, the church was no longer………………………..fire.
j) When the volcano erupted, a party of tourists was…………………………...danger.
447
A letter to the editor
Dear Sir,
We are writing to suggest that all cars should be (1) stopped/banned/removed/altered
from the center of the city as soon as possible. The amount of (2) this/problem
/driving/pollution from car exhaust fumes is now (3) unbearable/much/overcrowded/
exceeded, and we believe that the public must be (4) preserved/saved/exhausted/
protected. Apart from this, the streets are crowded (5) from/in/with/between cars, and
our lives are at (6) risk/danger/urgent/problem when we try to cross the road. There
has been a huge (7) size/number/growing/increase in the amount of traffic recently,
and the government just seems to put (8) out/away/up/off the problem, instead of (9)
going through/dealing with/closing down/keeping up with it. Unless we (10) look for/
make out/face up to/come round to the traffic problem, and seriously consider some of
the (11) solutions/errors/suggestions/matters, life in our city will become (12) lifeless
/uninhabitable/impossible/destruction. Our organization, Cities for People, has been
(13) taken after/set up/carried out/looked into to make the government do something!
We are holding a (14) pile-up/riot/organization/demonstration next week in the city
center, and hope that many people will (15) join/bear/increase/agree us.
Your faithfully,
Mary Kingwood, Secretary, Cities for People
VOCABULARY: GENERAL - PHRASAL VERBS: DESTROYING
AND REACTING TO DESTRUCTION115
A. DESTROYING
Here are some phrasal verbs which relate to the concept of ‘destruction’:
phrasal verb
meaning
fall apart
break into pieces because Take care with this priceless old
115
example
448
of being too old or too book. It’s beginning to fall
weak
apart.
pull down sth or destroy a building or other They are planning to pull down
pull sth down
structure because it is not the old police station and build a
wanted any more
new one.
screw up sth or twist or crush paper or You can tell he’s nervous – look
screw sth up
material with your hands
how he’s screwing up those
scraps of paper.
tear apart sth or pull something violently The custom officers tore the bag
tear sth apart
so that it breaks into two apart and found the hidden
or more pieces
drugs.
knock over sth/sb
hit or push someone or
As she was dusting the room, she
or knock sth/sb
something, usually
knocked over a vase and split
over
accidentally, so that they
water all over the table
fall to the ground or unto
their side
put out sth or put
make something that is We managed to put the fire out
sth out
burning, e.g. a fire or before the fire brigade arrived.
cigarette, stop burning
root out sth/sb or
find and get rid of the The government says it will root
root sth out
thing or person that is out crime and the causes of
causing a problem
crime.
stamp out sth or
get rid of something that is
The government says it is doing
stamp sth out
considered wrong or
all it can to stamp out the
harmful
problem of drugs.
B. REACTING TO DESTRUCTION AND NEGATIVE SITUATIONS
Fight to save village home
Meanborough Local Council has decided to destroy a beautiful old cottage in
the village of Wareholt in order to widen the main road. However, the villagers are
equally determined to fight back. The authorities want to evict an 89-year-old lady,
Doris Jakes, who has lived all her life in the cottage, and seem to be bending over
449
backwards [trying extremely hard, often to help or please someone] to persuade her
to go and live in a modern old people’s home in the nearest town.
Doris does not want to move and villagers are doing all they can to see her
through [help or support someone during a difficult period in their life] her difficult
time. Doris may seem old and harmless, but she has turned on [criticised them very
strongly or attacked them] several officers from the council who have tried to get her
to change her mind. There was a recent setback [problem which caused time to be
wasted] for Doris when she was told that she couldn’t stay in the cottage because
repairs needed to be done to the roof. However, her neighbor, a builder, quickly saw
to [did what needed to be done to solve the problem] it and her roof is now in good
repair, so she is still in the cottage and hopes to win her battle.
1. Complete these sentences using verbs from the table A:
1. The border police have tried unsuccessfully to ……………out illegal immigration.
2.When the thefts at the school happened, the headteacher promised to
…………………. out the person or persons responsible.
3. We got a lovely old chair from my grandmother’s house when she died, but it was
…………………… apart so we had it restored.
4. She read the letter, then…………………….it up and threw it angrily into the
wastepaper basket.
5. I got so excited I ……………………. over my coffee cup and made a terrible stain
on the tablecloth.
2.Rewrite the underlined parts of these conversations, using phrasal
verbs from B:
1. Pedro: I’m sorry you didn’t get the funds you applied for to do your research.
Gisela: Yes, well, it was a bit of a disappointment and I did waste a bit of time
because of it, but I’ve applied for a different grant, and hope I’ll get that.
2. Tony: Are you managing to survive without working?
450
Dan: Well, my parents have lent me some money to enable me to survive while I’m
studying.
3. Connie: Teachers suffered very badly under the last government – their salaries fell
and their conditions got worse.
Hilda: Yes, but they are not just reacting passively any more now and their union is
much stronger.
4. Ruth: Did you get much support from Mr Crombie?
Bob: Oh yes, he did absolutely everything possible to help me.
5. Tom: I hear you experienced Lena’s bad temper this morning!
Eric: Yes, I made an innocent comment and she just reacted really furiously.
6. Olive: The photocopier’s not working again.
Gareth: OK, don’t worry, I’ll go and fix it.
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS – TRAFFIC JAMS116
1. Thousands of cars clogged the motorways of Veldonia yesterday, following
a nationwide rail strike which forced commuters to take the roads. All those who had
to crawl to work in the nose-to-tail traffic, while chocking on exhaust fumes, realized
that the existing road network could no longer cope with the massive increase in
traffic. The way back was equally exasperating, with those leaving towns for the
weekend adding to the congestion.
The strike came just hours after monumental traffic jams had stretched for
miles in another fit of motorway madness, when thousands of motorists tried to leave
the capital, Mosterra, for holiday destinations. As irate drivers inched along in
bumper-to-bumper traffic, the police could afford some breathing space: huge tie-ups
mean fewer crashes. With the summer holiday season soon in full swing, lorries have
116
Educational, 2001.
451
been restricted to certain hours and no busloads of children are being allowed on the
motorways on weekends.
2. This is the latest traffic report from Darum. The Crampton roundabout is
very badly affected this morning by emergency gas repairs and drivers are advised to
avoid it. The A 4 dual carriageway has been reduced from three lanes to one due to
resurfacing and is congested northbound. A speed limit of 30 miles per hour has been
set. There is a traffic light failure on Cromwell Street, with all the lights stuck on
green. Maintenance workers have already been dispatched to repair them. A serious
crash at the junction of A 52 and A 25 is causing tailbacks. Drivers are being urged to
move on and not to add to the chaos by slowing down to gaze at the wrecks. It could
be two to three hours before they are cleared.
There was a serious accident on the M6 last evening. An articulated lorry
skidded and overturned on one of the busiest routes to the capital, causing no
collisions. Within minutes, thousands of vehicles tailed back as traffic came to a
standstill. Desperate drivers sought diversions, clogging them too. Traffic police were
unable to right the lorry and tow it clear before the arrival of a special crane. The
accident disrupted the traffic for five hours.
1.The reason for yesterday’s heavy traffic jams in Veldonia was the temporary
suspension of train services.
2. The number of registered vehicles far exceeds the capacity of the roads.
3. There were no delays in leaving towns.
4. Any other day of the week the situation might have been easier.
5. The railway strike coincided with the beginning of the holidays.
6. There is a dramatic increase in the number of car accidents when motorways are
clogged.
7. No action has been taken to ease the situation on the roads during the holiday
period.
8. The difficult situation at the Crompton roundabout was not foreseen.
9. The traffic signals on Cromwell Street are likely to be repaired soon.
452
10.Drivers are being told to look carefully at the crash site at the junction so as to
avoid an accident like that in future.
11. The traffic of the M6 is usually quite heavy.
12. After the lorry blocked the M6, no vehicles could get through.
13. Diversions provided an effective way to get to the city on time.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
articulated………………………….
fumes
bumper-to-bumper…………………
jams
exhaust…………………………….
lorry
huge………………………………..
madness
maintenance……………………….
network
motorway………………………….
tie-ups
road……………………………….
traffic
traffic………………………. …….
workers
3. Rearrange the words to form the headline to the first story:
CLOGGED – SUMMER – IN – VELDONIA – OF – HOLIDAYS – MOTORWAYS
– ON – EVE
………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………….
-a pornit la drum cu maşina: - t…………… t…………… the r………………..
-bară la bară: - n………… -to-t……………, b……………-to-b…………………
-a-şi permite o clipă de răgaz: - a…………. some b……….. s………………..
-în plin sezon de vară: - s………… h…………… s………….. in f……………
s……………….
453
-a introduce restricţii de viteză: - s………….. a s………… l……………
-defecţiune la semafoarele electrice: -t……….. l………….. f…………….
-a produce o coliziune: - c…………….. a c……………….
-a paraliza (blocaj total): - c…………. to a s………………….
-a căuta rute ocolitoare: - s…………. d…………….
-a remorca (a degaja carosabilul de maşinile accidentate, rămase în pană): t………………. something c……………..
-a perturba circulaţia: - d…………… t………………….
454
LESSON 27
*Grammar: Determiners (3)* Vocabulary: General – Health and The Body*
Vocabulary: Specific - The News – Celebrations
***
I. GRAMMAR - DETERMINERS (3)117
*which? and what?
#we ask which? when there is a limited choice.
Which size do you want – small, medium or large?
#we ask what? When there is a wide choice.
What is your shoe size?
#sometimes both are possible
Which/What day next week can you come and see us?
1. Which or what?
1. We’ve got red wine and white - ……………………………………...will you have?
2. ………………………………….....books did you read for last year’s English class?
3. …………………………………….....was your favourite subject at primary school?
4. ………………………………………………………….English king had six wives?
5. ………………………………………………………………………...’s your name?
6. …………………………………………………………......hand do you write with?
7. …………………………………………………………….kind of car have you got?
8. I’m going to buy a new carpet. ………………………………...colour should I get?
9. …………………………………………….party do you think will win the election?
117
455
10. ……………………………………….subject do you prefer, chemistry or physics?
#before of and one, we can use which but not what.
Which of the countries in Europe have you visited?
Look at all those stars. Which one is the nearest?
#when there is no noun, we use who for people, not which. Compare:
Which boxer won?
Who won?
2. Which, what or who?
1. ………………………………………of the books on the list have you already read?
2. There are two coats on the bed. ………………………………………..one is yours?
3. I really don’t know ………………………………...earrings to wear with this dress.
4. ……………………………………………………….time shall we meet tomorrow?
5. ……………………………………..of your brothers is the one who works in Paris?
6. …………………………………………………………….got the job, Andy or Liz?
7. …………………………………………………….language do you speak at home?
8. I don’t remember …………………………………...of your parents plays the piano.
9. ………………………………………………………..gave you that – John or Alex?
10. I can come to your place, or we can meet at mine. ………………..is best for you?
*other(s) and another
#when other is used before a plural noun, it does not have –s.
when other is used without a noun, it has –s in the plural. Compare:
Tell the other people.
Tell the others.
Can you show me some other shoes?
Can you show me some others?
456
3. Write other or others:
1. I could see Karima and Nedjima at their desks – but where were the………………?
2. Long after all the …………………….cars had left, Dawson’s BMW was still there.
3. I’ll phone all the ………………………………..if you’ll phone Ted and Lucy, OK?
4. I can play the Sonata in C, but not any of the ……………………………………….
5. Do you know any ……………………...people who might have a reason to do this?
6. This doesn’t suit me. Have you got any……………………………………..colours?
7. Some metals are magnetic and ………………………………………………..aren’t.
8. The police arrested Jane, Fred and two……………………………………………...
9. I wish that girl would play more with……………………………………....children.
10. Gerald Durrell wrote a book called ‘My Family and ……………………Animals.’
#we can use another (one word) to mean ‘one more’. But with uncountables
and plurals, we do not generally use other to mean ‘more’. Compare:
Have another potato.
Have some more meat.
We need more cups.
4. Write expressions with another or with more:
E.g.: English: more English
7. job:…………………………
book: another book
8. possibilities: ……………….
eggs: more eggs
9. money: ………………….....
1. clothes: ………………….
10. time: ……………………...
2. friends: ………………….
11. freedom: …………………
3. child: …………………….
12. holidays: …………………
4. hour: …………………….
13. problem: …………………
5. mile: …………………….
14. question: ………………...
6. sleep: ……………………
15. tickets: …………………..
457
#we can use another + few or another + a number with a plural noun.
Let’s wait another few minutes. ( = ‘….a few more minutes.’)
The job will take another ten days. (= ‘…ten more days.’)
5. Change the expressions to use another:
E.g.: three more pages:
another three pages
1. a few more days:
……………………..
2. a hundred more pounds:
……………………..
3. twenty more miles:
……………………..
4. a few more mistakes:
……………………..
5. a million more dollars:
……………………..
*determiners and of: most people; most of us
#we use determiners (some, any, much, many, more, most, few, enough etc.)
with of before other determiners (the, this, my etc.) and before personal pronouns (it,
us etc.).
DETERMINER + OF
DETERMINER WITHOUT OF
-before the: some of the matches we played
some matches
-before this: more of that coffee
more coffee
I’ll have more
- before my: most of our meals
most meals
I cook most.
enough water
most elections
-before it, us: enough of it
most of them
#the same thing happens with numbers one, two etc.
two of the dogs
four of my friends
two dogs
four friends
#before of we use every one, not every, and none, not no.
every one of the dogs
none of my friends
458
every dog
no friend
6. Put in of or nothing (-):
Dear Phil,
Well, some (1) ……..our luggage has arrived, so things could be worse. I’ve got the
books and papers, but I’ve lost most (2)…………my clothes. I haven’t got any (3)
……….socks at all, and I’ll have to buy some more (4)…………jeans, but at least
I’ve got enough (5)…………..underwear for this week. (They don’t sell it here. I
don’t think they wear it.) I’m going to buy a few (6) …………..those woolen shirts
that you like, and one (7)………..the big coats that we looked at. They’ve got no
(8)…………shoes in my size, unfortunately, and none (9)………….the jackets suit
me. Anyway, I’m not alone. Every one (10) ……………us has lost something – in
fact, three (11)…………..people have got no (12)……………luggage at all. Well, as
they say, into each (13)…………….life a little (14)……………….rain must fall. See
you on the 17th.
Andy
#note the difference between most people (talking about people in general) and
most of the people (talking about particular people):
Most people want to have children.
Most of the people I know live in the country.
7. Put in most people and most of the people:
1. ……………………………………………………...enjoy talking about themselves.
2. ……………………………………who wanted to see the match were disappointed.
3. I know…………………………………………………………………...in our street.
4. ………………………………………………………………………….like dancing.
5. I think fishing for sport is wrong, but ………………………………would disagree.
6. ……………………………………………..on the train they were going on holiday.
7. He gets on with………………………………………………………………………
8. …………………………………………………….at the party were friends of Jan’s.
459
9. …………………………………………………………..I work with live in London.
10. ……………………………………………..would like more money and less work.
#Note: we often drop of after all and both. After a lot/lots/plenty we always use
of with a noun or pronoun:
all (of) my problems
both (of) her brothers
a lot of good ideas
*determiners: more practice
8. Mixed structures. Choose the correct forms:
1. This car hardly uses petrol/some petrol/any petrol/no petrol.
2. Could you lend me money/some money/any money for a few days?
3. I have never told someone/anyone about your past.
4. Helen can ride a bike without some/any help now.
5. You’ve got pretty toes/some pretty toes.
6. I understood little/a little of the lecture, but not very much.
7. She was sad because she had few/a few friends.
8. Of all the children, Billy is the less/the least trouble.
9. I don’t know where the other/others people went.
10. Not every bear/bears can climb trees.
9. Mixed structures. Correct the mistakes. (One of sentences 1-10 is
correct):
E.g.: I haven’t got some money:
any
Everybody was late:
correct
1. Not anybody wrote to me last week.
………………….
2. None her friends helped her.
………………….
3. She talks so fast that anybody can understand her.
………………….
4. I have much free time.
………………….
5. You’re walking too much slowly. We’ll be late.
………………….
460
6. Have we got enough of chairs for everybody?
…………………..
7. This soup isn’t enough warm.
.…………………..
8. ‘Did you find any mushrooms?’ ‘Yes, a lot of.’
…………………...
9. We found the place without no difficulty.
……………………
10. We’ll be here for another six days.
……………………
10. Grammar in a text: formality. Choose a phrase from each pair in
the box to write: a) a formal text; and b) an informal text:
few people learn foreign languages perfectly/
not many people learn foreign languages perfectly
when they’re grown up./as adults.
the majority of us/ most of us
make many mistakes/make a lot of mistakes
when we are speaking /when we’re speaking
another language.(*2)
it’s best/the best policy is
to aim for a reasonable level of accuracy,/to try to get most things right
but not to be too perfectionist. (*2)
a lot of common mistakes/many common mistakes
have little effect /don’t have much effect
on communication. (*2)
A) FORMAL: Few ……………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
B) INFORMAL: ………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
461
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
*determiners: revision test
11.Choose the correct words. More than one answer may be
possible:
E.g.: Come here and look at this/that.
Would you like some/any more juice?
1. John passed none/none of/any of/no of his exams last year.
2. My father won’t lend money to anybody/nobody.
3. There hasn’t been rain enough/enough rain this year.
4. Most/Most of my friends live in London.
5. Rashpal’s got beautiful/some beautiful hair.
6. There’s any/none/no money in my bank account.
7. I’ll be home in another two/other two/two other hours.
8. That child hardly eats anything/nothing/something.
9. Those people have much/a lot/a lot of/lots of money.
10. I bought the less/least expensive bike.
Ex: I don’t want some help, thanks.
any
I’ve got some nice American friends.
correct
1. Who’s this man over there talking to Anna?
……………….
2. I’ve hardly got no time these days.
……………….
3. Mark and Joanna are here, but where are the others?
……………….
4. We all will be on holiday next week.
……………….
5. Not every birds can fly.
……………….
6. Not all birds can fly.
……………….
7. What leg hurts – the left or the right?
………………..
462
8. Sally got a lot presents for her birthday.
………………..
9. She gave me a lot of information, but I don’t remember all.
………………..
10. You can have either room – they’re both free.
………………..
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL – HEALTH AND THE BODY118
a) There were ten people waiting in the doctor’s office/surgery/ward.
b) After I ate the shellfish, I experienced/felt/happened ill.
c) George’s cut arm took over a week to cure/heal/look after.
d) David fell down the steps and twisted his ankle/heel/toe.
e) Everyone admired Lucy because she was tall and skinny/slim/thin.
f) I’ve been digging the garden and now my back aches/pains/injuries.
g) Whenever I travel by boat I start feeling hurt/sick/sore.
h) The doctor can’t say what is wrong with you until she cures/examines/recovers
you.
i) Use this thermometer and take his fever/heat/temperature.
j) I seem to have caught/infected/taken a cold.
2. Replace the words in italics with one of the words from the box.
Use each word once only:
agony
body
breath
heart
spine
tongue
look
stomachache
beard
brains
a) Janet fell from her horse and injured her backbone:
spine
b) I had a very bad toothache, and was in great pain all night:
…………….
c) The police discovered the dead person buried in the garden. :
…………….
d) One thing you can say about Ann, she has certainly got intelligence: ……………..
e) They have a new house right in the center of the countryside. :
118
……………..
463
f) Italian is actually Mary’s native language:
………………
g) Before I dived in the water, I took a deep mouthful of air:
………………
h) After dinner, Jack had a pain from eating too much:
………………
i) Shirley has a strange expression on her face:
……………...
j) David managed to grow a lot of hair on his face:
……………...
once only:
cheek
knees
neck
throat
waist
chin
lips
nose
thumb
wrist
a) After speaking for two hours, the lecturer had a sore throat.
b) Terry was on his hands and ……………………………, looking for the fallen coin.
c) Paul gave his aunt an affectionate kiss on the ………………………………………
d) There was such a terrible smell that I had to hold my……………………………....
e) Stan is deaf, but he can understand people by reading their………………………...
f) I never wear a watch because I don’t like the weight on my ………………………..
g) One of the boxers punched the other on the …………………and knocked him out.
h) When Diane was a baby, she used to suck her………………………………………
i) I’ve lost a lot of weight, especially around the ……………………………………...
j) Norma wears a heart on a golden chain around her………………………………….
4.Complete each sentence (a-j) with a suitable ending (1-10). Use
each ending once:
a)I think we should send for an 1) to have that bad tooth of yours taken
ambulance 3
out.
b)Some people go jogging every morning
2) to check whether it had recovered from
………
its accident.
c)It would be a good idea for you to go to 3) to take old Mrs. Jones to hospital.
the dentist’s………
464
d) The doctor gave Andy an injection…..
4) to put on my sunburnt arms and leg.
e) I’m going into hospital tomorrow…..
5) to get rid of her headache.
f) We took the cat to the vet ….
6) to reduce the pain and help him sleep.
g) Susan took two aspirins….
7) to take to the chemist’s.
h) Nobody could find a stretcher….
8) to keep fit, or to lose some weight.
i) The doctor gave Helen a prescription…
9)to carry the injured man out of the
building.
j) I bought some special cream…
10) to have an operation on my foot.
a) Martin hasn’t quite recovered/got over/looked after/suffered his illness yet.
b) Pauline was/put/had/gave birth to a baby girl yesterday afternoon.
c) Your leg isn’t broken but it is badly fractured/bruised/bandaged/bent.
d) Several angry drivers shook their fists/arms/hands/elbows at me as I drove away.
e) That was a bad fall! Have you harmed/damaged/wounded/hurt yourself?
f) Each time I sneezed, everyone said, ‘Cough/Bless/Cold/Thank you!’
g) Stop making that noise! You’re getting on my muscles/brains/nerves/blood!
h) As the little boy cried, large drips/tears/puddles/streams rolled down his cheeks.
i) I had a severe toothache and half my face was badly swollen/rounded/exploded
/injured.
j) I’ve got a headache, and I don’t feel very healthy/fit/sane/well.
A visit to the doctor’s
Jim decided to visit the doctor after his trip to the jungle.
He was normally a tall (1) muscular person, but over the past
MUSCLE
month he had lost a lot of (2)………………… He had also noticed
WEIGH
that his ankles and knees had become rather (3)……………………
PAIN
He thought that he might have eaten or
465
drunk something (4)……………………………………….or caught
POISON
some kind of (5)………………………………..disease. The doctor
INFECT
took some blood for tests and told Jim to go back a week
later. This time the doctor had an optimistic (6)……………...on her
EXPRESS
face, and Jim felt quite (7)………………... ‘Don’t worry’, said the
HEART
doctor, ‘it’s nothing serious. You haven’t caught an (8)……………
CURE
disease, or anything terrible like that. It’s a simple virus, and
you will need some (9)………………….Take these tablets twice a
TREAT
day for two weeks, and you’ll make a full (10)…………………….’
RECOVER
7.Complete each sentence (a-j) with a suitable sentence (1-10)
below which has the same meaning:
a) Henry’s heart was in the right place: 4
1) He talked
b) Paul held his tongue. …….
2) He supported him.
c)Richard jawed away for at least an hour…
3) He said the wrong thing.
d) Dave had a lot of cheek to talk like that… 4) He was kind.
e) Keith couldn’t stomach his new boss…..
5) He was rather rude.
f) Harry backed his boss. ….
6) He didn’t say anything.
g) William kept poking his nose in…..
7)He interfered in other people’s
business.
h) Graham thumbed a lift to work…..
8) He hitchhiked.
i) Charles put his foot in it….
9) He missed home.
j)Jack’s heart ached to be where he 10) He didn’t like him.
belonged….
a) I am afraid she is suffering from an incurable disease.
b) I was ………………………………………………….agony all night with earache.
c) I think you’ve put……………………………………………..a lot of weight lately.
d) The effect of this drug will slowly wear ……………………………………………
466
e) You really get…………………………………………….my nerves sometimes!
f) After Jack fainted, it was several minutes before he ……………………..round.
g) Is Carol being operated ……………………………………………..tomorrow?
h) Harry went…………………………………………with flu during his holiday.
i) Peter was treated………………………………………minor injuries and shock.
j) Don’t worry. I’ll take care …………………………………………..you myself.
A disastrous holiday
The day Gerald arrived at the Almara Beach Hotel, he fell (1) down/to/with/for the
stairs. The manager called a/an (2) stretcher/prescription/ambulance/emergency, but
fortunately Gerald’s leg was only badly (3) sick/bruised/hurt/infected, and not broken.
The doctor (4) went/prevented/said/recommended swimming as further (5) medicine/
cure/drugs/treatment, but gave Gerald a/an (6) recipe/paper/prescription/order for
some tablets in case his leg became (7) painful/pained/painless/pain. The next day
Gerald sunbathed by the pool, and then took a deep (8) end/breath/mouthful/water and
dived into the water. There was not very much water in the pool, and he (9)
hurt/injury/ached/sore one of his arms when he hit the bottom. This time he
complained to the hotel manager, who sent a special meal to Gerald’s room. Later that
night, Gerald was (10) ill/injured/suffering/damaged from a (11) sunny/sunburnt
/sunshine/grilled back, the injuries to his arm and leg, and also had a terrible (12)
agony/hurt/heat/stomachache. He had a high (13) pain/temperature/ache/degree and
felt terrible. Luckily he had the tablets the doctor had given him to (14) hold/check/
rid/reduce the pain. As he reached for them, he fell out of bed and broke his (15) waist
/lips/wrist/throat. He spent the rest of his holiday in bed.
467
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS - CELEBRATIONS119
Today, war veterans returned to the little town of Riemen, the place which
fifty years ago was the scene of a battle in which three thousand soldiers on both sides
lost their lives. To commemorate the occasion, the veterans will pay their private
tribute to their long-fallen comrades and give thanks for their own survival.
This morning, a mass was held for those who had come from afar and for the
local community who joined the tribute. Introducing the memorial service, the
chaplain said, “We address all people who hate war. War must be made impossible
and those who think of it must be dissuaded. Eradicating war from this earth is the
moral obligation of all who have come today to pay tribute to the fallen.” Many of
those assembled did not hide their tears.
In the afternoon, as part of the celebrations, there will be a wreath-laying
ceremony at the cemetery where the servicemen are buried. The President of the
Veterans’ Association will lay a wreath of poppies in memory of those who were
killed in action, in particular as a result of a friendly fire. There will be a one-minute
silence followed by a gun salute. Also, fifty oak trees will be planted to mark the
anniversary.
Later, the veterans will march bareheaded with bands playing, banners held
high, and campaign ribbons aflutter through the streets of the town before assembling
in the market place. There, they will unveil a monument which has been erected to
commemorate all the unknown soldiers who perished in the war. It was funded by
80,000 donations from war veterans all over the world. The monument depicts a
group of soldiers, dead or dying. The suffering on their faces will forever remind all
of the appalling realities of war. The ceremony will be the highlight of this year’s
celebrations.
It is an occasion to reunite, reminisce, and exchange stories of the campaign,
and also to share a prayer for those who died in the battle. But the veterans will also
look to the future: they will hold a round-the-clock vigil for a week to protest against
the planned deployment of missiles in the Riemen area.
119
Educational, 2001.
468
1. War veterans have chosen Riemen for their celebration because it is a nice little
town.
2. The reason for the get-together was to celebrate the events of fifty years ago.
3. The memorial service was attended only by the veterans.
4. The chaplain seized the opportunity to give a pacifistic message.
5. He held those in attendance responsible for what happened in Riemen fifty years
ago.
6. In the afternoon, the celebrations will continue at the battlefield.
7. Some soldiers were accidentally shot during the battle by their own units.
8. Fifty oak trees will symbolize the fifty soldiers who were killed by friendly fire.
9. The monument commemorates the three thousand soldiers who fell at Riemen.
10.The veterans funded the monument so that after they are gone the memory of the
war will stay with people.
11. The unveiling of the monument will be the culminating point of the celebrations.
12.The veterans see the deployment of missiles as a fitting tribute to their fallen
comrades.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
friendly ……………………..
community
gun…………………………..
comrades
local………………………….
fire
long-fallen…………………...
salute
memorial……………………..
service
one-minute…………………...
silence
private………………………..
soldiers
round-the-clock………………
tribute
unknown…………………… ..
veterans
war…………………………...
vigil
469
THE – RIEMEN – BATTLE – OF – THE – MEMORIAL – ANNIVERSARY –
FIFTIETH – MARK – IN – CELEBRATIONS
………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………….
-a-şi pierde viaţa: l…………. one’s l……………..
-a comemora: c…………… the o……………….
-a aduce un omagiu: - p…………….. t……………….
-a ţine o liturghie (un serviciu religios) : h……………. a m………………..
-a depune o coroană: -l……………. a w…………………
-a sădi un copac: - p…………….. a t……………
-a marca o aniversare: - m…………….. the a……………..
-a dezveli un monument: - u……………. a m………………….
-momentul central al ceremoniei: - h…………….. of the c………………..
-a se ruga împreună pentru ….: - s…………… a p………….. for….
-a privi spre viitor: - l…………. t………… the f…………..
-a asigura garda: - h…………. a v……………..
-amplasarea rachetelor: - d…………….. of m………………
470
LESSON 28
*Grammar: General Revision* Vocabulary: General – Money* Vocabulary:
Specific - The News – Auctions*
***
I. GRAMMAR – GENERAL REVISION120
1.Complete the conversations. Put in the correct form of each verb.
Use the Present Continuous or the Present Simple:
E.g.: A: Is Janet in, please?
B:Yes, but I think (I/think) she’s busy at the moment. She’s washing
(she/wash) her hair.
1. A: ………………………………………………(I/think) of buying a new computer.
B: But computers…………………..(cost) so much money. What’s wrong with the
one we’ve got?
A: ………………………………………………………....(it/gate) out of date now.
2. A: Your new trousers………………………………………………….....(look) nice.
B: Thank you. The trouble is ………………………………..(they/not/fit) properly.
…………………………………………(I/not/know) why I bought them, really.
3. A: What…………………………………………………………………….(you/do)?
B: …………………………….(I/weigh) this letter. ………………………(I/need)
to know how many stamps to put on it.
120
John Eastwood. Oxford Practice Grammar. Intermediate. OUP, 2011.
471
4. A: ……………………………(I/think) this road is really dangerous. Look how fast
that lorry ………………………………………………………………….....(go).
B: …………………………………………….(I/agree). People shouldn’t go so fast.
5. A: ………………………………(I/like) musicals. And this is a great show, isn’t it?
…………………………………………………………………….(you/enjoy) it?
B: Yes, I am. …………………………………………….(I/love) every minute of it.
2. Complete the sentences. Put in the correct form of each verb. Use
the Past Continuous or the Past Simple:
E.g.: When Martin arrived (arrive) home, Anna was talking (talk) to someone on the
phone. Martin started (start) to get the tea.
1. I ……………………(lie) in the bath when the phone …………………….(ring). It
………………………………………………………………(stop) after a few rings.
2. It………………………(be) cold when we ………………….(leave) the house that
day, and a light snow ………………………………………………………….(fall).
3. Your friend who …………………..(come) here the other day…………………
(seem) very nice. I……………………………………………...(enjoy) meeting her.
4. When I …………………………(see) the man, he ……………………(stand)
outside the bank. He ………………………………..(have) a black baseball cap on.
5.When
I………………….
(open)
the
cupboard
door,
a
pile
of
books
……………………………………………………………………………..(fall) out.
6.I………………………..(walk) along the street when I suddenly ………………….
(feel) something hit me in the back. I ……………………..(not /know) what it was.
7. We …………………..(go) to London yesterday, but on the way we ……………….
(hear) about a bomb scare in Oxford Street. So we ……………….(drive) back
home straightaway.
8. Something very strange …………………(happen) to me on my way home from
work yesterday afternoon. I………………(drive) along the bypass at the time.
Suddenly I …………………(see) my mother in the seat beside me. But she died
three years ago.
472
3. Complete the news report. Put each verb into the correct form:
The actress Vanesa Kemp has disappeared (disappear). Yesterday she (1) …………...
(fail) to arrive at the Prince Charles Theatre in London’s West End for her leading
role in the comedy ‘Don’t look now!’. Ms Kemp, who (2) ………………….(live) in
Hampstead, (3) …………………..(leave) home at four o’clock yesterday afternoon
for the theatre, a journey she (4) ………………..(make) several times the week
before. Two people who (5) ……………………(walk) past her home at the time (6)
………………… (see) her leave. But no one (7) …………………..(see) her since
then. At half past seven she still (8) …………………….(not/arrive) at the theatre. At
eight o’clock the theatre manager had to break the news to the audience, who (9)
…………………..(wait) patiently for the play to start. Since yesterday, theatre staff
and friends (10)…………………….. (try) to contact Ms Kemp, but they (11)
………………..(have) no success so far. The police (12) ………………… (take) the
matter seriously, but they (13)…………………(believe) that she is unlikely to be in
any danger. Her friends all (14) …………………(want) to hear from her soon.
4. Read the telephone conversation. Then look at the answers below
and choose the right version for each answer:
Amy: When am/do/going/will I see you again?
Simon: I don’t know. I’m (1) being/going/shall/will to be busy this week. And I’ll (2)
be/do/for/to going to London on Saturday.
Amy: Oh. But you (3) are/do/was/will be here for my party, won’t you?
Simon: No, I (4) about/aren’t/be/don’t get back until Sunday evening.
Amy: I (5) be/have/was/will going to invite you.
Simon: Well, I’m sorry I can’t come.
Amy: What (6) are/going/to/will you doing in London?
Simon: Oh, I’m just going (7) be/for/is/to see one or two people. Look, I must go. I’m
cooking something that I think is (8) about/might/probably/will to boil over.
473
E.g.: Could/Shall/Will/Would I have some more tea, please?
1. Everyone’s asleep. We couldn’t/mustn’t/needn’t/wouldn’t make a noise.
2. Do/Should/Will/Would you like to go for a ride with us?
3. I wonder if this is the right way. It can/could/might/must not be.
4. I don’t think I want to see this film. ~ Oh, I think you can/shall/will/would enjoy it.
5. I’m quite happy to walk. You don’t/haven’t/mustn’t/needn’t drive me home.
6. Do/Shall/Will/Would I show you the way? ~ Oh, thank you.
7. It’s late. I think we had/have/should/would better go.
8. We all tried to push the van, but it can’t/couldn’t/won’t/wouldn’t move.
6. Read the story and write the missing words. Use one word only in
each space:
During periods of terrorist activity, people in Britain are always being warned to look
out for bombs. Any bag or parcel without an owner (1)……………seen as a risk to
the public. Some time ago a cardboard box was found at the entrance to Bristol Zoo
one day. It was noticed (2)………….a visitor and reported to the director. Clearly, if
it was a bomb and it went off, people might (3) …………..killed. So army bomb
experts (4) ………….called in, and the box was safely blown up in controlled
explosion. Soon afterwards (5) ……………was reported that the box had (6)
……………. left there by a boy wanting to find a new home for his pet rat. He was
tired of the rat, he explained, but he was unwilling to (7) ……………...it put to sleep
by a vet, so he left it in a box outside the zoo. The director of the zoo is thought
(8)…………………...be unenthusiastic about looking after people’s unwanted pets.
No one knows what the rat thought about (9)……………………….blown up.
474
7. Read the story about a silly mistake and decide if a word needs to
go in the space. If the word is missing, write the word. If no word is
missing, write x:
This is also …a… true story. It shows how …x….plans can sometimes go wrong and
how (1) ………..people can make silly mistakes. This too happened quite (2)
………..long time ago – in (3) …………1979, in fact. The scene was (4)………….
old people’s home in (5) …………small town in (6)………….. north of England
called (7)………….. Otley. The owners of the home wanted to put (8) ………….
fence around it to make it more private. The work began soon after (9)………….
Christmas when (10)…………… workmen arrived in (11) ………….lorry with
planks of wood which they put up around the building. ‘It was (12)………….. very
nice fence,’ said (13) ……………of the old people. But there was (14) ………….
problem. The workmen forgot to leave a gap for the lorry to drive out through. They
had to come back the next day to knock down part of (15) …………..fence. ‘(16)
………silly mistake!’ said another resident. ‘It was (17) ………..funny we had to
laugh. It fact it was (18)…………most fun we’ve had for a long time.’
8. Decide which word is correct:
E.g.: What colour shall we have? ~ I don’t mind. Pick any/some/that/what colour you
like.
1. Peter has two brothers, but he doesn’t speak to any/both/either/neither of them.
2. Anyone/Anything/Someone/Something has left a bicycle outside.
3. I like that/these/this/those pictures here. ~ Yes, so do I.
4. Would you mind waiting a few/a little/few/little minutes?
5. Any/Half/Part/Some countries still have a king or a queen, don’t they?
6. Safety should come first. People/Peoples/People’s/Peoples’ lives shouldn’t be put
at risk.
7. Nigel isn’t very well. ~ Oh, I’m sorry to hear so/that/this/you.
8. Mr Jones is an uncle of Polly/Pollys/Polly’s/Pollys’.
475
E.g.: We walked slow/slowly back to the hotel.
1. We could walk free/freely around the aircraft during the flight.
2. The young/The young man with dark hair is my sister’s boyfriend.
3. I’m getting quite hungry/hungrily.
4. The man looked thoughtful/thoughtfully around the room.
5. Have I filled this form in right/rightly?
6. I think Egypt is a fascinated/fascinating country.
7. The two sisters do alike/similar jobs.
8. I’m pleased the plan worked so good/goodly/well.
9. She invented a new kind of wheelchair for the disabled/the disabled people.
10. I’m very confused/confusing about what to do.
10. Put the words in the right order to form a statement:
Ex: I/love/really/these trousers
I really love these trousers.
1. is/rather/silly/this game
…………………………….
2. already/I’ve/paid/the bill
…………………………….
3. enough/isn’t/loud/the alarm
…………………………….
4. easily/Jonathan/passed/the test
……………………………..
5. a lot/cards/play/the children
……………………………..
6. didn’t/enough/sell/they/tickets
……………………………..
7. ask/many/questions/too/you
……………………………..
8. a member/anymore/of the club/I’m/not
……………………………..
9. enough/it’s/outside/to sit/warm
…………………………….
476
E.g.: What did that man say at you/for you/to you/you?
1. I rang my friend in Australia yesterday, and she said it is/should be/to be/was
raining there.
2. The last time I saw Jonathan, he looked very relaxed. He explained that he’d been
on holiday the earlier/following/next/previous week.
3. I wonder what/when/where/whether the tickets are on sale yet.
4. I told you don’t/not/not to/to not switch off the computer, didn’t I?
5. Someone asked/said/spoke/told me there’s been an accident on the motorway.
6. When I rang Tessa some time last week, she said she was busy that/the/then/this
day.
7. When he was at Oliver’s flat yesterday, Martin asked if he can/could/may/must use
the phone.
8. Judy admitted/offered/promised/suggested going for a walk, but no one else wanted
to.
12. Combine the two sentences into one:
E.g.: That man was Anna’s brother. He just walked past.
The man who just walked past was Anna’s brother.
1. The plane was twenty-five years old. It crashed.
The plane………………………………………………twenty-five years old.
2. One day Tessa was ill in bed. Martin rang.
The day……………………………………………………………..ill in bed.
3. Our offices are in Queen Street. They are new.
Our………………………………………………………….in Queen Street.
4. Some documents have been found. They were stolen from a car.
The documents ……………………………………………………….found.
5. That map is out of date. You were looking at it.
The map………………………………………………………….out of date.
477
6. The King’s Theatre is in the center of town. It dates from 1896.
The King’s ………………………………………………in the center of town.
7. A woman was terribly upset. Her dog was run over.
The woman………………………………………………………terribly upset.
8. Janet solved the puzzle. She did it before everyone else.
Janet was …………………………………………………………..the puzzle.
9. A man was standing outside the building. He was selling newspapers.
A man…………………………………………………….outside the building.
10. The talk was very interesting. Judy gave it.
The talk……………………………………………………….very interesting.
13. Look at the answers below and choose the correct version:
E.g.: A: There’s always something going wrong with this car.
B: If you had any sense, you’d be selling/have sold/sell/sold it long ago.
1. A: It’s a pity the lake wasn’t frozen yesterday.
B: Yes, it is. If it had been/was/would be/would have been frozen, we could have
gone skating.
2. A: Haven’t you got enough money for a holiday?
B: Oh yes. I’ve got some saved up if/in case/that/unless I suddenly need it.
3. A: What are you going to do next year?
B: I wish I knew/know/could know/would know the answer to that question.
4. A: These figures are too complicated to work out in your head.
B: Yes, if better/only/really/that we had a calculator.
5. A: What are you doing later this afternoon?
B: Oh, if/in case/unless/when the game finishes, I’ll go home, I expect.
6. A: Do you think I should take the job?
B: You shouldn’t do anything if/in case/unless/when you think it’s the right thing to
do.
478
II. VOCABULARY: GENERAL - MONEY121
a) I haven’t got enough money, I’m afraid. Could you borrow/lend me some?
b) This car is too expensive. We can’t afford/pay it.
c) There’s a small flat to hire/let in Bridge Street.
d) How much do you earn/gain in your new job?
e) She’s a good dentist, but she doesn’t charge/spend too much.
f) I bought this coat in the sales. It was decreased/reduced a lot.
g) Jack made his fortune/treasure buying and selling property.
h) How much do you reckon/value that house would cost?
2. Replace each word or phrase in italics with a word or phrase from
the box which has the opposite meaning:
cash
generous
profit
well off
poverty
purchase
take out
worthless
a) I was surprised by how mean Charles was.
generous
b) Janet says that she is very hard up at the moment.
…………….
c) Last year their business made a huge loss.
…………….
d) I’d like to pay in £100 please.
…………….
e) Most people in the city live in great prosperity.
…………….
f) The manager insisted that I paid by cheque.
…………….
g) Jean was able to make only one sale during the morning.
…………….
h) The old painting I found in the loft turned out to be valuable.
…………….
121
479
word once only:
safe
wealth
pension
rent
up
tip
credit card
loan
receipt
a) The old couple had only a small pension to live on.
b) My uncle Sam acquired his considerable ……………………………selling cars.
c) David never carries cash with him and pays for everything by ………………….
d) I wouldn’t have been able to buy my boat without a bank………………………
e) The shop won’t change any goods without the original …………………………
f) Keith didn’t like the waiter so he didn’t leave a …………………………………
g) The house is not in very good condition so the …………………………..is low.
h) We keep all our money and valuables in this ………………………..in the floor.
4. Match each sentence (a-h) with a suitable response (1-8). Use
each response once only:
a) Who do I make the cheque out to? 6
1) Sorry, but it’s not for sale.
b)We seem to be spending a lot of money 2) I’m saving up to buy a new motorbike.
lately. ……
c)The house has burnt down! What are 3) Perhaps we should try to economize a
we going to do? ….
bit.
d)How much do you want for this 4) Yes, my Aunt Clara left it to me.
drawing? …..
e) Did you inherit this house? ….
5) Well, we’ve nearly paid it all back.
f) Do we still owe the bank any money? ..
6) To JB Woolbury PLC.
g)Can we change money at the hotel to 7) I think they accept travelers cheques
pay the bill?
anyway.
h)Why are you putting so much money in 8) Don’t worry, we’re insured.
the bank?
480
a) I bought these shoes in the sale. They were a real cheap/economy/bargain/
purchase.
b) If you put your money in the bank, it will earn ten per cent interest/profit/deposit/
investment.
c) John asked his parents if they would pay off his rents/debts/accounts/credits.
d) Adults have to pay £8 to get in, but children under fourteen get in free/nothing/
penniless/open.
e) I’m trying to save for my holidays so I’m putting in/putting aside/putting behind/
putting up some money each week.
f) Just a minute! You’ve forgotten to mark/make/place/sign your cheque!
g) The blackmailer asked for the money in used notes/cheques/paper/cash.
h) I gave the assistant ten euros and she gave me four euros rest/money/coins/change.
Money! Money! Money!
Helen had always dreamed of becoming a (1) wealthy
WEALTH
woman, and imagined living in a (2) ……………………….mansion,
LUXURY
and how her friends would praise her (3) …………………………….
GENEROUS
when she gave them expensive presents. In reality she
was usually hard up. She had some (4) ……………………….. and a
SAVE
small life (5) …………………..., but her antique shop was not really
INSURE
very (6)……………….. Every time she took money out of the bank,
PROFIT
the (7) ………………….checked her account, and told her how little
CASH
there was in it! Helen had taken out a (8) ………………….. a month
LEND
before. How could she repay it? Then one day she noticed
an old painting in her shop. She had thought it was (9) ……………...
WORTH
but as she brushed away the dust, she saw the (10) ………………….. SIGN
at the bottom. It said ‘Renoir’! She was rich at last!
481
7. Complet each sentence with a word of phrase formed from pay.
Each space represents one word:
a) You can pay the full price now, or make six monthly payments.
b) If you lend me the money, I’ll ..................... ....................... ...................... next
week.
c) I haven’t got enough money to ........................ .................................... the suit now.
d) We ............................. ............................... a lot of money on decorating this house.
e) I must do something about all these ....................................................................bills.
f) Please make the cheque ....................................................................... to R.D. Smith.
g) Take this money and ............................ ............................... ......................... to the
bank.
h) I like my job, and it’s very ............................... ........................................................
8. Match the words in the box with a suitable definition (a-h). Use
each word once only:
accountant
cashier
heir
pensioner
agent
customer
swindler
a) Someone who inherits money or property.
heir
b) Someone who has retired.
........................
c) Someone who keeps or checks financial records.
........................
d) Someone who buys things in a shop.
........................
e) Someone who pays out money in a bank.
........................
f) Someone who represents others in business.
........................
g) Someone who puts money into a business.
........................
h) Someone who cheats people out of money.
........................
482
investor
Money matters
Are you always (1) shut/hard/debt/money up? Do you often have to (2) borrow/lend/
save/pay money from your parents whenever you need a little extra (3) cheque/
pension/wealth/cash? If you (4) sign/spend/cost/cheat too much, and save too little,
you will end up with more (5) owe/loans/debts/profits than friends. You know the
solution, of course: just save a small (6) amount/number/note/rest every month. Most
banks will pay (7) receipts/credits/rents/interest on your savings, and will soon be able
to (8) lend/economize/afford/spend all those things which seemed to cost too much
before. The trouble is, you’re a university student, and many banks treat you like a
child. But not us. If you open a/an (9) cheque/customer/bill/account with Smith Fulton
Bank before October 31st, we’ll not only send you your own (10) loan/cheque/cash/
money book and credit (11) plastic/tip/card/cheque, but you’ll also receive a copy of
our booklet ‘Putting Money (12) aside/up/inside/work for Your Future’. Smith Fulton
can pay your (13) sales/bets/bargains/bills, help you with special student (14) coins/
loans/fortunes/pensions, and your friendly branch (15) miser/swindler/manager/
cashier can give you advice for the future. Why not believe in us and open an
account?
III. VOCABULARY: SPECIFIC – NEWS - AUCTIONS122
Drawings, ceramics, and coins generated a great deal of interest at Lincoln’s
Auction House yesterday. A seventeenth-century drawing by an unknown artist
changed hands after fierce bidding and realized $200,000, only $20,000 short of
Lincoln’s spring record for similar items. The drawing was one of a fifteen-piece
oriental collection which belonged to the late Miss Florence Higgins. It was the star of
the auction. The drawing depicted a cherry orchard in full bloom. Only one drawing
was left unsold because oriental art is the current craze. The collection raised
$750,000 and was sold, as instructed in the will, for the benefit of the Cancer
Research Fund.
122
Educational, 2001.
483
A collection of Anturian coins, minted during the Great Revolution, also came
under the hammer. The coins, described as undamaged and some even uncirculated,
were auctioned off without difficulty at a record price. At a previous auction, one
third of the coins on offer went unsold, proving once again that collectibles of lesser
quality are not selling.
Demand for a collection of ceramics was strong and prices repeatedly
exceeded expectations. The highlight of the auction was a piece of Greek pottery
offered at as reserve price of $60,000. It sold for $92,000 and was bought by a woman
who was acting on behalf of a Swedish collector who wished to remain anonymous.
The 18-lot sale ended with an overall total of $550,000. Lincoln’s also announced its
intention to put a sixteenth-century painting by Charles Bourgani on the block in
December. Only recently found and restored, it had been put under a six-month
temporary export ban by heritage lobbyists in an effort to keep it in the country. But
because no national museum has managed to raise the required sum, the painting will
probably go to a foreign dealer.
Two interesting pieces of jewellery will be put up for auction in November.
One is a superb necklace of oriental pearls with a diamond-studded clasp, the other is
a signet ring mounted with a six-carat ruby. These are among twenty lots which are
hoped to sell in next to no time.
1. Collectors are not interested in drawings, ceramics and coins.
2. The seventeenth-century drawing set a new record at Lincoln’s.
3. Miss Florence Higgins is the current owner of the drawing.
4. Objects of oriental art are more likely to sell than others.
5. The benefactress intended that the proceeds from the collection should be donated
to institutions which are fighting cancer.
6. Some of the coins are in mint condition.
7. The reserve price for the coins was too high to attract buyers.
8. The report says that the cheaper the object, the more likely it is to find a buyer.
9. The woman who paid $92,000 bought the piece of Greek pottery for herself.
10. The export ban on the Bourgani painting ends in December.
484
11. Heritage lobbysts are people who believe that the painting is part of the nation’s
culture.
12. Only the necklace and the signet ring are likely to sell during the November
jewellery auction.
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
current............................
ban
export.............................
bidding
fierce..............................
coins
foreign...........................
collection
oriental..........................
craze
record...........................
dealer
strong...........................
demand
uncirculated..................
price
TWO – HEAVY – TRANSACTIONS – IN – LINCOLN’S – BRINGS – AT –
BIDDING – DOLLARS – MILLION
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
-a stârni un mare interes: -g............... a g................. d.................. of i..................
-a schimba proprietarul: - c........................ h......................
-de care va beneficia (fondul): - f................... the b................. (of a fund)
-a depăşi aşteptările: -e...................... e.....................
-a acţiona în numele cuiva: -a................... o................... somebody’s b..................
-a-şi declara intenţia: - a....................... an i......................
485
-a expune la vânzare: - p................. o................ the b....................
-a impune o interdicţie temporară de export: - p...................
t...................
u....................
e......................
b......................
-a colecta suma necesară: - r........................ the r................. s.......................
-a vinde la licitaţie: - p....................... u.................. f.................. a........................
-cât ai clipi din ochi: - i............. n................... to n................ t...................
486
a
APPENDIX
A. TENSES – SHORT VERSION
*PRESENT TENSE SIMPLE
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE
I, you, we, they work
He, she, it works
Do I, you, we, they work?
Does he, she, it work?
I, you, we, they do not work
He, she, it does not work
*PRESENT TENSE CONTINUOUS
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE
I am working
you, we, they are working
Am I working?
are you, we, they working
I am not working
you, we, they
are not working
he, she, it is working
is he, she, it working ?
he, she, it is not working
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE
I, you, we, they worked
Did I, you, we, they work?
she, he, it worked
Did she, he, it work?
I, you, we, they
did not work
she, he, it did not work
*PAST TENSE SIMPLE
*PAST TENSE CONTINUOUS
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE
I, he, she, it was working.
You, we, they were working
Was I, he, she, it working?
Were you, we, they working?
I, he, she, it was not working.
You, we, they
were not working.
*PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
I, you, we, they
have worked/seen
He, she, it has worked/seen.
Have I, you, we, they I, you, we, they
worked/seen?
have not worked/seen.
Has he, she, it worked/seen?
He, she, it
has not worked/seen
NEGATIVE
*PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
I, you, we, they
have been working/seeing.
He, she, it
has been working/seeing
Have I, you, we, they been I, you, we, they have not
working/seeing?
been working/seeing
Has he, she, it
He, she, it has not been
been working/seeing?
working/seeing.
487
NEGATIVE
*PAST PERFECT SIMPLE
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE
I, you, we, they
had worked/seen.
he, she, it, had worked/seen.
Had I, you, we, they I, you, we, they had not
worked/seen?
worked/seen
Had he, she, it worked/seen? he, she, it
had not worked/seen
*PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
I, you, we, they
Had I, you, we, they been I, you, we, they had not been
working/seeing?
working/seeing
Had he, she, it
he, she, it
been working/seeing?
had not been working/seeing
had been working/seeing
he, she, it
had been working/seeing
NEGATIVE
*FUTURE: WILL –FUTURE
AFFIRMATIVE
I, you, we, they will work.
INTERROGATIVE
Will I, you, we, they work?
he, she, it will work
Will he, she, it work?
NEGATIVE
I, you, we, they
will not work.
he, she, it will not work.
*FUTURE: FUTURE CONTINUOUS
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE
I, you, we, they
will be working
he, she, it will be working
Will I, you, we, they
be working?
Will he, she, it be working?
I, you, we, they
will not be working
he, she, it
will not be working
*FUTURE: FUTURE PERFECT – SIMPLE
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE
I, you, we, they
will have worked
(vor fi lucrat)
he, she, it will have worked
have worked?
I, you, we, they
will not have worked
Will he, she, it have worked?
he, she, it
will not have worked
*FUTURE: FUTURE PERFECT – CONTINUOUS
AFFIRMATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
NEGATIVE
I, you, we, they
will have been working
he, she, it
will have been working
have been working?
Will he, she, it
have been working?
I, you, we, they
will not have been working
he, she, it
will not have been working
488
B. TENSES – LONG VERSION
*PRESENT TENSE SIMPLE
#Lucruri întotdeauna adevărate:
Castford Castle stands on a high hill.
The sun rises in the east.
#Lucruri care se întâmplă întotdeauna, în mod repetat, deseori, uneori, niciodată
You live in North London, don’t you?
No thanks, I don’t smoke.
Alice works for an insurance company.
What do frogs eat?
I play tennis every Wednesday.
*PRESENT TENSE CONTINUOUS
#Lucruri care se întămplă (cam) acum
My sister’s living with me just now.
Look – Ann’s smoking a cigar.
Why is that girl standing on the table?
Phil’s not working at the moment.
Hurry up! We’re waiting for you.
‘What are you doing?’ ‘I’m writing letters.
Why are you crying? What’s wrong?
*PAST TENSE SIMPLE
# Acţiune (lungă sau scurtă) terminată în trecut
Joe got up at 7.00 and worked from 9.00 to 4.00.
# + ‘when’ – ordine cronologică
When Amy came home, John cooked supper. (1- Any a venit acasă; 2- John a
gătit cina)
#Acţiuni de durată, permanente, din trecut
Explorers believed that the river ran into the Atlantic.
#Obiceiuri din trecut
I played a lot of tennis when I was younger.
#Când cerem, întrebăm, sau sugerăm politicos
I wondered if you were free this evening.
How much did you want to spend, sir?
I thought it would be nice to have a picnic.
Could I ask you to translate for me?
You might see if the consulate can help you.
489
*PAST TENSE CONTINUOUS
#Acţiuni care nu erau terminate, complete, într-un anume moment din trecut:
At 5.00, when Joe came home, I was reading.
#Acţiuni sau situaţii de mai lungă durată:
While I was cooking supper, Ellie phoned.
As I was walking down the road, I saw Bill.
# + “when” – “în timpul”
When Amy came home, John was cooking supper.
- “acţiuni sau situaţii temporare”
When I walked in I found that water was running down the walls.
#Politete:
I was wondering if I could use your phone.
*PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE
# Leagă trecutul de prezent = acţiuni terminate, dar care sunt importante acum, adică
au consecinţe/rezultate în prezent, sau sunt ştiri (news)
I can’t walk – I’ve hurt my leg. (de aceea nu pot merge)
Have you heard? He’s arrived. (news)
Look – he hasn’t drunk his tea. (de curând, constat eu acum, văzând ceaşca)
You’ve passed your exam! (o veste..bună, importantă acum)
# Ne gândim simultan şi la trecut, şi la prezent:
I’ve phoned Ann, so she knows what’s going on.
I’ve made coffee. Would you like a cup?
Come and look – I’ve painted the kitchen.
# Time words – cuvinte care exprimă timpul: today, ever, never, yet
Has the boss phoned today?
Have you ever broken your leg?
We haven’t been to Scotland this year.
Mary hasn’t written to me yet.
# recently, lately, before
Have you heard from Phil recently?
‘Who’s that’? ‘I’ve never seen him before.’
# already, yet, just
‘Coffee?’ ‘No, thanks. I’ve already had some.’
‘Can I speak to Colette?’ ‘I’m afraid she’s already gone home.’
‘Have you paid the electrician yet?’ ‘No, he hasn’t sent his bill yet.’
I’ve just heard from the tax office.
The snow has just stopped.
# this morning, at school
I haven’t seen Carl this morning. (spus tot dimineaţa)
490
I’ve made lots of friends at university. (spus de un student, deci în timpul
facultăţii)
Have you seen Hamlet? (have you ever – nu aseară, ci dacă l-ai văzut
vreodată)
Alex has gone to Rome (şi acum e acolo).
Sorry I’m late. I’ve been to the shops. (şi m-am întors)
# News (ştiri)
The Prime Minister has arrived in Washington for talks with the President.
Jessica has bought a new car.
A plane has crashed at Heathrow Airport.
Some new people have moved into the house next door.
# News and details (ştiri şi detalii)
A plane has crashed in Yorkshire (news). It came down in a field outside
York (details).
*PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
# Cât de mult a durat ceva până în acest moment:
I’ve been learning English for four years.
It’s been snowing since Tuesday.
Have you been waiting long?
# since, for
It’s been snowing since Tuesday. (spunem când a început – marţi)
It’s been snowing for three days. (ne interesează durata, de 3 zile, nu când a
început)
# Ce-am mai făcut până acum – rezultate prezente
‘You look tired.’ ‘Yes, I’ve been working in the garden.’
I’m sorry dinner isn’t ready – I’ve been helping Diana with her homework.
We’ve been playing a lot of tennis in the last few weeks.
# Durata unei acţiuni încă neterminate
Jane has been learning Greek since August.
# Cât de des:
We’ve been travelling all this year.
# Present Perfect Tense Simple/ Present Perfect Tense Continuous:
Present Perfect Tense Simple
Acţiuni terminate:
I’ve read your book (= am terminat-o)
Present Perfect Tense Continuous
Acţiuni neterminate:
I’ve been reading your book: I’m
enjoying it.
Arătăm de câte ori:
Arătăm cât de des:
We’ve travelled to nine countries this We’been travelling all this year.
year.
Stări/situaţii neschimbătoare:
Situaţii de mai lungă durată:
491
The castle has stood on this hill for 900 He’s been standing there for hours.
years.
*PAST PERFECT SIMPLE
# O acţiune trecută înaintea altei acţiuni trecute:
I bought a ticket and went up to the platform. But the train had already left.
I was glad that I had taken an early flight.
# Acţiune complet terminată înaintea altei acţiuni trecute:
After I had finished the report, I realised that it was too late to email it.
*PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
# Situaţii trecute care au continuat până la acel moment (din trecut):
All the roads were blocked: it had been snowing all night long.
After I had been walking for an hour, I decided to have a rest.
*FUTURE: WILL –FUTURE
# Cerem sau dăm informaţii:
We will need the money on the 15th.
It will be spring soon.
Will all the family be at the wedding?
She’ll be here in a few minutes.
# Prezicem viitorul – ce credem, ghicim, calculăm
Tomorrow will be warm, with some cloud in the afternoon.
Who do you think will win?
You’ll never finish that book.
# Decizii, promisiuni etc:
We’ll buy the tickets; you can buy supper afterwards.
You’ll get your money tomorrow.
I promise I’ll stop smoking.
I’ll hit you if you do that again.
# Anunţăm o decizie atunci când o luăm:
There’s the doorbell.’ ‘Ok, I’ll go.’
# Won’t – refuzuri:
He won’t talk to anybody.
The car won’t start.
# Will you…? – instrucţiuni, ordine, cereri
Will you get me a paper while you’re out?
Will you be quiet, please?
# Would you…..? – mai blând, mai politicos
Would you watch the children for a few minutes?
492
# I’ll have – când comandam la restaurant
I’ll have a black coffee, please.
# Simple present: sens de viitor – orare, rutină, program
Next term starts on 6th April.
My train leaves at 3.17
What time does the bus arrive in York?
Do you have classes next Saturday?
- instrucţiuni
When you get to the office you go to the first floor, you knock on the first
door on the right and you ask for Mrs Alstone. OK?
What do we do now?
Where do I pay?
*FUTURE: FUTURE CONTINUOUS
# Ceva se va întâmpla la un anumit moment din viitor (pe vremea asta mâine, la anul,
etc)
This time tomorrow I’ll be skiing.
We’ll be thinking of you on Saturday.
# Întrebăm politicos ‘Ce ai decis deja?’
Will you be staying in this evening? (doar întrebăm)
*FUTURE: Be + infinitive = are to do
# Ceva se va întâmpla – planuri oficiale sau aranjamente personale fixe
The president is to visit Scotland in September.
We are to get a pay rise.
I felt nervous because I was soon to leave home for the first time.\
# You are (not) to - dăm ordine
You’re to do your homework before you watch TV.
She can go out, but she’s not to be back late.
* FUTURE: Future in the past – was going, was going to, would be
# Ceva era încă viitor la momentul din trecut despre care vorbim acum.
She was a little nervous, because she was flying to America the next day.
Sorry – I was going to tell you about Alice and Fred, but I forgot
I knew that woman would be trouble
They showed me the room where I was to sleep.
* FUTURE PERFECT = Future (will) + Perfect (have done/ have been doing) (sens
de acţiune terminată/ durata)
# Future Perfect Simple = ceva se va termina până la un anumit moment în viitor
The builder says he’ll have finished the roof by Saturday (va fi terminat până
sâmbătă)
The car will soon have done 100,000 miles
493
# Future Perfect Continuous = cât de mult va continua ceva până la respectivul
moment din viitor/de cât timp
Next Christmas I’ll have been teaching for twenty years.
C. SEQUENCE OF TENSES
The verb in the introductory or main clause controls the tense of the verb in the noun
clause.
Rule 1: If the main clause is in the present or future, then the verb in the noun
clause can be in any tense.
Main clause is in the Present or Noun clause is in any tense
Future
The prime ministers agree that
the global warming is a serious world problem.
They hope that
all nations will be responsible for solving this
serious problem.
Scientists believe that
atmospheric warming has already begun.
Measurements have indicated that the average temperature on the earth has
risen in the past one hundred years.
Further research will prove that
carbon dioxide is largely responsible.
Rule 2: If the main clause is in the past tense, the verb in the noun clause is
usually in the past form except for the cases when the noun clause reports a general
truth.
Main clause is in the Past
The prime ministers agreed that
They hoped that
Scientists believed that
Measurements indicated that
Further research proved that
Noun clause is in the Past
the global warming was a serious world problem.
all nations would be responsible for solving this
serious problem.
atmospheric warming had already begun.
the average temperature on the earth had risen in
the past one hundred years.
carbon dioxide was largely responsible.
Exception: We knew that New York is bigger than London. (The noun clause reports
a general truth.)
D. IRREGULAR VERBS:
INFINITIVE
PAST SIMPLE
PAST PARTICIPLE
be
beat
become
begin
was/were
beat
became
began
been
beaten
become
begun
494
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
catch
choose
come
cost
cut
dig
do
draw
dream
drink
drive
eat
fall
feel
fight
find
fly
forgive
get
give
go
grow
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
keep
know
lay
lead
learn
leave
lend
let
lie
light
lose
make
mean
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt/burned
bought
caught
chose
came
cost
cut
dug
did
drew
dreamt/dreamed
drank
drove
ate
fell
felt
fought
found
flew
forgave
got
gave
went
grew
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
kept
knew
laid
led
learnt/learned
left
lent
let
lay
lit
lost
made
meant
495
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt/burned
bought
caught
chosen
come
cost
cut
dug
done
drawn
dreamt/dreamed
drunk
driven
eaten
fallen
felt
fought
found
flown
forgiven
got
given
gone
grown
had
heard
hidden
hit
held
hurt
kept
known
laid
led
learnt/learned
left
lent
let
lain
lit
lost
made
meant
meet
pay
put
read
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
send
shoot
shut
sing
sit
sleep
speak
spell
spend
stand
steal
swim
take
teach
tell
think
throw
understand
wake
wear
win
write
met
paid
put
read
rode
rang
rose
ran
said
saw
sold
shot
shut
sang
sat
slept
spoke
spelled/spelt
spent
stood
stole
swam
took
taught
told
thought
threw
understood
woke
wore
won
wrote
496
met
paid
put
read
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sold
shot
shut
sung
sat
slept
spoken
spelled/spelt
spent
stood
stolen
swum
taken
taught
told
thought
thrown
understood
woken
worn
won
written
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Eastwood, John. Oxford Practice Grammar. Intermediate. OUP, 2006/2013. Print.
McCarthy, Michael & Felicity O’Dell. English Phrasal Verbs in Use. Intermediate.
CUP, 2011. Print.
Otto, Barbara & Marcin. Engleza pentru jurnalişti. Here is the News. Vol 1,2.
Bucureşti: All Educational, 2001. Print.
Swan, Michael & Catherine Walter. Oxford English Grammar Course. Intermediate.
OUP, 2011. Print.
Vince, Michael & Paul Emmerson. First Certificate Language Practice. English
Grammar and Vocabulary. Macmillan, 2003. Print.
-------------. Intermediate Language Practice with Key. English Grammar and
497

suport curs – limba engleză, curs practic – – anul 1

Transcription

Similar documents

Life as a Grammarist

Desarrollo de las Competencias Comunicativas en la enseñanza

passie voor engels?

4 - Macmillan

jameelah kareem

Università Ca` Foscari – Venezia Facoltà di Scienze MM. FF. NN.

The Art and Science of Writing . How to write easy-to-read - Cel

Student`s copy - SOS

PRESENT TENSES 19 •4 Look at the pictures and write the